PART 1 OF 4
Chapter 8: BIOLOGICAL ETHNIC WEAPONS: AMERICA TERRORIZES THE U.S.
IG Farben, AIDs, Anthrax, Eugenics
Before America became a nation, the regional powers which governed what would become the United States, used terrorism, mass murder, as well as biological and germ warfare to destroy and spread disease and epidemics among Native Americans. One of the first attacks (1) was initiated by General Jeffrey Amherst, who also lent his name to what became the town and college of Amherst, Massachusetts (2,3,4).
According to Frank Prentice Rand, author of The Village of Amherst: A Landmark of Light, "Amherst" was "the most glamorous military hero in the New World." However, as detailed in the Atlas of the North American Indian (2), and the Conspiracy of Pontiac and the Indian War after the Conquest of Canada (3) this glamorous military hero authorized the distribution of smallpox-infected blankets and handkerchiefs to be used as germ warfare against American Indians.
In a letter to Colonel Henry Bouquet, commander of British forces, he asked, "Could it not be contrived to send the Small Pox among those disaffected tribes of Indians? We must on this occasion use every stratagem in our power to reduce them." Bouquet answered back, "I will try to inoculate them with some blankets that may fall into their hands and take care not to get the disease myself."
As documented in the notebooks of William Trent (5), commander of the local militia of the townspeople of Pittsburgh: on May 24, 1763 "we gave them two Blankets and an Handkerchief out of the Small Pox Hospital. I hope it will have the desired effect."
A small pox epidemic quickly spread among the men, women, and children belonging to the tribe of Chief Pontiac (3).
General Amherst was so impressed at the effectiveness of germ warfare that in a letter to Colonel Henry Bouquet, dated 16 July 1763, he made biological warfare official American policy and ordered the distribution of small pox infected blankets to "inocculate the Indians" and suggested that Bouquet "try Every other method that can serve to Extirpate this Execrable Race." In a letter dated 26 July 1763, Bouquet acknowledges Amherst's letter and confirmed that "all your Directions will be observed" (4).
One hundred years later, the use of germ warfare had also become U.S. policy. Periodically, throughout the 19th century, the U.S. Army distributed contaminated goods and blankets to Native Americans (6,7,8,9), including those already confined to concentration camps (euphemistically referred to as "reservations"). The purpose of these biological attacks was the extermination and mass murder of American Indians. However, the biological agents now included Variola which can be stored in a dried state, as well as cholera and small pox. Again, the method of infection was through the distribution of blankets and other supplies that were to be distributed to the Indians (6,7,8,9).
For example, "in 1847 the small pox, before unknown among them, carried off a large part of the [Cayuse] tribe. The Cayuse, believing that the missionaries were the cause of it, attacked the mission on November 29, 1847, killed Dr. Whitman and thirteen others, and destroyed the mission. As a matter of fact, there seems little question that the infection was brought into the country in supplies intended for the use of the mission" (9).
In the year 1900, the U.S. Army began experimenting with a variety of biological weapons, some of which were used on American and foreign prisoners of war (10, 11,12). The victims included five Filipino prisoners who were exposed to different varieties of plague, and 29 prisoners who were purposefully infected with Beriberi. In 1915, government agents began experimenting with toxins that would attack and destroy the brain and central nervous system. Twelve Americans held in a Mississippi prison were exposed to pellagra.
Widespread development and testing of chemical and biological weapons ensued in America, Britain, and Germany (10,11,12,13,14). But, in the U.S. some of the first victims were again, Americans, including thousands of U.S. soldiers who were exposed to Lewisite, phosgene, and chlorine bombs (10,11). The tests were so successful, and so many soldiers sickened or died, that between 1916 and 1918 U.S. and British forces used 125,000 tons of phosgene, mustard gas and chlorine artillery shells against Germans soldiers causing an estimated 400,000 casualties.
The British and the U.S. were particularly fond of phosgene which has a lethal concentration 1/18th that of chlorine, and which causes a rather horrible death. Initially soldiers who inhaled phosgene would maybe cough a few times, and then go on fighting. However, over the next 48 hours the linings of their lungs would break down and they would drown and choke to death on their own blood and fluids. In June 1916, during the battle of the Somme, allied forces used a combination of phosgene and chlorine gas along a 17 mile front which then blew another 12 miles behind German lines, killing everyone and everything (11-13).
Mustard gas was also a favorite. Initially, mustard gas causes only a slight irritation to eyes and throat, which then becomes worse and then excruciating. Mustard gas is a blistering agent, and causes hemorrhages and blisters on the skin as well as within the lungs and eyes. Men would be blinded and huge patches of skin would fall from their body (12,13).
Periodically, throughout the 1920s and 1930s, the U.S. Army deployed mustard gas against the men, women, and children of the Philippines and Puerto Rico who were protesting U.S. colonialism (15).
Mustard gas was not the only biological weapon employed. In 1931, Dr. Cornelius Rhoads, a government agent under contract with the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Investigations, began infecting men, women and children with cancer cells. Later, as head of the U.S. Anny Biological Weapons division, and a member of the Atomic Energy Commission, Rhoads directed secret radiation experiments which were conducted on thousands of unsuspecting U.S. citizens. In letters to the Department of Defense Rhoads openly advocated the "eradication" of dissidents with "germ bombs." With regard to the people of Puerto Rico, Dr. Rhoads wrote: "What the island needs is not public health work, but a tidal wave or something to totally exterminate the population." Dr. Rhoads is alleged to have injected hundreds of Puerto Ricans with cancer (15).
Cornelius Rhoads later became a founder and first director of the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Institute, which specializes in research on cancer.
As we shall see, Dr. Rhoads is not the only doctor associated with the Rockefeller Institute who advocated mass murder and who purposefully injected non-White races to deadly infections.
In 1931, the United States government began experimenting with syphilis. The first known victims were black men living in Tuskegee, Alabama (16). In 1932, U.S. Public Health Service doctors withheld treatment to men who had been infected in order to study the course of the disease in living subjects. The men did not know they were experimental subjects in a government study. They thought they were receiving treatment for their illness. Instead, they were given placebos (16).
Thousands of American citizens were exposed to a variety of chemical and biological agents over the following ten years, including, in 1942, 400 men held prisoner in Chicago. They were infected with malaria in order to get "a profile of the disease."
The United States government also authorized the American Energy Commission to secretly inject hospitalized patients with plutonium in order to "profile "the long term effects (17). Most of these individuals became terminally ill and died.
In the early 1940s, the U.S. and Britain began working on developing "anthrax bombs" which they intended to drop on German cities. According to Stanford University historian Prof. Barton J Bernstein: "British Prime Minister Winston Churchill was advised that 1,000 projectiles, each of 500 pounds and containing 106 four-pound anthrax bombs, could destroy life in a 25 mile area. Potential targets included Berlin, Hanberg, Frankfurt, Aachen and Wilhelmshafen."
Because the Germans surrendered before any of these anthrax bombs could be tested on German civilians, these biological bombs were instead dropped on the villagers of Gruinard, an island off the northwest coast of Scotland. In consequence, not only did most of the sheep and the villagers become ill and died, but the island became uninhabitable for more than 45 years (11).
OPERATION PAPERCLIP
After the defeat of Nazi Germany and Japan, the United States government recruited and employed hundreds of Nazi and Japanese doctors who had conducted horrific biological experiments on prisoners of war, including captured American servicemen (18). Among the more notorious was Dr. Shiro Ishii, who the U.S. Army happily put on its payroll (19,20). As the director of the Japanese Imperial Army's bio-warfare unit, Dr. Ishii had authorized the use of an incredible array of chemical and of biological agents against American, British, Australian, Russian, and Chinese troops and prisoners of war. Ishii experimented with syphilis, typhoid-laced tomatoes, tetanus, plague-infected fleas, as well as germ bombs which were dropped on civilians and prisoners tied naked to wooden stakes. Those who survived these experiments were then dissected without anesthetic, while still alive (19,20).
The United States was most eager to obtain his expertise. In a deal arranged by General Douglas MacArthur -- a man who twenty years earlier had ordered his soldiers to shoot U.S. workers who had gone on strike for better wages -- Ishii became an invited lecturer at the U.S. Army bio-weapons center in Frederick Maryland. The U.S. Army also obtained over 10,000 pages of Ishii's "research findings."
Nazi know-how was also exploited by the CIA and U.S. government (18). For example, at the close of World War II, U.S, Intelligence agencies raided the labs and offices of IG Farben, the German conglomerate which produced a number of nerve agents. Hundreds of Farben doctors and Nazi research scientists were recruited by Dulles and friends.
Although many Nazi doctors were hanged, just as many became agents of the CIA and United States government, including Walter Schreiber, who helped conduct many of the Nazi medical experiments at Dachau. Yet another famous Nazi, Dr. Josef Mengele -- the ultra-sadistic "angel of death" -- also began working for the good 'ol USA (20).
In fact, prior to and during the war with Nazi Germany, Mengele, and other Nazis doctors, were funded in part, through the Rockefeller foundation, and thus already had a connection to America and Allen Dulles who would become head of the CIA.
When it became evident that Germany would lose the war, Bill Donovan, head of the ass, and Allen Dulles, ass head of intelligence operations in Europe operating out of Switzerland, hatched a plan, in 1944, to recruit thousands of Nazi intelligence officers, industrialists, and scientists, and bring them to the United States, where they would then be put to work for various U.S. government and military agencies controlled by the OSS.
Dulles was perfectly suited for this role due in part to his duties as a Nazi go-between for Bush, Harriman, and Rockefeller (see chapters 2,3,4).
Unbeknownst to President Roosevelt, who was already considering bringing charges of treason against Dulles, Bush, Harriman and others (see chapter 3,4), nearly 10,000 intelligence officers, known as T-Forces, landed right behind Allied battalions on the D-Day invasion of June 1944. Their primary mission was to arrest and seize German scientists and their research materials, along with munitions experts and technicians, and then place them in an internment camp known as the "Dustbin" where they could then be interrogated and debriefed. However, many of these T-Force intelligence officers, were in fact scientists and high ranking corporate officials, whose main allegiance was not to the United States government, but to the Rockefellers, the Harrimans, the Bush family, and the corporations they worked for.
Dulles and gang were essentially engaging in what could be termed a "hostile corporate takeover." German assets would thus become the assets of U.S. corporations linked to Dulles, Bush, Harriman, Rockefeller, et al. In December 1944, after Roosevelt began to receive reports of what they were intending, he informed Bill Donovan and Allen Dulles, in no uncertain terms that he was completely opposed to their plan. Nevertheless they and their allies continued to try to convince him to give permission for these Nazi scientists to come to the U.S. and to work for U.S. corporations. In order to make Roosevelt more agreeable, they added that these Nazis would not be allowed to profit from their misdeeds -- only the U.S. corporations that they went to work for. As summed up by Dulles: If these Nazis were "given permission for entry into the United States after the war ....their earnings [would be placed] on deposit in an American bank and the like."
Roosevelt was outraged and turned Dulles down flat: "We expect that the number of Germans who are anxious to save their skins and property will rapidly increase. Among them may be some who should properly be tried for war crimes, or at least arrested for active participation in Nazi activities. Even with the necessary controls you mention, I am not prepared to authorize the giving of guarantees."
Dulles wasn't worried. Roosevelt would soon be dead.
Soon after Roosevelt's death, and with the blessing of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Dulles initiated "Operation Overcast" in July 1945. Initially, 350 Nazi scientists, chemical weapons designers, and ballistics and rocketry experts and engineers, including SS officers, Dr. Herbert Axster, Dr. Arthur Rudolph, Georg Richkey, Kurt Blome, and Werner Von Braun and his V2 rocket team, were smuggled into the United States. This initial shipment was followed by several others, in an operation called, "Operation Paper Clip." Over 1000 Nazi doctors and SS scientists, including Hermann Becker-Freyseng and Konrad Schaeffer, were illegally brought to the United States where they were put to work for major corporations and government agencies including what would become NASA and the CIA (18, 21, 21, 22).
Sigmund Rascher, Hermann Becker-Freyseng and Konrad Schaeffer, were typical Nazis. These doctors, scientists, and others of their ilk, labored away in concentration camps, such as Dachau where they conducted research on how prisoners would react to burning, drowning, gassing, wound infections, and high altitude tests (23). These and other Nazi doctors purposefully inflicted "battlefield traumas" on male and female prisoners, and would study the healing process after these wounds were filled with gangrene cultures, sawdust, mustard gas, broken glass, metal shavings, and on so. The wounds would then be sewn up and the prisoners would be observed to see how long it took them to die.
Even before they came to the U.S. Hermann Becker-Freyseng and Konrad Schaeffer, were already quite famous, and had authored the study "Thirst and Thirst Quenching in Emergency Situations at Sea" (24). These experiments took place at Dachau. Concentration camp prisoners had salt water injected into their veins or forced down their throats through tubes. In one set of experiments, half were given berkatit, a toxic drug which was supposed to make salt water more palatable. During the course of these experiments, liver tissue would be extracted without the benefit of anesthetic. All the research subjects died.
Dulles and gang were quite pleased to have recruited these men. Becker-Freyseng and Schaeffer received long-term contracts under Paperclip (22). Schaeffer ended up in Texas, where he continued his research into "thirst and desalinization of salt water," whereas Becker-Freyseng was put to work for the U.S. Air Force during which he composed a multivolume work, entitled "German Aviation Medicine: World War II," which was published by the US Air Force. Becker-Freyseng had the honor of writing the introduction.
Dr. Sigmund Rascher, also performed human research at Dachau. His specialty was the reaction of humans to high-altitudes, which he tested via a special low-pressure chamber which simulated altitudes of up to 68,000 feet. Hundreds of men were locked inside, one at a time, and many where kept there for up to 30 minutes without oxygen. Once they became unconscious, these men would be dragged from the chamber and drowned in vats of ice water. Some were immediately revived, and were then subject to further experimentation. For example, while still alive and breathing, Rascher would cut open their skulls in order to determine how many blood vessels had burst due to air embolisms.
According to Rascher's meticulous notes: "Some experiments gave men such pressure in their heads that they would go mad and pull out their hair in an effort to relieve such pressure. They would tear at their heads and faces with their hands and scream in an effort to relieve pressure on their eardrums."
Richkey was the camp supervisor at the Dora concentration camp where prisoners were worked to death in the Mitteiwerk complex, or as slave labor for Von Braun (25). Richkey was a sadist, who enjoyed using Christian symbolism when killing Jews. For example, he would often have them hung twelve at a time from factory cranes -- in honor of Christ and his 12 disciples -- and would order that wooden sticks be shoved into their mouths and down their throats to muffle their cries.
Dulles consider Richkey to be an intelligence asset. After he was smuggled into the United States, Richkey was put to work at Wright Field, an Army Air Corps base, in Ohio, where his duties included providing security for his fellow Nazis. He was also employed as a translator, and was given the task of translating all of the records from the Mitteiwerk factory.
In 1947, columnist, Drew Pearson, wrote a scathing article about Richkey and some of the others Nazis working for the U.S. government.
Dulles, through his surrogates, denounced Pearson as un- American and explained that his concerns were unrealistic (26). Bosquet Wev, head of JOIA, dismissed complaints about the scientists' Nazi pasts as "a picayune detail." He argued that ifthe U,S. were to have left these Nazi scientists in Germany, they could have been recruited by the Soviets. If that had happened, it would have presented "a far greater security threat to this country than any former Nazi affiliation they may have had or even any Nazi sympathies which they may still have." To complain about their past, was ancient history, Wev went on, it was like "beating a dead horse" (26,27).
Of course, if Richkey and the others had been put to death for their crimes, there would have been no reason to beat these "dead horses."
On the other hand, if they had been put to death, it would have taken the U.S years to catch up to German science in the fields of rockets, jets, chemical and biological weaponry, and other weapons of mass destruction (27).
THE CIA & DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE ATTACK AMERICANS WITH BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS
Armed with Nazi and Imperial Japanese biowarfare knowhow, the United States government and its intelligence agencies (which had been taken over by the Bush-Walker-Dulles clique), began conducting widespread terrorist attacks on American citizens. Indeed, Americans were sprayed like bugs with bacterial "aerosols" and exposed to a variety of dangerous chemical, biological and radiological agents designed to cause death and debilitating disease (10,16,28,29,30,31,32).
For example, families arriving or leaving Washington's National Airport and the main bus station of our Nation's capital, were sprayed with biological agents via specially equipped suitcases. Passengers riding the subways of New York, were exposed to "broken" light bulbs that leaked bacteria. The men, women and children of Savannah, Georgia, and Avon Park, Florida, were exposed to hundreds of millions of mosquitoes infected by the U.S. Army with dengue fever and yellow fever. A slum in St. Louis was "misted" with bacterial agents. Drivers cruising along the Pennsylvania Turnpike were exposed to bacterial clouds. The city of San Francisco was sprayed with bacterial "aerosols" (Serratia marcescens) which sickened and killed scores of innocent victims. Indeed, almost a dozen individuals became ill with diseases directly associated with Serratia marcescens contamination.
When some of the secret attacks on San Francisco came to light, and victims began to file suit, the U.S. Army, although not denying that the attacks occurred, argued that the outbreak of rare bacterial infections that sickened and killed so many, including one man who died 30 days after he had been exposed, "was pure coincidence" (28).
Civilians were not the only targets. Beginning in the late I940s, U.S. soldiers again became victims of biological and chemical attacks. In 1951, for example, the U.S. government secretly exposed black sailors and black seamen working at the Norfolk Naval Supply Center, to highly infectious bacterial agents. Black men were purposefully exposed because it was believed that blacks were more likely to get sick than whites. Hundreds became sickened. A similar experiment was undertaken later that year at Washington, DC's National Airport. The bacteria was later linked to food and blood poisoning and respiratory problems.
Not uncommonly soldiers were exposed in secret, without their knowledge, and with no concern for their welfare. In other instances hundreds, thousands, and even tens of thousands of soldiers were ordered to "volunteer."
For example, it has been documented that over 7,000 military personnel and 1,074 civilians were given mind-disabling and mind-damaging drugs at just one facility in the 1950s and early 1960s: Edgewood Arsenal, Maryland. Those receiving the drugs were sometimes drugged in secret, whereas other were lied to as to what drugs they were being given. The health or long-term consequences were of no interest to the experimenters, as there were no follow-up studies (10). The goal was to see if the men got sick.
As admitted by the United States Government, in a 1994 report issued by the U.S. Senate Committee on Veterans' Affairs (10). "For at least 50 years, DOD [Department of Defense] has intentionally exposed military personnel to potentially dangerous substances, often in secret." This same Committee also noted that the "DOD has demonstrated a pattern of misrepresenting the danger of various military exposures that continues today."
Beginning almost immediately after the Nazification of the CIA (28,33), and the Nazification of the Department of Defense, and other agencies within the U.S. government (18,22,25), tens of thousands of American men, women, and children, and often, entire schools, towns, and American cities, became targets of U.S.- sponsored biological and chemical warfare and secret drug and radiation exposure (17,28-32).
In 1949, the U.S. Army and the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) discovered that burn victims, both human and animal, that were treated with radiation, had a death rate five time higher than those who were not treated. Subsequently, Dr. Everrett Idris Evans, in a letter to the AEC proposed and then carried out additional human experiments, injecting patients at three local hospitals with radiation. The purpose of the study, he admitted was "purely investigational with no therapeutic benefit." Rather the U.S. Army wished to better understand the effects of radiation, such as following a nuclear attack (17).
Similar studies were conducted on children in 1950. The Atomic Energy Commission funded secret experiments where children attending the Fernald school in Massachusetts, were fed a porridge laced with radioactive milk. They were also given radioactive injections (17).
In September 1950, Serratia marcescens and Bacillus globigii were released from ships in the San Francisco Bay area (28).
In 1952 and 1953, the U.S. Army dropped aerosol "bombs" and began spraying the men, women, and children of six American and Canadian cities with biological agents in order assess the dispersal patterns of chemical and biological weapons. Army records indicate that respiratory illnesses became rife in all the cities effected, including Winnipeg, Canada (28).
In 1953, the CIA and the U.S. Army conducted secret biological and chemical attacks on 239 United States cities, secretly exposing American adults and their children to a variety of toxic chemicals and biological and bacterial agents, including zinc cadmium sulfide. Children were specially targeted as it was believed they would be more easily infected than adults. The children were sprayed like bugs (28-32).
In one instance, U.S. Army personnel invaded the small town of Clinton, Minneapolis, spraying school children, from the roof of a nearby home, with zinc cadmium sulfide. When caught red handed, U.S. Army personnel explained that they were conducting "air raid" tests; an explanation readily accepted by gullible school and town officials. But it wasn't an "air raid." It was war-a biological war being carried out by the CIA and the U.S. Defense Dept. on U.S. citizens (31,32).
In the town of Clinton, dozens of adults and children developed health problems, and years later, dozens more were unable to have children or gave birth to babies with severe birth defects and profound developmental disabilities. Carol Thomas and Diane Gorney were in the first and fourth grades at Clinton School when the U.S. Army sprayed them like insects. Like many of her school mates, Diane Gorney can't have children. Others, like Carol Thomas, gave birth to children with severe developmental disorders.
Fifteen women attended fourth grade at the Clinton school with Diane Gorney. Eight of them suffered over 25 miscarriages in total. The other seven, like Diane Gorney are sterile (31).
"We used to wonder if there was something wrong with the water at Clinton," Gorney recalls.
It wasn't the water. It was the United States Government.
Children were again attacked by the U.S. government in 1955 when the CIA released clouds of whooping cough virus in Palmetto, Florida. Hundreds of children became severely ill and over a dozen died (28).
In 1960 the U.S. Army Chemical Corps released hundreds of millions of mosquitoes, specially bred at Fort Detrick, Maryland, to be used as carriers to spread yellow and dengue fever and other diseases.
Yellow fever is a frightful virus that causes fever, chills, excruciating abdominal cramps, diarrhea, jaundice, and severe head, back, arm and leg pain. Soon the skin turns yellow, accompanied by repeated vomiting of blood.
According to a U.S. Army brochure, scientists at Fort Detrick, study "some of the most virulent and pathogenic microorganisms which are threats to U.S. military forces." These pathogens include "Lassa fever virus, Ebola virus, various hemorrhagic fever viruses, botulism and anthrax toxins, T-2 and other mycotoxins, equine encephalomyelitis, Q fever, tularemia, yellow fever, and Rift valley fever."
Among some of the first victims of the virulent and pathogenic microorganisms developed at Fort Detrick, were the citizens of Avon Park and Carver Village, Florida, and Savannah, Georgia, the vast majority of whom were blacks (28). Within weeks of the first exposures, hundreds of men, women, and children became sickened with typhoid, mysterious fevers, chills, excruciating abdominal cramps, breathing problems including bronchitis, as well as neurological disorders such as encephalitis. Yet others dropped dead and mysteriously died.
Army researchers not only purposefully infected these innocent victims, they disguised themselves as doctors, nurses, and public health workers and offered fake treatment in order to take tissue samples and to photograph the results of their handiwork.
This biological terrorist attack, conducted by the United States government on its own citizens was a resounding success! Three years later, the CIA again released millions of disease carrying mosquitoes. The target: The women, men, and children of Cuba who were infected with Dengue fever. The fever killed 188 men, women and children.
Although the U.S. denies it, a biological attack on Cuba is mentioned in CIA documents from project "MKULTRA." These documents refers to toxin studies and biological warfare conducted on Cuba (34). Within these documents, there is also a "subproject" involving the collection of "botanicals" and which involved a man on a diverted freighter and the delivery of toxins to Panama. These documents may refer to several biological attacks on Cuba, including a 1971 attack where the first documented cases of swine fever in the western hemisphere showed up. A CIA operative later admitted that he delivered the virus to Cuban exiles in Panama, who carried the virus into Cuba.
Americans were attacked because they were convenient. Cubans were attacked because they were "communists." Presumably, the "communist" connection explains why the people of Managua, Nicaragua were also felled by an epidemic of dengue fever during the Reagan-Bush administration. Nearly 50,000 people became sickened with the fever and hundreds died. This was the first major outbreak of dengue fever in Nicaragua in over 50 years and it occurred following a series of low-level "reconnaissance" flights over the capital city (35).
As alleged by Stephen Endicott and Edward Hagerman, in their book, The United States and Biological Warfare, the United States also secretly used biological weapons on Koreans and Chinese civilians. In 1952 eyewitness's report observing U.S. planes dropping containers filled with insects. Within days, Korean and Chinese men, women and children became infected and began dying of mysterious diseases (35). Note -- these were not soldiers who died, but civilians.
VULNERABILITY TERRORISM
In 1964 and 1965, the U.S. government again began conducting nation-wide biological terrorists attacks against U.S. citizens. According to government officials, the purpose of these attacks was to assess the Nation's "vulnerability" to an "enemy-launched epidemic of smallpox." However, in carrying out these attacks, American men, women, and children were the designated "enemy." In one set of experiments, they were attacked by CIA and U.S. Army agents, who strolled through various airports and bus terminals, carrying specially adapted suitcases equipped with atomizers designed to release a bacteria-laden mist on unsuspecting travelers.
As detailed in a 79 page U.S. government document, "Miscellaneous Publication 7," U.S. Army agents, dressed as civilians, secretly sprayed tourists and employees working at the National Airport, with "Bacillus Subtilis." The airport was chosen to determine the feasibility of infecting travelers who would then carry diseases, such as small pox, to other parts of the country thus infecting millions of U.S. citizens. After billions of germs were released, a random sample of victims were followed and secretly tested to determine if they had been contaminated. According to Miscellaneous Publication 7 "test team members, each with a suitcase sampler, selected a passenger at random at the entrance to the North Terminal and covertly collected air samples in close proximity to the passenger." The results were deemed a success. Millions of American citizens could be infected by just a few hundred victims who could spread the disease before they realized they were infected.
Yet another secret report, "Miscellaneous Publication 25" reveals how U.S. agents, using light bulbs filled with Bacillus subtilis, infected passengers riding the New York subway system in 1966. Army agents, dressed as civilians, broke and smashed the bacteria-laden light bulbs against ventilator grates, atop roadbeds, and upon the rails, thus engulfing passengers with billowing clouds of bacteria which covered their clothes and which victims inhaled. Many stopped with shock and surprise and attempted to brush the cloud of material from their clothes. Others, simply "brushed their clothing, looked up at the grating apron, and walked on."
The following year the CIA launched a biological and chemical attack on the employees of the Food and Drug Administration headquarters in Washington, DC. CIA agents contaminated the drinking water with various chemicals. The CIA wished to determine if it was possible to poison and incapacitate health officials. If doctors and nurses or health officials with expertise in diagnosis, could be killed during the first phases of a biological attack, this would insure that even more victims within the general population would sicken and die (29).
How many became sickened by these "vulnerability tests" is unknown because the Army claims it did not bother to monitor the health of any of the exposed populations (28). Indeed, according to a 1994 staff report prepared for the Committee on Veterans' Affairs (28), the "DOD [Department of Defense] has repeatedly failed to comply with required ethical standards when using human subjects in military research during war or threat of war." The "DOD used investigational drugs ... in ways that were not effective. DOD and DVA [Department of Veterans' Affairs] have repeatedly failed to provide information and medical follow-up to those who participate in military research or are ordered to take investigational drugs. The Federal Government has failed to support scientific studies that provide information about the reproductive problems experienced by veterans who were intentionally exposed to potentially dangerous substances. The Federal Government has failed to support scientific studies that provide timely information for compensation decisions regarding military personnel who were harmed by various exposures. Participation in military research is rarely included in military medical records, making it impossible to support a veteran's claim for service-connected disabilities from military research."
However, in 1977, it was revealed in a special Senate hearing that these "vulnerability" tests caused outbreaks of disease in dozens of test areas. Cases of influenza and pneumonia, for example, tripled in frequency in some test areas (28).
According to Dr. J. Mehsen Joseph, Director of the Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, by conducting biological warfare on U.S. citizens the U.S. government had created "an unjustifiable health hazard." His opinion was seconded by other scientists who reported that "normally non-pathogenic microorganisms," such as Bacillus subtilis, can cause serious infections and even fatal disease among children, the elderly, or individuals with weakened immune systems.
The Pentagon denied these reports, claiming that the "vulnerability tests ... were a resounding success" and that the microorganisms and biological agents used in these tests were "harmless" (28).
Yet, we should ask: how would it be possible to gauge if the tests were a success if no one got sick and the bacterial agents were "harmless "?
When testing the reaction of U.S. soldiers to the effects of atomic explosions, they too were told that the tests were perfectly safe, as were the citizens of Utah and Nevada who were living down wind from the denotations (17). As a rehearsal for nuclear combat, soldiers were in fact ordered to march through these radioactive wastelands following atomic explosions. All were assured that there would be no risks to their health (17).
Of course, one of the primary purposes of such research is to gauge the effects of various debilitating agents on human health, beginning with the health of U.S. citizens. In this way, useful agents and dispersal methods can be identified for the purposes of attacking enemy combatants and the men, women, and children of other countries.
Consider, for example, the open air tests conducted over the city of Winnipeg. In 1953, a carcinogenic chemical, zinc cadmium sulphide, was sprayed over this city of 500,000 people (28,36). The V.S. military claimed that because this carcinogenic chemical had been watered down to a 1,000%-attenuated form, nobody would get cancer. However, the entire purpose of this open air test was to determine how many people became ill, which is why Canada, with its nationalized health services and records keeping, was chosen as a target. The military wanted to know if there was an increase in the percentage of people seeking medical assistance because of severe cold-like and respiratory symptoms, including sniffles, sore throats, headaches, or ringing in their ears (28,36). Based on this data, the military hoped to determine what percentage of a population would become immediately incapacitated or develop cancer if the chemical had been used at full strength.
It was the results of such tests on the prison population of Holmesburg State Prison in Pennsylvania which led to the widespread use of dioxin as a chemical warfare agent in Vietnam (37,38). Over 12 million gallons of dioxin, that is, "Agent Orange" was dumped on the citizens of Vietnam, Cambodia, and Laos, as well as on the Marines and U.S. Army (38). Officially, "Agent Orange" was employed as a herbicide. One of its "unfortunate" side effects, however, is population control; i.e. a high rate of miscarriage and birth defects (37,38).
And that is exactly what happened in Vietnam.
U.S. soldiers were also adversely effected. Although the U.S. government denies that dioxin is a factor in the debilitating diseases developed by U.S. personnel who were exposed, the effects of dioxin was well known, which is why it was chosen. For example, in 1965, the U.S. Anny and Dow Chemical repeatedly exposed 70 inmates at Holmesburg State Prison to dioxin (38). All developed skin rashes and lesions.
It was and continues to be the view of the political and military elite in this country, that despite the risks, it is the right of the United States government to expose American citizens to chemical and biological pathogens so as to protect "national security."
In the Senate hearings held in 1977, we were in fact warned that the United States government reserved the right to continue attacking its own citizens in order to protect national security (28). According to Pentagon spokesperson, Lt. Colonel George A. Carruth, "additional tests" would be conducted in the future if the Anny felt it necessary to assess our "vulnerability" to biological attacks (28).
The need to continue developing and testing chemical and biological weapons on U.S. citizens, including "open-air vulnerability tests," was openly championed by the Reagan-Bush administration based on their allegations that the Soviet Union was developing offensive biological weapons and violating international agreements (39,40). The Reagan-Bush administration in fact received congressional approval to conduct research and development in the science of biodefense, including pathogen genome sequencing, new vaccine research, and new therapeutics research, all of which would be conducted on human subjects; referred to as the Biological Defense Research Program.
As construed by the Reagan-Bush administration, the biological weapons protection program was to be part of an overall chemical and biological protection effort, which includes vulnerability testing and dual-use DNA genetic engineering biotechnology.
According to the reasoning of the Reagan-Bush team, because "national security" was at stake, there are absolutely no moral or ethical reasons which should stand in the way of conducting additional "vulnerability tests" on U.S. and foreign citizens.
The Reagan-Bush administration did not just conduct "vulnerability tests" they engaged in biological warfare against the citizens of the US and other countries, including Nicaragua and Peru (41,42,43).
George Bush was Reagan's point man in the U.S. government's battle against the citizens of Nicaragua and its Sandinista government. The war, however, was illegal, which required that the United States use terrorism and clandestine methods, including biological warfare. The CIA began conducting "reconnaissance" flights over the capital city, Managua. Within days of the first low level flights, an epidemic of dengue fever began to rage throughout Managua. Over 50,000 people were infected (43).
As noted earlier in this chapter, this was not the first time the United States had engaged in germ warfare against a foreign people. In 1950, following successful tests on the citizens of San Francisco, the CIA and U.S. government are alleged to have use biological agents, including anthrax and fleas and mosquitoes contaminated with yellow fever, to attack civilians living in China and North Korea (35).
During the second term of the Reagan-Bush administration, Peruvian men, women and children were sprayed with Fusarium, a fungus which is used in biological warfare and which attacks crops and the human immune system. Fusarium is highly toxic. In the late 1980s, Peruvian peasants reported that American helicopters appeared over their villages and fields, releasing a "brownish smoke." A few weeks later, a Fusarium epidemic began to spread (42).
In 1999, Jeb Bush, governor of Florida, began pushing a proposal to spray parts of Florida with Fusarium, so as to wipe out the state's numerous marijuana farmers. However, Dr. David Struhs, head of Florida's Department of Environmental Protection, opposed the plan and pointed out that Fusarium was highly "mutagenic" and would also attack and destroy "tomatoes, peppers, flowers, com and vines."
In fact, Fusarium is highly toxic and attacks the immune system. In one study, it was found that the mortality rate among hospital patients who were immune deficient and infected by the fungus was 76%. The program is tantamount to biological warfare (44).
Bush was forced to abandon the plan.
The Bush clan is very fond of biological and chemical weapons. In open defiance of the 1972 treaty to ban such weapons, Donald Rumsfeld, Bush Jr's. Secretary of Defense, has admitted in the year 2001, that the Pentagon operates a germ factory that has produced enough deadly bacteria to kill tens of millions of people (45). The Bush administration claims, however, that it must have these biological weapons for "National Security" describing them as "purely defensive."
According to the Bush doctrine, "defensive weapons" can also be used preemptively and thus offensively; that is, to sicken, kill, and destroy the enemies of the United States before these enemies have the opportunity to attack the United States (46).
These "defensive" biological weapons the Bush team were developing included a weapon's grade anthrax so potent that it can overwhelm the immune system of those who have taken anthrax vaccine (46) -- such as U.S. soldiers and U.S. citizens. The first victims of this "weapon's grade" anthrax were not U.S. soldiers, but American men, women, children and members of the media who were exposed in October of 2001.
Officially, "vulnerability testing" came to an end in 1969, when the United States and President Richard Nixon renounced the use of biological weapons and promised that it would destroy its arsenal of chemical and biological weapons. In 1972, the United States, the Soviet Union, and 120 other nations signed the Biological Weapons Convention which prohibits the development, production, and stockpiling of biological weapons. And, in 1974, Congress enacted the National Research Act which was designed to prevent the U.S. government from attacking its own citizens with biological and chemical weapons.
Yet, unofficially, and thus in violation of these treaties and this act, the development and testing of biological weapons continued (45). American citizens continued to be victimized by the U.S. government. In 1974, when these treaty violations and unauthorized biological attacks first threatened to come to light, Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld, both top officials in the Ford administration acted in concert to cover up these crimes.
Indeed, according to the children of one victim, Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld, were directly involved in the cover up. "For 22 years there was a coverup. And then, under the guise of revealing everything, there was a new coverup" (47).
As revealed in a July 11, 1975, memo from Dick Cheney to his boss, Donald Rumsfeld, Cheney defended the cover up on the grounds of "national-security."
In 2001, Cheney became vice-president of the USA, and Rumsfeld the secretary of Defense. Within 11 months the U.S. was terrorized by a series of anthrax attacks.
The Bush administration immediately engaged in a coverup.
AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
31 posts
• Page 2 of 4 • 1, 2, 3, 4
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 3:43 am
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 3:47 am
PART 2 OF 4
NATIONAL SECURITY OR FINANCIAL SECURITY
The CIA, and people like Dick Cheney and George Bush, are found of claiming "national security" as the motive for their nefarious acts. Let us be clear: those who cloak their actions in secrecy, have something to hide. When it comes to officials in the U.S. government and Republican administrations, all too often, "National Security" has been used as a euphemism to hide illegal behavior (48).
The classic example is the Nixon administration. Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld were also part of that criminal enterprise, whereas George H.W. Bush was the Chairman of the Republican Party.
Like Nixon, Bush and gang repeatedly claim "National Security" as an excuse for secrecy. And "National Security" has been repeatedly offered as an explanation for why Americans have been purposefully exposed to deadly biological agents.
We should ask ourselves, if perhaps part of the motive in conducting these tests has nothing to do with "national security" but everything to do with "financial security?" That is, if people get sick, they will seek a medical solution, they will buy drugs from the major pharmaceutical firms, some of which, like Bayer, are business partners with George H.W. Bush, and members of his previous administration. Indeed, George H.W. Bush in fact sits on the board of a number of pharmaceutical firms. Rumsfeld was the CEO of a pharmaceutical. These companies can only make money if people get sick, or if they become fearful of becoming ill and dying. Under these conditions, George Bush and friends get rich.
Consider, for example, the anthrax attacks which began soon after the 9/11/2001 terrorist assault on the World Trade Center. According to ABC News (49) sales of Bayer's antibiotic Cipro skyrocketed by over 1,000%. Terrified consumers were spending $700 per person for a two-month supply of the drug which normally sells for around $20.
Bayer, as noted, is in business with George H.W. Bush (50). Bayer also has a most insidious past, as it was once known by the name of IG Farben. IG Farben is the Nazi chemical concern which ran many of Hitler's concentration camps, and which funded Nazi-experiments on prisoners, and manufactured and supplied the poison gas which was used to kill millions of women and children in the Nazi ovens of Auschwitz et al (51).
Prior to and during WWII, the Bush family and associates, were also in business with IG Farben (52).
Those who unleashed the anthrax terror on American citizens is unknown, due to a massive coverup orchestrated by the Bush administration. Nevertheless, as summed up by Dr. Leonard Horowitz, author of Death in the Air: Globalism, Terrorism and Toxic Warfare, companies like Bayer have a history of sponsoring terrorist campaigns for profit. Referring to Bayer and related pharmaceutical companies as "white collar terrorists," Dr. Horowitz notes, "Bayer maintains enough skeletons in its corporate closet to fill a holocaust museum."
Many pharmaceutical companies associated with the Bush gang and the U.S. government, have also been in the business of trying to create new diseases and artificial pathogens. If pharmaceutical firms create and then spread diseases and epidemics, and if they also own the "cure" then they and their partners can get very rich -- like a part-time fire fighter who sets fires because he gets paid whenever he is hired to put out a fire.
Likewise, pharmaceutical firms would stand to make incredible sums of money if the government provides funds and tax breaks for conducting research on diseases that have no cure -- which in turn may act as an inducement to create incurable diseases, or diseases that only they can cure.
The CIA and the U.S. military have been seeking to create incurable diseases for the last 50 years (29,53). The reasons are multi-fold but include genocide and theft. For example, if those who own desirable land or property become sickened and die, then their land and goods can be seized by those who unleashed the disease.
Likewise, if "inferior" and "subhuman" races can be killed wholesale through disease, then it is not necessary to round them up, Hitler-style, and transport them long distances to death camps.
And let us recall: Bayer was part of IG Farben. Rockefeller and the Bush family were in business with IG Farben and Hitler's Nazis.
EUGENICS
During the late 1800s, and throughout the 20th century, certain members of the American and English aristocracy including the Rockefellers, the Harrimans, and the Bush family, subscribed to and supported the "eugenics movement" -- as preached by Sir Francis Galton, and later as practiced by Hitler (52,54,55,56,57,58).
Eugenics is a racist ideology: The superior classes should be encouraged to breed and to improve the race, whereas inferior species of human, "useless eaters" should be sterilized and destroyed as their existence and their consumption of resources, threatens the members of the racial elites.
Prescott Bush was a partner with the Harrimans (52) and in 1910, the Harrimans funded the Eugenics Record Office at Cold Springs Harbor (55), which specializes in the study of genetics and later contributed to the Human Genome Project to map DNA. The Human Genome Project is derived from the eugenics movement. Indeed, the Eugenics Records Office at Cold Springs Harbor is the birthplace of the American eugenics movement (59).
Early in the last century the Eugenics Record Office was used to promote forced sterilization laws. Due in large part to these efforts, by 1917 fifteen U.S. states had adopted eugenics laws to sterilize epileptics, the mentally ill, and "criminals" (59,60). Those who would be sterilized included boys and girls who had run away from home, as well as impoverish young women who had children out of wedlock.
It is estimated that anywhere from 60,000 to over 100,000 Americans were subsequently sterilized (60,61).
One young woman, Carrie Buck, a 17-year-old unmarried mother who had been raped and then sterilized in Virginia, filed suit against the state, taking the case to the Supreme Court, which proceeded to rule against her in 1927 (59,60,61). Justice, Oliver Wendell Holmes, wrote the majority opinion: "It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind."
These views were also adopted by Adolf Hitler and the Nazis who preached that Jews, Gypsies, Negroes, Russians, Slavs, and other non-Aryan races, were "subhuman" and should be exterminated (62). Likewise, Hitler believed that Germans who were retarded, disabled, or suffering from epilepsy and other physical or mental disorders should be liquidated so as to prevent them from breeding.
Hitler and his SS, as is well known, murdered tens of millions of people who they considered to be "sub-humans" including Germans.
This Nazi extermination program was based on the science of "eugenics," a neo-Darwinian concept in which the State weeds out the weak, in favor of the strong; i.e. the sterilization and/or execution of mental patients, the insane, the retarded, the feeble minded, criminals, and physically disabled including those who are blind or deaf (59,60,61). The goal of eugenics is the purification and betterment of the race by preventing the breeding of inferior races and unfit individuals.
Prescott Bush and his son, George H.W. Bush were enthusiastic supporters of "eugenics," the weeding out of inferior humans. Before G.H.W. Bush became president, he frequently made remarks about the "down-breeding ... of America" and sponsored hearings, such as one that took place in August 5, 1969, on the threat posed by black babies (62).
But it was not the curbing of fertility, but killing of inferior men and women, that was embraced by the Bush clan. Before and after he became president of the U.S. George Jr., laughed and made jokes about executing the retarded, the abused, those with severe learning disorders, and men with histories of alcoholism and drug abuse -- men just like George Bush. "Those people make me sick," he said. "We killed everyone of them when I was governor" including those who "were abused as kids, or were under the influence of drugs or alcohol, or they're retarded or dyslexic, stuff like that. My philosophy was not to discriminate. We killed everyone of them when I was governor." -- George W. Bush, 11/28/2001.
Companies directed or associated with Prescott Bush, also contributed to the Nazi eugenics programs (54,63). For example, Emil Helfferich, the chairman of Bush company, Hamburg- Amerika, frequently wrote out checks to Heinrich Himmler (payable on a special Standard Oil account). According to U.S. intelligence documents reviewed by author Anthony Sutton, Helfferich was still making these payments to the S.S. in 1944 -- the same S.S. which was rounding up, enslaving, and supervising the mass murder of "subhumans" (Russians, Jews, Gypsies, Poles, etc.,), at IG Farben's death camps (51,61 -- the same IG Farben that was in business with Bush and Rockefeller.
"ETHNIC" BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS & THE ORIGIN OF AIDS/HIV
The principle behind eugenics ("good genes"), is that only those who are fit and possess superior traits and intellectual abilities, and those who are of "good birth" and "well born" (i.e. aristocrats) deserve to live and to breed. Inferior races, and those who are intellectually and physically disabled should be weeded out of the breeding pool.
Prescott and George H.W. Bush, the Rockefellers and Harrimans, as blue-blooded members of America's aristocracy, were thus of "good birth" and "well born" and this was consistent with their being enthusiastic supporters of eugenics, with George Bush later pushing for the sterilization of inferior races (62).
The Rockefellers, Harrimans, the Nazis, and later, the CIA, actively funded research into eugenics and "ethnic" biological weapons. The search for designer diseases or other biological or chemical weapons, which when released, would target and selectively sicken and kill the women, children, and men of specific ethnic groups, was of high priority (63).
Related to this was research on biological or chemical compounds which could induce illnesses which were untreatable. Of particular interest was artificial diseases which would attack and destroy the body's immune system.
This research continued after World War II and after over a thousand Nazi scientists were imported by the Dulles gang into the United States. Specifically, the CIA and the U.S. military sought to develop an "ethnic weapon" which would selectively target and eliminate specific ethnic groups (34,63). In order to destroy an ethnic group, their signature DNA must be targeted, as well as their immune system. And, of equal importance, the resulting disease must be incurable.
It is the desire to develop an ethnic weapons that specifically targets the genetic makeup of specific racial groups, which explains in part why the U.S. government has invested hundreds of millions of dollars in the Human Genome Project.
By the late 1960s, the CIA, and scientists at work at the Special Operations Division, High Security laboratory at Fort Detrick began to make significant progress in the development of a disease that attacks the immune system. In 1969, Dr. Robert MacMahan of the Department of Defense requested and received $10 million in funding from the U.S. Congress to develop a synthetic biological agent to which no natural immunity exists (64,65).
In his report to Congress (64,65), MacMahan states: "There are two things about the biological agent field I would like to mention. One is the possibility of technological surprise. Molecular biology is a field that is advancing very rapidly and eminent biologists believe that within a period of 5 to 10 years it would be possible to produce a synthetic biological agent, an agent that does not naturally exist and for which no natural immunity could have been acquired. Within the next 5 to 10 years, it would probably be possible to make a new infective microorganism which could differ in certain important aspects from any known disease-causing organisms. Most important of these is that it might be refractory to the immunological and therapeutic processes upon when we depend to maintain our relative freedom from infectious disease" (64,65).
The purpose of this research, was to create designer diseases that could "depopulate" huge land masses and eliminate entire populations from the breeding pool, and to murder, through disease, hundreds of millions of men, women, and children of a specific race.
"Population growth ...[is] the gravest issue that the world faces over the years ahead .... A world of 10 billion ... is not a world that any of us would want to live in. Is such a world inevitable? There are two possible ways by which a world of 10 billion people can be averted. Either the current birth rates must come down more quickly or the current death rates must go up. There is no other way." -- Robert McNamara, (former Secretary of Defense), President, World Bank, 10/2/1970.
In 1970, funding was approved under H.R. 15090 (65), and the U.S. immediately began to intensify efforts to develop "ethnic weapons" (63). The project, under the supervision of the CIA, was carried out by allied research laboratories at universities and private companies, as well as the Special Operations Division at Fort Detrick, the army's top secret biological weapons facility. Within the CIA, the "ethnic weapons project" was also part of a secret program known as MKNAOMI that was also being carried out in conjunction with "The Special Virus Cancer Program," funded by NIH (66) as specified in H.R.15090 (65).
Although ostensibly, some of this research was conducted by the NIH in order to discover treatments for cancer, the key and operative word is "Virus" that is a "Special Virus" that would attack the immune system.
Also, it is important to emphasize that through NIH, as well as the CIA, other research facilities were also involved in creating these biological weapons including Yale -- ground zero for the secret order of the Brotherhood of Death, i.e. Skull and Bones which includes George Bush, Percy Rockefeller, and the Harrimans as members (68). And then there is Merk pharmaceuticals, which had been acting in concert with the CIA since the I940s (69).
A number of promising candidates for creating and synthesizing this artificial virus had been identified in the early 1950s. These included the human T-Cell Leukemia Virus (HTLV-1) which is highly infectious but not deadly; SV40, which is related to HIV and is deadly to non-human primates, but does not attack humans; and VISNA, a deadly viral disease that attacks sheep, but is not infectious to humans. Each of these and other viral organisms were isolated by the virus section of Fort Detrick's Center for Biological Warfare Research, and allied research facilities funded by the CIA, the Rockefeller Foundation, and NIH.
Given that the focus of this research was to create a highly pathological virus that would attack and destroy the immune system, we are thus entitled to ask: Did the CIA create a Human Immunodeficiency Virus that is resistant to treatment? And, if so, has that virus been released on human populations?
Jakob Segal, a Professor of Biology at Humboldt University in Germany believes he knows the answer to that question (68), and the answer is: HIV/AIDS. According to Segal, HIV/AIDS was manufactured at Fort Detrick, Maryland, and this was accomplished by splicing together the viral genomes of VISNA and HTLV-1, as both are nearly identical to the HIV genome.
Jakob Segal argues that structural analysis using genome mapping proves that HIV is more similar to VISNA than to any other retrovirus, differing by only 3%. He also notes that this differing 3% matches exactly part of the HTLV-1 genome.
Segal also argues that HIV was created between late 1977 and the spring of 1978.
Coincidentally, in 1978, the Centers for Disease Control began running ads requesting the participation of promiscuous homosexual men to take part in an "Experimental Hepatitis B vaccine trials." The first experiments conducted by the CDC began in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, that same year. In 1981 the first cases of AIDS were confirmed in homosexual men in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, triggering speculation that AIDS may have been introduced via the Hepatitis B vaccine.
There is also evidence indicating that other purposeful infections had taken place years before, perhaps with a slower acting variant of what attacked the Gay community.
For example, there is evidence that the first known case of AIDS developed in the 1950s. A British sailor developed AIDs-like symptoms in 1958, and died in 1959 (69).
There is also evidence that AIDS was artificially created in 1957, when Hilary Koprowski, in creating an experimental polio vaccine, used monkey kidney tissue infected with an AIDs-related virus, SV40, and then supervised the injection of this contaminated vaccine into hundreds of thousands of African Negroes (70). As noted, SV40 was one of several promising viral organisms that had been isolated by the virus section of Fort Detrick's Center for Biological Warfare Research, and allied research facilities funded by the CIA, the Rockefeller Foundation, and NIH. It was believed that SV40 could be transformed into a virus that might attack and destroy the human immune system.
Although Dr. Koprowski admits to the polio injections, he disputes the claim that he created the AIDs virus (71). Nevertheless, there is considerable evidence to indicate that ground zero for the initial onset of the AIDs epidemic is in Central Africa, the same regions in which an experimental oral polio vaccine had been administered to over 300,000 Africans in 1957 through 1960 by Dr. Koprowski (70). On the other hand, Dr. Koprowski and Stanley A. Plotkin argue that "no chimpanzee cells were ever used by us to make OPV" -- live oral polio vaccine -- and further argue that the demographics of the spread of the disease in Central Africa could be explained by other factors unrelated to their vaccination procedures (71,72). It is noteworthy that their carefully worded denial emphasizes that "no chimpanzee cells" were used, whereas there is no denial that they used monkey cells, which is what they were accused of. Chimps are not monkeys. They are apes.
Hilary Koprowski has an interesting history (73). He was born a Jew and studied medicine in Poland. Even after the Nazis overran Poland in 1939, he was allowed to continue his studies and he received a medical degree. He then left Poland for Italy, an ally of Nazi Germany (73). In 1940, we are told, he left Italy for Brazil, a country (along with Argentina) that was a favorite for Nazi emigres both before and after the war -- including the infamous Nazi doctor, Joseph Mengele (20).
Mengele, it should be pointed out, was associated with the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity (20), which was funded in part, by the Rockefeller Foundation (56,57,74). Mengele also performed his ghastly research on concentration camp prisoners, at Auschwitz, where he was medical director. Auschwitz, in turn, was run by IG Farben (51), a company linked to Bush, Harriman (52), and CIA-director Allen Dulles (75) and which had partnered with Rockefeller's Standard Oil (51,76). In fact, the partnership between IG. Farben (and other Nazi companies) was maintained with Rockefeller, Bush, Harriman, and Dulles, even after Nazi Germany invaded Poland (where these individuals also had business interests) and after Nazi Germany declared war on the United States.
Prior to and during the 1940s, the Rockefeller Foundation was a prime sponsor of eugenics movements around the world, including in Nazi Germany. The Rockefeller Foundation provided funds to the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Psychiatry and the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity -- the same institute which funded Mengele. After the war, Mengele, with US assistance, slipped away to South America and then to Brazil-which is also were Dr. Koprowski decided to live and work soon after he left Poland and Italy.
While in Brazil, Dr. Koprowski was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation -- the same Rockefeller Foundation which was linked to IG Farben, and the same Rockefeller foundations that was funding and promoting eugenics and the depopulation movement in Africa, the United States, Britain, and South America.
*******
Because of the bad name given to the field of "eugenics" by Adolf Hitler, "The Eugenics Society" later changed its name to the Society for the Study of Social Biology. An offshoot of the Eugenics movement, was "Planned Parenthood," founded by Margaret Sanger, a member of both the American Eugenics Society and the English Eugenics Society.
According to Margaret Sanger: "Those least fit to carry on the race are increasing most rapidly ... Funds that should be used to raise the standard of our civilization are diverted to maintenance of those who should never have been born."
In 1917, Sanger founded and became editor of The Birth Control Review, the first scientific journal devoted to the subject of birth control. In 1925 she opened the Birth Control Clinical Research Bureau in New York to dispense contraceptives. In 1926 she became president of the American Birth Control League, which became Planned Parenthood.
When Prescott Bush ran for the Senate, in 1950, he was publicly exposed for being an eugenics activist and a member of the fledgling Planned Parenthood movement -- a revelation that his son, George H.W. Bush, believed cost his dad, the election.
In his foreword to a population control manual, George Bush wrote about that 1950 election: "My own first awareness of birth control as a public policy issue came with a jolt in 1950 when my father was running for United States Senate in Connecticut. Drew Pearson, on the Sunday before Election day, revealed that my father was involved with Planned Parenthood .... Many political observers felt a sufficient number of voters were swayed by his alleged contacts with the birth controllers to cost him the election."
Bush, Harriman, Dulles, and Rockefeller, had all been in business with the Nazis, and all supported eugenics, population control, and the sterilization and eradication of inferior people.
Dr. Koprowski's work in Brazil, we are told, "was supported jointly by the Rockefeller Foundation and the Ministry of Education of Brazil" (71). Koprowski's specialty at that time was "viruses ... yellow fever and neurotropic viruses" (71).
The Rockefellers, the Harrimans, the Prescott and George H.W. Bush family, and the Dulles brothers are all advocates of population control, birth control, and eugenics. And a special concern of all were the excessive breeding of Black people.
Dr. Koprowski, who was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation, has been accused of creating the HIV virus, and as being responsible for injecting over 300,000 Africans with a polio-HIV pudding.
Black people, for reasons that have not been made clear, are more prone to developing AIDs/HIV than other racial groups, and globally, the majority of those infected with AIDs (70%) live in sub- Saharan Africa. In parts of Africa (e.g. Zambia), over 30% of all adults are infected (77). Anywhere from 4 million to 20 million Africans are estimated to have already died from this disease and anywhere from 30 million to 75 million are infected (77).
Due to the fact that there is no cure for HIV/AIDS, and because of the misuse of drugs which do not cure the disease but instead prolong the life of those infected -- thus enabling them to infect an incredible number of people over a long time period -- there is thus a likelihood that the African Negro will be nearly extinct by the year 2100.
As noted, drug companies can make money treating a disease, especially a disease they helped to create. As the infection spreads, the company becomes richer.
Yale University (the alma matter of the Harrimans, Bushs', and Rockefeller) and Bristol-Myers holds the patent on one of the leading HIV drugs. Yale researchers discovered the drug, known as d4t or Zerit, in the early 1990s and issued a license to Bristol-Myers to manufacture and market it. In return, Yale receives royalties on the drug, which had sales in 1998 of $328 million. In 1998, those royalties were $40 million.
Merck & Co. is also a patent holder on AIDs drugs, and Merck had been involved in the development of biological and chemical weapons, since the 1940s.
That these companies are profiting and feeding on human misery is evident from the outrageous profits. For example, Bristol-Myers sells d4T (Zerit), at a profit of $1,000 per person. An Indian company Cipla, which says it can offer the same medicine at $40 annually per person, has been barred from doing so.
Yes -- disease is a profitable business. In 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001, Bristol-Myers Squibb, for example, earned well over $5 billion from the sales of Taxol, a cancer fighter which is used to treat the AIDS-related Kaposi's sarcoma.
In addition to "unsafe sex" (78) it is thus noteworthy that a major factor in the HIV epidemic are the HIV /AIDS drugs which are used to treat it. That is, these drugs and their misuse, can result in the mutation of other virulent and more deadly strains of HIV. In a study published in the September, 2001 issue of Nature Medicine, it was reported "that the prevalence of drug-resistant HIV is already high and will continue to substantially increase."
"These drugs are dangerous," warned Dr. James Kahn, UCSF associate professor of medicine and last author of the study. "General practitioners should not be using them. You really need a skilled HIV specialist to prescribe the medications and closely monitor the patient's adherence and response to treatment."
However, we should also wonder if perhaps some of these drugs are in fact designed to make the disease more virulent. As the number of organ systems that become affected increase, then new drugs designed to treat these AIDs related disorders can be offered, thus wracking up incredible profits for the drug company that in fact helped create the disease.
At present, we are told that there is no "cure" for HIV. And we know that the drugs used to treat the disease, result not only in more virulent forms of the disease, but contribute to the spread of AIDS by prolonging the life of the sufferer which enables them to infect a greater number of people.
Again, given the incredible number of Africans currently infected, i.e. up to 30% of all adults in some areas, and the fact that this epidemic is completely out of control and will only get worse, the logical conclusion is that within another generation, almost all adult Africans will be infected, and that after another generation or two, there will be no more generations: The African Negro will have become extinct.
But then, perhaps that was the goal: Depopulating Africa so that its vast mineral resources can be exploited, and, the reduction of world population in this specific "third world country."
Arab and north African states are also considered part of the "Third World." In January of 1999, nine Libyan citizens, six Bulgarians, and one Palestinian were arrested in connection with the alleged purposeful infection of 393 Libyan children with HIV (80).
"Who charged them with this odious task?" Libyan leader Gadhati asked at an AIDS conference in Nigeria in April of 1999. "Some said it was the CIA. Others said it was Mossad [the Israeli intelligence service]. They carried out an experiment on these children."
The Libyan outbreak began following a WHO (World Health Organization) mission to inoculate children in 1998. According to the WHO, 80,000 to 160,000 HIV infections occur annually through unsafe injections, mostly in underdeveloped nations.
IG FARBEN
If IG Farben was Hitler, then what was the SS?
Both IG Farben and the SS, have been described as a "state within a state" (51,61). However, if "Farben was Hitler" that would mean that the SS was subservient to as well as an extension of Farben, and that together they formed a state within a state, a state which had one mission: World Conquest and the Creation of a New World Order -- a world of slaves dominated and controlled by the captains of business and industry.
War is good for business, and so too is conquest, the theft of resources and property, and the employment of slave labor.
For the backers of Hitler, war was good business, and people like Bush, Harriman, and the Rockefellers joined with Nazi businessmen in supporting Hitler because they wanted part of the spoils.
"Let it be remembered that the Nazi war menace took shape slowly over a period of years. It took various forms of diplomatic, economic and military pressure. Yet all the while, one master combine, IG Farben, the German chemical trust, representative of the tight inner circle of German monopoly, operated behind the scenes to give a constant drive and purpose to the Nazi juggernaut" (51).
Prior to and during WWII, IG Farben was, in fact, the largest chemical manufacturing enterprise in the world (51). IG Farben was also a cartel, a super-giant, transnational chemical enterprise that had been fashioned in 1925, when organizing genius Hermann Schmitz merged together the six largest German chemical companies -- Bayer, Hoechst, Badische Anilin, Weiler-ter-Meer, Griesheim-Elektron, and Agfa (51). Together these six firms became IG Farben: the "Inter-nationale Gesellschaft Farbenindustrie A.G."
Hermann Schmitz would not have been able to accomplish this remarkable enterprise without considerable financial help from bankers and Wall Street. His helpers included Paul Warburg, founder of the Federal Reserve System in the United States and a member of the board of directors for American I. G., Farben's wholly owned U.S. subsidiary (82).
By 1939 IG Farben had gobbled up, or exerted managerial influence on 380 German firms and over 500 foreign firms including Standard Oil of New Jersey, DuPont, Alcoa, and Dow Chemical which were linked to Farben through cartel agreements (51,81,82). Rockefeller's Standard Oil was in a partnership with Farben-Farben president Hermann Schmitz, owning as much stock in Standard Oil of New Jersey as did the Rockefellers (81).
The Farben tentacles reached everywhere. The Farben empire owned its own electric power plants, its own coal mines and steel and iron units, as well as banks, research units, and numerous commercial enterprises, all of which were being coordinated, since 1934, for the purposes of going to war and mass murdering the citizens of other countries. IG Farben began preparing for war soon after Hitler came to power, and in fact, drove the war effort (51,81,82,83,84). IG Farben was not just Hitler, IG Farben was the German war machine:
"In 1939, out of 43 major products manufactured by IG., 28 were of 'primary concern' to the German armed forces. Farben's ultimate control of the German war economy, acquired during the 1920s and 1930s with Wall Street assistance, can best be assessed by examining the percentage of German war material output produced by Farben plants in 1945. Farben at that time produced 100% of German synthetic rubber, 95% of German poison gas (including all the Zyklon B gas used in the concentration camps), 90% of German plastics, 88% of German magnesium, 84% of German explosives, 70% of German gunpowder, 46% of German high octane (aviation) gasoline, and 33% of German synthetic gasoline" (82).
"Without I.G.'s immense productive facilities, its intense research, and vast international affiliations, Germany's prosecution of the war would have been unthinkable and impossible; Farben not only directed its energies toward arming Germany, but concentrated on weakening her intended victims, and this double-barreled attempt to expand the German industrial potential for war and to restrict that of the rest of the world was not conceived and executed 'in the normal course of business.' The proof is overwhelming that I. G. Farben officials had full prior knowledge of Germany 's plan for world conquest and of each specific aggressive act later undertaken" (83).
Those with prior knowledge would have included Farben partners and associates: Bush, Harriman, Dulles, and the Rockefellers.
Indeed, they not only had full knowledge, but IG Farben served as spymaster for Hitler and Nazi Germany and with the assistance of Bush, Harriman, and other Wall Street elitists, imported Nazi propaganda to the U.S., while simultaneously stealing industrial and war-related secrets from U.S. companies which were then exported back to Nazi Germany (84).
IG Farben was also an active participant in Germany's eugenics extermination programs which were designed to depopulate Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. IG Farben designed the slave-labor extermination camps and invented, produced, and distributed Zyklon B gas (Prussic acid), which was used to murder millions of people after they had been forced into the gas ovens specially created and designed by IG Farben (51).
At the close of World War II, IG Farben was to have been dismantled by the victorious allies (85): "Smash IG Farben Empire, Eisenhower Advises Allies." Instead, IG Farben was broken apart into four big German corporations: Bayer A.G., Agfa, BASF, and Hoechst (which later created Baxter), whereas its intelligence network became part of the OSS/CIA (21,22,86). Hermann Schmitz, after spending a few years in "detention" for crimes such as "slavery" became the new president of Bayer.
Prior to and during the war, Bayer, one of the largest chemical companies in the world, was part of IG Farben. Bayer sold the Zyklon B that had been produced by IG Farben Leverkusen, and licensed its distribution through Degesch. Bayer sold enough gas to kill over 200 million humans (51,82). Indeed, weapons created by IG Farben killed thousands of Americans, and millions of men, women, and children were put to death at IG Farben slave camps (51,82). Typically, those immediately marked for death, were the weak, the old, and the infirm -- that is, those with physical and medical problems (87).
Forty years later, Bayer would be accused of purposefully infecting Americans with AIDs. Those targeted by Bayer were men, women, and children with a major medical problem. Specifically, during the early 1980s, Bayer A.G., (along with Baxter and Rhone- Poulenc) infected more than 10,000 hemophiliacs with the AIDS virus, creating, what has been called "The worst medically induced tragedy in the history of the U.S." Because of their role in selling HIV-tainted blood clotting products, Bayer and Baxter were forced to settle a class action lawsuit by paying $100,000 per claimant (87).
One of the best predictors of the future, is the past, and in the past, Bayer was part of IG Farben, and Bayer supplied the gas which was used to kill millions of "subhumans." In our opinion, Bayer is still part of IG Farben -- but under another name: Bayer. And Bayer is in business with the Bush family.
Bayer was reorganized in 1951 under the direction of John J. McCloy, of the Allied High Commission who had close ties to Rockefeller oil interests, and who later sat with Dulles on the Warren Commission investigation into the assassination of Kennedy.
When Bayer was formed, Hermann Schmitz, the former president of IG Farben (and a board member at Deutsche Bank) became president of Bayer A.G., whereas hundreds of Nazi-scientists and doctors who had worked for IG Farben were given jobs with Bayer, the CIA, the Department of Defense, the Rockefeller Foundation, the Republican Party, and in American and foreign pharmaceutical companies that had been in cartel relationships with IG Farben prior to and during the second world war (18,21,24- 27,30,33,51,76,81,86).
The pharmaceutical industry, of which Bayer, Merck, Baxter, Hoechst, and others are part, is an industry which feeds and profits on human misery. The pharmaceutical industry requires people to become ill, in order to make a profit. Business growth is dependent on the development of new disabling diseases which proliferate, or the resurgence of old diseases which again rage out of control. It is in the best interests of the pharmaceutical industry, for people to get sick, and to stay sick. It is not in the best interests of the pharmaceutical industry, for people to get well.
As is well known, anywhere from 90% to 98% of all pharmaceutical drugs neither prevent diseases nor cure them (88). Many of these drugs also cause deleterious side-effects, including diarrhea, stomach cramps, dizziness, sexual dysfunction, blurry vision, seizures, brain damage, heart damage, and even death. As summed up by the Journal of the American Medical Association, pharmaceutical drugs and their side effects, are the fourth leading cause of death in the U.S. and other industrialized countries (88).
Many of these same companies have been the business of creating death since the 1930s. Bayer and Hoechst (as part of IG Farben) ran the concentration/slave labor and extermination camps (20,21,22,23,51). Representatives from these companies waited at the train depot as human cargo rolled in, selecting who was fit for slave labor, who was fit to become a human guinea pig, and who should be disposed of in the gas chambers.
Those who were selected to become human guinea pigs underwent incredible horrors, and were often purposefully infected with terrible diseases. Bayer A.G., both before and after the war, was particularly active in conducting research into biological warfare, and the development of designer diseases, and genetically modified viral and bacterial agents, such as anthrax and smallpox, that have no cure. Bayer experimented on human slaves during the 1940s.
We suspect that Bayer, and other pharmaceutical companies -- particularly those linked to Bush and associates, are still purposefully infecting people.
Bayer does not act in isolation. Just as Bayer/Hoechst (IG Farben) was partnering with American businesses and businessmen, including the Rockefellers, the Harrimans, and the Bush family before and during the war, they would stay in business together after the war (50,52). Indeed, it is this enduring relationship with America's political elite, which explains why the U.S. government has purchased massive quantities of drugs from Bayer AG and Hoechst, even though it is not known if these drugs are effective or how dangerous they might be.
For example, in July 2000, Bayer's anti-anthrax drug, Cipro, received an unprecedented sole endorsement by the Federal Drug Administration, despite Cipro's largely untested status -- one animal study for anthrax treatment in 1993. In October of 2001, the U.S. government agreed to pay Bayer, $70.00 per dose, even though Cipro is sold in other countries for less than $20.00 a dose. The Washington Times, referred to the sale as "ripoff" (90).
Other Farben companies are also profiting.
On October 25,2001, Tommy Thompson, Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, asked Congress for $500 million to purchase enough of Acambis's smallpox vaccine "so every American will be assured there is a dose with his or her name on it if it is needed." However, the rules governing the testing of this smallpox vaccine produced by Acambis (previously Ora Vax) in partnership with Baxter (Hoechst) and Aventis (Rhone- Poulenc) were relaxed so that this incredible sale could go through for a drug that hardly anyone will use, but which will be stockpiled just in case! Indeed, according to a press release by Acambis, in "November 2001, we were awarded a major contract by the US Government to provide 155 million doses of smallpox vaccine for the purposes of countering the threat of bioterrorism. This followed the award of an initial contract in September 2000 which had covered the development of a new smallpox vaccine and the production and maintenance over 20 years of a 40 million-dose stockpile. As a result, we are manufacturing 209 million doses of smallpox vaccine for the US Government." The entire contract is worth $428 million dollars.
That the U.S. government would purchase drugs that it may not need, and which may not only be ineffective, but dangerous, is not without precedent. During the Gulf War, the military injected soldiers with dangerous experimental drugs without their consent and without their knowledge, and then showed a callous disregard for their health.
NATIONAL SECURITY OR FINANCIAL SECURITY
The CIA, and people like Dick Cheney and George Bush, are found of claiming "national security" as the motive for their nefarious acts. Let us be clear: those who cloak their actions in secrecy, have something to hide. When it comes to officials in the U.S. government and Republican administrations, all too often, "National Security" has been used as a euphemism to hide illegal behavior (48).
The classic example is the Nixon administration. Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld were also part of that criminal enterprise, whereas George H.W. Bush was the Chairman of the Republican Party.
Like Nixon, Bush and gang repeatedly claim "National Security" as an excuse for secrecy. And "National Security" has been repeatedly offered as an explanation for why Americans have been purposefully exposed to deadly biological agents.
We should ask ourselves, if perhaps part of the motive in conducting these tests has nothing to do with "national security" but everything to do with "financial security?" That is, if people get sick, they will seek a medical solution, they will buy drugs from the major pharmaceutical firms, some of which, like Bayer, are business partners with George H.W. Bush, and members of his previous administration. Indeed, George H.W. Bush in fact sits on the board of a number of pharmaceutical firms. Rumsfeld was the CEO of a pharmaceutical. These companies can only make money if people get sick, or if they become fearful of becoming ill and dying. Under these conditions, George Bush and friends get rich.
Consider, for example, the anthrax attacks which began soon after the 9/11/2001 terrorist assault on the World Trade Center. According to ABC News (49) sales of Bayer's antibiotic Cipro skyrocketed by over 1,000%. Terrified consumers were spending $700 per person for a two-month supply of the drug which normally sells for around $20.
Bayer, as noted, is in business with George H.W. Bush (50). Bayer also has a most insidious past, as it was once known by the name of IG Farben. IG Farben is the Nazi chemical concern which ran many of Hitler's concentration camps, and which funded Nazi-experiments on prisoners, and manufactured and supplied the poison gas which was used to kill millions of women and children in the Nazi ovens of Auschwitz et al (51).
Prior to and during WWII, the Bush family and associates, were also in business with IG Farben (52).
Those who unleashed the anthrax terror on American citizens is unknown, due to a massive coverup orchestrated by the Bush administration. Nevertheless, as summed up by Dr. Leonard Horowitz, author of Death in the Air: Globalism, Terrorism and Toxic Warfare, companies like Bayer have a history of sponsoring terrorist campaigns for profit. Referring to Bayer and related pharmaceutical companies as "white collar terrorists," Dr. Horowitz notes, "Bayer maintains enough skeletons in its corporate closet to fill a holocaust museum."
Many pharmaceutical companies associated with the Bush gang and the U.S. government, have also been in the business of trying to create new diseases and artificial pathogens. If pharmaceutical firms create and then spread diseases and epidemics, and if they also own the "cure" then they and their partners can get very rich -- like a part-time fire fighter who sets fires because he gets paid whenever he is hired to put out a fire.
Likewise, pharmaceutical firms would stand to make incredible sums of money if the government provides funds and tax breaks for conducting research on diseases that have no cure -- which in turn may act as an inducement to create incurable diseases, or diseases that only they can cure.
The CIA and the U.S. military have been seeking to create incurable diseases for the last 50 years (29,53). The reasons are multi-fold but include genocide and theft. For example, if those who own desirable land or property become sickened and die, then their land and goods can be seized by those who unleashed the disease.
Likewise, if "inferior" and "subhuman" races can be killed wholesale through disease, then it is not necessary to round them up, Hitler-style, and transport them long distances to death camps.
And let us recall: Bayer was part of IG Farben. Rockefeller and the Bush family were in business with IG Farben and Hitler's Nazis.
EUGENICS
"I do not see why any insolence of caste should prevent the gifted class, when they had the power, from treating their compatriots with all kindness, so long as they maintained celibacy. But if these continued to procreate children inferior in moral, intellectual and physical qualities, it is easy to believe the time may come when such persons would be considered as enemies to the State, and to have forfeited all claims to kindness"
-- Sir Francis Galton, 1873.
During the late 1800s, and throughout the 20th century, certain members of the American and English aristocracy including the Rockefellers, the Harrimans, and the Bush family, subscribed to and supported the "eugenics movement" -- as preached by Sir Francis Galton, and later as practiced by Hitler (52,54,55,56,57,58).
Eugenics is a racist ideology: The superior classes should be encouraged to breed and to improve the race, whereas inferior species of human, "useless eaters" should be sterilized and destroyed as their existence and their consumption of resources, threatens the members of the racial elites.
Prescott Bush was a partner with the Harrimans (52) and in 1910, the Harrimans funded the Eugenics Record Office at Cold Springs Harbor (55), which specializes in the study of genetics and later contributed to the Human Genome Project to map DNA. The Human Genome Project is derived from the eugenics movement. Indeed, the Eugenics Records Office at Cold Springs Harbor is the birthplace of the American eugenics movement (59).
Early in the last century the Eugenics Record Office was used to promote forced sterilization laws. Due in large part to these efforts, by 1917 fifteen U.S. states had adopted eugenics laws to sterilize epileptics, the mentally ill, and "criminals" (59,60). Those who would be sterilized included boys and girls who had run away from home, as well as impoverish young women who had children out of wedlock.
It is estimated that anywhere from 60,000 to over 100,000 Americans were subsequently sterilized (60,61).
One young woman, Carrie Buck, a 17-year-old unmarried mother who had been raped and then sterilized in Virginia, filed suit against the state, taking the case to the Supreme Court, which proceeded to rule against her in 1927 (59,60,61). Justice, Oliver Wendell Holmes, wrote the majority opinion: "It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind."
These views were also adopted by Adolf Hitler and the Nazis who preached that Jews, Gypsies, Negroes, Russians, Slavs, and other non-Aryan races, were "subhuman" and should be exterminated (62). Likewise, Hitler believed that Germans who were retarded, disabled, or suffering from epilepsy and other physical or mental disorders should be liquidated so as to prevent them from breeding.
"Those who are physically and mentally unhealthy and unworthy must not perpetuate their suffering in the body of their children. The prevention of the faculty and opportunity to procreate on the part of the physically degenerate and mentally sick, over a period of only 600 years, would ... free humanity from an immeasurable misfortune."
-- Adolf Hitler
Hitler and his SS, as is well known, murdered tens of millions of people who they considered to be "sub-humans" including Germans.
This Nazi extermination program was based on the science of "eugenics," a neo-Darwinian concept in which the State weeds out the weak, in favor of the strong; i.e. the sterilization and/or execution of mental patients, the insane, the retarded, the feeble minded, criminals, and physically disabled including those who are blind or deaf (59,60,61). The goal of eugenics is the purification and betterment of the race by preventing the breeding of inferior races and unfit individuals.
Prescott Bush and his son, George H.W. Bush were enthusiastic supporters of "eugenics," the weeding out of inferior humans. Before G.H.W. Bush became president, he frequently made remarks about the "down-breeding ... of America" and sponsored hearings, such as one that took place in August 5, 1969, on the threat posed by black babies (62).
"Famine in India, unwanted babies in the United States, poverty that seemed to form an unbreakable chain for millions of people -- how should we tackle these problems? It is quite clear that one of the major challenges of the 1970s will be to curb the world's fertility."
-- George H. W. Bush.
But it was not the curbing of fertility, but killing of inferior men and women, that was embraced by the Bush clan. Before and after he became president of the U.S. George Jr., laughed and made jokes about executing the retarded, the abused, those with severe learning disorders, and men with histories of alcoholism and drug abuse -- men just like George Bush. "Those people make me sick," he said. "We killed everyone of them when I was governor" including those who "were abused as kids, or were under the influence of drugs or alcohol, or they're retarded or dyslexic, stuff like that. My philosophy was not to discriminate. We killed everyone of them when I was governor." -- George W. Bush, 11/28/2001.
Companies directed or associated with Prescott Bush, also contributed to the Nazi eugenics programs (54,63). For example, Emil Helfferich, the chairman of Bush company, Hamburg- Amerika, frequently wrote out checks to Heinrich Himmler (payable on a special Standard Oil account). According to U.S. intelligence documents reviewed by author Anthony Sutton, Helfferich was still making these payments to the S.S. in 1944 -- the same S.S. which was rounding up, enslaving, and supervising the mass murder of "subhumans" (Russians, Jews, Gypsies, Poles, etc.,), at IG Farben's death camps (51,61 -- the same IG Farben that was in business with Bush and Rockefeller.
"ETHNIC" BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS & THE ORIGIN OF AIDS/HIV
"Using biological weapons under the cover of an endemic or natural disease occurrence provides an attacker the potential for plausible denial."
-- "Twenty-First Century Germ Warfare" by USAF Lieutenant Colonel Robert P. Kadlek
The principle behind eugenics ("good genes"), is that only those who are fit and possess superior traits and intellectual abilities, and those who are of "good birth" and "well born" (i.e. aristocrats) deserve to live and to breed. Inferior races, and those who are intellectually and physically disabled should be weeded out of the breeding pool.
Prescott and George H.W. Bush, the Rockefellers and Harrimans, as blue-blooded members of America's aristocracy, were thus of "good birth" and "well born" and this was consistent with their being enthusiastic supporters of eugenics, with George Bush later pushing for the sterilization of inferior races (62).
The Rockefellers, Harrimans, the Nazis, and later, the CIA, actively funded research into eugenics and "ethnic" biological weapons. The search for designer diseases or other biological or chemical weapons, which when released, would target and selectively sicken and kill the women, children, and men of specific ethnic groups, was of high priority (63).
Related to this was research on biological or chemical compounds which could induce illnesses which were untreatable. Of particular interest was artificial diseases which would attack and destroy the body's immune system.
This research continued after World War II and after over a thousand Nazi scientists were imported by the Dulles gang into the United States. Specifically, the CIA and the U.S. military sought to develop an "ethnic weapon" which would selectively target and eliminate specific ethnic groups (34,63). In order to destroy an ethnic group, their signature DNA must be targeted, as well as their immune system. And, of equal importance, the resulting disease must be incurable.
It is the desire to develop an ethnic weapons that specifically targets the genetic makeup of specific racial groups, which explains in part why the U.S. government has invested hundreds of millions of dollars in the Human Genome Project.
By the late 1960s, the CIA, and scientists at work at the Special Operations Division, High Security laboratory at Fort Detrick began to make significant progress in the development of a disease that attacks the immune system. In 1969, Dr. Robert MacMahan of the Department of Defense requested and received $10 million in funding from the U.S. Congress to develop a synthetic biological agent to which no natural immunity exists (64,65).
In his report to Congress (64,65), MacMahan states: "There are two things about the biological agent field I would like to mention. One is the possibility of technological surprise. Molecular biology is a field that is advancing very rapidly and eminent biologists believe that within a period of 5 to 10 years it would be possible to produce a synthetic biological agent, an agent that does not naturally exist and for which no natural immunity could have been acquired. Within the next 5 to 10 years, it would probably be possible to make a new infective microorganism which could differ in certain important aspects from any known disease-causing organisms. Most important of these is that it might be refractory to the immunological and therapeutic processes upon when we depend to maintain our relative freedom from infectious disease" (64,65).
The purpose of this research, was to create designer diseases that could "depopulate" huge land masses and eliminate entire populations from the breeding pool, and to murder, through disease, hundreds of millions of men, women, and children of a specific race.
"Population growth ...[is] the gravest issue that the world faces over the years ahead .... A world of 10 billion ... is not a world that any of us would want to live in. Is such a world inevitable? There are two possible ways by which a world of 10 billion people can be averted. Either the current birth rates must come down more quickly or the current death rates must go up. There is no other way." -- Robert McNamara, (former Secretary of Defense), President, World Bank, 10/2/1970.
In 1970, funding was approved under H.R. 15090 (65), and the U.S. immediately began to intensify efforts to develop "ethnic weapons" (63). The project, under the supervision of the CIA, was carried out by allied research laboratories at universities and private companies, as well as the Special Operations Division at Fort Detrick, the army's top secret biological weapons facility. Within the CIA, the "ethnic weapons project" was also part of a secret program known as MKNAOMI that was also being carried out in conjunction with "The Special Virus Cancer Program," funded by NIH (66) as specified in H.R.15090 (65).
Although ostensibly, some of this research was conducted by the NIH in order to discover treatments for cancer, the key and operative word is "Virus" that is a "Special Virus" that would attack the immune system.
Also, it is important to emphasize that through NIH, as well as the CIA, other research facilities were also involved in creating these biological weapons including Yale -- ground zero for the secret order of the Brotherhood of Death, i.e. Skull and Bones which includes George Bush, Percy Rockefeller, and the Harrimans as members (68). And then there is Merk pharmaceuticals, which had been acting in concert with the CIA since the I940s (69).
A number of promising candidates for creating and synthesizing this artificial virus had been identified in the early 1950s. These included the human T-Cell Leukemia Virus (HTLV-1) which is highly infectious but not deadly; SV40, which is related to HIV and is deadly to non-human primates, but does not attack humans; and VISNA, a deadly viral disease that attacks sheep, but is not infectious to humans. Each of these and other viral organisms were isolated by the virus section of Fort Detrick's Center for Biological Warfare Research, and allied research facilities funded by the CIA, the Rockefeller Foundation, and NIH.
Given that the focus of this research was to create a highly pathological virus that would attack and destroy the immune system, we are thus entitled to ask: Did the CIA create a Human Immunodeficiency Virus that is resistant to treatment? And, if so, has that virus been released on human populations?
Jakob Segal, a Professor of Biology at Humboldt University in Germany believes he knows the answer to that question (68), and the answer is: HIV/AIDS. According to Segal, HIV/AIDS was manufactured at Fort Detrick, Maryland, and this was accomplished by splicing together the viral genomes of VISNA and HTLV-1, as both are nearly identical to the HIV genome.
Jakob Segal argues that structural analysis using genome mapping proves that HIV is more similar to VISNA than to any other retrovirus, differing by only 3%. He also notes that this differing 3% matches exactly part of the HTLV-1 genome.
Segal also argues that HIV was created between late 1977 and the spring of 1978.
Coincidentally, in 1978, the Centers for Disease Control began running ads requesting the participation of promiscuous homosexual men to take part in an "Experimental Hepatitis B vaccine trials." The first experiments conducted by the CDC began in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, that same year. In 1981 the first cases of AIDS were confirmed in homosexual men in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, triggering speculation that AIDS may have been introduced via the Hepatitis B vaccine.
There is also evidence indicating that other purposeful infections had taken place years before, perhaps with a slower acting variant of what attacked the Gay community.
For example, there is evidence that the first known case of AIDS developed in the 1950s. A British sailor developed AIDs-like symptoms in 1958, and died in 1959 (69).
There is also evidence that AIDS was artificially created in 1957, when Hilary Koprowski, in creating an experimental polio vaccine, used monkey kidney tissue infected with an AIDs-related virus, SV40, and then supervised the injection of this contaminated vaccine into hundreds of thousands of African Negroes (70). As noted, SV40 was one of several promising viral organisms that had been isolated by the virus section of Fort Detrick's Center for Biological Warfare Research, and allied research facilities funded by the CIA, the Rockefeller Foundation, and NIH. It was believed that SV40 could be transformed into a virus that might attack and destroy the human immune system.
Although Dr. Koprowski admits to the polio injections, he disputes the claim that he created the AIDs virus (71). Nevertheless, there is considerable evidence to indicate that ground zero for the initial onset of the AIDs epidemic is in Central Africa, the same regions in which an experimental oral polio vaccine had been administered to over 300,000 Africans in 1957 through 1960 by Dr. Koprowski (70). On the other hand, Dr. Koprowski and Stanley A. Plotkin argue that "no chimpanzee cells were ever used by us to make OPV" -- live oral polio vaccine -- and further argue that the demographics of the spread of the disease in Central Africa could be explained by other factors unrelated to their vaccination procedures (71,72). It is noteworthy that their carefully worded denial emphasizes that "no chimpanzee cells" were used, whereas there is no denial that they used monkey cells, which is what they were accused of. Chimps are not monkeys. They are apes.
Hilary Koprowski has an interesting history (73). He was born a Jew and studied medicine in Poland. Even after the Nazis overran Poland in 1939, he was allowed to continue his studies and he received a medical degree. He then left Poland for Italy, an ally of Nazi Germany (73). In 1940, we are told, he left Italy for Brazil, a country (along with Argentina) that was a favorite for Nazi emigres both before and after the war -- including the infamous Nazi doctor, Joseph Mengele (20).
Mengele, it should be pointed out, was associated with the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity (20), which was funded in part, by the Rockefeller Foundation (56,57,74). Mengele also performed his ghastly research on concentration camp prisoners, at Auschwitz, where he was medical director. Auschwitz, in turn, was run by IG Farben (51), a company linked to Bush, Harriman (52), and CIA-director Allen Dulles (75) and which had partnered with Rockefeller's Standard Oil (51,76). In fact, the partnership between IG. Farben (and other Nazi companies) was maintained with Rockefeller, Bush, Harriman, and Dulles, even after Nazi Germany invaded Poland (where these individuals also had business interests) and after Nazi Germany declared war on the United States.
Prior to and during the 1940s, the Rockefeller Foundation was a prime sponsor of eugenics movements around the world, including in Nazi Germany. The Rockefeller Foundation provided funds to the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Psychiatry and the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity -- the same institute which funded Mengele. After the war, Mengele, with US assistance, slipped away to South America and then to Brazil-which is also were Dr. Koprowski decided to live and work soon after he left Poland and Italy.
While in Brazil, Dr. Koprowski was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation -- the same Rockefeller Foundation which was linked to IG Farben, and the same Rockefeller foundations that was funding and promoting eugenics and the depopulation movement in Africa, the United States, Britain, and South America.
*******
Because of the bad name given to the field of "eugenics" by Adolf Hitler, "The Eugenics Society" later changed its name to the Society for the Study of Social Biology. An offshoot of the Eugenics movement, was "Planned Parenthood," founded by Margaret Sanger, a member of both the American Eugenics Society and the English Eugenics Society.
According to Margaret Sanger: "Those least fit to carry on the race are increasing most rapidly ... Funds that should be used to raise the standard of our civilization are diverted to maintenance of those who should never have been born."
In 1917, Sanger founded and became editor of The Birth Control Review, the first scientific journal devoted to the subject of birth control. In 1925 she opened the Birth Control Clinical Research Bureau in New York to dispense contraceptives. In 1926 she became president of the American Birth Control League, which became Planned Parenthood.
When Prescott Bush ran for the Senate, in 1950, he was publicly exposed for being an eugenics activist and a member of the fledgling Planned Parenthood movement -- a revelation that his son, George H.W. Bush, believed cost his dad, the election.
In his foreword to a population control manual, George Bush wrote about that 1950 election: "My own first awareness of birth control as a public policy issue came with a jolt in 1950 when my father was running for United States Senate in Connecticut. Drew Pearson, on the Sunday before Election day, revealed that my father was involved with Planned Parenthood .... Many political observers felt a sufficient number of voters were swayed by his alleged contacts with the birth controllers to cost him the election."
Bush, Harriman, Dulles, and Rockefeller, had all been in business with the Nazis, and all supported eugenics, population control, and the sterilization and eradication of inferior people.
Dr. Koprowski's work in Brazil, we are told, "was supported jointly by the Rockefeller Foundation and the Ministry of Education of Brazil" (71). Koprowski's specialty at that time was "viruses ... yellow fever and neurotropic viruses" (71).
The Rockefellers, the Harrimans, the Prescott and George H.W. Bush family, and the Dulles brothers are all advocates of population control, birth control, and eugenics. And a special concern of all were the excessive breeding of Black people.
Dr. Koprowski, who was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation, has been accused of creating the HIV virus, and as being responsible for injecting over 300,000 Africans with a polio-HIV pudding.
Black people, for reasons that have not been made clear, are more prone to developing AIDs/HIV than other racial groups, and globally, the majority of those infected with AIDs (70%) live in sub- Saharan Africa. In parts of Africa (e.g. Zambia), over 30% of all adults are infected (77). Anywhere from 4 million to 20 million Africans are estimated to have already died from this disease and anywhere from 30 million to 75 million are infected (77).
Due to the fact that there is no cure for HIV/AIDS, and because of the misuse of drugs which do not cure the disease but instead prolong the life of those infected -- thus enabling them to infect an incredible number of people over a long time period -- there is thus a likelihood that the African Negro will be nearly extinct by the year 2100.
As noted, drug companies can make money treating a disease, especially a disease they helped to create. As the infection spreads, the company becomes richer.
Yale University (the alma matter of the Harrimans, Bushs', and Rockefeller) and Bristol-Myers holds the patent on one of the leading HIV drugs. Yale researchers discovered the drug, known as d4t or Zerit, in the early 1990s and issued a license to Bristol-Myers to manufacture and market it. In return, Yale receives royalties on the drug, which had sales in 1998 of $328 million. In 1998, those royalties were $40 million.
Merck & Co. is also a patent holder on AIDs drugs, and Merck had been involved in the development of biological and chemical weapons, since the 1940s.
That these companies are profiting and feeding on human misery is evident from the outrageous profits. For example, Bristol-Myers sells d4T (Zerit), at a profit of $1,000 per person. An Indian company Cipla, which says it can offer the same medicine at $40 annually per person, has been barred from doing so.
Yes -- disease is a profitable business. In 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001, Bristol-Myers Squibb, for example, earned well over $5 billion from the sales of Taxol, a cancer fighter which is used to treat the AIDS-related Kaposi's sarcoma.
In addition to "unsafe sex" (78) it is thus noteworthy that a major factor in the HIV epidemic are the HIV /AIDS drugs which are used to treat it. That is, these drugs and their misuse, can result in the mutation of other virulent and more deadly strains of HIV. In a study published in the September, 2001 issue of Nature Medicine, it was reported "that the prevalence of drug-resistant HIV is already high and will continue to substantially increase."
"These drugs are dangerous," warned Dr. James Kahn, UCSF associate professor of medicine and last author of the study. "General practitioners should not be using them. You really need a skilled HIV specialist to prescribe the medications and closely monitor the patient's adherence and response to treatment."
However, we should also wonder if perhaps some of these drugs are in fact designed to make the disease more virulent. As the number of organ systems that become affected increase, then new drugs designed to treat these AIDs related disorders can be offered, thus wracking up incredible profits for the drug company that in fact helped create the disease.
At present, we are told that there is no "cure" for HIV. And we know that the drugs used to treat the disease, result not only in more virulent forms of the disease, but contribute to the spread of AIDS by prolonging the life of the sufferer which enables them to infect a greater number of people.
Again, given the incredible number of Africans currently infected, i.e. up to 30% of all adults in some areas, and the fact that this epidemic is completely out of control and will only get worse, the logical conclusion is that within another generation, almost all adult Africans will be infected, and that after another generation or two, there will be no more generations: The African Negro will have become extinct.
But then, perhaps that was the goal: Depopulating Africa so that its vast mineral resources can be exploited, and, the reduction of world population in this specific "third world country."
"Depopulation should be the highest priority of US foreign policy towards the Third World. Reduction of the rate of population growth in these States is a matter of vital US national security."
-- Henry Kissinger (79), April, 1974.
Arab and north African states are also considered part of the "Third World." In January of 1999, nine Libyan citizens, six Bulgarians, and one Palestinian were arrested in connection with the alleged purposeful infection of 393 Libyan children with HIV (80).
"Who charged them with this odious task?" Libyan leader Gadhati asked at an AIDS conference in Nigeria in April of 1999. "Some said it was the CIA. Others said it was Mossad [the Israeli intelligence service]. They carried out an experiment on these children."
The Libyan outbreak began following a WHO (World Health Organization) mission to inoculate children in 1998. According to the WHO, 80,000 to 160,000 HIV infections occur annually through unsafe injections, mostly in underdeveloped nations.
IG FARBEN
"IG Farben was Hitler and Hitler was IG Farben.
-- Senator Homer T. Bone, Senate Committee on Military Affairs, 6/4/1943.
If IG Farben was Hitler, then what was the SS?
Both IG Farben and the SS, have been described as a "state within a state" (51,61). However, if "Farben was Hitler" that would mean that the SS was subservient to as well as an extension of Farben, and that together they formed a state within a state, a state which had one mission: World Conquest and the Creation of a New World Order -- a world of slaves dominated and controlled by the captains of business and industry.
War is good for business, and so too is conquest, the theft of resources and property, and the employment of slave labor.
For the backers of Hitler, war was good business, and people like Bush, Harriman, and the Rockefellers joined with Nazi businessmen in supporting Hitler because they wanted part of the spoils.
"Let it be remembered that the Nazi war menace took shape slowly over a period of years. It took various forms of diplomatic, economic and military pressure. Yet all the while, one master combine, IG Farben, the German chemical trust, representative of the tight inner circle of German monopoly, operated behind the scenes to give a constant drive and purpose to the Nazi juggernaut" (51).
"The German war monger in a real sense, was not so much Adolf Hitler's brown-shirted, swaggering storm trooper, as it was the soberly-clad superficially honorable type -- Hjalmar Schacht or Hermann Schmitz, president of IG Farben. It was the particular function of the leaders of IG Farben and a handful of other German corporations to start preparations for another world war, just as soon as World War I was over. It was they who assured Hitler's victory in Germany in 1933. And it was they who set the pace in the looting of Europe during those first years of the war while the Wehrmacht was rolling over conquered countries."
-- Senator Claude Pepper (51).
Prior to and during WWII, IG Farben was, in fact, the largest chemical manufacturing enterprise in the world (51). IG Farben was also a cartel, a super-giant, transnational chemical enterprise that had been fashioned in 1925, when organizing genius Hermann Schmitz merged together the six largest German chemical companies -- Bayer, Hoechst, Badische Anilin, Weiler-ter-Meer, Griesheim-Elektron, and Agfa (51). Together these six firms became IG Farben: the "Inter-nationale Gesellschaft Farbenindustrie A.G."
Hermann Schmitz would not have been able to accomplish this remarkable enterprise without considerable financial help from bankers and Wall Street. His helpers included Paul Warburg, founder of the Federal Reserve System in the United States and a member of the board of directors for American I. G., Farben's wholly owned U.S. subsidiary (82).
By 1939 IG Farben had gobbled up, or exerted managerial influence on 380 German firms and over 500 foreign firms including Standard Oil of New Jersey, DuPont, Alcoa, and Dow Chemical which were linked to Farben through cartel agreements (51,81,82). Rockefeller's Standard Oil was in a partnership with Farben-Farben president Hermann Schmitz, owning as much stock in Standard Oil of New Jersey as did the Rockefellers (81).
The Farben tentacles reached everywhere. The Farben empire owned its own electric power plants, its own coal mines and steel and iron units, as well as banks, research units, and numerous commercial enterprises, all of which were being coordinated, since 1934, for the purposes of going to war and mass murdering the citizens of other countries. IG Farben began preparing for war soon after Hitler came to power, and in fact, drove the war effort (51,81,82,83,84). IG Farben was not just Hitler, IG Farben was the German war machine:
"In 1939, out of 43 major products manufactured by IG., 28 were of 'primary concern' to the German armed forces. Farben's ultimate control of the German war economy, acquired during the 1920s and 1930s with Wall Street assistance, can best be assessed by examining the percentage of German war material output produced by Farben plants in 1945. Farben at that time produced 100% of German synthetic rubber, 95% of German poison gas (including all the Zyklon B gas used in the concentration camps), 90% of German plastics, 88% of German magnesium, 84% of German explosives, 70% of German gunpowder, 46% of German high octane (aviation) gasoline, and 33% of German synthetic gasoline" (82).
"Without I.G.'s immense productive facilities, its intense research, and vast international affiliations, Germany's prosecution of the war would have been unthinkable and impossible; Farben not only directed its energies toward arming Germany, but concentrated on weakening her intended victims, and this double-barreled attempt to expand the German industrial potential for war and to restrict that of the rest of the world was not conceived and executed 'in the normal course of business.' The proof is overwhelming that I. G. Farben officials had full prior knowledge of Germany 's plan for world conquest and of each specific aggressive act later undertaken" (83).
Those with prior knowledge would have included Farben partners and associates: Bush, Harriman, Dulles, and the Rockefellers.
Indeed, they not only had full knowledge, but IG Farben served as spymaster for Hitler and Nazi Germany and with the assistance of Bush, Harriman, and other Wall Street elitists, imported Nazi propaganda to the U.S., while simultaneously stealing industrial and war-related secrets from U.S. companies which were then exported back to Nazi Germany (84).
IG Farben was also an active participant in Germany's eugenics extermination programs which were designed to depopulate Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. IG Farben designed the slave-labor extermination camps and invented, produced, and distributed Zyklon B gas (Prussic acid), which was used to murder millions of people after they had been forced into the gas ovens specially created and designed by IG Farben (51).
At the close of World War II, IG Farben was to have been dismantled by the victorious allies (85): "Smash IG Farben Empire, Eisenhower Advises Allies." Instead, IG Farben was broken apart into four big German corporations: Bayer A.G., Agfa, BASF, and Hoechst (which later created Baxter), whereas its intelligence network became part of the OSS/CIA (21,22,86). Hermann Schmitz, after spending a few years in "detention" for crimes such as "slavery" became the new president of Bayer.
Prior to and during the war, Bayer, one of the largest chemical companies in the world, was part of IG Farben. Bayer sold the Zyklon B that had been produced by IG Farben Leverkusen, and licensed its distribution through Degesch. Bayer sold enough gas to kill over 200 million humans (51,82). Indeed, weapons created by IG Farben killed thousands of Americans, and millions of men, women, and children were put to death at IG Farben slave camps (51,82). Typically, those immediately marked for death, were the weak, the old, and the infirm -- that is, those with physical and medical problems (87).
Forty years later, Bayer would be accused of purposefully infecting Americans with AIDs. Those targeted by Bayer were men, women, and children with a major medical problem. Specifically, during the early 1980s, Bayer A.G., (along with Baxter and Rhone- Poulenc) infected more than 10,000 hemophiliacs with the AIDS virus, creating, what has been called "The worst medically induced tragedy in the history of the U.S." Because of their role in selling HIV-tainted blood clotting products, Bayer and Baxter were forced to settle a class action lawsuit by paying $100,000 per claimant (87).
One of the best predictors of the future, is the past, and in the past, Bayer was part of IG Farben, and Bayer supplied the gas which was used to kill millions of "subhumans." In our opinion, Bayer is still part of IG Farben -- but under another name: Bayer. And Bayer is in business with the Bush family.
"It seems to me that there is a tendency today to forget who were our enemies -- to forget the causes of the last war, and, therefore, the potential causes of the next war. The case of IG Farben cannot yet be laid away in the historian's file. IG Farben and the kind of cartel practice of which it was the most dynamic specimen are still very much with us. They still constitute a threat to the peace of [the] world. I maintain that IG Farbenism is an enemy and will remain one."
-- Senator Claude Pepper (51).
Bayer was reorganized in 1951 under the direction of John J. McCloy, of the Allied High Commission who had close ties to Rockefeller oil interests, and who later sat with Dulles on the Warren Commission investigation into the assassination of Kennedy.
When Bayer was formed, Hermann Schmitz, the former president of IG Farben (and a board member at Deutsche Bank) became president of Bayer A.G., whereas hundreds of Nazi-scientists and doctors who had worked for IG Farben were given jobs with Bayer, the CIA, the Department of Defense, the Rockefeller Foundation, the Republican Party, and in American and foreign pharmaceutical companies that had been in cartel relationships with IG Farben prior to and during the second world war (18,21,24- 27,30,33,51,76,81,86).
The pharmaceutical industry, of which Bayer, Merck, Baxter, Hoechst, and others are part, is an industry which feeds and profits on human misery. The pharmaceutical industry requires people to become ill, in order to make a profit. Business growth is dependent on the development of new disabling diseases which proliferate, or the resurgence of old diseases which again rage out of control. It is in the best interests of the pharmaceutical industry, for people to get sick, and to stay sick. It is not in the best interests of the pharmaceutical industry, for people to get well.
As is well known, anywhere from 90% to 98% of all pharmaceutical drugs neither prevent diseases nor cure them (88). Many of these drugs also cause deleterious side-effects, including diarrhea, stomach cramps, dizziness, sexual dysfunction, blurry vision, seizures, brain damage, heart damage, and even death. As summed up by the Journal of the American Medical Association, pharmaceutical drugs and their side effects, are the fourth leading cause of death in the U.S. and other industrialized countries (88).
Many of these same companies have been the business of creating death since the 1930s. Bayer and Hoechst (as part of IG Farben) ran the concentration/slave labor and extermination camps (20,21,22,23,51). Representatives from these companies waited at the train depot as human cargo rolled in, selecting who was fit for slave labor, who was fit to become a human guinea pig, and who should be disposed of in the gas chambers.
Those who were selected to become human guinea pigs underwent incredible horrors, and were often purposefully infected with terrible diseases. Bayer A.G., both before and after the war, was particularly active in conducting research into biological warfare, and the development of designer diseases, and genetically modified viral and bacterial agents, such as anthrax and smallpox, that have no cure. Bayer experimented on human slaves during the 1940s.
We suspect that Bayer, and other pharmaceutical companies -- particularly those linked to Bush and associates, are still purposefully infecting people.
Bayer does not act in isolation. Just as Bayer/Hoechst (IG Farben) was partnering with American businesses and businessmen, including the Rockefellers, the Harrimans, and the Bush family before and during the war, they would stay in business together after the war (50,52). Indeed, it is this enduring relationship with America's political elite, which explains why the U.S. government has purchased massive quantities of drugs from Bayer AG and Hoechst, even though it is not known if these drugs are effective or how dangerous they might be.
For example, in July 2000, Bayer's anti-anthrax drug, Cipro, received an unprecedented sole endorsement by the Federal Drug Administration, despite Cipro's largely untested status -- one animal study for anthrax treatment in 1993. In October of 2001, the U.S. government agreed to pay Bayer, $70.00 per dose, even though Cipro is sold in other countries for less than $20.00 a dose. The Washington Times, referred to the sale as "ripoff" (90).
Other Farben companies are also profiting.
On October 25,2001, Tommy Thompson, Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, asked Congress for $500 million to purchase enough of Acambis's smallpox vaccine "so every American will be assured there is a dose with his or her name on it if it is needed." However, the rules governing the testing of this smallpox vaccine produced by Acambis (previously Ora Vax) in partnership with Baxter (Hoechst) and Aventis (Rhone- Poulenc) were relaxed so that this incredible sale could go through for a drug that hardly anyone will use, but which will be stockpiled just in case! Indeed, according to a press release by Acambis, in "November 2001, we were awarded a major contract by the US Government to provide 155 million doses of smallpox vaccine for the purposes of countering the threat of bioterrorism. This followed the award of an initial contract in September 2000 which had covered the development of a new smallpox vaccine and the production and maintenance over 20 years of a 40 million-dose stockpile. As a result, we are manufacturing 209 million doses of smallpox vaccine for the US Government." The entire contract is worth $428 million dollars.
That the U.S. government would purchase drugs that it may not need, and which may not only be ineffective, but dangerous, is not without precedent. During the Gulf War, the military injected soldiers with dangerous experimental drugs without their consent and without their knowledge, and then showed a callous disregard for their health.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 3:50 am
PART 3 OF 4
THE PERSIAN GULF WAR
In testimony before the 1994 Senate Banking Committee headed by Senators Donald Riegle Jr., and Alfonse M. 0'Amato (5/25/94), it was revealed that between 1985 and 1989, the Reagan- Bush administration authorized at least 72 separate shipments, of incredibly virulent biological and chemical agents to Iraq. These included a nerve gas rated a million times more lethal than Sarin, and substances which could destroy crops, and sicken and kill men, women, and children and animals by destroying the brain, liver, spleen, heart, lungs, and spinal column. Diseases and agents such as pneumonia virus, salmonella, staphylcoccus, West Nile Virus, E. coli, anthrax, botulism, genetically modified tuberculosis and influenza, and a substance referred to as "histoplasma capsulatum" were provided to Iraq with the full knowledge that Iraq would use these weapons on its enemies. The Commerce Department under the first Bush administration also authorized eight shipments of cultures that the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention classified as agents for "biological warfare."
In 1988, the Bush administration also shipped 19 containers of anthrax bacteria to Iraq. These weaponized anthrax had been created by the American Type Culture Collection company, located near Fort Detrick, MD, the site of the US Army's high security germ warfare labs.
The Bush administration was not alone. British firms also transferred numerous deadly biological and chemical agents to the Iraqi military. Some of these shipments were received in the months before the gulf war!
The purpose of these shipments was to provide Saddam Hussein with chemical and biological weapons which could be used to murder hundreds of thousands if not millions of men, women, and children. Indeed, as detailed in the previous chapter, as part of the agreement regarding these shipments, CIA and U.S. scientists were allowed to collect data on the effects of these substances, some of which were unleashed upon Kurdish tribes in the north of Iraq.
The CIA and Bush administration also armed Iraq with biological and chemical weapons, as a pretext for giving U.S. enlisted personnel experimental drugs and for assessing how U.S. troops would respond to these same weapons.
Dick Cheney served as Secretary of Defense in the first Bush administration and during the Persian Gulf war with Iraq. Cheney, with his ties to the petrol-chemical industry, was a strong advocate of vaccinating the troops, many of whom were given experimental drugs with incredibly harmful side-effects (10).
In addition, Cheney approved a U.S. Army plan to explode an Iraqi chemical weapons depot at Kamashiya, despite the fact that 20,000 U.S. servicemen and women would be exposed to VX and sarin nerve agents. This was not just an act of negligence. The CIA and Department of Defense were keenly interested in the short and long term effects of these chemical weapons on U.S. troops.
Over 20,000 US troops were thus purposefully exposed to VX and sarin nerve agents as a result of the U.S. operation at Kamashiya. Over 100,000 were given, without their knowledge, incredibly harmful drugs.
Later, tens of thousands of these men and women developed "Gulf War Syndrome" a disease the Army and Dick Cheney's Pentagon studied while denying its existence.
According to the 1994 Senate Banking Committee report, there are over "100,000 names on a national registry of gulf veterans who have reported illnesses they believe stem from their tours of duty there. Some of these people, who went over there as young able-bodied Americans, are now desperately ill," and many "have died."
As summed up by the United States Senate's Committee on Veterans' Affairs (10): the "DOD incorrectly claims that since their goal was treatment, the use of investigational drugs in the Persian Gulf War was not research. DOD used investigational drugs in the Persian Gulf War in ways that were not effective. DOD did not know whether pyridostigmine bromide would be safe for use by U.S. troops in the Persian Gulf War. When U.S. troops were sent to the Persian Gulf in 1994, DOD still did not have proof that pyridostigmine bromide was safe for use as an antidote enhancer. Pyridostigmine may be more dangerous in combination with pesticides and other exposures. The safety of the botulism vaccine was not established prior to the Persian Gulf War. Records of anthrax vaccinations are not suitable to evaluate safety. DOD and OVA have repeatedly failed to provide information and medical followup to those who participate in military research or are ordered to take investigational drugs. For at least 50 years, DOD has intentionally exposed military personnel to potentially dangerous substances, often in secret. DOD has repeatedly failed to comply with required ethical standards when using human subjects in military research during war or threat of war. The Federal Government has failed to support scientific studies that provide information about the reproductive problems experienced by veterans who were intentionally exposed to potentially dangerous substances. The Federal Government has failed to support scientific studies that provide timely information for compensation decisions regarding military personnel who were harmed by various exposures. Participation in military research is rarely included in military medical records, making it impossible to support a veteran's claim for service- connected disabilities from military research. DOD has demonstrated a pattern of misrepresenting the danger of various military exposures that continues today."
THE MONEY TRAIL
When in the clutches of the DOD (Department of Defense) United States citizens are routinely used as human guinea pigs, or simply as an excuse to justify the purchase of dangerous or worthless drugs from a drug supplier who is connected to the DOD or a current or past member of both Bush administrations.
For example, despite the scathing 1994 rebuke from Congress, in 1997 the Department of Defense ordered that all enlisted men and women would receive anti-anthrax injections using an experimental anthrax vaccine that would be sold by BioPort. BioPort is directly linked to Bayer A.G., the Saudis (including Faud EIHibri), the Bush family, the bin Ladens, and to Admiral William Crowe Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff under Ronald Reagan and George Bush (92). Admiral Crowe owns 13% of BioPort Corporation and sits on the Board of Directors.
The purpose of the anti-anthrax injections? To make money.
Again, U.S. citizens in the armed services were forced to become human guinea pigs. If they refused the shots, if they refused to allow experimental drugs (and who knows what else) to be injected into their bodies, they would be court-martialed and imprisoned.
The idea behind this forced program had been in the works during the first Bush presidency. However, although he lost the election, it went forward with the blessing of Bill Clinton, his Defense Secretary William Cohen, and at the urgings of Admiral William Crowe (retired). Indeed, soon after Crowe and the Bush-connected Carlyle Group (92) made major investments in "BioPort" the company received a multi-million dollar contract to produce an "anthrax vaccine."
BioPort, of Lansing, Michigan, is the only corporation in the United States with a license to make anthrax vaccine. It acquired that license when it purchased Michigan Biologic Products Institute, from the State of Michigan in 1998. Michigan Biologic Products Institute had been selling the vaccine to the U.S. Department of defense.
BioPort has been plagued by contamination problems and has been repeatedly shut down by the Food and Drug Administration for "unsanitary conditions" (93,94). On 8/30/2000 and 9/1/2000 BioPort was forced to recall three products, including its anthrax vaccine because the wrong expiration date was put on labels. Moreover, its anthrax vaccine was linked to the death of one its own workers (93). In July of 2000, Richard Dunn died after receiving 11 injections. A coverup ensued, and his death was falsely labeled as due to a heart condition. Later, the truth emerged following an independent autopsy.
Because BioPort has repeatedly failed Food and Drug Administration inspections, it was prohibited from shipping any vaccine (94).
Nevertheless, the Department of Defense agreed to an exclusive contract making BioPort its sole producer of the untested drug and has paid out more than $130 million to the company (94). Between 1998 and 2001, over 487,000 military personnel were forced to receive 1.9 million doses of the vaccine. About 400 military personnel, including doctors, refused.
*******
BioPort maintains a stockpile of anthrax. Company officials refer to the stockpile as "a small amount of live anthrax" just enough to make the vaccine on site. And they assure us that the anthrax is safe. "There is no special threat posed by the presence of our facility here," said Robert Myers, BioPort's executive vice president. "The anthrax we have is not in a weaponized form."
BioPort, however, along with Bayer, Battelle, and others, performs biological warfare research and maintains connections with American intelligence and defense officials. BioPort has allegedly worked on biowarfare programs at Fort Detrick and the Army Dugway Proving Ground in the Utah desert which in turn produced weapons-grade anthrax.
The purpose of a "weapons-grade anthrax" is to kill and to instill terror.
In September and October of 2001, the citizens of the United States of America were subjected to a series of biological terrorist attacks involving the release of "weapon's grade anthrax." The anthrax used in these attacks was subsequently linked to BioPort, Battelle, Fort Detrick, and Dugway (95).
THE ANTHRAX PLOT
Prior to the post 9/11/2001 anthrax attack on U.S. citizens, Donald Rumsfeld announced that the Pentagon was developing and testing a weapon's grade, biologically engineered anthrax virus. Rumsfeld and the White House denied that these tests were violations of existing laws and treaties, claiming that they were purely defensive. Yet, despite their claims, President Bush also refused to sign a draft agreement strengthening the 1974 convention on biological weapons as it would have required the Bush administration to reveal where and upon whom the U.S. was testing these biological weapons.
Although 140 nations signed the treaty, the Bush administration refused because it was especially concerned that military contractors, such as the Battelle Memorial Institute, located in West Jefferson, Ohio, might come under international and national scrutiny. The Battelle Memorial Institute has been actively involved in the creation of military grade, genetically altered anthrax.
In the months before 9/11, senior Bush administration officials announced that "this administration will pursue defenses against the full spectrum of biological threats," and would step up research on both microbes and germ munitions for "protective or defensive purposes." The Bush administration and CIA was especially keen on developing and testing methods of releasing and dispersing weapon's grade anthrax in densely populated areas and under different atmospheric conditions.
Anthrax can be severely debilitating, causing fever, chills, fatigue, muscle aches, pneumonia-like symptoms, and, if untreated, death. The CIA and Bush administration were eager to develop a genetically altered anthrax that would be especially virulent.
The next step would be "vulnerability testing," so as to protect "national security."
According to U.S. government officials, the research and testing would be conducted by the Battelle Memorial Institute, in conjunction with the CIA which, according to CIA spokesman, Bill Harlow, had already conducted "laboratory or experimental" work. The results of these vulnerability tests, it was believed, could provide vital information useful for protecting "national security." What Harlow didn't mention was that the CIA had recruited almost two dozen Russian scientists with an expertise in anthrax and biological warfare and that the CIA was especially interested in conducting "vulnerability testing" on American cities and the American public.
The desire of the CIA to conduct a biological attack on the American public was justified, government officials believed. For example, what if terrorists released several pounds of anthrax in New York city. If antibiotics were not administered immediately, perhaps as many as 400,000 people would die within just a few days. Anthrax has an 80% mortality rate if untreated. And what of the millions upon millions of Americans who would panic at the prospect of being exposed? They too would seek treatment thus completely taxing and overwhelming heath care officials. Stockpiles of antibiotics and vaccines would be depleted within hours. And what of the panic and rioting which might ensue? Civil authorities and the police would be completely unable to cope and would require the assistance of the military to restore order.
The American public had to be exposed, in order to assess these vulnerabilities.
It was recognized, of course. that the American public would not react kindly to being turned into human guinea pigs, and that if such tests were conducted and became public, Bush, like his father, would become a one term president. However, if the American public could be made to believe that a biological attack was the work of Arab terrorists, not only could the CIA obtain the information it sought, but the geo-political ambitions of the Bush administration and its desire to topple Saddam Hussein and the rulers of Afghanistan, could be quickly realized and his reelection, as a war-time leader, guaranteed.
Indeed, the Bush-Cheney doctrine of reprisal had been laid out in 1991, prior to the onset of the Gulf War. President George Bush and Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney had publicly proclaimed that any attack on U.S. forces or U.S. citizens with chemical or biological weapons would be met with "massive retaliation."
It was also realized that the U.S. government could easily prevent anyone from determining who actually carried out a biological attack, which meant that anyone could be blamed. It was also understood that by the use of propaganda, and the "Big Lie" repeated over and over again by the corporate controlled mass media, that the public could not only be terrorized, but convinced of the necessity of attacking countries, such as Iraq. By using propaganda and "information warfare" as a psychological weapon the American public could also be prepared to jettison some of their own freedoms, which in turn would further the fascist ambitions of Bush and associates.
The decision was made. By July, 2001, it was already known to the CIA and Bush administration that al-Qaeda were planning to hijack commercial jetliners and crash them into the World Trade Center (see chapters 10 & 11). Of course, there was also the possibility that the terrorists would fail in their mission. And, there was also a possibility that changes in the geo-political landscape would require the Bush administration to intervene and arrest the 9/11 plotters before they had the opportunity to act.
However, what if "terrorists" also launched a biological attack on U.S. citizens, with military grade anthrax? If this were to occur, and even if the planned hijacking failed, the CIA would not only be able to conduct yet another "vulnerability test" on the American public, but the Bush administration would be justified in declaring war on all "evil doers;" i.e. the Taliban who were refusing Bush administration demands to allow an oil pipeline to be built on their lands, and Saddam Hussein whose government controlled the second largest oil reserves in the world.
ANTHRAX PANIC SPREADS ACROSS NORTH AMERICA
It was a sunny, September, quintessential Florida afternoon, when the bulky manila envelope arrived in the mail room of the Sun, a weekly tabloid newspaper. It was addressed: "Please Forward to Jennifer Lopez, c/o The Sun." (96).
Managing editor Joe West, examined the envelope, felt along the bulky cylindrical contours, and ... threw it into the trash.
"Something told me not to open it," he said.
Bobby Bender, a news assistant at the Sun, felt no such misgivings. He retrieved it from the garbage and opened it up. It contained a metal cigar tube, an empty can of chewing tobacco, a small carton of detergent, and a handwritten love letter to Jennifer Lopez. The love-struck author was proposing marriage!
Bob Stevens, a news photographer at the Sun, was curious and asked to take a look. Bender carefully handed him the paper, powder and Star of David, and Bob Stevens took it to his desk. Stevens was nearsighted and held the powder close to his face spilling some of the powder on his computer keyboards, and unknowingly inhaling the pinkish dust. Carefully, he retrieved the Star of David, smearing his fingers with little grains of pinkish residue.
Sixteen days later, Bob Stevens was dead.
On October 4, 2001, Secretary of Health and Human Services Tommy Thompson announced that the Stevens' anthrax infection, was not an act of terrorism, but "an isolated case."
On Sunday, October 7, medical tests disclosed that Ernesto Blanco, a mailroom worker at the Sun, had also been exposed to anthrax bacteria. Within days 6 more people came down with the disease (97).
The CDC immediately shipped enough antibiotics to Palm Beach County to treat more than 1,000 people, for 15 days, at a cost of $700 per individual.
Soon, similar cases were turning up in New York and Washington. Two postal workers at a facility that handles mail for the Capitol died after showing symptoms of anthrax, and several others were diagnosed with inhalation anthrax. These were followed by yet additional cases, and in consequence, the Brentwood, New Jersey, mail center and an air-mail facility near Baltimore-Washington International Airport, were shut down. In Washington alone, over 10,000 postal workers were urged to pick up Cipro prescriptions (97). In total, over 35,000 people were treated with antibiotics to prevent infection.
The anthrax was being sent through the mail, to outfits such as the New York Post, ABC and CBS news, and to the office of New York Governor George Pataki. Four letters, one sent to the office of Senate Majority Leader Tom Daschle, one to Senator Patrick Leahy and another to NBC (where an assistant to Tom Brokaw later tested positive for the disease), and the New York Post were postmarked from Trenton, N.J.
Specifically, the one addressed to Senate Majority Leader Tom Daschle, D-S.D., and the other to Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., carried a return address of "4th Grade Greendale School, Franklin Park, NJ 08852" and were postmarked Trenton, N.J., on Oct. 9, 2001. The letters sent to "NBC TV -- Tom Brokaw" and "NY Post" were postmarked in Trenton on Sept. 18, 2001, seven days after the Sept. 11 bombings of the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
Coincidentally, several of the 9/11 hijackers had lived in New Jersey and were still living there on the day they hijacked the United Airlines flight from Newark and slammed it into a field in rural Pennsylvania. Of course, all were long dead by 9/18/2001. But what of their accomplices?
Later, a child of an ABC News employee would test positive for the skin form of anthrax after visiting ABC's New York newsroom on or around Sept. 28, 2001.
A third letter was sent from Malaysia to a Microsoft office in Reno (98). Malaysia had also been a destination where several of the 9/11 hijackers had met together, while being watched, tape recorded, and photographed by the CIA in January of 2000 (99).
Curiously, however, Malaysia's Prime Minister, Mahathir Mohamad began complaining that the U.S. refused to share any information on the anthrax mailings, and did not request any assistance from Mayalsia's police or intelligence agencies (98). The U.S. was in fact refusing to cooperate. "We've not even been told where to proceed," said acting Kuala Lumpur police chief, Dell Akhbar Khan (98).
Those who were first infected, Bob Stevens and Ernesto Blanco lived within a half hour drive of the residence of 9/11 hijacker, Muhhamed Atta. And yet another coincidence, the FBI announced that Gloria Irish, the wife of the editor for Sun tabloid, had rented a Delray Beach apartment, unit 1504 at the Delray Racquet Club, to two of the hijackers: Marwan al-Shehhi and Saeed al-Ghamdi (100). Al-Shehhi hijacked United Airlines Flight 175, and al-Ghamdi hijacked United Flight 93. In fact, Mohamed Atta as well as several of the other hijackers visited the apartment. Moreover, in June of 2001, just 3 months before the hijackings, Ahmed al-Haznawi sought treatment for a skin lesion that, according to Dr. Christos Tsonas, "was consistent with cutaneous anthrax" (101). According to a memorandum, prepared by experts at the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense Strategies, there is a high likelihood "that the hijackers were handling anthrax and were the perpetrators of the anthrax letter attacks" (101).
But of course, that is impossible as they were all dead at least 7 days before the first anthrax had been mailed.
Somebody obviously goofed.
And then the cover up began.
Attorney General John Ashcroft warned that despite the evidence it was "premature at this time to decide whether there is a direct link" to Osama bin Laden or al-Qaeda, but "we should consider this potential."
John E. Collingwood, an F.B.I. spokesman, said there was no evidence of a connection between the hijackers and the anthrax attacks: "This was fully investigated and widely vetted among multiple agencies several months ago. Exhaustive testing did not support that anthrax was present anywhere the hijackers had been."
Bush administration officials also began announcing that the anthrax which had sickened and killed so many was a "naturally occurring strain" that had not been developed in a laboratory for use as a weapon. Maj. Gen. John Parker of the Army's testing laboratory at Fort Detrick, said its just a "common variety" of anthrax. He then sent samples to another testing facility, Battelle, to confirm that impression, but without telling anyone that the sample had been secretly irradiated thus destroying their virulence and dispersal qualities.
And then the White House stopped providing any information. George Bush left for China. The new Homeland Security chief, Tom Ridge, had nothing to say on the matter. The CDC quit responding to queries.
White House spokesman, Ari Fleischer had only this to say about the silence: "it's a particularly important job for the federal government -- and I speak for the president and for agencies in the government, to some degree -- to make certain that the information they have is considered and is accurate before rushing to report it."
"There is no federal coordination of this whole effort," said Mohammed Akhter, executive director of the American Public Health Association. "There is no central authority to tell the public what is going on, what health officials are doing and what the public needs to do."
What the FBI felt it needed to do was destroy evidence. On October 10 and 11, 2001, when the first anthrax cases were coming to light, the FBI and the CDC, gave permission to the Iowa State archive to destroy its collection of anthrax samples. The evidence destroyed included spores collected over a period of more than seven decades from a number of facilities and which had been kept in more than 100 vials. Incredibly, the FBI and CDC authorized the destruction although the collection contained genetic clues valuable to the anthrax inquiry (102,103). Indeed, the Iowa State samples were later directly implicated in the death of the first anthrax victim, as was confirmed by Tom Ridge, the White House director of homeland security, on Oct. 25, two weeks after the destruction.
As summed up by the New York Times (102): "The FBI's inquiry into the anthrax attacks has stumbled in several key areas and may have missed opportunities to gather valuable evidence."
The FBI also failed to even visit many of the companies, laboratories and academic institutions with the equipment or capability to make weaponized anthrax. And when they did conduct interviews, the questions asked were usually irrelevant, at least according to several lab directors (102).
Many began to wonder if the FBI missed these opportunities because it was involved in a coverup. Indeed, the new director of the FBI, Mr. Mueller was known to be a cover-up artist who had destroyed documents and incriminating evidence in the past so as to protect the Bush family and their associates (see chapter 7). In a detailed report by the Federation of American Scientists, it was concluded that" Under Assistant Attorney General Mueller ... the Department sought to impede the investigations of others through a variety of mechanisms, ranging from not making witnesses available, to not returning telephone calls, to claiming that every aspect of the case was under investigation in a period when little, if anything, was being done" (104).
And what would Mueller and the FBI be covering up this time?
According to Dr. Barbara Hatch Rosenberg of the Federation of American Scientists, the FBI has engaged in a cover up because the FBI knows that the anthrax attack was an inside job. Based on a genetic analysis conducted at Northern Arizona University, the evidence indicates that the anthrax originated from Fort Detrick, BioPort, Dugway or Battelle (95).
Fort Detrick and Dugway are well guarded, and reporters must receive special permission to visit the labs or speak with scientists. As to BioPort, soon after this facility came under suspicion, George W. Bush, via Gov. Engler, using the pretext of "National Security," ordered the Michigan National Guard to surround and protect the BioPort facility (106).
On October 17, 2001, five days after calling out the National Guard and almost two weeks after Robert Stevens died of pulmonary anthrax at a hospital in West Palm Beach, Florida, the Bush administration unveiled its plans to build up, in a big way, the National Pharmaceutical Stockpile -- the drugs, vaccines, chemical antidotes, antitoxins, and other medical supplies that are kept at the ready to respond to large-scale bioterrorist attacks. The White House asked Congress for more than $1.1 billion in emergency funds to expand the two-year-old program, and some lawmakers were soon talking of increasing that amount to as much as $10 billion. Little wonder that many of the nation's pharmaceutical companies, aided by their Washington lobbyists, have been angling for seats aboard what one industry critic calls "another gravy train to cash in on some big government contracts" (94).
Of course, those who will cash in, include BioPort, Bayer A.G., and the companies and individuals they have partnered with, such as the Carlyle Group whose investors and board members include George H.W. Bush, former Bush and Reagan-Bush cabinet officials, and, the bin Laden family.
HOMELAND HEALTH & THE CARLYLE GROUP
Following the anthrax attacks the Bush administration formed a partnership, without fanfare, which linked the United States Government's Department of Homeland Security, and the Department of Health and Human Services, with the pharmaceutical industry, a joint venture called Homeland Health. "Our Mission: Government, industry and academia are working to solve the many unknowns surrounding bioterrorism threats. America's pharmaceutical companies are joining together ... with the advice and support of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. HomelandHealth.com represents our combined effort to do whatever it takes -- for as long as it takes -- to win the war against bioterrorism. The pharmaceutical industry is committed to helping the United States government" (see HomelandHealth.com).
Yes, the pharmaceutical industry is our friend.
Dr. Michael Friedman, former head of the FDA -- the same Dr. Friedman who gave the go ahead for the DOD to inject experimental anthrax vaccine into U.S. soldiers during the Persian Gulf War -- is Homeland Health's Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Friedman is also a senior vice president of the pharmaceutical giant Pharmacia Corporation which is also an integral part of Homeland Health. And sitting on the board of directors of Pharmacia Corporation is Frank C. Carlucci, chairman of the Carlyle Group whose consultants, investors, and stock holders include George H.W. Bush and the bin Laden family.
And then there is Don Schmitz. As noted earlier in this chapter, Hermann Schmitz, was president of IG Farben, and later became president of Bayer. Don Schmitz is Vice President, Associate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary, of the Pharmacia Corporation.
The Carlyle Group, in some ways, is reminiscent of IG Farben. The Carlyle Group is a cartel and a self-described "merchant bank." However its portfolio ranks it as one of the major defense contractors in the country, with holdings not only in major defense industries, but the pharmaceutical industry. The Carlyle Group makes money off human misery, through war, terrorism, and disease.
Mr. Carlucci has an interesting history. In the 1950s he allegedly began working with the CIA -- at about the same time as George H.W. Bush. Initially his cover was the State Department where he performed operations in Central Africa and Brazil. When Nixon came to power, Carlucci was given several sub-cabinet level positions and eventually he became a Deputy Secretary of Defense under Caspar Weinberger who was later convicted of crimes pertaining to the illegal Iran-Contra arms deal. With the resignation of Nixon, whereas George W. Bush became director of the CIA, Carlucci later became deputy CIA director. With the election of Reagan and Bush, in 1980, Carlucci became Secretary of Defense where he worked closely with the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral William Crowe -- the same Crowe who would become a board member of BioPort, the same BioPort whose investors allegedly include the Carlyle Group and thus Bayer A.G., and the Bush and bin Laden families.
As noted, in July 2000, Bayer's anti-anthrax drug, Cipro, received an unprecedented sole endorsement by the Federal Drug Administration, despite Cipro's largely untested status. In October of 2001, after the anthrax attacks, the U.S. government agreed to pay Bayer, almost a dollar a pill, $700 per person for a two months supply, even though Cipro is sold in other countries for less than $20.00. The Washington Times, referred to the sale as "ripoff' (90).
As to BioPort, tens of millions of dollars will be pumped into this and other companies, by the U.S. government.
ANTHRAX: CONNECTING THE DOTS
We should recall the evidence linking the anthrax attacks to several of the 9/11 hijackers, i.e. the Malaysia and New Jersey mailings, the link between the Florida tabloid, the Sun, and Atta, al-Shehhi and al-Ghamdi, and evidence suggesting that 9/11 hijacker Al- Haznawi had developed an anthrax skin lesion. However, despite this intriguing evidence, the FBI and Bush administration were quick to quash any further inquiry, authorized the destruction of evidence, and refused to provide help or assistance to Malaysian authorities.
We should be curious to as to why evidence was destroyed and why these avenues of inquiry became off limits.
Obviously, if some party provided several of the 9/11 terrorists with "weapons grade anthrax" then that same party might be linked in some manner to BioPort. Bayer A.G., or Fort Dietrick. Bayer A.G., for example, is headquartered in Germany, and most experts agree that the 9/11 plot was likely first hatched in Germany -- the birthplace of Nazism.
As to BioPort, it is noteworthy that "documents related to the U.S. military's anthrax vaccination program and a Lansing laboratory [BioPort] were among those investigators found recently in an Afghanistan office" in Kabul, Afghanistan, home of bin Laden and al-Qaeda (107). Many of the BioPort "documents described ways to use anthrax as a weapon" (107).
"It's not unexpected that a terrorist organization like al-Qaeda would be gathering documents," BioPort spokeswoman Kim Brennen Root told reporters. She denied any link between BioPort and al- Qaeda or the 9/ 11 hijackers and was at a loss as to how confidential papers regarding the use of anthrax as a weapon ended up in the hands of terrorists in Afghanistan.
It is also obvious that the 9/11 hijackers could not have mailed the anthrax. Given that someone or some organization mailed the anthrax from New Jersey and Malaysia -- where several of the 9/11 hijackers either lived or met -- and given that workers at The Sun were exposed to Anthrax -- the wife of the editor having rented an apartment to the hijackers -- then we must conclude that whoever was behind the anthrax attacks, was also well aware of the actions, activities. and living and traveling arrangements of several of the 9/ 11 hijackers. Other than the terrorists and their close associates, the only organization with that knowledge, was the CIA. The CIA tracked and even had contact with several of these same 9/11 hijackers and requested that their meeting in Malaysia be secretly taped and photographed (108, 109).
Given that the likely source of the anthrax was Fort Detrick, BioPort, Dugway or Battelle, and given that all are linked to the CIA, then it becomes reasonable to assume that those behind the anthrax attacks in September and October of 2001, include the CIA and thus the U.S. government, and perhaps, the DOD, under the Bush administration.
And, let us not forget the Carlyle Group, which has so many ex-CIA officials and so many former Bush administration officials on its payroll, including George H.W. Bush himself, that some have called it a shadow government.
THE PERSIAN GULF WAR
In testimony before the 1994 Senate Banking Committee headed by Senators Donald Riegle Jr., and Alfonse M. 0'Amato (5/25/94), it was revealed that between 1985 and 1989, the Reagan- Bush administration authorized at least 72 separate shipments, of incredibly virulent biological and chemical agents to Iraq. These included a nerve gas rated a million times more lethal than Sarin, and substances which could destroy crops, and sicken and kill men, women, and children and animals by destroying the brain, liver, spleen, heart, lungs, and spinal column. Diseases and agents such as pneumonia virus, salmonella, staphylcoccus, West Nile Virus, E. coli, anthrax, botulism, genetically modified tuberculosis and influenza, and a substance referred to as "histoplasma capsulatum" were provided to Iraq with the full knowledge that Iraq would use these weapons on its enemies. The Commerce Department under the first Bush administration also authorized eight shipments of cultures that the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention classified as agents for "biological warfare."
In 1988, the Bush administration also shipped 19 containers of anthrax bacteria to Iraq. These weaponized anthrax had been created by the American Type Culture Collection company, located near Fort Detrick, MD, the site of the US Army's high security germ warfare labs.
The Bush administration was not alone. British firms also transferred numerous deadly biological and chemical agents to the Iraqi military. Some of these shipments were received in the months before the gulf war!
The purpose of these shipments was to provide Saddam Hussein with chemical and biological weapons which could be used to murder hundreds of thousands if not millions of men, women, and children. Indeed, as detailed in the previous chapter, as part of the agreement regarding these shipments, CIA and U.S. scientists were allowed to collect data on the effects of these substances, some of which were unleashed upon Kurdish tribes in the north of Iraq.
The CIA and Bush administration also armed Iraq with biological and chemical weapons, as a pretext for giving U.S. enlisted personnel experimental drugs and for assessing how U.S. troops would respond to these same weapons.
Dick Cheney served as Secretary of Defense in the first Bush administration and during the Persian Gulf war with Iraq. Cheney, with his ties to the petrol-chemical industry, was a strong advocate of vaccinating the troops, many of whom were given experimental drugs with incredibly harmful side-effects (10).
In addition, Cheney approved a U.S. Army plan to explode an Iraqi chemical weapons depot at Kamashiya, despite the fact that 20,000 U.S. servicemen and women would be exposed to VX and sarin nerve agents. This was not just an act of negligence. The CIA and Department of Defense were keenly interested in the short and long term effects of these chemical weapons on U.S. troops.
Over 20,000 US troops were thus purposefully exposed to VX and sarin nerve agents as a result of the U.S. operation at Kamashiya. Over 100,000 were given, without their knowledge, incredibly harmful drugs.
Later, tens of thousands of these men and women developed "Gulf War Syndrome" a disease the Army and Dick Cheney's Pentagon studied while denying its existence.
According to the 1994 Senate Banking Committee report, there are over "100,000 names on a national registry of gulf veterans who have reported illnesses they believe stem from their tours of duty there. Some of these people, who went over there as young able-bodied Americans, are now desperately ill," and many "have died."
As summed up by the United States Senate's Committee on Veterans' Affairs (10): the "DOD incorrectly claims that since their goal was treatment, the use of investigational drugs in the Persian Gulf War was not research. DOD used investigational drugs in the Persian Gulf War in ways that were not effective. DOD did not know whether pyridostigmine bromide would be safe for use by U.S. troops in the Persian Gulf War. When U.S. troops were sent to the Persian Gulf in 1994, DOD still did not have proof that pyridostigmine bromide was safe for use as an antidote enhancer. Pyridostigmine may be more dangerous in combination with pesticides and other exposures. The safety of the botulism vaccine was not established prior to the Persian Gulf War. Records of anthrax vaccinations are not suitable to evaluate safety. DOD and OVA have repeatedly failed to provide information and medical followup to those who participate in military research or are ordered to take investigational drugs. For at least 50 years, DOD has intentionally exposed military personnel to potentially dangerous substances, often in secret. DOD has repeatedly failed to comply with required ethical standards when using human subjects in military research during war or threat of war. The Federal Government has failed to support scientific studies that provide information about the reproductive problems experienced by veterans who were intentionally exposed to potentially dangerous substances. The Federal Government has failed to support scientific studies that provide timely information for compensation decisions regarding military personnel who were harmed by various exposures. Participation in military research is rarely included in military medical records, making it impossible to support a veteran's claim for service- connected disabilities from military research. DOD has demonstrated a pattern of misrepresenting the danger of various military exposures that continues today."
THE MONEY TRAIL
When in the clutches of the DOD (Department of Defense) United States citizens are routinely used as human guinea pigs, or simply as an excuse to justify the purchase of dangerous or worthless drugs from a drug supplier who is connected to the DOD or a current or past member of both Bush administrations.
For example, despite the scathing 1994 rebuke from Congress, in 1997 the Department of Defense ordered that all enlisted men and women would receive anti-anthrax injections using an experimental anthrax vaccine that would be sold by BioPort. BioPort is directly linked to Bayer A.G., the Saudis (including Faud EIHibri), the Bush family, the bin Ladens, and to Admiral William Crowe Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff under Ronald Reagan and George Bush (92). Admiral Crowe owns 13% of BioPort Corporation and sits on the Board of Directors.
The purpose of the anti-anthrax injections? To make money.
Again, U.S. citizens in the armed services were forced to become human guinea pigs. If they refused the shots, if they refused to allow experimental drugs (and who knows what else) to be injected into their bodies, they would be court-martialed and imprisoned.
The idea behind this forced program had been in the works during the first Bush presidency. However, although he lost the election, it went forward with the blessing of Bill Clinton, his Defense Secretary William Cohen, and at the urgings of Admiral William Crowe (retired). Indeed, soon after Crowe and the Bush-connected Carlyle Group (92) made major investments in "BioPort" the company received a multi-million dollar contract to produce an "anthrax vaccine."
BioPort, of Lansing, Michigan, is the only corporation in the United States with a license to make anthrax vaccine. It acquired that license when it purchased Michigan Biologic Products Institute, from the State of Michigan in 1998. Michigan Biologic Products Institute had been selling the vaccine to the U.S. Department of defense.
BioPort has been plagued by contamination problems and has been repeatedly shut down by the Food and Drug Administration for "unsanitary conditions" (93,94). On 8/30/2000 and 9/1/2000 BioPort was forced to recall three products, including its anthrax vaccine because the wrong expiration date was put on labels. Moreover, its anthrax vaccine was linked to the death of one its own workers (93). In July of 2000, Richard Dunn died after receiving 11 injections. A coverup ensued, and his death was falsely labeled as due to a heart condition. Later, the truth emerged following an independent autopsy.
Because BioPort has repeatedly failed Food and Drug Administration inspections, it was prohibited from shipping any vaccine (94).
Nevertheless, the Department of Defense agreed to an exclusive contract making BioPort its sole producer of the untested drug and has paid out more than $130 million to the company (94). Between 1998 and 2001, over 487,000 military personnel were forced to receive 1.9 million doses of the vaccine. About 400 military personnel, including doctors, refused.
*******
BioPort maintains a stockpile of anthrax. Company officials refer to the stockpile as "a small amount of live anthrax" just enough to make the vaccine on site. And they assure us that the anthrax is safe. "There is no special threat posed by the presence of our facility here," said Robert Myers, BioPort's executive vice president. "The anthrax we have is not in a weaponized form."
BioPort, however, along with Bayer, Battelle, and others, performs biological warfare research and maintains connections with American intelligence and defense officials. BioPort has allegedly worked on biowarfare programs at Fort Detrick and the Army Dugway Proving Ground in the Utah desert which in turn produced weapons-grade anthrax.
The purpose of a "weapons-grade anthrax" is to kill and to instill terror.
In September and October of 2001, the citizens of the United States of America were subjected to a series of biological terrorist attacks involving the release of "weapon's grade anthrax." The anthrax used in these attacks was subsequently linked to BioPort, Battelle, Fort Detrick, and Dugway (95).
THE ANTHRAX PLOT
Prior to the post 9/11/2001 anthrax attack on U.S. citizens, Donald Rumsfeld announced that the Pentagon was developing and testing a weapon's grade, biologically engineered anthrax virus. Rumsfeld and the White House denied that these tests were violations of existing laws and treaties, claiming that they were purely defensive. Yet, despite their claims, President Bush also refused to sign a draft agreement strengthening the 1974 convention on biological weapons as it would have required the Bush administration to reveal where and upon whom the U.S. was testing these biological weapons.
Although 140 nations signed the treaty, the Bush administration refused because it was especially concerned that military contractors, such as the Battelle Memorial Institute, located in West Jefferson, Ohio, might come under international and national scrutiny. The Battelle Memorial Institute has been actively involved in the creation of military grade, genetically altered anthrax.
In the months before 9/11, senior Bush administration officials announced that "this administration will pursue defenses against the full spectrum of biological threats," and would step up research on both microbes and germ munitions for "protective or defensive purposes." The Bush administration and CIA was especially keen on developing and testing methods of releasing and dispersing weapon's grade anthrax in densely populated areas and under different atmospheric conditions.
Anthrax can be severely debilitating, causing fever, chills, fatigue, muscle aches, pneumonia-like symptoms, and, if untreated, death. The CIA and Bush administration were eager to develop a genetically altered anthrax that would be especially virulent.
The next step would be "vulnerability testing," so as to protect "national security."
According to U.S. government officials, the research and testing would be conducted by the Battelle Memorial Institute, in conjunction with the CIA which, according to CIA spokesman, Bill Harlow, had already conducted "laboratory or experimental" work. The results of these vulnerability tests, it was believed, could provide vital information useful for protecting "national security." What Harlow didn't mention was that the CIA had recruited almost two dozen Russian scientists with an expertise in anthrax and biological warfare and that the CIA was especially interested in conducting "vulnerability testing" on American cities and the American public.
The desire of the CIA to conduct a biological attack on the American public was justified, government officials believed. For example, what if terrorists released several pounds of anthrax in New York city. If antibiotics were not administered immediately, perhaps as many as 400,000 people would die within just a few days. Anthrax has an 80% mortality rate if untreated. And what of the millions upon millions of Americans who would panic at the prospect of being exposed? They too would seek treatment thus completely taxing and overwhelming heath care officials. Stockpiles of antibiotics and vaccines would be depleted within hours. And what of the panic and rioting which might ensue? Civil authorities and the police would be completely unable to cope and would require the assistance of the military to restore order.
The American public had to be exposed, in order to assess these vulnerabilities.
It was recognized, of course. that the American public would not react kindly to being turned into human guinea pigs, and that if such tests were conducted and became public, Bush, like his father, would become a one term president. However, if the American public could be made to believe that a biological attack was the work of Arab terrorists, not only could the CIA obtain the information it sought, but the geo-political ambitions of the Bush administration and its desire to topple Saddam Hussein and the rulers of Afghanistan, could be quickly realized and his reelection, as a war-time leader, guaranteed.
Indeed, the Bush-Cheney doctrine of reprisal had been laid out in 1991, prior to the onset of the Gulf War. President George Bush and Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney had publicly proclaimed that any attack on U.S. forces or U.S. citizens with chemical or biological weapons would be met with "massive retaliation."
It was also realized that the U.S. government could easily prevent anyone from determining who actually carried out a biological attack, which meant that anyone could be blamed. It was also understood that by the use of propaganda, and the "Big Lie" repeated over and over again by the corporate controlled mass media, that the public could not only be terrorized, but convinced of the necessity of attacking countries, such as Iraq. By using propaganda and "information warfare" as a psychological weapon the American public could also be prepared to jettison some of their own freedoms, which in turn would further the fascist ambitions of Bush and associates.
The decision was made. By July, 2001, it was already known to the CIA and Bush administration that al-Qaeda were planning to hijack commercial jetliners and crash them into the World Trade Center (see chapters 10 & 11). Of course, there was also the possibility that the terrorists would fail in their mission. And, there was also a possibility that changes in the geo-political landscape would require the Bush administration to intervene and arrest the 9/11 plotters before they had the opportunity to act.
However, what if "terrorists" also launched a biological attack on U.S. citizens, with military grade anthrax? If this were to occur, and even if the planned hijacking failed, the CIA would not only be able to conduct yet another "vulnerability test" on the American public, but the Bush administration would be justified in declaring war on all "evil doers;" i.e. the Taliban who were refusing Bush administration demands to allow an oil pipeline to be built on their lands, and Saddam Hussein whose government controlled the second largest oil reserves in the world.
ANTHRAX PANIC SPREADS ACROSS NORTH AMERICA
"The public as well as some in the security community probably do not fully appreciate the wide availability of (biological warfare)-relevant technology and knowledge. A biological attack by a nonstate actor probably would cause fewer casualties than an attack by a state, but the terror that such an attack would cause among the population would still be substantial."
-- National Intelligence Council, 1/2/2001.
It was a sunny, September, quintessential Florida afternoon, when the bulky manila envelope arrived in the mail room of the Sun, a weekly tabloid newspaper. It was addressed: "Please Forward to Jennifer Lopez, c/o The Sun." (96).
Managing editor Joe West, examined the envelope, felt along the bulky cylindrical contours, and ... threw it into the trash.
"Something told me not to open it," he said.
Bobby Bender, a news assistant at the Sun, felt no such misgivings. He retrieved it from the garbage and opened it up. It contained a metal cigar tube, an empty can of chewing tobacco, a small carton of detergent, and a handwritten love letter to Jennifer Lopez. The love-struck author was proposing marriage!
There was also a single sheet of paper, decorated with blue and pink clouds. It had been folded into 3 sections and contained a small mound of pinkish powder that partly covered a little gold star of David (96).
Bob Stevens, a news photographer at the Sun, was curious and asked to take a look. Bender carefully handed him the paper, powder and Star of David, and Bob Stevens took it to his desk. Stevens was nearsighted and held the powder close to his face spilling some of the powder on his computer keyboards, and unknowingly inhaling the pinkish dust. Carefully, he retrieved the Star of David, smearing his fingers with little grains of pinkish residue.
Sixteen days later, Bob Stevens was dead.
On October 4, 2001, Secretary of Health and Human Services Tommy Thompson announced that the Stevens' anthrax infection, was not an act of terrorism, but "an isolated case."
On Sunday, October 7, medical tests disclosed that Ernesto Blanco, a mailroom worker at the Sun, had also been exposed to anthrax bacteria. Within days 6 more people came down with the disease (97).
The CDC immediately shipped enough antibiotics to Palm Beach County to treat more than 1,000 people, for 15 days, at a cost of $700 per individual.
Soon, similar cases were turning up in New York and Washington. Two postal workers at a facility that handles mail for the Capitol died after showing symptoms of anthrax, and several others were diagnosed with inhalation anthrax. These were followed by yet additional cases, and in consequence, the Brentwood, New Jersey, mail center and an air-mail facility near Baltimore-Washington International Airport, were shut down. In Washington alone, over 10,000 postal workers were urged to pick up Cipro prescriptions (97). In total, over 35,000 people were treated with antibiotics to prevent infection.
The anthrax was being sent through the mail, to outfits such as the New York Post, ABC and CBS news, and to the office of New York Governor George Pataki. Four letters, one sent to the office of Senate Majority Leader Tom Daschle, one to Senator Patrick Leahy and another to NBC (where an assistant to Tom Brokaw later tested positive for the disease), and the New York Post were postmarked from Trenton, N.J.
Specifically, the one addressed to Senate Majority Leader Tom Daschle, D-S.D., and the other to Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., carried a return address of "4th Grade Greendale School, Franklin Park, NJ 08852" and were postmarked Trenton, N.J., on Oct. 9, 2001. The letters sent to "NBC TV -- Tom Brokaw" and "NY Post" were postmarked in Trenton on Sept. 18, 2001, seven days after the Sept. 11 bombings of the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
Coincidentally, several of the 9/11 hijackers had lived in New Jersey and were still living there on the day they hijacked the United Airlines flight from Newark and slammed it into a field in rural Pennsylvania. Of course, all were long dead by 9/18/2001. But what of their accomplices?
Later, a child of an ABC News employee would test positive for the skin form of anthrax after visiting ABC's New York newsroom on or around Sept. 28, 2001.
A third letter was sent from Malaysia to a Microsoft office in Reno (98). Malaysia had also been a destination where several of the 9/11 hijackers had met together, while being watched, tape recorded, and photographed by the CIA in January of 2000 (99).
Curiously, however, Malaysia's Prime Minister, Mahathir Mohamad began complaining that the U.S. refused to share any information on the anthrax mailings, and did not request any assistance from Mayalsia's police or intelligence agencies (98). The U.S. was in fact refusing to cooperate. "We've not even been told where to proceed," said acting Kuala Lumpur police chief, Dell Akhbar Khan (98).
Those who were first infected, Bob Stevens and Ernesto Blanco lived within a half hour drive of the residence of 9/11 hijacker, Muhhamed Atta. And yet another coincidence, the FBI announced that Gloria Irish, the wife of the editor for Sun tabloid, had rented a Delray Beach apartment, unit 1504 at the Delray Racquet Club, to two of the hijackers: Marwan al-Shehhi and Saeed al-Ghamdi (100). Al-Shehhi hijacked United Airlines Flight 175, and al-Ghamdi hijacked United Flight 93. In fact, Mohamed Atta as well as several of the other hijackers visited the apartment. Moreover, in June of 2001, just 3 months before the hijackings, Ahmed al-Haznawi sought treatment for a skin lesion that, according to Dr. Christos Tsonas, "was consistent with cutaneous anthrax" (101). According to a memorandum, prepared by experts at the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense Strategies, there is a high likelihood "that the hijackers were handling anthrax and were the perpetrators of the anthrax letter attacks" (101).
But of course, that is impossible as they were all dead at least 7 days before the first anthrax had been mailed.
Somebody obviously goofed.
And then the cover up began.
Attorney General John Ashcroft warned that despite the evidence it was "premature at this time to decide whether there is a direct link" to Osama bin Laden or al-Qaeda, but "we should consider this potential."
John E. Collingwood, an F.B.I. spokesman, said there was no evidence of a connection between the hijackers and the anthrax attacks: "This was fully investigated and widely vetted among multiple agencies several months ago. Exhaustive testing did not support that anthrax was present anywhere the hijackers had been."
Bush administration officials also began announcing that the anthrax which had sickened and killed so many was a "naturally occurring strain" that had not been developed in a laboratory for use as a weapon. Maj. Gen. John Parker of the Army's testing laboratory at Fort Detrick, said its just a "common variety" of anthrax. He then sent samples to another testing facility, Battelle, to confirm that impression, but without telling anyone that the sample had been secretly irradiated thus destroying their virulence and dispersal qualities.
And then the White House stopped providing any information. George Bush left for China. The new Homeland Security chief, Tom Ridge, had nothing to say on the matter. The CDC quit responding to queries.
White House spokesman, Ari Fleischer had only this to say about the silence: "it's a particularly important job for the federal government -- and I speak for the president and for agencies in the government, to some degree -- to make certain that the information they have is considered and is accurate before rushing to report it."
"There is no federal coordination of this whole effort," said Mohammed Akhter, executive director of the American Public Health Association. "There is no central authority to tell the public what is going on, what health officials are doing and what the public needs to do."
What the FBI felt it needed to do was destroy evidence. On October 10 and 11, 2001, when the first anthrax cases were coming to light, the FBI and the CDC, gave permission to the Iowa State archive to destroy its collection of anthrax samples. The evidence destroyed included spores collected over a period of more than seven decades from a number of facilities and which had been kept in more than 100 vials. Incredibly, the FBI and CDC authorized the destruction although the collection contained genetic clues valuable to the anthrax inquiry (102,103). Indeed, the Iowa State samples were later directly implicated in the death of the first anthrax victim, as was confirmed by Tom Ridge, the White House director of homeland security, on Oct. 25, two weeks after the destruction.
As summed up by the New York Times (102): "The FBI's inquiry into the anthrax attacks has stumbled in several key areas and may have missed opportunities to gather valuable evidence."
The FBI also failed to even visit many of the companies, laboratories and academic institutions with the equipment or capability to make weaponized anthrax. And when they did conduct interviews, the questions asked were usually irrelevant, at least according to several lab directors (102).
Many began to wonder if the FBI missed these opportunities because it was involved in a coverup. Indeed, the new director of the FBI, Mr. Mueller was known to be a cover-up artist who had destroyed documents and incriminating evidence in the past so as to protect the Bush family and their associates (see chapter 7). In a detailed report by the Federation of American Scientists, it was concluded that" Under Assistant Attorney General Mueller ... the Department sought to impede the investigations of others through a variety of mechanisms, ranging from not making witnesses available, to not returning telephone calls, to claiming that every aspect of the case was under investigation in a period when little, if anything, was being done" (104).
And what would Mueller and the FBI be covering up this time?
According to Dr. Barbara Hatch Rosenberg of the Federation of American Scientists, the FBI has engaged in a cover up because the FBI knows that the anthrax attack was an inside job. Based on a genetic analysis conducted at Northern Arizona University, the evidence indicates that the anthrax originated from Fort Detrick, BioPort, Dugway or Battelle (95).
Fort Detrick and Dugway are well guarded, and reporters must receive special permission to visit the labs or speak with scientists. As to BioPort, soon after this facility came under suspicion, George W. Bush, via Gov. Engler, using the pretext of "National Security," ordered the Michigan National Guard to surround and protect the BioPort facility (106).
On October 17, 2001, five days after calling out the National Guard and almost two weeks after Robert Stevens died of pulmonary anthrax at a hospital in West Palm Beach, Florida, the Bush administration unveiled its plans to build up, in a big way, the National Pharmaceutical Stockpile -- the drugs, vaccines, chemical antidotes, antitoxins, and other medical supplies that are kept at the ready to respond to large-scale bioterrorist attacks. The White House asked Congress for more than $1.1 billion in emergency funds to expand the two-year-old program, and some lawmakers were soon talking of increasing that amount to as much as $10 billion. Little wonder that many of the nation's pharmaceutical companies, aided by their Washington lobbyists, have been angling for seats aboard what one industry critic calls "another gravy train to cash in on some big government contracts" (94).
Of course, those who will cash in, include BioPort, Bayer A.G., and the companies and individuals they have partnered with, such as the Carlyle Group whose investors and board members include George H.W. Bush, former Bush and Reagan-Bush cabinet officials, and, the bin Laden family.
HOMELAND HEALTH & THE CARLYLE GROUP
Following the anthrax attacks the Bush administration formed a partnership, without fanfare, which linked the United States Government's Department of Homeland Security, and the Department of Health and Human Services, with the pharmaceutical industry, a joint venture called Homeland Health. "Our Mission: Government, industry and academia are working to solve the many unknowns surrounding bioterrorism threats. America's pharmaceutical companies are joining together ... with the advice and support of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. HomelandHealth.com represents our combined effort to do whatever it takes -- for as long as it takes -- to win the war against bioterrorism. The pharmaceutical industry is committed to helping the United States government" (see HomelandHealth.com).
Yes, the pharmaceutical industry is our friend.
Dr. Michael Friedman, former head of the FDA -- the same Dr. Friedman who gave the go ahead for the DOD to inject experimental anthrax vaccine into U.S. soldiers during the Persian Gulf War -- is Homeland Health's Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Friedman is also a senior vice president of the pharmaceutical giant Pharmacia Corporation which is also an integral part of Homeland Health. And sitting on the board of directors of Pharmacia Corporation is Frank C. Carlucci, chairman of the Carlyle Group whose consultants, investors, and stock holders include George H.W. Bush and the bin Laden family.
And then there is Don Schmitz. As noted earlier in this chapter, Hermann Schmitz, was president of IG Farben, and later became president of Bayer. Don Schmitz is Vice President, Associate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary, of the Pharmacia Corporation.
The Carlyle Group, in some ways, is reminiscent of IG Farben. The Carlyle Group is a cartel and a self-described "merchant bank." However its portfolio ranks it as one of the major defense contractors in the country, with holdings not only in major defense industries, but the pharmaceutical industry. The Carlyle Group makes money off human misery, through war, terrorism, and disease.
Mr. Carlucci has an interesting history. In the 1950s he allegedly began working with the CIA -- at about the same time as George H.W. Bush. Initially his cover was the State Department where he performed operations in Central Africa and Brazil. When Nixon came to power, Carlucci was given several sub-cabinet level positions and eventually he became a Deputy Secretary of Defense under Caspar Weinberger who was later convicted of crimes pertaining to the illegal Iran-Contra arms deal. With the resignation of Nixon, whereas George W. Bush became director of the CIA, Carlucci later became deputy CIA director. With the election of Reagan and Bush, in 1980, Carlucci became Secretary of Defense where he worked closely with the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral William Crowe -- the same Crowe who would become a board member of BioPort, the same BioPort whose investors allegedly include the Carlyle Group and thus Bayer A.G., and the Bush and bin Laden families.
As noted, in July 2000, Bayer's anti-anthrax drug, Cipro, received an unprecedented sole endorsement by the Federal Drug Administration, despite Cipro's largely untested status. In October of 2001, after the anthrax attacks, the U.S. government agreed to pay Bayer, almost a dollar a pill, $700 per person for a two months supply, even though Cipro is sold in other countries for less than $20.00. The Washington Times, referred to the sale as "ripoff' (90).
As to BioPort, tens of millions of dollars will be pumped into this and other companies, by the U.S. government.
"I think a lot of good has come from [the anthrax attacks]. From a biological or a medical standpoint, [although many] people have died, we've put about $6 billion in our budget into defending against bioterrorism."
-- David Franz former commander of USAMRIID.
ANTHRAX: CONNECTING THE DOTS
We should recall the evidence linking the anthrax attacks to several of the 9/11 hijackers, i.e. the Malaysia and New Jersey mailings, the link between the Florida tabloid, the Sun, and Atta, al-Shehhi and al-Ghamdi, and evidence suggesting that 9/11 hijacker Al- Haznawi had developed an anthrax skin lesion. However, despite this intriguing evidence, the FBI and Bush administration were quick to quash any further inquiry, authorized the destruction of evidence, and refused to provide help or assistance to Malaysian authorities.
We should be curious to as to why evidence was destroyed and why these avenues of inquiry became off limits.
Obviously, if some party provided several of the 9/11 terrorists with "weapons grade anthrax" then that same party might be linked in some manner to BioPort. Bayer A.G., or Fort Dietrick. Bayer A.G., for example, is headquartered in Germany, and most experts agree that the 9/11 plot was likely first hatched in Germany -- the birthplace of Nazism.
As to BioPort, it is noteworthy that "documents related to the U.S. military's anthrax vaccination program and a Lansing laboratory [BioPort] were among those investigators found recently in an Afghanistan office" in Kabul, Afghanistan, home of bin Laden and al-Qaeda (107). Many of the BioPort "documents described ways to use anthrax as a weapon" (107).
"It's not unexpected that a terrorist organization like al-Qaeda would be gathering documents," BioPort spokeswoman Kim Brennen Root told reporters. She denied any link between BioPort and al- Qaeda or the 9/ 11 hijackers and was at a loss as to how confidential papers regarding the use of anthrax as a weapon ended up in the hands of terrorists in Afghanistan.
It is also obvious that the 9/11 hijackers could not have mailed the anthrax. Given that someone or some organization mailed the anthrax from New Jersey and Malaysia -- where several of the 9/11 hijackers either lived or met -- and given that workers at The Sun were exposed to Anthrax -- the wife of the editor having rented an apartment to the hijackers -- then we must conclude that whoever was behind the anthrax attacks, was also well aware of the actions, activities. and living and traveling arrangements of several of the 9/ 11 hijackers. Other than the terrorists and their close associates, the only organization with that knowledge, was the CIA. The CIA tracked and even had contact with several of these same 9/11 hijackers and requested that their meeting in Malaysia be secretly taped and photographed (108, 109).
Given that the likely source of the anthrax was Fort Detrick, BioPort, Dugway or Battelle, and given that all are linked to the CIA, then it becomes reasonable to assume that those behind the anthrax attacks in September and October of 2001, include the CIA and thus the U.S. government, and perhaps, the DOD, under the Bush administration.
And, let us not forget the Carlyle Group, which has so many ex-CIA officials and so many former Bush administration officials on its payroll, including George H.W. Bush himself, that some have called it a shadow government.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 3:51 am
PART 4 OF 4
THE BUSH ADMINISTRATION TAKES CIPRO ON 9/11/2001
That the CIA was directly involved in or had foreknowledge of the September and October 2001, anthrax attacks, is consistent with what we know of the history of this organization. That the U.S. government, under the Bush administration, was in some way involved is also evident based on the behavior of top officials in the Bush administration, who began taking the anti-anthrax medication, Cipro, weeks before the first attack was made public, that is, on 9/11/2001.
As first reported by Associated Press (110), "White House personnel were given Cipro six weeks ago," that is, on 9/11/2001. "White House officials won't discuss who might be receiving the anthrax-treating antibiotic now. On the night of the September 11 attacks, the White House Medical Office dispensed Cipro to staff accompanying Vice President Dick Cheney as he was secreted off to the safety of Camp David, and told them it was a 'precaution,' according to one person directly involved."
According to the conservative public interest law firm, Judicial Watch (111), President George W. Bush twice refused to answer when he was asked about this, or when asked if he had been tested for anthrax.
When coupled with information indicating that the White House began taking Cipro on 9/11/2001, long before the first anthrax attacks became public and on the same day as the terrorist attacks on the Pentagon and Twin Towers, we must conclude that the Bush administration, and most certainly Dick Cheney, had advanced knowledge that the anthrax attacks were about to begin.
"We did not know about the anthrax attacks. Period!" responded Gordon Johndroe, White House spokesman. The reason staffers were given Cipro was "a precautionary measure in the early hours of Sept. 11 before the situation could be fully assessed," Johndroe explained.
Note the words: "Early hours." Had the Bush gang begun taking Cipro before the first plane struck?
Of course the Bush administration knew in advance that an anthrax attack was in the works. Note that they did not take antidotes for smallpox or other biological weapons. Only anthrax.
The Bush administration not only knew in advance, they welcomed the attacks, which is why they were careful to ensure that they, and they alone, would be protected, whereas the American public would be further terrorized.
There is a pattern here. They knew about the anthrax, and they knew in advance that terrorists would hijack commercial jets and slam them into the World Trade Center -- which is why Attorney General John Ashcroft quit flying on commercial jets 6 six week before the 9/11-hijackings.
Terrorism almost always benefits right wing governments. The threat of terrorism, especially if it can be blamed on "opposition," or "terrorist" groups, is a well established means of consolidating and increasing right-wing government power. The anthrax attacks which spread panic throughout the nation, in October of 2001, is exactly what one might expect of a government which has a long history of using biological weapons on its own citizens.
_______________
Notes:
1). One of the first purposeful attempts to infect Native Americas occurred in 1738 when the Cherokee nation was provided with "infected goods." According to the English trader James Adair "the Cherake received a most depopulating shock by the small pox, which reduced them almost one-half, in about a year's time: it was conveyed into Charlestown by the Guinea-men, and soon after among them, by the infected goods." A second epidemic swept through the Micmac communities around 1747. According to French observers, British officers and traders intentionally spread the disease by distributing infected clothing (see Baston du Bosq de Beaumont, "Motifs des sauvages mickmaques," Les Derniers Jours de L' Acadie).
2). Carl Waldman, "The Atlas of the North American Indian, "Facts on File, 1985.
3) Francis Parkman, "The Conspiracy of Pontiac and the Indian War after the Conquest of Canada." Boston, Little, Brown, 1886.
4). J. Poupard, L. Miller, L. Granshaw, "A New Look at the Smallpox Story," American Society for Microbiology, 3/1989.
5). William Trent, "Journal of William Trent," [Pen Pictures of Early Western Pennsylvania, John W. Harpster (Editor) University of Pittsburgh Press, 1938.
6). J.W. Powell, "Fourteenth Annual Report (Part 2) of the Bureau of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution, 1892-93, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1896.
7). James Mooney, "The Ghost-Dance Religion and Wounded Knee," (1896), Dover Publications. 1973.
8). F. Fenner (Editor) "Smallpox and its Eradication," World Health Organization, 1988.
9). James Mooney, "Tribes of the Columbia River region of the Pacific Northwest," Smithsonian Institution.
10). 103d Congress, 2d Session. "Is Military Research Hazardous to Veteran's Health? Lessons Spanning half a century. A Staff report prepared for the Committee on Veterans' Affairs, United States Senate, 12/8/1994." John D. Rockefeller IV, West Virginia, Chairman.
11). Mobley, J. A. "Biological warfare in the twentieth century: Lessons from the past, challenges for the future. Military Medicine, 160, 547-553, 1995.
12). Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, "A Higher Form of Killing," Hill & Wang, 1982; see also, Seymour Hersh, "Chemical and Biological Warfare," Double Day, 1969.
13). "Science at War," 6 part Series, US History Channel, 1999.
14). It has been said that the "history of chemical warfare begins with Fritz Haber, a world-famous chemist, who developed poison gases for Germany during the First World War. Haber was already famous for having developed a process for extracting nitrates, which could be used to make explosives as well as fertilizer. During the first world war he devoted himself to developing a poison gas that would easily kill men hiding in trenches and fortifications. Poison gases were already in abundance. What Haber was after was a toxin that would be perfect for distribution over a battlefield. Haber conducted his work at his Berlin institute, and began refining chlorine gas, which was soon put to the test on the battlefield. In 1919 he was awarded the Nobel Prize in chemistry. However, there is evidence that the history of chemical warfare and the use of "Greek fire" actually begins in the United States. In 1862, Edwin Stanton, President Lincoln's secretary of war, received a proposal for chemical warfare from Mr. John Doughty of New York, which included a sketch of an artillery shell, Mr. Doughty wrote: "Above is the projectile I have devised for routing an entrenched enemy. It is so irritating in its effects upon the respiratory organs that a small quantity produces incessant and uncontrollable violent coughing. A shell holding two or three quarts of liquid chlorine contains many cubic feet of the gas." He went on at great length to describe the potential of his chemical bomb against ships, towns, and men in trenches. "As to the moral question involved, I have arrived at the somewhat paradoxical conclusion that its introduction would very much lessen the sanguine character of the battlefield and render conflicts more decisive in their results."
15). "Germ War: The US Record," Institute for the Advancement of Journalistic Clarity, 1998.
16). Cobb, W. M. 'The Tuskegee Syphilis Study." J Natl Med Assoc. 65, 345-348, 1973; Benedek T. G. "The 'Tuskegee Study' of syphilis: analysis of moral versus methodologic aspects." Journal of Chronic Diseases. 1, 1,35-50,1978; J. H. Jones, "Bad blood: the Tuskegee Syphilis Experiment," Collier Macmillan, 1981.
17). The Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments (ACHRE), October of 1995, National Security Archives.
18). Tom Bower, "The paperclip conspiracy: the hunt for the Nazi scientists," Little, Brown, 1987; Peter R. Breggin, "Toxic Psychiatry," St. Martin's Press, 1991; Gerald Astor, "The "last" Nazi: the life and times of Dr. Joseph Mengele," D.I. Fine, 1985; Linda Hunt, "Secret Agenda: The United States Government, Nazi Scientists, and Project Paperclip, 1945 to 1990," St. Martin's Press, 1991; Charles R. Allen, Jr. Nazi war criminals in America : facts-action : the basic handbook," Highgate House, 1985; Clarence Lasby, "Project Paperclip; German scientists and the Cold War," Atheneum, 1971.
19). Hal Gold, "Unit 731 Testimony," Charles E Tuttle Co, 1996; S.H. Harris, "Factories of Death: Japanese Biological Warfare, 1932-45, and the American Cover-up," Routledge. 1994.
20). Gerald Astor, "The "last" Nazi: the life and times of Dr. Joseph Mengele," D.I. Fine, 1985; Joe E. White Lagnado, Lucette Matalon & Sheila Cohn Dekel, "Children of the Flames: Dr. Josef Mengele & the Untold Story of the Twins of Auschwitz. Robert Jay Lifton, "The Nazi Doctors. Basic Books: New York, 1986; Gerald L. Posner & John Ware. "Mengele: The Complete Story," McGraw-Hill, 1986. Mengele, the "Angel of Death," studied anthropology, paleontology, medicine and eugenics while a student. Eugenics offered him the opportunity to search for the keys to unlock the secret of DNA and to the sources of human deformities and imperfections. Mengele adhered to the theory of "unworthy life," i.e. some lives were simply not worthy of living. One of his professors, Dr. Ernst Rudin, taught that some lives not worth living, and that doctors had a responsibility to destroy unworthy life and remove it from the breeding pool and the general population. Rudin was drafted by Hitler to assist in composing the 1933 Law for the Protection of Heredity Health. This Nazi decree required the sterilization of those with feeblemindedness schizophrenia, manic depression, epilepsy; hereditary blindness, deafness; physical deformities, and alcoholism. After he received his degree in medicine, Mengele leaped at the chance to work at one of the huge concentration camps being built across Europe, as they offered fantastic opportunities for in vivo experiments on human subjects. In May of 1943, Mengele was assigned to the concentration camp at Auschwitz, Poland. His work was funded through the Rockefeller Foundation and the German Research Council. Mengele immediately set about trying to discover methods for eradicating inferior genes from the human population and to finding the keys to creating a Germanic super-race. Dr. Josef Mengele once commented that "there are only two gifted people in the world, Germans and Jews, and it's a question of who will be superior." Mengele was in agreement with Hitler: The Jews had to be destroyed. Mengele liked to whistle while he worked. However. except when interacting with his "twins" he was otherwise described as detached, haughty, and coldly cruel. Some of Mengele's experiments included the dissection of live infants, children, and adults; sex change operations and the castration of boys and men without the use of an anesthetic; and sterilization with the use of x-rays. On one occasion Mengele sterilized a group of Polish nuns with an X-ray machine, burning them horribly. In 1981, the West German Prosecutor's Office drew up 78 different indictments against Mengele, charging him with the most heinous and bestial crimes against humanity, including: Having actively and decisively taken part in selections in the prisoners' sick blocks, of such prisoners who through hunger, deprivations, exhaustion, sickness, disease, abuse or other reasons were unfit for work in the camp and whose speedy recovery was not envisaged ...Those selected were killed either through injections or firing squads or by painful suffocation to death through prussic acid in the gas chambers in order to make room in the camp for the "fit" prisoners, selected by him or other SS doctors ... The injections that killed were made with phenol, petrol, Evipal, chloroform, or air into the circulation, especially into the heart chamber, either with his own hands or he ordered the SS sanitary worker to do it while he watched." An Auschitz survivor recalled one incident where "a large group of SS officers arrived on motorcycles, Mengele among them. They drove into the yard and got off their motorcycles. Upon arriving they circled the flames" of a huge pit with burning logs. "After a while trucks arrived, dump trucks, with dozens of children inside. There were about ten of these trucks ... and the trucks backed up to the fire." The SS "started throwing those children right into the fire, into the pit. The children started to scream; some of them managed to crawl out of the burning pit. An officer walked around it with sticks and pushed back those who managed to get out." Another surviving Auschwitz prisoner, Alex Dekel states: "I have never accepted the fact that Mengele himself believed he was doing serious work - not from the slipshod way he went about it. He was only exercising his power. Mengele ran a butcher shop -- major surgeries were performed without anesthesia. Once, I witnessed a stomach operation -- Mengele was removing pieces from the stomach, but without any anesthetic. Another time, it was a heart that was removed, again, without anesthesia. It was horrifying. Mengele was a doctor who became mad because of the power he was given. He professed to do what he did in the name of science, but it was a madness on his part." Mengele conducted "genetic experiments" on nearly 1500 sets of twins between 1943 and 1944. Twins were particularly useful because a set of twins share an identical gene pool and the one experimented on could thus be compared to his twin, or both could be subject to the same procedures to determine if the outcome would be identical. Mengele also picked out individuals with any other physical abnormalities including midgets, dwarfs, and hunchbacks. Thousands were murdered and their organs, eyeballs, heads, and limbs were often sent to the Rockefeller group at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute, where he also had an appointment as co-worker and an assistant to Otmar Verschuer: "My co-researcher in this research is my assistant the anthropologist and physician Mengele. He is serving as Hauptstuermfuehrer and camp doctor in the concentration camp Auschwitz." Following the war, Mengele escaped to Buenos Aires in 1949 and then lived in Paraguay and Brazil until his death by stroke in 1979.
21). Christopher Simpson, "Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects On the Cold War," Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, 1988.
22). M. Bar-Zohar, "The Hunt for the German Scientists," Barker, 1967; Josiah DuBois, "The Devil's Chemists," Beacon Press, 1952; "US on Policy German Scientists: The Early Cold War." Political Science Quarterly, 101, 1986; Gregg Herken & David James, "Doctors of Death," New York Times, 1/13/1994; Hubner, "The Americanization of Nazi Scientist," West, 9/25/1985; Linda Hunt, "US Coverup of Nazi Scientists." Bulletin of Atomic Scientists, April, 1985; Linda Hunt, "Arthur Rudolf, NASA and Dora." Moment, 4/1987; "NASA's Nazis," Nation, May 23, 1987.
23). Robert Jay Lifton, "The Nazi Doctors: Medical Killing and the Psychology of Genocide," Basic Books, 1986; Alexander Mitscherlich, & Fred Mielke, "Doctors of Infamy," Schuman, 1949; Leslie Simon, "German Research in World War!!," Wiley, 1947; A.D. Beyerchen, "Scientists Under Hitler," Yale Univ. Press, 1977; Gregg Herken & David James, "Doctors of Death," New York Times, 1/13/1994; Josiah DuBois, "The Devil's Chemists," Beacon Press, 1952.
24). US Department of the Air Force. German Aviation Medicine: World War II. Government Printing Office, 1950.
25). Linda Hunt, "Arthur Rudolf, NASA and Dora." Moment, 4/1987; Linda Hunt, "NASA's Nazis," Nation, May 23, 1987.
26). "Nazis and Axis Collaborators Were Used to Further US Anti- Communist Objectives in Europe-Some Immigrated to the United States," Government Printing Office, 1985; "Widespread Conspiracy to Obstruct Probes of Alleged Nazi War Criminals Not Supported by Available Evidence- Controversy May Continue," Government Printing Office, 1978.
27). The Joint Chiefs of Staff justified the use of Nazi scientists as "a form of exploitation of chosen rare minds whose continuing intellectual productivity we wish to use." As summed up by Colonel Montie Cone, head of G-2: "From a military point of view, we knew that these people were invaluable to us. Just think what we have from their research all of our satellites, jet aircraft, rockets, almost everything else."
28). US Senate, Ninety-fifth Congress, Hearings before the Subcommittee on Health and Scientific Research of the Committee on Human Resources, Biological Testing Involving Human Subjects by the Department of Defense, 1977; released as US Army Activities in the US Biological Warfare Programs, Volumes One and Two. 24 February 1977. In Senate hearings on Health and Scientific Research, held in 1977, it was confirmed that 239 populated areas had been contaminated with biological agents between 1949 and 1969, including San Francisco, Washington, D.C., Key West, Panama City, Minneapolis, and St. Louis. America attacked by chemical agents.
29). National Security Archives, Gelman Library, The George Washington University: "Inventory: CIA Behavior Experiments Collection (John Marks Donation) Date Range: 1940s-1970s. Box # 1 - Artichoke Documents- MKULTRA DOCS I-57; Box #2 Subprojects 42-57: MKULTRA; Box # 3 C-30 Project MUDHEN, Subprojects 58-78; Box # 4 Subprojects 79-130: MKULTRA; Box # 5 Subproject 131-149: MKULTRA; Box # 5 ARTICHOKE Docs 38-461; Box # 6 MKSEARCH 6,2,S,S-14, 6,4,3, S- 3, Subproject 107: MKULTRA, ARTICHOKE Docs 59-155; Box # 7, Hypnosis, LSD; Box # 8, Magic, Parapsychology; Box 9 (placebos, safe houses, Psychosurgery, sensory deprivation; Box # 10, CIA Behavior Modification Reports; Box # 11 includes a report by USAF Lieutenant Colonel Robert P. Kadlek, "Twenty-First Century Germ Warfare" and which includes the following statement: 'Using biological weapons under the cover of an endemic or natural disease occurrence provides an attacker the potential for plausible denial." See also, 94th Congress, 2d Session Senate Report No. 94-755, Foreign and Military Intelligence, Book I, "MKNAOMI was another major CIA program ...To stockpile severely incapacitating and lethal materials for the specific use of TSD [Technical Services Division]. To maintain in operational readiness special and unique items for the dissemination of biological and chemical materials. To provide for 'the required surveillance, testing, upgrading, and evaluation of materials and items in order to assure absence of defects and complete predictability of results to be expected under operational conditions." In this Congressional report it is also noted that "Under an agreement reached with the Army in 1952, the Special Operations Division (SOD) at Fort Detrick was to assist CIA in developing, testing, and maintaining biological agents and delivery systems. By this agreement, CIA acquired the knowledge, skill, and facilities of the Army to develop biological weapons suited for CIA use." It further details project MKULTRA was "the principal CIA program involving the research and development of chemical and biological agents" and that 'The research and development of materials to be used for altering human behavior consisted of three phases ... [including] ... the application of MKULTRA materials in normal life settings."
30). John Marks, "The Search For The Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control, The Secret History of the Behavioral Sciences," W. W. Norton, 1979.
31). Phoenix Gazette, 7/19/1994, "Damaged Kids, Sterile Women May be Victims of Army Tests."
32). Cockburn New Statesmen. 1/28/94; Cliff Honicker, Washington Post 6/19/94.
33). Christopher Simpson, "Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects On the Cold War," Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, 1988; Tom Bower, "The paperclip conspiracy: the hunt for the Nazi scientists," Little, Brown, 1987; Charles R. Allen, Jr. Nazi war criminals in America : facts-action: the basic handbook," Highgate House, 1985; Clarence Lasby, "Project Paperclip; German scientists and the Cold War," Atheneum, 1971; Burton Hersh, "The Old Boys: The American Elite and the Origins of the CIA," Tree Farm Books, 2001. Christopher Simpson, "Blowback." T. H. Tetens, "The New Germany and the Old Nazis."
34). National Security Archives, Gelman Library, The George Washington University: "Inventory: CIA Behavior Experiments Collection (John Marks Donation), Subproject 36: MKULTRA: Cuba Chapter Conference, Consultant, Subproject involving getting a man on a diverted freighter, Subproject 37: MKULTRA: Collection of Botanicals; Subproject 93: MKULTRA: Toxin Study -- Cuba Chapter; Subproject 99: MKULTRA: Optics mixed with Biological Warfare -- Cuba Chapter.
35). J.A. Mobley, "Biological warfare in the twentieth century: Lessons from the past, challenges for the future. Military Medicine, 160:547- 553, 1995; M. Rolicka "New studies disputing allegations of bacteriological warfare during the Korean War. Military Medicine, 160:97-100, 1995.
36). Toronto Star, 5/15/1997.
37). Jerome Willik Shawn, "Dioxins and Agent Orange: Index of New Information With Clinical and Research Results," ABBE Publishers Association of Washington, DC, 1995.
38). Fred A. Wilcox, "Waiting for an Anny to Die: The Tragedy of Agent Orange," Seven Locks Press, 1989; Peter H. Schuck, "Agent Orange on Trial," Harvard Univ Press, 1987.
39). Ronald Reagan, "Message to the Congress Transmitting a Report and a Fact Sheet on Soviet Noncompliance With Arms Control Agreements, 1/23/1984, To the Congress of the United States."
40). 98th Congress, 1st Session, November 4, 1983, Defense Appropriations, Salt II Compliance, Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1984 (H.R. 4185).
40). Susan Wright (editor) "Preventing a biological arms Race," Cambridge London, MIT Press, 1990; Susan Wright, Evolution of biological warfare policy, 1945-1990, In Preventing a biological arms Race. Cambridge London, MIT Press, 1990; Charles Piller, K. R. Yamamoto, The US Biological defense research program in the I980s, in Preventing a biological arms Race. Cambridge London, MIT Press, 1990; Joseph D. Douglas, "America the vulnerable. Lexington, 1987; Laurence Pringle, "Chemical and Biological Warfare: The Cruelest Weapons," Enslow Publishers, 1999.
41). Laurence Pringle, "Chemical and Biological Warfare: The Cruelest Weapons," Enslow Publishers, 1999.
42). Sharon Stevens, Miami Herald; Amy 1. Nelson, Karol S. Elias, E. Arevalo G., Lee C. Darlington, and Bryan A. Bailey, "Genetic Characterization by RAPD Analysis of Isolates of Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. erythroxyli Associated with an Emerging Epidemic in Peru," Mychoherbicide.net, 9/9/1997.
43). Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Dengue type 3 infection- Nicaragua and Panama, October-November 1994. MMWR 1995;44:21-4; CDC, Dengue Fever, Division of Vector-Borne Infectious Diseases 200 1 Dengue/Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever: The Emergence of a Global Health Problem April-June 1995; see also Paul Rogers, Simon Whitby, and Malcolm Dando, "Biological Warfare Against Crops" Scientific American 6/1999.
44). Ed Vulliamy, London Observer, 7/2/2000. 45). Associated Press, 9/5/2001; Pravda, "Secret Pentagon Germ Factory," 9/7/2001; The Times (London), "Secret US germ tests threat to treaty," 9/5/2001.
46). Thomas E. Ricks & Vernon Loeb, "Bush Developing Military Policy Of Striking First New Doctrine Addresses Terrorism," Washington Post, 6/10/2002.
47). San Jose Mercury News, 7/14/2002.
48). United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit Final Report of the Independent Counsel for Iran/Contra Matters Lawrence E. Welch, Independent Counsel, August 4, 1993, Washington D.C. Volume 1. Investigations and Prosecutions; President's Special Review Board, "The Tower Commission," Bantam Books/Times Books, 1987; Bob Woodward & Carl Bernstein, "All the President's Men."
49). ABC News, 9/27/2001.
50). Bayer is a major investor in the Carlyle Group, which is headed by former assistant CIA director and former Reagan-Bush Secretary of Defense, Frank Carlucci. George H.W. Bush is a consultant for Carlyle, and his consultant fees are paid back into Carlyle in return for stock.
51). Richard Sasuly, "IG Farben." -Senator Claude Pepper, forward to Richard Sasuly, "IG Farben." Joseph Borkin, "The Crime and Punishment of IG. Farben," 1978.
52). Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review; John Loftus and Mark Aarons. "The Secret War Against The Jews" St. Martins Press, New York, 1994; Charles Higham, 'Trading with the Enemy: An Expose of the Nazi-American Money Plot 1933-1949," Delacorte Press, 1983; As detailed by Robert Lederman in the Philadelphia City Paper (1/18/01) "banks and shipping companies operated by the Bush family" invested millions of dollars into IG Farben. It is IG Farben, which produced the poison gas Zyklon B which was used to murder Jews, Gypsies, Russians and so on. IG Farben built and operated, in conjunction with Himmler's SS, more than 40 concentration camps, including Auschwitz. Presto Bush, the vice-president of Harriman and Co. and president of Union Banking, became one of the directors of the Hamburg-Amerika line. Hamburg-Amerika Line, was a Nazi front-company whose partners included IG. Farben.
53). Tom Mangold & Jeff Goldberg, "Plague Wars: A True Story of Biological Warfare," St. Martin's Press; 2000; Laurence Pringle, "Chemical and Biological Warfare: The Cruelest Weapons," Enslow Publishers, 1999; Stephen Endicott & Edward Hagerman, "The United States and Biological Warfare," Indiana University Press, 1999.
54). Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review; Emanuel Josephson, "Rockefeller 'Internationalist,''' Chedney Press, 1952. Bush, Harriman and Rockefeller were partners in various ventures. Whereas Rockefeller and the Harrimans funded eugenics research, Bush and Harriman also conspired to bring Nazis into the U.S. to give speeches favoring eugenics. See also testimony of Capt. Frederick C. Mensing, John Schroeder, Paul von Lilienfeld-Toal, "Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain Other Propaganda Activities," Public Hearings before A Subcommittee of the Special Committee on Un-American Activities, United States House of Representatives, Seventy Third Congress, New York City, July 9-12, 1934 -- Hearings No. 73-NY-7, Washington: U.S. Govt. Printing Office, 1934.
55). Letters to and from Averell Harriman, the principle partner, in the Hamburg-American Line, frequently make references to eugenics. These include letters to and Dr. Charles B. Davenport, President, The International Congress of Eugenics. Cold Spring Harbor, L.I., N.Y. (e.g., letter of January 21, 1932 from Harriman to Davenport: I will be only too glad to put you in touch with the Hamburg-American Line." Letter of January 23, 1932 from Davinport to Harriman: "Thank you very much for the action you took which I hope will enable more of our German colleagues to come to America on the occasion of the congresses of eugenics and genetics. In 1934, congressional hearings established that Hamburg-Amerika was transporting Nazis into America who were distributing and promoting Nazi propaganda and giving speeches promoting eugenics (See Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain Other Propaganda Activities, U.S. Congress, 1934).
56). Stefan Kuhl, "The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism," Oxford Univ Press, 2002. As detailed in this book, American scientists, social theorists, and America's royal families, inspired and applauded Nazi racist ideology. A 1907 Indiana law permitting the sterilization ofthe mentally handicapped predated and served as a model for Germany's 1933 Law on Preventing Hereditarily III Progeny. The 1924 American Immigration Restriction Act was later praised by Adolf Hitler in his book, Mein Kampf. With the help of the Harrimans and Rockefellers, German theorists came to the U.S. seeking international legitimacy: it unfortunately proved an influential model, not only intellectually but politically. The Rockefeller Foundation and Jewish philanthropist James Loeb helped fund major eugenics institutes in Germany, including the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity. See also, Wendy Kline, "Building a Better Race: Gender, Sexuality, and Eugenics from the Turn of the Century to the Baby Boom," University of California Press, 2001.
57). See, Rockefeller Collection, Title Rockefeller/Eugenics, Stacking Code GC/88, AccNo 239, box 1: Includes copies of correspondence from the Rockefeller Family Archives, pertaining to support given to the English Eugenics Society for their researches in birth control and eugenics, 1934-1940.
58). Wendy Kline, "Building a Better Race: Gender, Sexuality, and Eugenics from the Turn of the Century to the Baby Boom," University of California Press, 2001; Stefan Kuhl, "The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism," Oxford Univ Press, 2002.
59). Philip R. Reilly, Gerald N. Grob, "The Surgical Solution: A History of Involuntary Sterilization in the United States," Johns Hopkins Univ Press, 1991.
60). The Guardian 8/4/2002.
61). Heinz Hohne. The Order of the Death's Head." Ballantine, New York. 1967; J. Toland. "Adolf Hitler," Doubleday, New York, 1976; W. L. Shirer. "The Rise & Fall of the Third Reich." Fawcett World Library, New York, 1960.
62). Congressional Record for Bush speech in the House of Representatives, Sept. 4, 1969. See also Bush Task Force testimony 8/5/69. After he became President, sterilization became his administrations "first choice" of reducing the population in third world countries (Joanne Grossi, USAID's Population Office, July 16, 1991). Under his administration, the U.S. government paid for the surgical sterilization of undesirables in Mexico, the Caribbean, Puerto Rico, Panama, Brazil, and India (Nafis Sadik, "The State of World Population," New York, United Nations Population Fund; User's Guide to the Office of Population, 1991, Office of Population, Bureau for Science and Technology, United States Agency for International Development).
63). Military Review, 11/1970.
64). "Synthetic Biological Agents," 7/111969; United States Senate Library, U.S. Government Printing Office.
65). Department of Defense Appropriations for 1970 H.B. 15090; Hearings before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations, House of Representative, Ninety-First Congress, First Session, Subcommittee on Department of Defense, George H. Mahon, Texas, Chairman.
66). "Special Virus Cancer Program: Progress Report No. 8," prepared by the National Cancer Institute, Viral Oncology, Etiology Area, July 1971, submitted to NIH Annual Report in May 1971, updated July 1971.
67). The War Reserve Service (WRS) was formed under the direction of George W. Merk, of the Merk Company, a pharmaceutical firm, in 1942, for the purpose of conducting biological warfare agents. Through the WRS, so many promising biological agents were discovered, and the research program grew so rapidly, that the Army Chemical Corps decided to relocate much of this work to Camp Detrick, Frederick, Maryland, which then became a primary site for research and development. By 1946, according to the War Department, "there occurred sixty cases of proven infection caused by accidental exposure to virulent biological warfare agents which required treatment ...and ... 159 accidental exposures to agents of unknown concentrations." Merck continued research with the CIA well into the 19505, see National Security Archives, Gelman Library, The George Washington University: "Inventory: CIA Behavior Experiments Collection (John Marks Donation), Box # 8 "Magic: Mulholland: George Merck: University of Minnesota: Miscellaneous: MKDELTA: ARTICHOKE Docs/ Clips: MKDELTA." Also of interest: Box # II which includes a paper entitled "Twenty-First Century Germ Warfare" by USAF Lieutenant Colonel Robert P. Kadlek "Using biological weapons under the cover of an endemic or natural disease occurrence provides an attacker the potential for plausible denial."
68). Jakob Segal, "AIDS: USA Home-made evil." A 1985 report in the journal Science (227: 173-177), also indicates that HTLV and are very similar, indicating a close taxonomic relationship.
69). G. Williams et al., Lancet ii, 951. 1960.
70). T. Curtis, Rolling Stone, no. 626, 3/19/1992); T. Curtis, Washington Post, 4/5/1992; Edward Hooper, "The Dark River: A Journey to the Source of HIV and AIDS," Little, Brown, 1999. These articles and this book were in part based on discoveries made in the late 19805, by Louis Pascal who found that ground zero for the initial onset of the AIDs epidemic and for the greatest concentration of AIDs cases at that time, was in the same regions in which an experimental oral polio vaccine had been administered to Africans, central Africa It was argued that Hilary Koprowski, in growing his experimental polio vaccine, used monkey kidney tissue infected with SV40.
71). Hilary Koprowski, "AIDS and the Polio Vaccine," Science, 257, 8/21/1992.
72). Science, 286, 12/24/1999.
73). "A tribute to Hilary Koprowski, Scientist, Musician, and Friend," July 19, 1982, No. 29, Wistar Institute, Garfield Library University of Pennsylvania.
74). The Rockefeller Foundation and Jewish philanthropist James Loeb helped fund major eugenics institutes in Germany, including the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity. With the help of the Harrimans and Rockefellers, German theorists came to the U.S. seeking international legitimacy: it unfortunately proved an influential model, not only intellectually but politically. See also, Stefan Kuhl, "The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism," Oxford Univ Press, 2002.
75). From 1927 to 1941, Dulles worked as lawyer and international finance specialist for Sullivan & Cromwell, a Wall Street law firm in New York. Dulles performed work for Bush, Harriman, and Rockefeller in setting up business relationships with the Nazis and with top Nazi industrialists and played a pivotal role in promoting U.S.-Nazi corporate relations including those between the Rockefellers and IG. Farben. Allen Dulles was also legal counsel for Standard Oil and the Nazi's I. G. Farben, co-owned by the Rockefellers. Dulles was recruited by OSS intelligence chief Colonel William J. Donovan, in 1941, and was posted to Berne, Switzerland. Dulles was picked because of his great expertise on Germany which he acquired through his law firm during the 1930s. From October 1942 to May 1945, he gathered intelligence information on Nazi Germany related to all aspects of the war effort, including as it pertains to commerce, industry, espionage, and biological weapons.
76). The Washington Post, 2/2/1918; John Loftus and Mark Aarons. "The Secret War Against The Jews" St. Martins Press, New York, 1994; Charles Higham, "Trading with the Enemy: An Expose of the Nazi-American Money Plot 1933-1949," Delacorte Press, 1983; Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review; Anthony Sutton, "Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler," Eustace Mullins, "The World Order," 1980; Emanuel Josephson, "Rockefeller 'Internationalist,''' Chedney Press, 1952.
77). The World Health Organization, "AIDs, a Global Epidemic," and UNAIDS, an umbrella group for five U.N. agencies, the World Bank and the World Health Organization, provides much lower estimates. As of the year 2002, 42 million people have AIDs and that 29.4 million of them live in Africa. It should be stressed that these estimates are based only on those individuals who actually seek and receive treatment at official treatment facilities which keep these records.
78). In 1978, the Centers for Disease Control began running ads requesting the participation of promiscuous homosexual men to take part in an "Experimental Hepatitis B vaccine trials." The first experiments conducted by the CDC, began in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco. In 1981 the first cases of AIDS are confirmed in homosexual men in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, triggering speculation that AIDS may have been introduced via the Hepatitis B vaccine.
79). National Security Study Memorandum (NSSM) 200, April 1974, US National Security Adviser, Dr. Henry Kissinger (released in 1990 under the Freedom of Information Act), US National Archives. "Depopulation should be the highest priority of US foreign policy towards the Third World... reduction of the rate of population growth in these States is a matter of vital US national security."
80). Amnesty International (Index MDE 19/013/2000), 9/15/2000).
81). P. Manning, "Martin Bormann: Nazi in Exile," Lyle Stuart, 1981; According to Manning, on August 10, 1944, the Rockefeller-Farben partners transferred their "flight capital" to "safe havens" and affiliated German/ French, American, British and Swiss banks "for the new Germany." This secured "the sophisticated distribution of national and corporate assets to safe havens" throughout the world, funds which could be used to support further development of the "Neuordnung" (new order) for banking, defense, and the global petrochemical pharmaceutical industry. Merck was also a primary recipient of the Nazi "flight capital." Millions of dollars were deposited in Merck's accounts on August 10, 1944 at the time the company's President, George W. Merck, was America's biological weapons industry director.
82). Antony C. Sutton, "Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler."
83). U.S, War Department, "Elimination of German Resources."
84). IG Farben was also the eyes and ears of Nazi Germany, with the Berlin N.W. 7 office of IG. Farben serving as the key Nazi overseas espionage center. The espionage unit operated under Farben director Max Ilgner, nephew of IG. Farben president Hermann Schmitz. Max Ilgner and Hermann Schmitz were on the board of American IG., with fellow directors Henry Ford of Ford Motor Company, Paul Warburg of Bank of Manhattan, and Charles E. Mitchell of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. According to the War Department, Chemnyco, Inc., served as the U.S. arm of the Farben (VOWI) intelligence network and relied on German and American businessmen to steal industrial secrets, including even blueprints and detailed descriptions of whole industrial plants, which would then be sent to IG Farben headquarters. Germany's most effective intelligence agents were solid, respectable businessmen. The U.S. War Department also accused IG. Farben and its American associates such as Harriman and Bush of engaging in Nazi psychological and economic warfare through the dissemination of propaganda. See U.S. Congress, House of Representatives, Special Committee on Un-American Activities, Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain other Propaganda Activities. 73rd Congress, 2nd Session, Hearings No. 73-DC-4. (Washington: Government Printing Office, 1934), Volume VIII, p. 7525.
85). New York Times, 10/21/1945 - "Use Dynamite, a new German law and four-power action by the Allied Control Council to smash the IG. Farben."
86). CIA-Nazis Burton Hersh, "The Old Boys: The American Elite and the Origins of the CIA," Tree Farm Books, 2001. Christopher Simpson, "Blowback." T. H. Tetens, "The New Germany and the Old Nazis;" Christopher Simpson, "Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects On the Cold War," Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, 1988; Tom Bower, "The paperclip conspiracy: the hunt for the Nazi scientists," Little, Brown, 1987; Charles R. Allen, Jr. Nazi war criminals in America: facts-action: the basic handbook," Highgate House, 1985; Clarence Lasby, "Project Paperclip; German scientists and the Cold War," Atheneum, 1971.
87). In 1939 six major concentration camps were constructed, complete with factories and surrounded by slave labor camps: Dachau, Sachsenhausen, Buchemwald, Mauthausen, FIossenburg, and Ravensbruck. These were followed by several major concentration camps which served as major industrial centers. These included, Auschwitz, Belsen and Dora where the V-1 and V-2 rockets were assembled in underground tunnels. Upon arriving at a slave labor camp, as they emerged from the crowded and cramped cattle cars, men, women, and children were sorted into three groups: 1) Men who were healthy enough to work as slaves -- most of whom could be counted on to survive for about six months before they became sick-. 2) Young attractive women who became whores in the whore houses which serviced SS guards and others. 3) Children, mothers, and men and women who were old or sickly, and who were usually immediately gassed to death and cremated. At the peak of operation, in September 1944, nearly 10 million civilians and prisoners of war worked as slave laborers. Prisoners of war included mostly Russian and Ukrainians, whereas over 7.5 million civilians from Poland, Russia, Ukraine, France, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Norway, Luxembourg, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Yugoslavia, Greece, Italy, Algeria, and other countries served as slaves.
88). "Walker v Bayer Corporation," 6,200 hemophiliacs who contracted AIDS after receiving blood transfusions, settled for $100,000 per claimant; see letter, Sally K. Richardson, Director Center for Medicaid and State Operations, 1/20/1998; See also, R.K. Massie, "Blood feud: A mother takes the hemophilia tragedy to court," The New Yorker, 6/16/1997.
89). JAMA, 4/15/1998; JAMA, 1/6/1996. In January 1999, and in response to pressure from the Pharmaceutical industry, the AMA fired JAMA-Editor-in-Chief Charles Lundberg.
90) K.P., O'Meara, "Investigative Report: Government ripoff on the Cipro deal," Washington Times, Insight Magazine, 11/26/2001.
91). D. Charlotte, "Rules relaxed in rush for a new smallpox vaccine," The Guardian, 10/25/2001.
92). According to investigator, Sherman Skolnick of Chicago, the Carlyle Group is a major investor in BioPort. We were unable to receive a confirmation or denial from BioPort or Carlyle. The major stock holders in the Carlyle Group include Frank Carlucci, former assistant director of the CIA and former Secretary of Defense; George H.W. Bush, Jim Bakker former Secretary of the Treasury, the bin Laden family, and Bayer AG.
93). A.J. Evenson & Tim Martin, Lansing State Journal, 9/28/2000.
94). Bill Hogan, Mother Jones Magazine, January/February 2002.
95). Barbara Hatch Rosenberg, "Analysis of the Anthrax Attacks," Federation of American Scientists, February 2002.
96). The Sun, October, 2001.
97). Associated Press, 10/4,5,8,10,12,16,18; New York Times, 10/ 12,16, 18; Washington Post, 10/12,16,18; Time Magazine, October, 2001; Newsweek, October, 2001; Neely Tucker & Avram Goldstein, "Anthrax Threat Takes A Wider Scope, New Cases Emerge: Some Mail Halted," The Washington Post, 10/24/2001.
98). BBC, "Malaysia requests anthrax attack evidence," 10/15/2001.
99). Joint House Senate Intelligence Committee, June-September, 2002.
100). London Telegraph, 10/16/2001; AP 10/16/2001.
101). W.J. Broad & David Johnston, "Bioterrorism, Report Linking Anthrax and Hijackers Is Investigated," New York Times, 3/23/2002.
102). New York Times, "Errors seen in FBI anthrax probe Destruction of university sample may have caused clues to be lost," 11/9/2001.
103) "We didn't recommend one way or another whether they should destroy it," said Larry Holmquist, a spokesman for the FBI in Omaha, Neb., which runs the bureau's Iowa operations. "But we did say it had no evidentiary basis."
104). American Free Press, "New FBI Head Is Old Bush Cover-Up Man," 8/20/2001; Federation of American Scientists.
105). The anthrax spores that contaminated the office of Senate Majority Leader Thomas A. Daschle's office were extremely small in size, between 1 to 3 microns in diameter. Grinding down an anthrax spore to this size is a first requirement for making "weapons grade" anthrax. In addition, the spores had been treated with a chemical additive to remove any electrostatic charges which might cause the particles to lump together. This technique is so sophisticated that only two or three nations are thought to have been capable of making it, i.e. the United States and Russia. The additives essentially "weaponized" the anthrax spores making it possible for them to be suspended in the air and thus more easily inhaled. The electrostatic problem was apparently solved by researchers at Fort Dietrick back in the 1960s. Bill Patrick, who developed the process at Fort Detrick holds at least five secret patents on these procedures. Army Maj. Gen. John Parker, commander of Fort Dietrick, disputes the possibility that these anthrax spores were weaponized or created at Fort Dietrick. He claims the spores are "rugged and clumpy." When samples from Fort Dietrick were sent to yet another facility, Battelle, a military contractor that does secret work for the Pentagon and CIA, what Battelle researchers didn't know, at first, was that scientists at Fort Detrick had irradiated the anthrax spores. In consequence, when Battelle processed its sample it got a lower value for virulence and dispersal qualities, and thus incorrectly concluded that the anthrax was not weapon's grade.
106). Lansing State Journal, 10/12/2001; Dave Eberhart, "Anthrax Vaccine Manufacturer Under Siege," NewsMax.com, 11/10/2001.
107). Tim Martin," Papers in Kabul linked to BioPort. Pakistan detains 2 men after anthrax documents were found in an office," 11/30/2001.
108). Newsweek, 6/4/2002; ABC News, 6/4/2002; CNN, 8/1/2002. Confirmed before joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002. As reported by Newsweek, 6/4/ 2002 and ABC News, 6/4/2002, and as reported before joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, the CIA tracked two of the 9/11 hijackers (al-Midhar and al-Hamzi) from Malaysia to the United States, and informed the FBI of their arrival in the U.S. in January 2000. Confirmed before joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
109). CNN, 8/1/2002, reported that "Jarrah had spent at least three weeks in January 2001 at an al-Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan." Upon completing his terrorist training, the CIA, which had been monitoring his movements, requested that intelligence officials based in the United Arab Emirates question him about "his terrorist activities."
110). Associated Press, "White House Mail Machine Has Anthrax," 10/23/2001.
111). Judicial Watch, 6/7/2002.
THE BUSH ADMINISTRATION TAKES CIPRO ON 9/11/2001
That the CIA was directly involved in or had foreknowledge of the September and October 2001, anthrax attacks, is consistent with what we know of the history of this organization. That the U.S. government, under the Bush administration, was in some way involved is also evident based on the behavior of top officials in the Bush administration, who began taking the anti-anthrax medication, Cipro, weeks before the first attack was made public, that is, on 9/11/2001.
As first reported by Associated Press (110), "White House personnel were given Cipro six weeks ago," that is, on 9/11/2001. "White House officials won't discuss who might be receiving the anthrax-treating antibiotic now. On the night of the September 11 attacks, the White House Medical Office dispensed Cipro to staff accompanying Vice President Dick Cheney as he was secreted off to the safety of Camp David, and told them it was a 'precaution,' according to one person directly involved."
According to the conservative public interest law firm, Judicial Watch (111), President George W. Bush twice refused to answer when he was asked about this, or when asked if he had been tested for anthrax.
When coupled with information indicating that the White House began taking Cipro on 9/11/2001, long before the first anthrax attacks became public and on the same day as the terrorist attacks on the Pentagon and Twin Towers, we must conclude that the Bush administration, and most certainly Dick Cheney, had advanced knowledge that the anthrax attacks were about to begin.
"We believe that the White House knew or had reason to know that an anthrax attack was imminent or under way."
-- Larry Klayman, Chairman of Judicial Watch.
"We did not know about the anthrax attacks. Period!" responded Gordon Johndroe, White House spokesman. The reason staffers were given Cipro was "a precautionary measure in the early hours of Sept. 11 before the situation could be fully assessed," Johndroe explained.
Note the words: "Early hours." Had the Bush gang begun taking Cipro before the first plane struck?
Of course the Bush administration knew in advance that an anthrax attack was in the works. Note that they did not take antidotes for smallpox or other biological weapons. Only anthrax.
The Bush administration not only knew in advance, they welcomed the attacks, which is why they were careful to ensure that they, and they alone, would be protected, whereas the American public would be further terrorized.
There is a pattern here. They knew about the anthrax, and they knew in advance that terrorists would hijack commercial jets and slam them into the World Trade Center -- which is why Attorney General John Ashcroft quit flying on commercial jets 6 six week before the 9/11-hijackings.
Terrorism almost always benefits right wing governments. The threat of terrorism, especially if it can be blamed on "opposition," or "terrorist" groups, is a well established means of consolidating and increasing right-wing government power. The anthrax attacks which spread panic throughout the nation, in October of 2001, is exactly what one might expect of a government which has a long history of using biological weapons on its own citizens.
_______________
Notes:
1). One of the first purposeful attempts to infect Native Americas occurred in 1738 when the Cherokee nation was provided with "infected goods." According to the English trader James Adair "the Cherake received a most depopulating shock by the small pox, which reduced them almost one-half, in about a year's time: it was conveyed into Charlestown by the Guinea-men, and soon after among them, by the infected goods." A second epidemic swept through the Micmac communities around 1747. According to French observers, British officers and traders intentionally spread the disease by distributing infected clothing (see Baston du Bosq de Beaumont, "Motifs des sauvages mickmaques," Les Derniers Jours de L' Acadie).
2). Carl Waldman, "The Atlas of the North American Indian, "Facts on File, 1985.
3) Francis Parkman, "The Conspiracy of Pontiac and the Indian War after the Conquest of Canada." Boston, Little, Brown, 1886.
4). J. Poupard, L. Miller, L. Granshaw, "A New Look at the Smallpox Story," American Society for Microbiology, 3/1989.
5). William Trent, "Journal of William Trent," [Pen Pictures of Early Western Pennsylvania, John W. Harpster (Editor) University of Pittsburgh Press, 1938.
6). J.W. Powell, "Fourteenth Annual Report (Part 2) of the Bureau of Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution, 1892-93, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 1896.
7). James Mooney, "The Ghost-Dance Religion and Wounded Knee," (1896), Dover Publications. 1973.
8). F. Fenner (Editor) "Smallpox and its Eradication," World Health Organization, 1988.
9). James Mooney, "Tribes of the Columbia River region of the Pacific Northwest," Smithsonian Institution.
10). 103d Congress, 2d Session. "Is Military Research Hazardous to Veteran's Health? Lessons Spanning half a century. A Staff report prepared for the Committee on Veterans' Affairs, United States Senate, 12/8/1994." John D. Rockefeller IV, West Virginia, Chairman.
11). Mobley, J. A. "Biological warfare in the twentieth century: Lessons from the past, challenges for the future. Military Medicine, 160, 547-553, 1995.
12). Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman, "A Higher Form of Killing," Hill & Wang, 1982; see also, Seymour Hersh, "Chemical and Biological Warfare," Double Day, 1969.
13). "Science at War," 6 part Series, US History Channel, 1999.
14). It has been said that the "history of chemical warfare begins with Fritz Haber, a world-famous chemist, who developed poison gases for Germany during the First World War. Haber was already famous for having developed a process for extracting nitrates, which could be used to make explosives as well as fertilizer. During the first world war he devoted himself to developing a poison gas that would easily kill men hiding in trenches and fortifications. Poison gases were already in abundance. What Haber was after was a toxin that would be perfect for distribution over a battlefield. Haber conducted his work at his Berlin institute, and began refining chlorine gas, which was soon put to the test on the battlefield. In 1919 he was awarded the Nobel Prize in chemistry. However, there is evidence that the history of chemical warfare and the use of "Greek fire" actually begins in the United States. In 1862, Edwin Stanton, President Lincoln's secretary of war, received a proposal for chemical warfare from Mr. John Doughty of New York, which included a sketch of an artillery shell, Mr. Doughty wrote: "Above is the projectile I have devised for routing an entrenched enemy. It is so irritating in its effects upon the respiratory organs that a small quantity produces incessant and uncontrollable violent coughing. A shell holding two or three quarts of liquid chlorine contains many cubic feet of the gas." He went on at great length to describe the potential of his chemical bomb against ships, towns, and men in trenches. "As to the moral question involved, I have arrived at the somewhat paradoxical conclusion that its introduction would very much lessen the sanguine character of the battlefield and render conflicts more decisive in their results."
15). "Germ War: The US Record," Institute for the Advancement of Journalistic Clarity, 1998.
16). Cobb, W. M. 'The Tuskegee Syphilis Study." J Natl Med Assoc. 65, 345-348, 1973; Benedek T. G. "The 'Tuskegee Study' of syphilis: analysis of moral versus methodologic aspects." Journal of Chronic Diseases. 1, 1,35-50,1978; J. H. Jones, "Bad blood: the Tuskegee Syphilis Experiment," Collier Macmillan, 1981.
17). The Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments (ACHRE), October of 1995, National Security Archives.
18). Tom Bower, "The paperclip conspiracy: the hunt for the Nazi scientists," Little, Brown, 1987; Peter R. Breggin, "Toxic Psychiatry," St. Martin's Press, 1991; Gerald Astor, "The "last" Nazi: the life and times of Dr. Joseph Mengele," D.I. Fine, 1985; Linda Hunt, "Secret Agenda: The United States Government, Nazi Scientists, and Project Paperclip, 1945 to 1990," St. Martin's Press, 1991; Charles R. Allen, Jr. Nazi war criminals in America : facts-action : the basic handbook," Highgate House, 1985; Clarence Lasby, "Project Paperclip; German scientists and the Cold War," Atheneum, 1971.
19). Hal Gold, "Unit 731 Testimony," Charles E Tuttle Co, 1996; S.H. Harris, "Factories of Death: Japanese Biological Warfare, 1932-45, and the American Cover-up," Routledge. 1994.
20). Gerald Astor, "The "last" Nazi: the life and times of Dr. Joseph Mengele," D.I. Fine, 1985; Joe E. White Lagnado, Lucette Matalon & Sheila Cohn Dekel, "Children of the Flames: Dr. Josef Mengele & the Untold Story of the Twins of Auschwitz. Robert Jay Lifton, "The Nazi Doctors. Basic Books: New York, 1986; Gerald L. Posner & John Ware. "Mengele: The Complete Story," McGraw-Hill, 1986. Mengele, the "Angel of Death," studied anthropology, paleontology, medicine and eugenics while a student. Eugenics offered him the opportunity to search for the keys to unlock the secret of DNA and to the sources of human deformities and imperfections. Mengele adhered to the theory of "unworthy life," i.e. some lives were simply not worthy of living. One of his professors, Dr. Ernst Rudin, taught that some lives not worth living, and that doctors had a responsibility to destroy unworthy life and remove it from the breeding pool and the general population. Rudin was drafted by Hitler to assist in composing the 1933 Law for the Protection of Heredity Health. This Nazi decree required the sterilization of those with feeblemindedness schizophrenia, manic depression, epilepsy; hereditary blindness, deafness; physical deformities, and alcoholism. After he received his degree in medicine, Mengele leaped at the chance to work at one of the huge concentration camps being built across Europe, as they offered fantastic opportunities for in vivo experiments on human subjects. In May of 1943, Mengele was assigned to the concentration camp at Auschwitz, Poland. His work was funded through the Rockefeller Foundation and the German Research Council. Mengele immediately set about trying to discover methods for eradicating inferior genes from the human population and to finding the keys to creating a Germanic super-race. Dr. Josef Mengele once commented that "there are only two gifted people in the world, Germans and Jews, and it's a question of who will be superior." Mengele was in agreement with Hitler: The Jews had to be destroyed. Mengele liked to whistle while he worked. However. except when interacting with his "twins" he was otherwise described as detached, haughty, and coldly cruel. Some of Mengele's experiments included the dissection of live infants, children, and adults; sex change operations and the castration of boys and men without the use of an anesthetic; and sterilization with the use of x-rays. On one occasion Mengele sterilized a group of Polish nuns with an X-ray machine, burning them horribly. In 1981, the West German Prosecutor's Office drew up 78 different indictments against Mengele, charging him with the most heinous and bestial crimes against humanity, including: Having actively and decisively taken part in selections in the prisoners' sick blocks, of such prisoners who through hunger, deprivations, exhaustion, sickness, disease, abuse or other reasons were unfit for work in the camp and whose speedy recovery was not envisaged ...Those selected were killed either through injections or firing squads or by painful suffocation to death through prussic acid in the gas chambers in order to make room in the camp for the "fit" prisoners, selected by him or other SS doctors ... The injections that killed were made with phenol, petrol, Evipal, chloroform, or air into the circulation, especially into the heart chamber, either with his own hands or he ordered the SS sanitary worker to do it while he watched." An Auschitz survivor recalled one incident where "a large group of SS officers arrived on motorcycles, Mengele among them. They drove into the yard and got off their motorcycles. Upon arriving they circled the flames" of a huge pit with burning logs. "After a while trucks arrived, dump trucks, with dozens of children inside. There were about ten of these trucks ... and the trucks backed up to the fire." The SS "started throwing those children right into the fire, into the pit. The children started to scream; some of them managed to crawl out of the burning pit. An officer walked around it with sticks and pushed back those who managed to get out." Another surviving Auschwitz prisoner, Alex Dekel states: "I have never accepted the fact that Mengele himself believed he was doing serious work - not from the slipshod way he went about it. He was only exercising his power. Mengele ran a butcher shop -- major surgeries were performed without anesthesia. Once, I witnessed a stomach operation -- Mengele was removing pieces from the stomach, but without any anesthetic. Another time, it was a heart that was removed, again, without anesthesia. It was horrifying. Mengele was a doctor who became mad because of the power he was given. He professed to do what he did in the name of science, but it was a madness on his part." Mengele conducted "genetic experiments" on nearly 1500 sets of twins between 1943 and 1944. Twins were particularly useful because a set of twins share an identical gene pool and the one experimented on could thus be compared to his twin, or both could be subject to the same procedures to determine if the outcome would be identical. Mengele also picked out individuals with any other physical abnormalities including midgets, dwarfs, and hunchbacks. Thousands were murdered and their organs, eyeballs, heads, and limbs were often sent to the Rockefeller group at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute, where he also had an appointment as co-worker and an assistant to Otmar Verschuer: "My co-researcher in this research is my assistant the anthropologist and physician Mengele. He is serving as Hauptstuermfuehrer and camp doctor in the concentration camp Auschwitz." Following the war, Mengele escaped to Buenos Aires in 1949 and then lived in Paraguay and Brazil until his death by stroke in 1979.
21). Christopher Simpson, "Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects On the Cold War," Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, 1988.
22). M. Bar-Zohar, "The Hunt for the German Scientists," Barker, 1967; Josiah DuBois, "The Devil's Chemists," Beacon Press, 1952; "US on Policy German Scientists: The Early Cold War." Political Science Quarterly, 101, 1986; Gregg Herken & David James, "Doctors of Death," New York Times, 1/13/1994; Hubner, "The Americanization of Nazi Scientist," West, 9/25/1985; Linda Hunt, "US Coverup of Nazi Scientists." Bulletin of Atomic Scientists, April, 1985; Linda Hunt, "Arthur Rudolf, NASA and Dora." Moment, 4/1987; "NASA's Nazis," Nation, May 23, 1987.
23). Robert Jay Lifton, "The Nazi Doctors: Medical Killing and the Psychology of Genocide," Basic Books, 1986; Alexander Mitscherlich, & Fred Mielke, "Doctors of Infamy," Schuman, 1949; Leslie Simon, "German Research in World War!!," Wiley, 1947; A.D. Beyerchen, "Scientists Under Hitler," Yale Univ. Press, 1977; Gregg Herken & David James, "Doctors of Death," New York Times, 1/13/1994; Josiah DuBois, "The Devil's Chemists," Beacon Press, 1952.
24). US Department of the Air Force. German Aviation Medicine: World War II. Government Printing Office, 1950.
25). Linda Hunt, "Arthur Rudolf, NASA and Dora." Moment, 4/1987; Linda Hunt, "NASA's Nazis," Nation, May 23, 1987.
26). "Nazis and Axis Collaborators Were Used to Further US Anti- Communist Objectives in Europe-Some Immigrated to the United States," Government Printing Office, 1985; "Widespread Conspiracy to Obstruct Probes of Alleged Nazi War Criminals Not Supported by Available Evidence- Controversy May Continue," Government Printing Office, 1978.
27). The Joint Chiefs of Staff justified the use of Nazi scientists as "a form of exploitation of chosen rare minds whose continuing intellectual productivity we wish to use." As summed up by Colonel Montie Cone, head of G-2: "From a military point of view, we knew that these people were invaluable to us. Just think what we have from their research all of our satellites, jet aircraft, rockets, almost everything else."
28). US Senate, Ninety-fifth Congress, Hearings before the Subcommittee on Health and Scientific Research of the Committee on Human Resources, Biological Testing Involving Human Subjects by the Department of Defense, 1977; released as US Army Activities in the US Biological Warfare Programs, Volumes One and Two. 24 February 1977. In Senate hearings on Health and Scientific Research, held in 1977, it was confirmed that 239 populated areas had been contaminated with biological agents between 1949 and 1969, including San Francisco, Washington, D.C., Key West, Panama City, Minneapolis, and St. Louis. America attacked by chemical agents.
29). National Security Archives, Gelman Library, The George Washington University: "Inventory: CIA Behavior Experiments Collection (John Marks Donation) Date Range: 1940s-1970s. Box # 1 - Artichoke Documents- MKULTRA DOCS I-57; Box #2 Subprojects 42-57: MKULTRA; Box # 3 C-30 Project MUDHEN, Subprojects 58-78; Box # 4 Subprojects 79-130: MKULTRA; Box # 5 Subproject 131-149: MKULTRA; Box # 5 ARTICHOKE Docs 38-461; Box # 6 MKSEARCH 6,2,S,S-14, 6,4,3, S- 3, Subproject 107: MKULTRA, ARTICHOKE Docs 59-155; Box # 7, Hypnosis, LSD; Box # 8, Magic, Parapsychology; Box 9 (placebos, safe houses, Psychosurgery, sensory deprivation; Box # 10, CIA Behavior Modification Reports; Box # 11 includes a report by USAF Lieutenant Colonel Robert P. Kadlek, "Twenty-First Century Germ Warfare" and which includes the following statement: 'Using biological weapons under the cover of an endemic or natural disease occurrence provides an attacker the potential for plausible denial." See also, 94th Congress, 2d Session Senate Report No. 94-755, Foreign and Military Intelligence, Book I, "MKNAOMI was another major CIA program ...To stockpile severely incapacitating and lethal materials for the specific use of TSD [Technical Services Division]. To maintain in operational readiness special and unique items for the dissemination of biological and chemical materials. To provide for 'the required surveillance, testing, upgrading, and evaluation of materials and items in order to assure absence of defects and complete predictability of results to be expected under operational conditions." In this Congressional report it is also noted that "Under an agreement reached with the Army in 1952, the Special Operations Division (SOD) at Fort Detrick was to assist CIA in developing, testing, and maintaining biological agents and delivery systems. By this agreement, CIA acquired the knowledge, skill, and facilities of the Army to develop biological weapons suited for CIA use." It further details project MKULTRA was "the principal CIA program involving the research and development of chemical and biological agents" and that 'The research and development of materials to be used for altering human behavior consisted of three phases ... [including] ... the application of MKULTRA materials in normal life settings."
30). John Marks, "The Search For The Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control, The Secret History of the Behavioral Sciences," W. W. Norton, 1979.
31). Phoenix Gazette, 7/19/1994, "Damaged Kids, Sterile Women May be Victims of Army Tests."
32). Cockburn New Statesmen. 1/28/94; Cliff Honicker, Washington Post 6/19/94.
33). Christopher Simpson, "Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects On the Cold War," Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, 1988; Tom Bower, "The paperclip conspiracy: the hunt for the Nazi scientists," Little, Brown, 1987; Charles R. Allen, Jr. Nazi war criminals in America : facts-action: the basic handbook," Highgate House, 1985; Clarence Lasby, "Project Paperclip; German scientists and the Cold War," Atheneum, 1971; Burton Hersh, "The Old Boys: The American Elite and the Origins of the CIA," Tree Farm Books, 2001. Christopher Simpson, "Blowback." T. H. Tetens, "The New Germany and the Old Nazis."
34). National Security Archives, Gelman Library, The George Washington University: "Inventory: CIA Behavior Experiments Collection (John Marks Donation), Subproject 36: MKULTRA: Cuba Chapter Conference, Consultant, Subproject involving getting a man on a diverted freighter, Subproject 37: MKULTRA: Collection of Botanicals; Subproject 93: MKULTRA: Toxin Study -- Cuba Chapter; Subproject 99: MKULTRA: Optics mixed with Biological Warfare -- Cuba Chapter.
35). J.A. Mobley, "Biological warfare in the twentieth century: Lessons from the past, challenges for the future. Military Medicine, 160:547- 553, 1995; M. Rolicka "New studies disputing allegations of bacteriological warfare during the Korean War. Military Medicine, 160:97-100, 1995.
36). Toronto Star, 5/15/1997.
37). Jerome Willik Shawn, "Dioxins and Agent Orange: Index of New Information With Clinical and Research Results," ABBE Publishers Association of Washington, DC, 1995.
38). Fred A. Wilcox, "Waiting for an Anny to Die: The Tragedy of Agent Orange," Seven Locks Press, 1989; Peter H. Schuck, "Agent Orange on Trial," Harvard Univ Press, 1987.
39). Ronald Reagan, "Message to the Congress Transmitting a Report and a Fact Sheet on Soviet Noncompliance With Arms Control Agreements, 1/23/1984, To the Congress of the United States."
40). 98th Congress, 1st Session, November 4, 1983, Defense Appropriations, Salt II Compliance, Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1984 (H.R. 4185).
40). Susan Wright (editor) "Preventing a biological arms Race," Cambridge London, MIT Press, 1990; Susan Wright, Evolution of biological warfare policy, 1945-1990, In Preventing a biological arms Race. Cambridge London, MIT Press, 1990; Charles Piller, K. R. Yamamoto, The US Biological defense research program in the I980s, in Preventing a biological arms Race. Cambridge London, MIT Press, 1990; Joseph D. Douglas, "America the vulnerable. Lexington, 1987; Laurence Pringle, "Chemical and Biological Warfare: The Cruelest Weapons," Enslow Publishers, 1999.
41). Laurence Pringle, "Chemical and Biological Warfare: The Cruelest Weapons," Enslow Publishers, 1999.
42). Sharon Stevens, Miami Herald; Amy 1. Nelson, Karol S. Elias, E. Arevalo G., Lee C. Darlington, and Bryan A. Bailey, "Genetic Characterization by RAPD Analysis of Isolates of Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. erythroxyli Associated with an Emerging Epidemic in Peru," Mychoherbicide.net, 9/9/1997.
43). Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Dengue type 3 infection- Nicaragua and Panama, October-November 1994. MMWR 1995;44:21-4; CDC, Dengue Fever, Division of Vector-Borne Infectious Diseases 200 1 Dengue/Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever: The Emergence of a Global Health Problem April-June 1995; see also Paul Rogers, Simon Whitby, and Malcolm Dando, "Biological Warfare Against Crops" Scientific American 6/1999.
44). Ed Vulliamy, London Observer, 7/2/2000. 45). Associated Press, 9/5/2001; Pravda, "Secret Pentagon Germ Factory," 9/7/2001; The Times (London), "Secret US germ tests threat to treaty," 9/5/2001.
46). Thomas E. Ricks & Vernon Loeb, "Bush Developing Military Policy Of Striking First New Doctrine Addresses Terrorism," Washington Post, 6/10/2002.
47). San Jose Mercury News, 7/14/2002.
48). United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit Final Report of the Independent Counsel for Iran/Contra Matters Lawrence E. Welch, Independent Counsel, August 4, 1993, Washington D.C. Volume 1. Investigations and Prosecutions; President's Special Review Board, "The Tower Commission," Bantam Books/Times Books, 1987; Bob Woodward & Carl Bernstein, "All the President's Men."
49). ABC News, 9/27/2001.
50). Bayer is a major investor in the Carlyle Group, which is headed by former assistant CIA director and former Reagan-Bush Secretary of Defense, Frank Carlucci. George H.W. Bush is a consultant for Carlyle, and his consultant fees are paid back into Carlyle in return for stock.
51). Richard Sasuly, "IG Farben." -Senator Claude Pepper, forward to Richard Sasuly, "IG Farben." Joseph Borkin, "The Crime and Punishment of IG. Farben," 1978.
52). Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review; John Loftus and Mark Aarons. "The Secret War Against The Jews" St. Martins Press, New York, 1994; Charles Higham, 'Trading with the Enemy: An Expose of the Nazi-American Money Plot 1933-1949," Delacorte Press, 1983; As detailed by Robert Lederman in the Philadelphia City Paper (1/18/01) "banks and shipping companies operated by the Bush family" invested millions of dollars into IG Farben. It is IG Farben, which produced the poison gas Zyklon B which was used to murder Jews, Gypsies, Russians and so on. IG Farben built and operated, in conjunction with Himmler's SS, more than 40 concentration camps, including Auschwitz. Presto Bush, the vice-president of Harriman and Co. and president of Union Banking, became one of the directors of the Hamburg-Amerika line. Hamburg-Amerika Line, was a Nazi front-company whose partners included IG. Farben.
53). Tom Mangold & Jeff Goldberg, "Plague Wars: A True Story of Biological Warfare," St. Martin's Press; 2000; Laurence Pringle, "Chemical and Biological Warfare: The Cruelest Weapons," Enslow Publishers, 1999; Stephen Endicott & Edward Hagerman, "The United States and Biological Warfare," Indiana University Press, 1999.
54). Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review; Emanuel Josephson, "Rockefeller 'Internationalist,''' Chedney Press, 1952. Bush, Harriman and Rockefeller were partners in various ventures. Whereas Rockefeller and the Harrimans funded eugenics research, Bush and Harriman also conspired to bring Nazis into the U.S. to give speeches favoring eugenics. See also testimony of Capt. Frederick C. Mensing, John Schroeder, Paul von Lilienfeld-Toal, "Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain Other Propaganda Activities," Public Hearings before A Subcommittee of the Special Committee on Un-American Activities, United States House of Representatives, Seventy Third Congress, New York City, July 9-12, 1934 -- Hearings No. 73-NY-7, Washington: U.S. Govt. Printing Office, 1934.
55). Letters to and from Averell Harriman, the principle partner, in the Hamburg-American Line, frequently make references to eugenics. These include letters to and Dr. Charles B. Davenport, President, The International Congress of Eugenics. Cold Spring Harbor, L.I., N.Y. (e.g., letter of January 21, 1932 from Harriman to Davenport: I will be only too glad to put you in touch with the Hamburg-American Line." Letter of January 23, 1932 from Davinport to Harriman: "Thank you very much for the action you took which I hope will enable more of our German colleagues to come to America on the occasion of the congresses of eugenics and genetics. In 1934, congressional hearings established that Hamburg-Amerika was transporting Nazis into America who were distributing and promoting Nazi propaganda and giving speeches promoting eugenics (See Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain Other Propaganda Activities, U.S. Congress, 1934).
56). Stefan Kuhl, "The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism," Oxford Univ Press, 2002. As detailed in this book, American scientists, social theorists, and America's royal families, inspired and applauded Nazi racist ideology. A 1907 Indiana law permitting the sterilization ofthe mentally handicapped predated and served as a model for Germany's 1933 Law on Preventing Hereditarily III Progeny. The 1924 American Immigration Restriction Act was later praised by Adolf Hitler in his book, Mein Kampf. With the help of the Harrimans and Rockefellers, German theorists came to the U.S. seeking international legitimacy: it unfortunately proved an influential model, not only intellectually but politically. The Rockefeller Foundation and Jewish philanthropist James Loeb helped fund major eugenics institutes in Germany, including the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity. See also, Wendy Kline, "Building a Better Race: Gender, Sexuality, and Eugenics from the Turn of the Century to the Baby Boom," University of California Press, 2001.
57). See, Rockefeller Collection, Title Rockefeller/Eugenics, Stacking Code GC/88, AccNo 239, box 1: Includes copies of correspondence from the Rockefeller Family Archives, pertaining to support given to the English Eugenics Society for their researches in birth control and eugenics, 1934-1940.
58). Wendy Kline, "Building a Better Race: Gender, Sexuality, and Eugenics from the Turn of the Century to the Baby Boom," University of California Press, 2001; Stefan Kuhl, "The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism," Oxford Univ Press, 2002.
59). Philip R. Reilly, Gerald N. Grob, "The Surgical Solution: A History of Involuntary Sterilization in the United States," Johns Hopkins Univ Press, 1991.
60). The Guardian 8/4/2002.
61). Heinz Hohne. The Order of the Death's Head." Ballantine, New York. 1967; J. Toland. "Adolf Hitler," Doubleday, New York, 1976; W. L. Shirer. "The Rise & Fall of the Third Reich." Fawcett World Library, New York, 1960.
62). Congressional Record for Bush speech in the House of Representatives, Sept. 4, 1969. See also Bush Task Force testimony 8/5/69. After he became President, sterilization became his administrations "first choice" of reducing the population in third world countries (Joanne Grossi, USAID's Population Office, July 16, 1991). Under his administration, the U.S. government paid for the surgical sterilization of undesirables in Mexico, the Caribbean, Puerto Rico, Panama, Brazil, and India (Nafis Sadik, "The State of World Population," New York, United Nations Population Fund; User's Guide to the Office of Population, 1991, Office of Population, Bureau for Science and Technology, United States Agency for International Development).
63). Military Review, 11/1970.
64). "Synthetic Biological Agents," 7/111969; United States Senate Library, U.S. Government Printing Office.
65). Department of Defense Appropriations for 1970 H.B. 15090; Hearings before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations, House of Representative, Ninety-First Congress, First Session, Subcommittee on Department of Defense, George H. Mahon, Texas, Chairman.
66). "Special Virus Cancer Program: Progress Report No. 8," prepared by the National Cancer Institute, Viral Oncology, Etiology Area, July 1971, submitted to NIH Annual Report in May 1971, updated July 1971.
67). The War Reserve Service (WRS) was formed under the direction of George W. Merk, of the Merk Company, a pharmaceutical firm, in 1942, for the purpose of conducting biological warfare agents. Through the WRS, so many promising biological agents were discovered, and the research program grew so rapidly, that the Army Chemical Corps decided to relocate much of this work to Camp Detrick, Frederick, Maryland, which then became a primary site for research and development. By 1946, according to the War Department, "there occurred sixty cases of proven infection caused by accidental exposure to virulent biological warfare agents which required treatment ...and ... 159 accidental exposures to agents of unknown concentrations." Merck continued research with the CIA well into the 19505, see National Security Archives, Gelman Library, The George Washington University: "Inventory: CIA Behavior Experiments Collection (John Marks Donation), Box # 8 "Magic: Mulholland: George Merck: University of Minnesota: Miscellaneous: MKDELTA: ARTICHOKE Docs/ Clips: MKDELTA." Also of interest: Box # II which includes a paper entitled "Twenty-First Century Germ Warfare" by USAF Lieutenant Colonel Robert P. Kadlek "Using biological weapons under the cover of an endemic or natural disease occurrence provides an attacker the potential for plausible denial."
68). Jakob Segal, "AIDS: USA Home-made evil." A 1985 report in the journal Science (227: 173-177), also indicates that HTLV and are very similar, indicating a close taxonomic relationship.
69). G. Williams et al., Lancet ii, 951. 1960.
70). T. Curtis, Rolling Stone, no. 626, 3/19/1992); T. Curtis, Washington Post, 4/5/1992; Edward Hooper, "The Dark River: A Journey to the Source of HIV and AIDS," Little, Brown, 1999. These articles and this book were in part based on discoveries made in the late 19805, by Louis Pascal who found that ground zero for the initial onset of the AIDs epidemic and for the greatest concentration of AIDs cases at that time, was in the same regions in which an experimental oral polio vaccine had been administered to Africans, central Africa It was argued that Hilary Koprowski, in growing his experimental polio vaccine, used monkey kidney tissue infected with SV40.
71). Hilary Koprowski, "AIDS and the Polio Vaccine," Science, 257, 8/21/1992.
72). Science, 286, 12/24/1999.
73). "A tribute to Hilary Koprowski, Scientist, Musician, and Friend," July 19, 1982, No. 29, Wistar Institute, Garfield Library University of Pennsylvania.
74). The Rockefeller Foundation and Jewish philanthropist James Loeb helped fund major eugenics institutes in Germany, including the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics and Human Heredity. With the help of the Harrimans and Rockefellers, German theorists came to the U.S. seeking international legitimacy: it unfortunately proved an influential model, not only intellectually but politically. See also, Stefan Kuhl, "The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism," Oxford Univ Press, 2002.
75). From 1927 to 1941, Dulles worked as lawyer and international finance specialist for Sullivan & Cromwell, a Wall Street law firm in New York. Dulles performed work for Bush, Harriman, and Rockefeller in setting up business relationships with the Nazis and with top Nazi industrialists and played a pivotal role in promoting U.S.-Nazi corporate relations including those between the Rockefellers and IG. Farben. Allen Dulles was also legal counsel for Standard Oil and the Nazi's I. G. Farben, co-owned by the Rockefellers. Dulles was recruited by OSS intelligence chief Colonel William J. Donovan, in 1941, and was posted to Berne, Switzerland. Dulles was picked because of his great expertise on Germany which he acquired through his law firm during the 1930s. From October 1942 to May 1945, he gathered intelligence information on Nazi Germany related to all aspects of the war effort, including as it pertains to commerce, industry, espionage, and biological weapons.
76). The Washington Post, 2/2/1918; John Loftus and Mark Aarons. "The Secret War Against The Jews" St. Martins Press, New York, 1994; Charles Higham, "Trading with the Enemy: An Expose of the Nazi-American Money Plot 1933-1949," Delacorte Press, 1983; Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review; Anthony Sutton, "Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler," Eustace Mullins, "The World Order," 1980; Emanuel Josephson, "Rockefeller 'Internationalist,''' Chedney Press, 1952.
77). The World Health Organization, "AIDs, a Global Epidemic," and UNAIDS, an umbrella group for five U.N. agencies, the World Bank and the World Health Organization, provides much lower estimates. As of the year 2002, 42 million people have AIDs and that 29.4 million of them live in Africa. It should be stressed that these estimates are based only on those individuals who actually seek and receive treatment at official treatment facilities which keep these records.
78). In 1978, the Centers for Disease Control began running ads requesting the participation of promiscuous homosexual men to take part in an "Experimental Hepatitis B vaccine trials." The first experiments conducted by the CDC, began in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco. In 1981 the first cases of AIDS are confirmed in homosexual men in New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco, triggering speculation that AIDS may have been introduced via the Hepatitis B vaccine.
79). National Security Study Memorandum (NSSM) 200, April 1974, US National Security Adviser, Dr. Henry Kissinger (released in 1990 under the Freedom of Information Act), US National Archives. "Depopulation should be the highest priority of US foreign policy towards the Third World... reduction of the rate of population growth in these States is a matter of vital US national security."
80). Amnesty International (Index MDE 19/013/2000), 9/15/2000).
81). P. Manning, "Martin Bormann: Nazi in Exile," Lyle Stuart, 1981; According to Manning, on August 10, 1944, the Rockefeller-Farben partners transferred their "flight capital" to "safe havens" and affiliated German/ French, American, British and Swiss banks "for the new Germany." This secured "the sophisticated distribution of national and corporate assets to safe havens" throughout the world, funds which could be used to support further development of the "Neuordnung" (new order) for banking, defense, and the global petrochemical pharmaceutical industry. Merck was also a primary recipient of the Nazi "flight capital." Millions of dollars were deposited in Merck's accounts on August 10, 1944 at the time the company's President, George W. Merck, was America's biological weapons industry director.
82). Antony C. Sutton, "Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler."
83). U.S, War Department, "Elimination of German Resources."
84). IG Farben was also the eyes and ears of Nazi Germany, with the Berlin N.W. 7 office of IG. Farben serving as the key Nazi overseas espionage center. The espionage unit operated under Farben director Max Ilgner, nephew of IG. Farben president Hermann Schmitz. Max Ilgner and Hermann Schmitz were on the board of American IG., with fellow directors Henry Ford of Ford Motor Company, Paul Warburg of Bank of Manhattan, and Charles E. Mitchell of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. According to the War Department, Chemnyco, Inc., served as the U.S. arm of the Farben (VOWI) intelligence network and relied on German and American businessmen to steal industrial secrets, including even blueprints and detailed descriptions of whole industrial plants, which would then be sent to IG Farben headquarters. Germany's most effective intelligence agents were solid, respectable businessmen. The U.S. War Department also accused IG. Farben and its American associates such as Harriman and Bush of engaging in Nazi psychological and economic warfare through the dissemination of propaganda. See U.S. Congress, House of Representatives, Special Committee on Un-American Activities, Investigation of Nazi Propaganda Activities and Investigation of Certain other Propaganda Activities. 73rd Congress, 2nd Session, Hearings No. 73-DC-4. (Washington: Government Printing Office, 1934), Volume VIII, p. 7525.
85). New York Times, 10/21/1945 - "Use Dynamite, a new German law and four-power action by the Allied Control Council to smash the IG. Farben."
86). CIA-Nazis Burton Hersh, "The Old Boys: The American Elite and the Origins of the CIA," Tree Farm Books, 2001. Christopher Simpson, "Blowback." T. H. Tetens, "The New Germany and the Old Nazis;" Christopher Simpson, "Blowback: America's Recruitment of Nazis and Its Effects On the Cold War," Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, 1988; Tom Bower, "The paperclip conspiracy: the hunt for the Nazi scientists," Little, Brown, 1987; Charles R. Allen, Jr. Nazi war criminals in America: facts-action: the basic handbook," Highgate House, 1985; Clarence Lasby, "Project Paperclip; German scientists and the Cold War," Atheneum, 1971.
87). In 1939 six major concentration camps were constructed, complete with factories and surrounded by slave labor camps: Dachau, Sachsenhausen, Buchemwald, Mauthausen, FIossenburg, and Ravensbruck. These were followed by several major concentration camps which served as major industrial centers. These included, Auschwitz, Belsen and Dora where the V-1 and V-2 rockets were assembled in underground tunnels. Upon arriving at a slave labor camp, as they emerged from the crowded and cramped cattle cars, men, women, and children were sorted into three groups: 1) Men who were healthy enough to work as slaves -- most of whom could be counted on to survive for about six months before they became sick-. 2) Young attractive women who became whores in the whore houses which serviced SS guards and others. 3) Children, mothers, and men and women who were old or sickly, and who were usually immediately gassed to death and cremated. At the peak of operation, in September 1944, nearly 10 million civilians and prisoners of war worked as slave laborers. Prisoners of war included mostly Russian and Ukrainians, whereas over 7.5 million civilians from Poland, Russia, Ukraine, France, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Norway, Luxembourg, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Yugoslavia, Greece, Italy, Algeria, and other countries served as slaves.
88). "Walker v Bayer Corporation," 6,200 hemophiliacs who contracted AIDS after receiving blood transfusions, settled for $100,000 per claimant; see letter, Sally K. Richardson, Director Center for Medicaid and State Operations, 1/20/1998; See also, R.K. Massie, "Blood feud: A mother takes the hemophilia tragedy to court," The New Yorker, 6/16/1997.
89). JAMA, 4/15/1998; JAMA, 1/6/1996. In January 1999, and in response to pressure from the Pharmaceutical industry, the AMA fired JAMA-Editor-in-Chief Charles Lundberg.
90) K.P., O'Meara, "Investigative Report: Government ripoff on the Cipro deal," Washington Times, Insight Magazine, 11/26/2001.
91). D. Charlotte, "Rules relaxed in rush for a new smallpox vaccine," The Guardian, 10/25/2001.
92). According to investigator, Sherman Skolnick of Chicago, the Carlyle Group is a major investor in BioPort. We were unable to receive a confirmation or denial from BioPort or Carlyle. The major stock holders in the Carlyle Group include Frank Carlucci, former assistant director of the CIA and former Secretary of Defense; George H.W. Bush, Jim Bakker former Secretary of the Treasury, the bin Laden family, and Bayer AG.
93). A.J. Evenson & Tim Martin, Lansing State Journal, 9/28/2000.
94). Bill Hogan, Mother Jones Magazine, January/February 2002.
95). Barbara Hatch Rosenberg, "Analysis of the Anthrax Attacks," Federation of American Scientists, February 2002.
96). The Sun, October, 2001.
97). Associated Press, 10/4,5,8,10,12,16,18; New York Times, 10/ 12,16, 18; Washington Post, 10/12,16,18; Time Magazine, October, 2001; Newsweek, October, 2001; Neely Tucker & Avram Goldstein, "Anthrax Threat Takes A Wider Scope, New Cases Emerge: Some Mail Halted," The Washington Post, 10/24/2001.
98). BBC, "Malaysia requests anthrax attack evidence," 10/15/2001.
99). Joint House Senate Intelligence Committee, June-September, 2002.
100). London Telegraph, 10/16/2001; AP 10/16/2001.
101). W.J. Broad & David Johnston, "Bioterrorism, Report Linking Anthrax and Hijackers Is Investigated," New York Times, 3/23/2002.
102). New York Times, "Errors seen in FBI anthrax probe Destruction of university sample may have caused clues to be lost," 11/9/2001.
103) "We didn't recommend one way or another whether they should destroy it," said Larry Holmquist, a spokesman for the FBI in Omaha, Neb., which runs the bureau's Iowa operations. "But we did say it had no evidentiary basis."
104). American Free Press, "New FBI Head Is Old Bush Cover-Up Man," 8/20/2001; Federation of American Scientists.
105). The anthrax spores that contaminated the office of Senate Majority Leader Thomas A. Daschle's office were extremely small in size, between 1 to 3 microns in diameter. Grinding down an anthrax spore to this size is a first requirement for making "weapons grade" anthrax. In addition, the spores had been treated with a chemical additive to remove any electrostatic charges which might cause the particles to lump together. This technique is so sophisticated that only two or three nations are thought to have been capable of making it, i.e. the United States and Russia. The additives essentially "weaponized" the anthrax spores making it possible for them to be suspended in the air and thus more easily inhaled. The electrostatic problem was apparently solved by researchers at Fort Dietrick back in the 1960s. Bill Patrick, who developed the process at Fort Detrick holds at least five secret patents on these procedures. Army Maj. Gen. John Parker, commander of Fort Dietrick, disputes the possibility that these anthrax spores were weaponized or created at Fort Dietrick. He claims the spores are "rugged and clumpy." When samples from Fort Dietrick were sent to yet another facility, Battelle, a military contractor that does secret work for the Pentagon and CIA, what Battelle researchers didn't know, at first, was that scientists at Fort Detrick had irradiated the anthrax spores. In consequence, when Battelle processed its sample it got a lower value for virulence and dispersal qualities, and thus incorrectly concluded that the anthrax was not weapon's grade.
106). Lansing State Journal, 10/12/2001; Dave Eberhart, "Anthrax Vaccine Manufacturer Under Siege," NewsMax.com, 11/10/2001.
107). Tim Martin," Papers in Kabul linked to BioPort. Pakistan detains 2 men after anthrax documents were found in an office," 11/30/2001.
108). Newsweek, 6/4/2002; ABC News, 6/4/2002; CNN, 8/1/2002. Confirmed before joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002. As reported by Newsweek, 6/4/ 2002 and ABC News, 6/4/2002, and as reported before joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, the CIA tracked two of the 9/11 hijackers (al-Midhar and al-Hamzi) from Malaysia to the United States, and informed the FBI of their arrival in the U.S. in January 2000. Confirmed before joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
109). CNN, 8/1/2002, reported that "Jarrah had spent at least three weeks in January 2001 at an al-Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan." Upon completing his terrorist training, the CIA, which had been monitoring his movements, requested that intelligence officials based in the United Arab Emirates question him about "his terrorist activities."
110). Associated Press, "White House Mail Machine Has Anthrax," 10/23/2001.
111). Judicial Watch, 6/7/2002.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 4:11 am
PART 1 OF 2
Chapter 9: OSAMA BIN LADEN, AFGHANISTAN, TALIBAN, AL-QAEDA, FLORIDA & GEORGE BUSH, 1996
George H.W. Bush was riding high in the polls, in 1992, and he was looking forward to his re-election, and the election of his two sons who were seeking the governorships of Texas and Florida. He had every reason to believe he would easily be re-elected. The Soviet Union had ceased to exist on December 21, 1991. Najibullah, the former secret police chief and the communist leader of Afghanistan had been overthrown by the mujahideen and was now hiding out. Iraq had been defeated and was slowly being strangled to death through economic sanctions. And Bush had a 90% approval rating.
Bush, the CIA, the Department of Defense, were making long range plans for the establishment of the "new world order" (1) -- echoing the words of Adolf Hitler some 60 years before.
The "new world order" is, however, a "Hegelian" concept, and the Hegelian dialectic requires controlled conflict, between opposing parties (2): thesis - anti-thesis = Synthesis (the New World Order). For the last half of the 20th century, the communist Soviet Union had made up half of that equation. But in December, 1991, the Soviet Union, the communist threat, and the "Cold War," had died and ceased to exist.
Bush, the CIA, the bankers, arms merchants, and the Wall Street elite, needed a new boogey man, other than just Saddam Hussein.
So Bush and team met with his Saudi friends ...
And they plotted and they planned ...
The American people did not know it yet ...
Terrorism was coming home, courtesy of the CIA and George Bush's Saudi friends.
The CIA, during the Reagan and the first Bush administration, imported foreigners into this country, where they were trained to conduct terrorist acts (3, 4). These CIA-trained terrorists, were then unleashed on other countries, such as Nicaragua, Afghanistan, East Timor, Salvador, Columbia, and so on.
During the Reagan and the first Bush administration, the CIA and the Saudis, via Pakistan, were also funding the education and the training of "Holy Warriors" the Mujahideen, who would then go forth and murder women, children, old men, and shoot down and blow up commercial airlines. Although the vast majority of the Mujahideen were trained in Pakistan (5), some of the more promising candidates for terrorist training, those destined to take leadership roles, were brought to the United States (6).
According to Michael Springman, the former head of the American visa bureau in Jeddah: "While in Saudi Arabia, I was repeatedly ordered by high level State Dept. officials to issue visas to unqualified applicants. These were, essentially, people who had no ties either to Saudi Arabia or to their own country. I complained bitterly at the time there. I returned to the US, I complained to the State Dept. here, to the General Accounting Office, to the Bureau of Diplomatic Security and to the Inspector General's office. I was met with silence. What I was protesting was, in reality, an effort to bring recruits, rounded up by Osama Bin Laden, to the US for terrorist training by the CIA."
Some of them stayed.
But, on whose orders and why?
*******
The Saudis funded hundreds of madrassas (religious schools) many of which were located adjacent to the numerous squalid refugee camps in Pakistan where they preyed upon the tens of thousands of impoverished, unskilled young men who were without hope and without a future. This hopeless youth were lured to the madrassas which provided them a religious education that emphasized "jihad," "Islamism," "Wahhabism," and the harshest interpretations of Islam (7).
"Jihad" these young boys and men learned, meant holy war against all non-Muslim infidels. This training was in accordance with Ibn Taymiyya's classic and literal interpretation of jihad as laid out in his book, "al-Siyasa al-shariyya fi Islah al rai'i wa alra'iyya" (8). "Islamism" too emphasizes "jihad" and is likewise based in part on the work and thought of Ibn Taymiyya. Those adhering to Islamism believe it is permissible to kill those practicing other faiths including those Muslims who do not accept Sunni ideology, such as Shiits, Tajiks, Hazaras and Uzbeks.
"Jihad" is a religious duty (8,9,10).
"The command to participate in jihad and the mention of its merits occur repeatedly in the Koran and the Sunna. Jihad ... is the best voluntary act that man can perform ... Jihad implies all kinds of worship, both in its inner and outer forms. More than any other act it implies love and devotion for God, who is exalted ... trust in Him, surrender one's life and property to Him ... Since lawful warfare is essentially jihad and since its aim is that the religion is God's entirely and God's word is uppermost, therefore according to all Muslims, those who stand in the way of this aim must be fought" (10).
Their training complete, the Mujahideen were shipped off to Afghanistan, where they shot down civilian airliners with U.S.-supplied stinger missiles, and murdered doctors, nurses, teachers, and whipped and tortured women for not wearing the veil or for allowing a wisp of hair or a patch of bare skin to show (5, 6, 11).
AFGHANISTAN-PAKISTAN
For decades the oil men and the Saudis have been lusting after the oil rich Caspian Basin and the undeveloped oil-riches beneath the soil of the Soviet central Asian republics (Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Uzbekistan). However, the best oil-pipeline route to the Soviet underbelly, was, and is, through Afghanistan.
In the early 1970s, Afghanistan was being actively considered for international aid and assistance. "A model for development," recalled Amir Usman, a Pakistani ambassador in Afghanistan.
A lot of countries wanted a piece of the action.
Added Amir, "The Americans built the Kabul-Torkham road leading east to Pakistan and the Russians built the road to the Amu Darya leading north to the then-Soviet Union. It was a happy coexistence."
When it came to the Soviet Union, however, happy coexistence was not the aim of Republican foreign policy, which also explains the road being constructed to Pakistan. The ulterior goals of the United States were not so much to aid in the development of Afghanistan but to eliminate Soviet influence (28,30,31,32). Any oil pipeline that might someday link the oil-rich states to the sea, must pass through Afghanistan and then Pakistan. Pakistan was the key to Afghanistan and Pakistan never wanted an independent or Soviet-controlled Afghanistan. They wanted a Pakistani puppet.
However in 1973, the Soviets gained the upper hand, when a series of coups brought down Afghani King Mohammed Zahir Shah. A Marxist dictatorship later came to power in 1978.
*******
In the late 1970s, the CIA in conjunction with the Saudi Royal family, began to sketch out long ranged plans to destabilize Afghanistan, Iraq, and the southern Islamic states of the Soviet Union (28,30,31,32). It was believed that terror attacks and the importing of Sunni Wahhabism into these regions would create a Islamic fundamentalist uprising, causing the oil-rich southern states to break away (3,5). These uprisings, it was hoped would also cause the secular government of Iraq and the communist government of Afghanistan, to fall.
Once this was accomplished the oil of the Soviet central Asian republics could then be pumped along a pipeline leading across Afghanistan into Pakistan, and from there to the sea. Hence, not only the southern states, but Afghanistan would have to be freed from communist Soviet control.
The Soviets had been in Afghanistan since the Bolshevik revolution in 1919. When, a few years later, the Afghans broke the yoke of the English, the Russians invaded the country, setting up hospitals, schools, and telephone and telegraph communications systems (33). Nevertheless, the Brits remained interested parties and struggled with the Soviets to regain influence. They were soon joined by the Americans.
In 1929 Nader Shah became king of Afghanistan, and was then succeeded by his son Mohammed Zahir Shah who attempted to maintain a neutral relationship with the Soviets, the British, and the Americans. However, in 1947 when Pakistan became a state, the new Pakistani government began a political dispute with Afghanistan over the right of self-determination of the Pashtun and Baluch tribes who lived along the frontier between the two countries (43). Pakistan was making demands on Afghani territory. America and Britain began championing the Pakistani cause. Indeed, in 1953, Vice-President Nixon -- the Bush family's mouthpiece in the White House -- made a visit to Kabul and made demands that favored Pakistan which was aligned with Saudi Arabia, thus forcing Afghanistan into the arms of the Soviets (43).
In 1973 King Mohammed Zahir Shah was overthrown by his cousin, Prince Sardar Mohammad Daoud who made himself President. In April 1978 Daoud and his entire family were murdered during a bloody coup that also claimed the life of U.S. Ambassador Adolph "Spike" Dubs.
In 1978, the first Marxist government was established in Afghanistan (43).
In 1978, Osama bin Laden who was representing his family company in Istanbul, began working with the Saudi and Pakistani Intelligence Agencies, in conjunction with the CIA, providing support, funds and other assistance to develop an Afghani resistance movement that would overthrow the Soviet backed Afghan government (44). The "freedom fighters" would trek from Pakistan to Afghanistan along the roads constructed by the bin Ladens with the financial assistance of the Nixon-Ford, and the Bush CIA.
In 1979, the CIA and the Carter administration officially agreed to join in Saudi-backed efforts that were already underway in Afghanistan. As detailed by Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Adviser to the Carter Administration (13), in July 1979 the CIA and Carter administration began providing massive aid to the Afghan resistance in order to draw the Soviets into Afghanistan and to instill civil unrest in the central Asian countries it controlled.
As admitted by Brzezinski, "according to the official version of history, CIA aid to the mujahideen began during 1980 after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise: Indeed, it was July 3, 1979, that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. This aid was going to induce Soviet military intervention. We didn't push the Russians to intervene, but we knowingly increased the probability that they would."
As detailed by Peter Schweizer (12), "arms were being purchased on the international market with Saudi money and the CIA was flying them from Dhahran to Islamabad" where Osama bin Laden was headquartered. "The CIA was also flying in weapons and ammunition. Ten thousand tons of arms and ammunition were going through the channel every year. However, that this was done through the Wahhabi clan was top secret."
By 1979, Osama bin Laden had taken a leading role in recruiting "Arab-Muslim volunteers for Afghan's resistance against the Red Army" (34) and the launching of CIA-backed holy war which was to hopefully strip the oil rich regions of central Asia from the grasp of the Soviet Union. He was headquartered in Islamabad, the nexus for the intermingling of CIA, Pakistani, and Saudi support (45).
Islamabad, Pakistan, is the main route from the sea to Afghanistan, and Pakistan's rulers and the Pakistan military and Intelligence services were eager to play a role, not just because of the secret aid coming in from the Saudis and CIA, but the riches that would be theirs once a pipeline was built, linking the oil-rich Caspian basin with Pakistan -- a pipeline that would cross Afghanistan once these states were freed of Soviet control.
According to William Casey, Director of the CIA during the Reagan-Bush administration, the principle reason for training and funding the Afghan mujahideen, was to wage terrorism and war against the Soviet Union, "with Saudi cooperation," and to sow discord in the Soviet Central Asia, in order to stir an Islamic revolution and pry these states away from the Soviet sphere of influence (12).
As detailed by Casey (12): "The strategy included substantial financial and military support to the Afghan resistance, as well as supplying the mujahideen personnel to take the war into the Soviet Union itself with Saudi cooperation."
"Arms were being purchased on the international market with Saudi money and the CIA was flying them from Dhahran to Islamabad. The CIA was also flying in weapons and ammunition. Ten thousand tons of arms and ammunition were going through the channel every year" (12).
The CIA, under Reagan-Bush, also "ordered the Directorate of Operations to seek out and recruit Afghans living overseas to help run the international conduit of arms to the rebels." Hundreds of "Afghans were trained by the CIA in the art of international arms shipping" (12).
Soon covert assistance came to include sophisticated high tech military hardware, including "advanced night vision technology, special explosives and precision guided munitions" as well as "access to high-tech American intelligence" (5,12)
Saudi Arabia's King Faud, and other prominent Saudi families belonging to the Wahhabi clan, matched the CIA and the American government dollar for dollar in stirring up revolution not only in the incredibly oil rich Soviet states of Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Uzbekistan, but Afghanistan; and in this regard, the Saudis and the CIA, worked directly with Pakistan's Islamic government (45,46).
Why Pakistan and Afghanistan and not Iran?
Because the Muslim majority of Afghanistan, and the Muslim ruling class in Pakistan, were Sunni Muslims and thus closely associated with Sunni-Wahhabism (5). An oil pipeline, built across Afghanistan and Pakistan, would thus enable these states to become like oil-rich Saudi Arabia, as well as ruled by Muslims subscribing to the Wahhabi branch of Sunni Islam. By contrast, the Sunni-Wahhabis not only detested Iran, with its Shiit population, but hoped to someday conquer and convert its people to the Sunni branch of the Islamic faith (3,5).
Pakistan was therefore a key player, and the Saudi Royal family began pouring hundreds of millions of dollars into Pakistan to build, equip and staff hundreds of orthodox, fundamentalist, Islamic schools, the madrasahs.
A madrasah specializes in teaching students to memorize the Koran and to correctly perform Islamic rituals, and initially these schools were established to teach the sons of the Afghan Mujahideen, whose families were in refugee camps in Pakistan.
The madrasahs would be employed to train young men in the strict Wahhabism branch of Islam, and to turn out thousands of holy warriors willing to martyr themselves on the battlefields of Afghanistan.
At the end of their schooling these young men then received military training after which they were sent back into Afghanistan to wage war and to help create a unified Mujahideen and a unified Afghanistan. However, it was never in the cards for Afghanistan to become an independent state. Afghanistan was to be under the control of the royal family of Saudi Arabia and the Saudi-funded Pakistani Intelligence Service.
******
In addition to providing financial aid to the mujahideen, the Saudis and King Faud provided funds to boost their religious and anticommunist radio broadcasts into Afghanistan and Soviet Central Asia, the oil-rich underbelly of what had been the Soviet Union (12,13). One of the projects close to Faud's heart was the effort to support Islamic movements in Soviet Central Asia. This was done through the Wahhabi clan and was top secret (12).
Mujahideen fighters were becoming more deadly and more effective thanks to the numerous schools established in 1985 to train fighters in weapons use. Two-week courses in anti-tank and anti-aircraft guns, mine laying and lifting, demolitions, urban warfare and sabotage were offered for thousands of fighters. Twenty thousand mujahideen were being pumped out every year by these schools dubbed 'CIA U' by some wags" (12).
Before the end of the first term of the Reagan-Bush administration, the CIA had trained tens of thousands of mujahideen.
Central to this effort was the Saudis and the bin Ladens. Osama bin Laden had been working for the CIA and the Saudi Intelligence service since 1978 (14) -- the same year that George W. Bush founded Arbusto, an oil drilling company that the Saudis/bin Ladens invested in (15).
In 1988, bin Laden was given a new assignment. Osama became the main financier for "Maktab al-Khidamat" ("the Office of Services"), which recruited Muslims from around the world to serve Islam through charitable donations or to come forward to fight as "holy warriors" against the Soviets. This assignment enabled bin Laden to recruit and organize an international network of Islamic radicals, which in turn gave rise to al-Qaeda.
In 1988, al-Qaeda was born -- the same year G.H.W. Bush was elected president.
Al-Qaeda was to be the Islamic version of the CIA, with intelligence operatives and an intelligence network that would span the globe and infiltrate every conceivable Islamic terrorist organization in the world. In 1988, however, the main target remained the oil-rich central Asian states and the progressive and socialist government of Afghanistan.
As summed up by Schweizer (12): "Osama bin Laden's organization was incubated by the CIA in the 1980's when the largest-ever covert operation by the CIA was carried out in Afghanistan against a newly born progressive and socialist-oriented government and then against Soviet troops who had come to the defense of that government."
Essentially, the CIA provided a model of training that was retained and employed by Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda, an organization that was established in the year George H.W. Bush was elected President, 1988.
THE SAUDI-BIN LADENS
It is the key role of the Saudi royal family which explains why Osama bin Laden was chosen to lead this mission. As noted in previous chapters, the bin Ladens have maintained an exceptionally close relationship with the Saudi royal family since the 1930s. This relationship is not based just on business ties, but on friendship, trust and shared secrets and goals (47).
The sons of the Saudi royals and the bin Ladens have attended the same schools and have followed the same paths. However, this relationship was never limited to just the Saudis and bin Ladens but includes the Kashoggi brothers (whose father was the king's personal physician), and Kamal Adham the director of the Saudi services (under King Faisal). The bin Ladens, being part of this network, are thus not just friends and business partners, but trusted advisors who act according to the best interests of the Saudi royals (47).
Thus, whereas Saladin bin Laden and other Saudis had gone into business with the Bush family, Osama bin Laden was acting in concert with the Bush family fingers which not only gripped the CIA, but were playing it like a violin.
Osama bin Laden thus became a major player due to his family's close ties with the Bush family and the Saudi Royal family. Osama brought money and the expertise of his family's construction business to Afghanistan, and, again, with CIA assistance, constructed roads and tunnels and provided funds for arms and munitions (47). However, it was not just money for arms and religious training that bin Laden provided, for in addition to his expertise in construction, bin Laden was also an expert at propaganda.
In an interview in the deserts near Kandahar, Osama bin Laden explained: "My job is to inspire, to organize people. My job is to provoke people. I'm not doing it myself, but I'm preaching so that others will do it" (48).
Osama bin Laden was an expert at Hegelian manipulation. Osama used religion to manipulate the Mujahideen so that they were willing to martyr themselves for a goal that was never revealed to them: oil.
*******
In February of 1989, the Soviet Union, after having sustained incredible losses, decided to withdraw from Afghanistan. Afghanistan, with its numerous tribes and ethnic groups, dissolved into civil war, with different factions of Mujahideen murdering, raping, and destroying one another (46).
THE FRACTIOUS MUJAHIDEEN: CIVIL WAR
By the end of 1992, although George H.W. Bush was out of a job, the mission of the Brotherhood remained the same: the toppling of Saddam Hussein, the seizure of the Iraqi oil-fields, the installation of cooperative regime in Afghanistan, the grabbing of the central Asian oil-prize, and the creation of a New World Order -- a New Order that would be governed by the defense and petro-pharmaceutical industries, and the Wall Street elite.
In 1992, the likelihood of a New World Order, still seemed a world away.
Clinton had been elected president. Saddam was still in power, as was the communist regime in Kabul. The oil fields of Iraq and the south central Asian states were still years beyond reach.
Finally, in April of 1992, as the mujahideen advanced on Kabul, the capital, Dr. Najibullah was forced to resign as President of the Republic of Afghanistan (16). He had been forced out by turncoats in his own party, including General Abdul Rashid Dostum (17).
No lover of democracy, in the 1980s, Dostum had served as a communist union boss on an Afghan gas field, acting as a collaborator with invading Russian forces. Later, he became a major commander for Afghanistan's Communist dictatorship and then joined the communist government, serving as defense minister under President Najibullah. But in 1992 Dostum decided to mutiny, and his betrayal led directly to the downfall of Najibullah and the mass murder of tens of thousands of Afghans living in Kabul.
Dostum, leaders of the mujahideen and other opposition groups, formed an agreement, through the UN, for the establishment of a broad based government that would be led by Prime Minister Gulbuddin Hekmatyar and President Burhanuddin Rabbani. Najibullah, his wife and three daughters, spent the next four years hiding inside a United Nations compound.
However, because they belonged to so many different tribes and ethnic groups, the mujahideen couldn't stop fighting each other long enough to consolidate power (16). Indeed, in addition to the Pashtun majority, there were four other major ethnic groups all vying for power: the Tajik, Hazara, Uzbek, and Turkmen. And then there were the dozen or so other tribes which had battled against one another for generations: the Aimaq, Kirghiz, Wakhi, Farsiwan, Nuristani, Baluch, Brahui, Qizilbash, Kabuli, and Jat.
Even the UN brokered government was fractured. Prime Minister Gulbuddin Hekmatyar and President Burhanuddin Rabbani began scheming against one another from the start. Their disagreements and infighting contributed to a growing civil war which killed about 50,000 people (16).
The civil war in Afghanistan was completely contrary to what the Saudis, Pakistanis, or the CIA had hoped for. Although they never wanted an independent Afghanistan, the chaos which ensued prevented them from creating a Pakistani/Saudi puppet, making it impossible to establish the stability necessary for the construction of an oil pipeline.
The Saudis and Pakistan's Interior Ministry in Islamabad again turned to the madrassas to create a new, unified fighting force which would be trained and then unleashed on the warring tribes of Afghanistan (5,6,16,18). This decision apparently caused some dissent within Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency, which had run the Afghan operations since the late 1970s. The ISI were backing the regime of Prime Minister Hikmatyar which was at war with the Rabbani government. The ISI -- which represented Pakistan's military establishment -- also distrusted the Pakistani government of Benazir Bhutto, and were concerned that Bhutto might use this new fighting force for her own ends in Afghanistan (19).
The civil war in Afghanistan displaced tens of thousands of Afghans who, like their forebears, took up life inside the squalid refugee camps along the Pakistani-Afghan border. And like their forbears, the children of these refugees began studying, in increasingly larger numbers, in the numerous madrassas which had been established throughout Pakistan by the Saudis (5,6,16).
One of the largest and most important madrassas, "Jamiatul-Uloom-il-Islamiyyah," was located in Karachi. Over 8,000 students were enrolled, most from different nationalities. It has been said that future Taliban leader, Mullah Omar, studied at this seminary. Omar, in turn, was associated with Nabi Mohammadi's Harkat group, a "terrorist" organization which was funded by the Saudis.
The Saudis were coordinating the activities of the different madrassas, especially those belonging to the Wahhabi/Deobandi denominations (20). The intention was to form a cohesive group of students (Talibs) who could be trained, armed, and then unleashed on Afghanistan in order to purify the country of its corrupt Mujahideen leaders, and bring Afghanistan under Saudi/Pakistani control. Soon, a puritanical group of young men began to stream out of Pakistan into Afghanistan ( 16, 18, 19, 20). They were known as the Taliban ("the Koran students").
ENTER THE TALIBAN
The Taliban, led by Mullah Omar, stormed into Afghanistan in 1993, and in battle after battle they routed the mujahideen while serving Pakistani/Saudi needs. In November 1994, Benazir Bhutto utilized the Taliban to rescue a major trade caravan that had been captured and was being held for ransom by the local warlord of Kandahar.
The incredible success of the Taliban also caused a rethinking within Pakistan's ISI. The ISI joined with the Interior Ministry's special forces to train and equip the Taliban. However, much of that funding was coming from Saudi Arabia, as the Taliban were eating up almost $70 million a month.
On November 5, 1994, the Taliban captured Kandahar, and immediately set about establishing their brand of Islam on the conquered province. It was ordered that all girls and women were no longer to be educated nor allowed to work. Girls were allowed only to study the holy scriptures of the Koran -- and only up to age 8. Females could not leave their homes unless covered completely by a Burqa and accompanied by a male relative. The Taliban also banned music, movies, television, videos, kite flying, and the owning of pigeons, and ordered that all men must grow a beard and adopt Islamic names. Stoning, whipping, and executions became commonplace as the Taliban conquered more and more of Afghan territory (16,21)
The Saudis were most pleased with the Taliban's strict enforcement of the Wahhabi brand of Islam. By contrast, the Shiits and thus the Iranians, along with the Tajiks, Hazaras and Uzbeks, feared them as it was a common practice for the Taliban to murder Shiit men, women, and children -- including virgins who would be raped first, as it is against Islamic law to kill a virgin.
In September of 1996, after fierce fighting, the Taliban seized Jalalabad, Sarobi, Asadabad, and drove General Abdul Rashid Dostum from Kabul. As they retreated, General Dostum's fighters reportedly slaughtered over 30,000 people and raped young girls and mutilated their bodies and breasts (17). Dostum would later become an ally of the George W. Bush administration.
General Dostum escaped the Taliban. Najibullah was not so lucky. The Taliban tortured him, cut off his genitals which were stuffed into his mouth, and then hanged him and his brothers and assistants (16). On the same day, the Taliban installed a ruling council of six men (a shura) which was commanded by the one-eyed, 6' 6" tall, Mullah Mohammed Omar. Afghanistan had a new government which was ruled by the Taliban whose goal was to establish a pure Islamic state.
Iran, Russia, India, and the central Asian states all condemned the takeover. But not the U.S., Saudi Arabia or Pakistan. Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, and the United Arab Emirates gave diplomatic recognition to the Taliban. They were eager to do business with the Taliban, as Afghanistan held the key to the oil riches in the territories north of Afghan's border: Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Uzbekistan. The plan was, once Afghanistan was completely conquered and stabilized, an oil pipeline could be constructed, from the central Asian states, across Afghanistan, and then to Pakistan and thus to the sea and world markets.
Of course, there were other routes, such as through Russia or Iran -- but these were unacceptable to the Saudis, the U.S., and Pakistan. An oil pipeline, built across Afghanistan and Pakistan, would enable these states to become like oil-rich Saudi Arabia, as well as ruled by Muslims subscribing to the Wahhabi branch of Sunni Islam. By contrast, the Sunni-Wahhabis not only detested Iran, with its Shiit population, but hoped to someday conquer and convert its people to the Sunni branch of the Islamic faith.
Likewise, the U.S. had no interest in doing business with the Iranians, and thus favored the Afghanistan-Pakistan plan.
Islamabad, Pakistan, is the main route from Afghanistan to the sea, which is yet another reason Pakistan's rulers and the Pakistan military and Intelligence services helped to create and were eager to support the Taliban. A puppet-like Afghanistan would not only extend their control and power, but would serve as a conduit for incredible riches that would be theirs once a pipeline was built, linking the oil-rich Caspian basin and the central Asian states with Pakistan -- a pipeline that would cross Afghanistan once the Taliban conquered the country.
The Taliban, however, were not al-Qaeda. They were not only independent of Osama bin Laden, but as they continued to capture more and more of Afghanistan, and were closing in on Kabul, they were becoming more independent of Pakistan and Saudi Arabia (16). As they captured more of Afghanistan, that independence increased even though Saudi Arabia and King Faud were providing additional financial help.
An independent Afghanistan was not what Pakistan or Saudi Arabia desired (16). They wanted a puppet, and the Taliban were refusing to allow the Pakistanis or the Saudis to pull the strings. In fact, the Taliban were casting a disdainful eye upon Pakistan's democratic government, democracy being the anti-thesis of a pure Islamic state. Saudi Arabia was also drawing their ire, due to the presence of the American military on Islam's most holy shores.
By 1996, it had become apparent to the Pakistanis and the Saudis that they may have created a monster they could not control (16).
Enter bin Laden who had established his credentials as a "friend" to Afghanistan, during the 1980s.
His mission: to infiltrate the Taliban and to buy friends and influence with incredible sums of Saudi money coupled with propaganda laced with his new found religious zeal.
But for what purpose?
To destroy them, help them, or bring them to heal?
OSAMA BIN LADEN: DOUBLE AGENT
Osama bin Laden, born in 1957, was one of the youngest of the 54 sons and daughters of Sheik Mohammed bin Laden, a former bricklayer turned billionaire construction magnate. Sheik Mohammed bin Laden died in 1968, leaving Osama with approximately $25 million as inheritance (22).
Many of the bin Laden brothers have different nationalities -- if determined via the maternal line -- the result of Sheik Mohammed bin Laden's forming strategic international alliances through numerous marriages. Thus there is a "Syrian group" (headed by bin Laden brothers Bakr and Yehia), a "Lebanese group" (headed by Yeslam), and an "Egyptian group" (headed by Abdul Aziz). Osama bin Laden is of the "Saudi group," as he was born of a Saudi mother (23 -- though some accounts say his mother was from Yemen.
In 1972, the bin Laden organization was given a group structure and name: the "Binladen Brothers for Contracting and Industry." Although it is headquartered in Jiddahh, it is also represented in a number of capital cities including Beirut, Cairo, Amman, Dubai, Paris, and Geneva (23).
The Bin Laden group, although primarily a construction concern, also has holdings in agriculture, steel production and distribution, auto-manufacturing, and petro-pharmaceuticals. It was also a major investor in the Carlyle group (24), as well as in businesses owned or run by the Bush family (15).
After his father's death, Osama bin Laden moved to Beirut where some say he lived like a spoiled playboy. There are reports of heavy drinking and womanizing, and occasional fights with other spoiled playboys, over some small slight, or because of a woman (25).
However, he also studied engineering in college, an indication that he intended to take an active role in the family company.
In the late 1970s, he was given the opportunity to take a major role in the joint Saudi-CIA mission to recruit, equip and train Afghan freedom fighters.
Osama was chosen for several reasons, such as his family's very close relationship with the Saudi Royal family. Indeed, "the relationship between the bin Ladens and the Saudi royal family is quite exceptional in that its not simply one of business ties: it is also a relationship of trust, of friendship and of shared secrets. The ties of friendship binding bin Laden family members to King Faud and his brothers make them prime confidantes and advisors" (23).
And then there was another factor: The business relationship that had been established between the bin Ladens and the Bush family (15,24). As observed by PBS Frontline (24), there is evidence of "a long-standing connection of highly illegal behavior between the Bush and bin Laden families."
In the late 1970s and throughout the 1980s, Osama bin Laden was used as a recruiter, spymaster, and paymaster, buying "friends" and establishing relationships with a wide variety of Muslim groups throughout the world. Osama bin Laden apparently channeled hundreds of millions of dollars' worth of US/CIA and Saudi funds to the Afghan "freedom fighters" and other groups.
In 1988, the year George H.W. Bush was elected president, Osama used his international connections to establish al-Qaeda (the base).
In 1990, however, following Iraq's invasion of Kuwait, Osama bin Laden returned to Saudi Arabia. Osama wished to be part of any force that would repel Saddam, should he decide to invade Saudi Arabia.
To his chagrin, Osama's help would not be needed.
The United States was intending on stationing 230,000 American troops in Saudi Arabia to take up "defensive action" against Saddam Hussein as part of "Operation Desert Shield." This was to be followed by an additional 200,000 troops, who would be deployed to take offensive action by the U.S.-led coalition forces (26).
PRINCE BANDAR ON BIN LADEN
According to conventional wisdom, high ranking members of the Saudi military, the intelligence community, and the bin Laden and other powerful Arabian families, vehemently objected to American plans to establish military bases in Saudi Arabia (27). They argued that Saudi Arabia should defend itself, and that the presence of the Americans in Saudi Arabia would be an affront to Islam. Osama bin Laden, backed up by other leading families and members of the military, directly appealed to the Saudi royal family to rely on native fighters.
We have also been informed that King Faud was cool to the Bush plan to base hundreds of thousands of U.S. troops on Saudi soil, whereas Prince Bandar was pushing for the stationing of permanent U.S. ground troops, explaining to Faud that the troops would be necessary to protect Saudi Arabia from Iraq (27).
Prince Bandar, however. never believed that Iraq was a threat. Instead, he saw the presence of these troops as necessary to destroy Iraq, because "they betrayed us" (22).
As we also know, the Saud family has been eyeing Iraq for decades, as Iraq had at one time been part of Arabia. The Saudis not only wanted it back, but were offended by its secular government and the freedom provided to its women.
Prince Bandar also believed the U.S. would be useful for further joint military operations in the future. Indeed, Prince Bandar eagerly welcomed the U.S. because as he explained to PBS Frontline (22): "America has never been a colonizing power as far as we were concerned. Our relationship with America did not start in 1990. It started in the 1930s. And when the Americans came to Saudi Arabia, they didn't come as an invader. They came actually as a private sector, trying to help us find oil. They found the oil for us, and they've been our friends ever since."
Insofar as Bandar was concerned, this relationship was based on a business partnership, and he trusted his business partners, the Bush gang, to take care of his and their interests as they had been doing for half a century.
As detailed in chapter 6, Bandar was directly involved in working with Bush to illegally fund the Contras who were waging a bloody terrorist campaign in Nicaragua. According to the Final Report of the Independent Counsel for Iran/Contra Matters, "Bandar, Ambassador of Saudi Arabia, had earmarked $25 million for the contras in $5 million increments." This same report also accused Bandar of repeatedly making false statements in an attempt to cover up these illegal activities.
Prince Bandar, like George H.W. Bush, and the bin Ladens, is also a major investor in the Carlyle Group.
As to the Gulf War and Saddam Hussein, Prince Bandar explained that he welcomed the destruction of Iraq. "We felt we are the injured party. We are the one who stood up with Iraq and the Iraqi people. We are the one who brought the whole West to them .... They betrayed us. But my point here is, with all of that betrayal, we did not treat Saddam as a Muslim country ....We treated them as somebody who betrayed Islam and Arab culture and religion" (22).
For almost a century the Saudis had been lusting for Iraq, to "liberate" it from its secular rulers, to seize its oil reserves, and make it again a truly Islamic state that was part of Arabia and ruled and exploited by the Saud family. The United States' intention to attack Iraq, was thus a source of extreme delight to Bandar and his clan.
Prince Bandar also disputes any and all claims that Osama bin Laden was angry with Saudi policy toward the Americans. "Bin Laden used to come to us when America -- underline, America -- through the CIA and Saudi Arabia were helping our brother mujahideen in Afghanistan to get rid of the communist, secularist Soviet Union forces, to liberate them .... Osama bin Laden came and said, "Thank you. Thank you for bringing the Americans to help us to get rid of the secularist, atheist Soviets" (22).
Thus we are told by no less than one of the future kings of Saudi Arabia, Prince Bandar, that bin Laden did not hate the United States, nor did he object to the U.S. presence in Saudi Arabia. He welcomed the U.S. And why not? The U.S. had given him funds, equipment, prestige, and his family stood to make millions of dollars by constructing barracks, housing, and other facilities for the Americans before and after they arrived to fight Saddam. Indeed, even when the Kobie towers were destroyed by "terrorists," and American troops killed and injured, the U.S. and the Saudis hired the bin Ladens to build new facilities.
Why should Osama bin Laden object? His family had been in business with the Bush family for decades (15,24), and the U.S. had helped to make him and his family very rich.
Although the Bush administration and the corporate-controlled mass media wishes us to believe otherwise, no less than Prince Bandar, the Saudi government's official representative to the U.S., has told us that: "Osama bin Laden came and said, "Thank you. Thank you for bringing the Americans to help us.'"
*******
Saudi Arabia, bin Laden's homeland, was soon overwhelmed by more than half a million American troops -- many of which were there to stay indefinitely.
There was outrage throughout the Middle East.
Saudi Arabia is the home of Mecca -- Islam's holiest of sites -- and now the holy lands had been invaded and occupied by the American military.
This was sacrilege, an affront to god!
Worse, not only had the godless and polytheistic Americans invaded the Holy lands, but their women, female GIs, were prancing around "half naked," in shorts, revealing blouses, and with their faces painted with rouge and makeup.
These actions were an insufferable insult to the pious.
Female GIs, were soon ordered to dress more conservatively and to remain on base. But the damage was done.
The American infidels had arrived, bearing weapons, guns and innumerable gods. They had invaded the holy lands. It soon became clear that the Americans were here to stay.
Again, however, according to Prince Bandar (22), those who were unhappy with the American presence were in fact a minority.
As to bin Laden, Prince Bandar tells us, however, that the Saudi Royal family never considered Osama to be a threat. According to prince Bandar, Osama was "not expelled" from Saudi Arabia, but left on his own accord and went to the Sudan. "He left, but we didn't say, 'Get out.' He left." And when he moved to the Sudan he continued his relationship with his family who, along with the Saudi Royal family, did business with him in the Sudan (22).
During and after this same period, the bin Ladens and the Saudis were also still doing business with the Bush family and the Bush-connected Carlyle group. However, although bin Laden, who was also a business man, may have privately approved or at least accepted this relationship between his family and the Americans, publicly it was important that he maintain his persona as an Islamic purist, otherwise his credibility among those groups who truly hated America, would be lost.
BUSH & BIN LADENS: PARTNERS IN THE BUSINESS OF TERRORISM
The Bush family, the Saudis, and the bin Laden had established business relationships together back in the 1970s -- a relationship which included the illegal selling of arms to the terrorist regime of Iran, and the training of terrorists who were set loose on the men, women, and children of Central- and South America (see chapter 6).
In 1995, the bin Laden's again joined with the Bush family by becoming partners in the Carlyle Group, a well-connected Washington investment bank and defense consortium, whose director is former CIA deputy director and Secretary of Defense, Frank Carlucci. The bin Ladens made an initial investment of over 2 million dollars in the Carlyle Group (28).
George H.W. Bush is a highly paid consultant to the Carlyle Group. Mr. Bush generally receives $80,000 to $100,000 per speech -- money which is then placed in the Carlyle group's investment fund. In other words, Carlyle gives Bush money which Bush then invests in the Carlyle group.
Likewise, during this same time period, when Bush Jr. was governor of Texas, the board that he appointed took 10 million dollars of the Texas school teachers' pension funds and invested that in the Carlyle Group. Later, that same Bush appointed school board would up the ante to $100 million. Like his father, Bush Jr. was also being paid by the Carlyle Group. According to BBC News (29), before he became President, George W. Bush "received fees as director of a subsidiary of Carlyle," i.e., Caterair.
Thus George Jr. was paid by an investment group which included the bin Ladens.
As summed up by the Wall Street Journal (28): "Through this investment and its ties to Saudi royalty, the bin Laden family has become acquainted with some of the biggest names in the Republican Party."
Of course, this was nothing new. The bin Ladens had bought into the Bush family back in the 1970s (15,24). However, in the late 1990s, what the bin Ladens and the Carlyle Group were banking on was war -- a war on terrorism and a war on Afghanistan and then Iraq -- a war which would result in all concerned making a healthy return on their investments (30).
The bin Ladens had in fact already made money off terrorism. After Osama's al-Qaeda reportedly blew up the U.S. military barracks in Saudi Arabia, the bin Laden family was paid to rebuild it. Ignoring for the moment that the explosive used was traced back to the U.S. military, from a business perspective it is a rather neat trick to have a member of one's family blowing up buildings that the same family will be paid to rebuild. It is like starting fires in order to be paid to put them out.
As bin Laden once said: "This is not jihad. Its business."
According to the Wall Street Journal (28), increases in U.S. defense spending, or any war that might be launched because of the actions of Osama bin laden, would directly "benefit Osama's family. If the United States boosts defense spending in its quest to stop Saudi dissident Osama bin Laden's alleged terrorist activities, his family may be the unexpected beneficiary."
In 1996, Osama bin Laden, the business man, was sent to Afghanistan.
Chapter 9: OSAMA BIN LADEN, AFGHANISTAN, TALIBAN, AL-QAEDA, FLORIDA & GEORGE BUSH, 1996
George H.W. Bush was riding high in the polls, in 1992, and he was looking forward to his re-election, and the election of his two sons who were seeking the governorships of Texas and Florida. He had every reason to believe he would easily be re-elected. The Soviet Union had ceased to exist on December 21, 1991. Najibullah, the former secret police chief and the communist leader of Afghanistan had been overthrown by the mujahideen and was now hiding out. Iraq had been defeated and was slowly being strangled to death through economic sanctions. And Bush had a 90% approval rating.
Bush, the CIA, the Department of Defense, were making long range plans for the establishment of the "new world order" (1) -- echoing the words of Adolf Hitler some 60 years before.
The "new world order" is, however, a "Hegelian" concept, and the Hegelian dialectic requires controlled conflict, between opposing parties (2): thesis - anti-thesis = Synthesis (the New World Order). For the last half of the 20th century, the communist Soviet Union had made up half of that equation. But in December, 1991, the Soviet Union, the communist threat, and the "Cold War," had died and ceased to exist.
Bush, the CIA, the bankers, arms merchants, and the Wall Street elite, needed a new boogey man, other than just Saddam Hussein.
So Bush and team met with his Saudi friends ...
And they plotted and they planned ...
The American people did not know it yet ...
Terrorism was coming home, courtesy of the CIA and George Bush's Saudi friends.
The CIA, during the Reagan and the first Bush administration, imported foreigners into this country, where they were trained to conduct terrorist acts (3, 4). These CIA-trained terrorists, were then unleashed on other countries, such as Nicaragua, Afghanistan, East Timor, Salvador, Columbia, and so on.
During the Reagan and the first Bush administration, the CIA and the Saudis, via Pakistan, were also funding the education and the training of "Holy Warriors" the Mujahideen, who would then go forth and murder women, children, old men, and shoot down and blow up commercial airlines. Although the vast majority of the Mujahideen were trained in Pakistan (5), some of the more promising candidates for terrorist training, those destined to take leadership roles, were brought to the United States (6).
According to Michael Springman, the former head of the American visa bureau in Jeddah: "While in Saudi Arabia, I was repeatedly ordered by high level State Dept. officials to issue visas to unqualified applicants. These were, essentially, people who had no ties either to Saudi Arabia or to their own country. I complained bitterly at the time there. I returned to the US, I complained to the State Dept. here, to the General Accounting Office, to the Bureau of Diplomatic Security and to the Inspector General's office. I was met with silence. What I was protesting was, in reality, an effort to bring recruits, rounded up by Osama Bin Laden, to the US for terrorist training by the CIA."
Some of them stayed.
But, on whose orders and why?
*******
The Saudis funded hundreds of madrassas (religious schools) many of which were located adjacent to the numerous squalid refugee camps in Pakistan where they preyed upon the tens of thousands of impoverished, unskilled young men who were without hope and without a future. This hopeless youth were lured to the madrassas which provided them a religious education that emphasized "jihad," "Islamism," "Wahhabism," and the harshest interpretations of Islam (7).
"Jihad" these young boys and men learned, meant holy war against all non-Muslim infidels. This training was in accordance with Ibn Taymiyya's classic and literal interpretation of jihad as laid out in his book, "al-Siyasa al-shariyya fi Islah al rai'i wa alra'iyya" (8). "Islamism" too emphasizes "jihad" and is likewise based in part on the work and thought of Ibn Taymiyya. Those adhering to Islamism believe it is permissible to kill those practicing other faiths including those Muslims who do not accept Sunni ideology, such as Shiits, Tajiks, Hazaras and Uzbeks.
"Jihad" is a religious duty (8,9,10).
"The command to participate in jihad and the mention of its merits occur repeatedly in the Koran and the Sunna. Jihad ... is the best voluntary act that man can perform ... Jihad implies all kinds of worship, both in its inner and outer forms. More than any other act it implies love and devotion for God, who is exalted ... trust in Him, surrender one's life and property to Him ... Since lawful warfare is essentially jihad and since its aim is that the religion is God's entirely and God's word is uppermost, therefore according to all Muslims, those who stand in the way of this aim must be fought" (10).
Their training complete, the Mujahideen were shipped off to Afghanistan, where they shot down civilian airliners with U.S.-supplied stinger missiles, and murdered doctors, nurses, teachers, and whipped and tortured women for not wearing the veil or for allowing a wisp of hair or a patch of bare skin to show (5, 6, 11).
AFGHANISTAN-PAKISTAN
For decades the oil men and the Saudis have been lusting after the oil rich Caspian Basin and the undeveloped oil-riches beneath the soil of the Soviet central Asian republics (Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Uzbekistan). However, the best oil-pipeline route to the Soviet underbelly, was, and is, through Afghanistan.
In the early 1970s, Afghanistan was being actively considered for international aid and assistance. "A model for development," recalled Amir Usman, a Pakistani ambassador in Afghanistan.
A lot of countries wanted a piece of the action.
Added Amir, "The Americans built the Kabul-Torkham road leading east to Pakistan and the Russians built the road to the Amu Darya leading north to the then-Soviet Union. It was a happy coexistence."
When it came to the Soviet Union, however, happy coexistence was not the aim of Republican foreign policy, which also explains the road being constructed to Pakistan. The ulterior goals of the United States were not so much to aid in the development of Afghanistan but to eliminate Soviet influence (28,30,31,32). Any oil pipeline that might someday link the oil-rich states to the sea, must pass through Afghanistan and then Pakistan. Pakistan was the key to Afghanistan and Pakistan never wanted an independent or Soviet-controlled Afghanistan. They wanted a Pakistani puppet.
However in 1973, the Soviets gained the upper hand, when a series of coups brought down Afghani King Mohammed Zahir Shah. A Marxist dictatorship later came to power in 1978.
*******
In the late 1970s, the CIA in conjunction with the Saudi Royal family, began to sketch out long ranged plans to destabilize Afghanistan, Iraq, and the southern Islamic states of the Soviet Union (28,30,31,32). It was believed that terror attacks and the importing of Sunni Wahhabism into these regions would create a Islamic fundamentalist uprising, causing the oil-rich southern states to break away (3,5). These uprisings, it was hoped would also cause the secular government of Iraq and the communist government of Afghanistan, to fall.
Once this was accomplished the oil of the Soviet central Asian republics could then be pumped along a pipeline leading across Afghanistan into Pakistan, and from there to the sea. Hence, not only the southern states, but Afghanistan would have to be freed from communist Soviet control.
The Soviets had been in Afghanistan since the Bolshevik revolution in 1919. When, a few years later, the Afghans broke the yoke of the English, the Russians invaded the country, setting up hospitals, schools, and telephone and telegraph communications systems (33). Nevertheless, the Brits remained interested parties and struggled with the Soviets to regain influence. They were soon joined by the Americans.
In 1929 Nader Shah became king of Afghanistan, and was then succeeded by his son Mohammed Zahir Shah who attempted to maintain a neutral relationship with the Soviets, the British, and the Americans. However, in 1947 when Pakistan became a state, the new Pakistani government began a political dispute with Afghanistan over the right of self-determination of the Pashtun and Baluch tribes who lived along the frontier between the two countries (43). Pakistan was making demands on Afghani territory. America and Britain began championing the Pakistani cause. Indeed, in 1953, Vice-President Nixon -- the Bush family's mouthpiece in the White House -- made a visit to Kabul and made demands that favored Pakistan which was aligned with Saudi Arabia, thus forcing Afghanistan into the arms of the Soviets (43).
In 1973 King Mohammed Zahir Shah was overthrown by his cousin, Prince Sardar Mohammad Daoud who made himself President. In April 1978 Daoud and his entire family were murdered during a bloody coup that also claimed the life of U.S. Ambassador Adolph "Spike" Dubs.
In 1978, the first Marxist government was established in Afghanistan (43).
In 1978, Osama bin Laden who was representing his family company in Istanbul, began working with the Saudi and Pakistani Intelligence Agencies, in conjunction with the CIA, providing support, funds and other assistance to develop an Afghani resistance movement that would overthrow the Soviet backed Afghan government (44). The "freedom fighters" would trek from Pakistan to Afghanistan along the roads constructed by the bin Ladens with the financial assistance of the Nixon-Ford, and the Bush CIA.
In 1979, the CIA and the Carter administration officially agreed to join in Saudi-backed efforts that were already underway in Afghanistan. As detailed by Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Adviser to the Carter Administration (13), in July 1979 the CIA and Carter administration began providing massive aid to the Afghan resistance in order to draw the Soviets into Afghanistan and to instill civil unrest in the central Asian countries it controlled.
As admitted by Brzezinski, "according to the official version of history, CIA aid to the mujahideen began during 1980 after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise: Indeed, it was July 3, 1979, that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. This aid was going to induce Soviet military intervention. We didn't push the Russians to intervene, but we knowingly increased the probability that they would."
As detailed by Peter Schweizer (12), "arms were being purchased on the international market with Saudi money and the CIA was flying them from Dhahran to Islamabad" where Osama bin Laden was headquartered. "The CIA was also flying in weapons and ammunition. Ten thousand tons of arms and ammunition were going through the channel every year. However, that this was done through the Wahhabi clan was top secret."
By 1979, Osama bin Laden had taken a leading role in recruiting "Arab-Muslim volunteers for Afghan's resistance against the Red Army" (34) and the launching of CIA-backed holy war which was to hopefully strip the oil rich regions of central Asia from the grasp of the Soviet Union. He was headquartered in Islamabad, the nexus for the intermingling of CIA, Pakistani, and Saudi support (45).
Islamabad, Pakistan, is the main route from the sea to Afghanistan, and Pakistan's rulers and the Pakistan military and Intelligence services were eager to play a role, not just because of the secret aid coming in from the Saudis and CIA, but the riches that would be theirs once a pipeline was built, linking the oil-rich Caspian basin with Pakistan -- a pipeline that would cross Afghanistan once these states were freed of Soviet control.
According to William Casey, Director of the CIA during the Reagan-Bush administration, the principle reason for training and funding the Afghan mujahideen, was to wage terrorism and war against the Soviet Union, "with Saudi cooperation," and to sow discord in the Soviet Central Asia, in order to stir an Islamic revolution and pry these states away from the Soviet sphere of influence (12).
As detailed by Casey (12): "The strategy included substantial financial and military support to the Afghan resistance, as well as supplying the mujahideen personnel to take the war into the Soviet Union itself with Saudi cooperation."
"Arms were being purchased on the international market with Saudi money and the CIA was flying them from Dhahran to Islamabad. The CIA was also flying in weapons and ammunition. Ten thousand tons of arms and ammunition were going through the channel every year" (12).
The CIA, under Reagan-Bush, also "ordered the Directorate of Operations to seek out and recruit Afghans living overseas to help run the international conduit of arms to the rebels." Hundreds of "Afghans were trained by the CIA in the art of international arms shipping" (12).
Soon covert assistance came to include sophisticated high tech military hardware, including "advanced night vision technology, special explosives and precision guided munitions" as well as "access to high-tech American intelligence" (5,12)
Saudi Arabia's King Faud, and other prominent Saudi families belonging to the Wahhabi clan, matched the CIA and the American government dollar for dollar in stirring up revolution not only in the incredibly oil rich Soviet states of Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Uzbekistan, but Afghanistan; and in this regard, the Saudis and the CIA, worked directly with Pakistan's Islamic government (45,46).
Why Pakistan and Afghanistan and not Iran?
Because the Muslim majority of Afghanistan, and the Muslim ruling class in Pakistan, were Sunni Muslims and thus closely associated with Sunni-Wahhabism (5). An oil pipeline, built across Afghanistan and Pakistan, would thus enable these states to become like oil-rich Saudi Arabia, as well as ruled by Muslims subscribing to the Wahhabi branch of Sunni Islam. By contrast, the Sunni-Wahhabis not only detested Iran, with its Shiit population, but hoped to someday conquer and convert its people to the Sunni branch of the Islamic faith (3,5).
Pakistan was therefore a key player, and the Saudi Royal family began pouring hundreds of millions of dollars into Pakistan to build, equip and staff hundreds of orthodox, fundamentalist, Islamic schools, the madrasahs.
A madrasah specializes in teaching students to memorize the Koran and to correctly perform Islamic rituals, and initially these schools were established to teach the sons of the Afghan Mujahideen, whose families were in refugee camps in Pakistan.
The madrasahs would be employed to train young men in the strict Wahhabism branch of Islam, and to turn out thousands of holy warriors willing to martyr themselves on the battlefields of Afghanistan.
At the end of their schooling these young men then received military training after which they were sent back into Afghanistan to wage war and to help create a unified Mujahideen and a unified Afghanistan. However, it was never in the cards for Afghanistan to become an independent state. Afghanistan was to be under the control of the royal family of Saudi Arabia and the Saudi-funded Pakistani Intelligence Service.
******
In addition to providing financial aid to the mujahideen, the Saudis and King Faud provided funds to boost their religious and anticommunist radio broadcasts into Afghanistan and Soviet Central Asia, the oil-rich underbelly of what had been the Soviet Union (12,13). One of the projects close to Faud's heart was the effort to support Islamic movements in Soviet Central Asia. This was done through the Wahhabi clan and was top secret (12).
Mujahideen fighters were becoming more deadly and more effective thanks to the numerous schools established in 1985 to train fighters in weapons use. Two-week courses in anti-tank and anti-aircraft guns, mine laying and lifting, demolitions, urban warfare and sabotage were offered for thousands of fighters. Twenty thousand mujahideen were being pumped out every year by these schools dubbed 'CIA U' by some wags" (12).
Before the end of the first term of the Reagan-Bush administration, the CIA had trained tens of thousands of mujahideen.
Central to this effort was the Saudis and the bin Ladens. Osama bin Laden had been working for the CIA and the Saudi Intelligence service since 1978 (14) -- the same year that George W. Bush founded Arbusto, an oil drilling company that the Saudis/bin Ladens invested in (15).
In 1988, bin Laden was given a new assignment. Osama became the main financier for "Maktab al-Khidamat" ("the Office of Services"), which recruited Muslims from around the world to serve Islam through charitable donations or to come forward to fight as "holy warriors" against the Soviets. This assignment enabled bin Laden to recruit and organize an international network of Islamic radicals, which in turn gave rise to al-Qaeda.
In 1988, al-Qaeda was born -- the same year G.H.W. Bush was elected president.
Al-Qaeda was to be the Islamic version of the CIA, with intelligence operatives and an intelligence network that would span the globe and infiltrate every conceivable Islamic terrorist organization in the world. In 1988, however, the main target remained the oil-rich central Asian states and the progressive and socialist government of Afghanistan.
As summed up by Schweizer (12): "Osama bin Laden's organization was incubated by the CIA in the 1980's when the largest-ever covert operation by the CIA was carried out in Afghanistan against a newly born progressive and socialist-oriented government and then against Soviet troops who had come to the defense of that government."
Essentially, the CIA provided a model of training that was retained and employed by Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda, an organization that was established in the year George H.W. Bush was elected President, 1988.
THE SAUDI-BIN LADENS
It is the key role of the Saudi royal family which explains why Osama bin Laden was chosen to lead this mission. As noted in previous chapters, the bin Ladens have maintained an exceptionally close relationship with the Saudi royal family since the 1930s. This relationship is not based just on business ties, but on friendship, trust and shared secrets and goals (47).
The sons of the Saudi royals and the bin Ladens have attended the same schools and have followed the same paths. However, this relationship was never limited to just the Saudis and bin Ladens but includes the Kashoggi brothers (whose father was the king's personal physician), and Kamal Adham the director of the Saudi services (under King Faisal). The bin Ladens, being part of this network, are thus not just friends and business partners, but trusted advisors who act according to the best interests of the Saudi royals (47).
Thus, whereas Saladin bin Laden and other Saudis had gone into business with the Bush family, Osama bin Laden was acting in concert with the Bush family fingers which not only gripped the CIA, but were playing it like a violin.
Osama bin Laden thus became a major player due to his family's close ties with the Bush family and the Saudi Royal family. Osama brought money and the expertise of his family's construction business to Afghanistan, and, again, with CIA assistance, constructed roads and tunnels and provided funds for arms and munitions (47). However, it was not just money for arms and religious training that bin Laden provided, for in addition to his expertise in construction, bin Laden was also an expert at propaganda.
In an interview in the deserts near Kandahar, Osama bin Laden explained: "My job is to inspire, to organize people. My job is to provoke people. I'm not doing it myself, but I'm preaching so that others will do it" (48).
Osama bin Laden was an expert at Hegelian manipulation. Osama used religion to manipulate the Mujahideen so that they were willing to martyr themselves for a goal that was never revealed to them: oil.
*******
In February of 1989, the Soviet Union, after having sustained incredible losses, decided to withdraw from Afghanistan. Afghanistan, with its numerous tribes and ethnic groups, dissolved into civil war, with different factions of Mujahideen murdering, raping, and destroying one another (46).
THE FRACTIOUS MUJAHIDEEN: CIVIL WAR
By the end of 1992, although George H.W. Bush was out of a job, the mission of the Brotherhood remained the same: the toppling of Saddam Hussein, the seizure of the Iraqi oil-fields, the installation of cooperative regime in Afghanistan, the grabbing of the central Asian oil-prize, and the creation of a New World Order -- a New Order that would be governed by the defense and petro-pharmaceutical industries, and the Wall Street elite.
In 1992, the likelihood of a New World Order, still seemed a world away.
Clinton had been elected president. Saddam was still in power, as was the communist regime in Kabul. The oil fields of Iraq and the south central Asian states were still years beyond reach.
Finally, in April of 1992, as the mujahideen advanced on Kabul, the capital, Dr. Najibullah was forced to resign as President of the Republic of Afghanistan (16). He had been forced out by turncoats in his own party, including General Abdul Rashid Dostum (17).
No lover of democracy, in the 1980s, Dostum had served as a communist union boss on an Afghan gas field, acting as a collaborator with invading Russian forces. Later, he became a major commander for Afghanistan's Communist dictatorship and then joined the communist government, serving as defense minister under President Najibullah. But in 1992 Dostum decided to mutiny, and his betrayal led directly to the downfall of Najibullah and the mass murder of tens of thousands of Afghans living in Kabul.
Dostum, leaders of the mujahideen and other opposition groups, formed an agreement, through the UN, for the establishment of a broad based government that would be led by Prime Minister Gulbuddin Hekmatyar and President Burhanuddin Rabbani. Najibullah, his wife and three daughters, spent the next four years hiding inside a United Nations compound.
However, because they belonged to so many different tribes and ethnic groups, the mujahideen couldn't stop fighting each other long enough to consolidate power (16). Indeed, in addition to the Pashtun majority, there were four other major ethnic groups all vying for power: the Tajik, Hazara, Uzbek, and Turkmen. And then there were the dozen or so other tribes which had battled against one another for generations: the Aimaq, Kirghiz, Wakhi, Farsiwan, Nuristani, Baluch, Brahui, Qizilbash, Kabuli, and Jat.
Even the UN brokered government was fractured. Prime Minister Gulbuddin Hekmatyar and President Burhanuddin Rabbani began scheming against one another from the start. Their disagreements and infighting contributed to a growing civil war which killed about 50,000 people (16).
The civil war in Afghanistan was completely contrary to what the Saudis, Pakistanis, or the CIA had hoped for. Although they never wanted an independent Afghanistan, the chaos which ensued prevented them from creating a Pakistani/Saudi puppet, making it impossible to establish the stability necessary for the construction of an oil pipeline.
The Saudis and Pakistan's Interior Ministry in Islamabad again turned to the madrassas to create a new, unified fighting force which would be trained and then unleashed on the warring tribes of Afghanistan (5,6,16,18). This decision apparently caused some dissent within Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency, which had run the Afghan operations since the late 1970s. The ISI were backing the regime of Prime Minister Hikmatyar which was at war with the Rabbani government. The ISI -- which represented Pakistan's military establishment -- also distrusted the Pakistani government of Benazir Bhutto, and were concerned that Bhutto might use this new fighting force for her own ends in Afghanistan (19).
The civil war in Afghanistan displaced tens of thousands of Afghans who, like their forebears, took up life inside the squalid refugee camps along the Pakistani-Afghan border. And like their forbears, the children of these refugees began studying, in increasingly larger numbers, in the numerous madrassas which had been established throughout Pakistan by the Saudis (5,6,16).
One of the largest and most important madrassas, "Jamiatul-Uloom-il-Islamiyyah," was located in Karachi. Over 8,000 students were enrolled, most from different nationalities. It has been said that future Taliban leader, Mullah Omar, studied at this seminary. Omar, in turn, was associated with Nabi Mohammadi's Harkat group, a "terrorist" organization which was funded by the Saudis.
The Saudis were coordinating the activities of the different madrassas, especially those belonging to the Wahhabi/Deobandi denominations (20). The intention was to form a cohesive group of students (Talibs) who could be trained, armed, and then unleashed on Afghanistan in order to purify the country of its corrupt Mujahideen leaders, and bring Afghanistan under Saudi/Pakistani control. Soon, a puritanical group of young men began to stream out of Pakistan into Afghanistan ( 16, 18, 19, 20). They were known as the Taliban ("the Koran students").
ENTER THE TALIBAN
The Taliban, led by Mullah Omar, stormed into Afghanistan in 1993, and in battle after battle they routed the mujahideen while serving Pakistani/Saudi needs. In November 1994, Benazir Bhutto utilized the Taliban to rescue a major trade caravan that had been captured and was being held for ransom by the local warlord of Kandahar.
The incredible success of the Taliban also caused a rethinking within Pakistan's ISI. The ISI joined with the Interior Ministry's special forces to train and equip the Taliban. However, much of that funding was coming from Saudi Arabia, as the Taliban were eating up almost $70 million a month.
On November 5, 1994, the Taliban captured Kandahar, and immediately set about establishing their brand of Islam on the conquered province. It was ordered that all girls and women were no longer to be educated nor allowed to work. Girls were allowed only to study the holy scriptures of the Koran -- and only up to age 8. Females could not leave their homes unless covered completely by a Burqa and accompanied by a male relative. The Taliban also banned music, movies, television, videos, kite flying, and the owning of pigeons, and ordered that all men must grow a beard and adopt Islamic names. Stoning, whipping, and executions became commonplace as the Taliban conquered more and more of Afghan territory (16,21)
The Saudis were most pleased with the Taliban's strict enforcement of the Wahhabi brand of Islam. By contrast, the Shiits and thus the Iranians, along with the Tajiks, Hazaras and Uzbeks, feared them as it was a common practice for the Taliban to murder Shiit men, women, and children -- including virgins who would be raped first, as it is against Islamic law to kill a virgin.
In September of 1996, after fierce fighting, the Taliban seized Jalalabad, Sarobi, Asadabad, and drove General Abdul Rashid Dostum from Kabul. As they retreated, General Dostum's fighters reportedly slaughtered over 30,000 people and raped young girls and mutilated their bodies and breasts (17). Dostum would later become an ally of the George W. Bush administration.
General Dostum escaped the Taliban. Najibullah was not so lucky. The Taliban tortured him, cut off his genitals which were stuffed into his mouth, and then hanged him and his brothers and assistants (16). On the same day, the Taliban installed a ruling council of six men (a shura) which was commanded by the one-eyed, 6' 6" tall, Mullah Mohammed Omar. Afghanistan had a new government which was ruled by the Taliban whose goal was to establish a pure Islamic state.
Iran, Russia, India, and the central Asian states all condemned the takeover. But not the U.S., Saudi Arabia or Pakistan. Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, and the United Arab Emirates gave diplomatic recognition to the Taliban. They were eager to do business with the Taliban, as Afghanistan held the key to the oil riches in the territories north of Afghan's border: Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Uzbekistan. The plan was, once Afghanistan was completely conquered and stabilized, an oil pipeline could be constructed, from the central Asian states, across Afghanistan, and then to Pakistan and thus to the sea and world markets.
Of course, there were other routes, such as through Russia or Iran -- but these were unacceptable to the Saudis, the U.S., and Pakistan. An oil pipeline, built across Afghanistan and Pakistan, would enable these states to become like oil-rich Saudi Arabia, as well as ruled by Muslims subscribing to the Wahhabi branch of Sunni Islam. By contrast, the Sunni-Wahhabis not only detested Iran, with its Shiit population, but hoped to someday conquer and convert its people to the Sunni branch of the Islamic faith.
Likewise, the U.S. had no interest in doing business with the Iranians, and thus favored the Afghanistan-Pakistan plan.
Islamabad, Pakistan, is the main route from Afghanistan to the sea, which is yet another reason Pakistan's rulers and the Pakistan military and Intelligence services helped to create and were eager to support the Taliban. A puppet-like Afghanistan would not only extend their control and power, but would serve as a conduit for incredible riches that would be theirs once a pipeline was built, linking the oil-rich Caspian basin and the central Asian states with Pakistan -- a pipeline that would cross Afghanistan once the Taliban conquered the country.
The Taliban, however, were not al-Qaeda. They were not only independent of Osama bin Laden, but as they continued to capture more and more of Afghanistan, and were closing in on Kabul, they were becoming more independent of Pakistan and Saudi Arabia (16). As they captured more of Afghanistan, that independence increased even though Saudi Arabia and King Faud were providing additional financial help.
An independent Afghanistan was not what Pakistan or Saudi Arabia desired (16). They wanted a puppet, and the Taliban were refusing to allow the Pakistanis or the Saudis to pull the strings. In fact, the Taliban were casting a disdainful eye upon Pakistan's democratic government, democracy being the anti-thesis of a pure Islamic state. Saudi Arabia was also drawing their ire, due to the presence of the American military on Islam's most holy shores.
By 1996, it had become apparent to the Pakistanis and the Saudis that they may have created a monster they could not control (16).
Enter bin Laden who had established his credentials as a "friend" to Afghanistan, during the 1980s.
His mission: to infiltrate the Taliban and to buy friends and influence with incredible sums of Saudi money coupled with propaganda laced with his new found religious zeal.
But for what purpose?
To destroy them, help them, or bring them to heal?
OSAMA BIN LADEN: DOUBLE AGENT
Osama bin Laden, born in 1957, was one of the youngest of the 54 sons and daughters of Sheik Mohammed bin Laden, a former bricklayer turned billionaire construction magnate. Sheik Mohammed bin Laden died in 1968, leaving Osama with approximately $25 million as inheritance (22).
Many of the bin Laden brothers have different nationalities -- if determined via the maternal line -- the result of Sheik Mohammed bin Laden's forming strategic international alliances through numerous marriages. Thus there is a "Syrian group" (headed by bin Laden brothers Bakr and Yehia), a "Lebanese group" (headed by Yeslam), and an "Egyptian group" (headed by Abdul Aziz). Osama bin Laden is of the "Saudi group," as he was born of a Saudi mother (23 -- though some accounts say his mother was from Yemen.
In 1972, the bin Laden organization was given a group structure and name: the "Binladen Brothers for Contracting and Industry." Although it is headquartered in Jiddahh, it is also represented in a number of capital cities including Beirut, Cairo, Amman, Dubai, Paris, and Geneva (23).
The Bin Laden group, although primarily a construction concern, also has holdings in agriculture, steel production and distribution, auto-manufacturing, and petro-pharmaceuticals. It was also a major investor in the Carlyle group (24), as well as in businesses owned or run by the Bush family (15).
After his father's death, Osama bin Laden moved to Beirut where some say he lived like a spoiled playboy. There are reports of heavy drinking and womanizing, and occasional fights with other spoiled playboys, over some small slight, or because of a woman (25).
However, he also studied engineering in college, an indication that he intended to take an active role in the family company.
In the late 1970s, he was given the opportunity to take a major role in the joint Saudi-CIA mission to recruit, equip and train Afghan freedom fighters.
Osama was chosen for several reasons, such as his family's very close relationship with the Saudi Royal family. Indeed, "the relationship between the bin Ladens and the Saudi royal family is quite exceptional in that its not simply one of business ties: it is also a relationship of trust, of friendship and of shared secrets. The ties of friendship binding bin Laden family members to King Faud and his brothers make them prime confidantes and advisors" (23).
And then there was another factor: The business relationship that had been established between the bin Ladens and the Bush family (15,24). As observed by PBS Frontline (24), there is evidence of "a long-standing connection of highly illegal behavior between the Bush and bin Laden families."
In the late 1970s and throughout the 1980s, Osama bin Laden was used as a recruiter, spymaster, and paymaster, buying "friends" and establishing relationships with a wide variety of Muslim groups throughout the world. Osama bin Laden apparently channeled hundreds of millions of dollars' worth of US/CIA and Saudi funds to the Afghan "freedom fighters" and other groups.
In 1988, the year George H.W. Bush was elected president, Osama used his international connections to establish al-Qaeda (the base).
In 1990, however, following Iraq's invasion of Kuwait, Osama bin Laden returned to Saudi Arabia. Osama wished to be part of any force that would repel Saddam, should he decide to invade Saudi Arabia.
To his chagrin, Osama's help would not be needed.
The United States was intending on stationing 230,000 American troops in Saudi Arabia to take up "defensive action" against Saddam Hussein as part of "Operation Desert Shield." This was to be followed by an additional 200,000 troops, who would be deployed to take offensive action by the U.S.-led coalition forces (26).
PRINCE BANDAR ON BIN LADEN
According to conventional wisdom, high ranking members of the Saudi military, the intelligence community, and the bin Laden and other powerful Arabian families, vehemently objected to American plans to establish military bases in Saudi Arabia (27). They argued that Saudi Arabia should defend itself, and that the presence of the Americans in Saudi Arabia would be an affront to Islam. Osama bin Laden, backed up by other leading families and members of the military, directly appealed to the Saudi royal family to rely on native fighters.
We have also been informed that King Faud was cool to the Bush plan to base hundreds of thousands of U.S. troops on Saudi soil, whereas Prince Bandar was pushing for the stationing of permanent U.S. ground troops, explaining to Faud that the troops would be necessary to protect Saudi Arabia from Iraq (27).
Prince Bandar, however. never believed that Iraq was a threat. Instead, he saw the presence of these troops as necessary to destroy Iraq, because "they betrayed us" (22).
As we also know, the Saud family has been eyeing Iraq for decades, as Iraq had at one time been part of Arabia. The Saudis not only wanted it back, but were offended by its secular government and the freedom provided to its women.
Prince Bandar also believed the U.S. would be useful for further joint military operations in the future. Indeed, Prince Bandar eagerly welcomed the U.S. because as he explained to PBS Frontline (22): "America has never been a colonizing power as far as we were concerned. Our relationship with America did not start in 1990. It started in the 1930s. And when the Americans came to Saudi Arabia, they didn't come as an invader. They came actually as a private sector, trying to help us find oil. They found the oil for us, and they've been our friends ever since."
Insofar as Bandar was concerned, this relationship was based on a business partnership, and he trusted his business partners, the Bush gang, to take care of his and their interests as they had been doing for half a century.
As detailed in chapter 6, Bandar was directly involved in working with Bush to illegally fund the Contras who were waging a bloody terrorist campaign in Nicaragua. According to the Final Report of the Independent Counsel for Iran/Contra Matters, "Bandar, Ambassador of Saudi Arabia, had earmarked $25 million for the contras in $5 million increments." This same report also accused Bandar of repeatedly making false statements in an attempt to cover up these illegal activities.
Prince Bandar, like George H.W. Bush, and the bin Ladens, is also a major investor in the Carlyle Group.
As to the Gulf War and Saddam Hussein, Prince Bandar explained that he welcomed the destruction of Iraq. "We felt we are the injured party. We are the one who stood up with Iraq and the Iraqi people. We are the one who brought the whole West to them .... They betrayed us. But my point here is, with all of that betrayal, we did not treat Saddam as a Muslim country ....We treated them as somebody who betrayed Islam and Arab culture and religion" (22).
For almost a century the Saudis had been lusting for Iraq, to "liberate" it from its secular rulers, to seize its oil reserves, and make it again a truly Islamic state that was part of Arabia and ruled and exploited by the Saud family. The United States' intention to attack Iraq, was thus a source of extreme delight to Bandar and his clan.
Prince Bandar also disputes any and all claims that Osama bin Laden was angry with Saudi policy toward the Americans. "Bin Laden used to come to us when America -- underline, America -- through the CIA and Saudi Arabia were helping our brother mujahideen in Afghanistan to get rid of the communist, secularist Soviet Union forces, to liberate them .... Osama bin Laden came and said, "Thank you. Thank you for bringing the Americans to help us to get rid of the secularist, atheist Soviets" (22).
Thus we are told by no less than one of the future kings of Saudi Arabia, Prince Bandar, that bin Laden did not hate the United States, nor did he object to the U.S. presence in Saudi Arabia. He welcomed the U.S. And why not? The U.S. had given him funds, equipment, prestige, and his family stood to make millions of dollars by constructing barracks, housing, and other facilities for the Americans before and after they arrived to fight Saddam. Indeed, even when the Kobie towers were destroyed by "terrorists," and American troops killed and injured, the U.S. and the Saudis hired the bin Ladens to build new facilities.
Why should Osama bin Laden object? His family had been in business with the Bush family for decades (15,24), and the U.S. had helped to make him and his family very rich.
Although the Bush administration and the corporate-controlled mass media wishes us to believe otherwise, no less than Prince Bandar, the Saudi government's official representative to the U.S., has told us that: "Osama bin Laden came and said, "Thank you. Thank you for bringing the Americans to help us.'"
*******
Saudi Arabia, bin Laden's homeland, was soon overwhelmed by more than half a million American troops -- many of which were there to stay indefinitely.
There was outrage throughout the Middle East.
Saudi Arabia is the home of Mecca -- Islam's holiest of sites -- and now the holy lands had been invaded and occupied by the American military.
This was sacrilege, an affront to god!
Worse, not only had the godless and polytheistic Americans invaded the Holy lands, but their women, female GIs, were prancing around "half naked," in shorts, revealing blouses, and with their faces painted with rouge and makeup.
These actions were an insufferable insult to the pious.
Female GIs, were soon ordered to dress more conservatively and to remain on base. But the damage was done.
The American infidels had arrived, bearing weapons, guns and innumerable gods. They had invaded the holy lands. It soon became clear that the Americans were here to stay.
Again, however, according to Prince Bandar (22), those who were unhappy with the American presence were in fact a minority.
As to bin Laden, Prince Bandar tells us, however, that the Saudi Royal family never considered Osama to be a threat. According to prince Bandar, Osama was "not expelled" from Saudi Arabia, but left on his own accord and went to the Sudan. "He left, but we didn't say, 'Get out.' He left." And when he moved to the Sudan he continued his relationship with his family who, along with the Saudi Royal family, did business with him in the Sudan (22).
During and after this same period, the bin Ladens and the Saudis were also still doing business with the Bush family and the Bush-connected Carlyle group. However, although bin Laden, who was also a business man, may have privately approved or at least accepted this relationship between his family and the Americans, publicly it was important that he maintain his persona as an Islamic purist, otherwise his credibility among those groups who truly hated America, would be lost.
BUSH & BIN LADENS: PARTNERS IN THE BUSINESS OF TERRORISM
The Bush family, the Saudis, and the bin Laden had established business relationships together back in the 1970s -- a relationship which included the illegal selling of arms to the terrorist regime of Iran, and the training of terrorists who were set loose on the men, women, and children of Central- and South America (see chapter 6).
In 1995, the bin Laden's again joined with the Bush family by becoming partners in the Carlyle Group, a well-connected Washington investment bank and defense consortium, whose director is former CIA deputy director and Secretary of Defense, Frank Carlucci. The bin Ladens made an initial investment of over 2 million dollars in the Carlyle Group (28).
George H.W. Bush is a highly paid consultant to the Carlyle Group. Mr. Bush generally receives $80,000 to $100,000 per speech -- money which is then placed in the Carlyle group's investment fund. In other words, Carlyle gives Bush money which Bush then invests in the Carlyle group.
Likewise, during this same time period, when Bush Jr. was governor of Texas, the board that he appointed took 10 million dollars of the Texas school teachers' pension funds and invested that in the Carlyle Group. Later, that same Bush appointed school board would up the ante to $100 million. Like his father, Bush Jr. was also being paid by the Carlyle Group. According to BBC News (29), before he became President, George W. Bush "received fees as director of a subsidiary of Carlyle," i.e., Caterair.
Thus George Jr. was paid by an investment group which included the bin Ladens.
As summed up by the Wall Street Journal (28): "Through this investment and its ties to Saudi royalty, the bin Laden family has become acquainted with some of the biggest names in the Republican Party."
Of course, this was nothing new. The bin Ladens had bought into the Bush family back in the 1970s (15,24). However, in the late 1990s, what the bin Ladens and the Carlyle Group were banking on was war -- a war on terrorism and a war on Afghanistan and then Iraq -- a war which would result in all concerned making a healthy return on their investments (30).
The bin Ladens had in fact already made money off terrorism. After Osama's al-Qaeda reportedly blew up the U.S. military barracks in Saudi Arabia, the bin Laden family was paid to rebuild it. Ignoring for the moment that the explosive used was traced back to the U.S. military, from a business perspective it is a rather neat trick to have a member of one's family blowing up buildings that the same family will be paid to rebuild. It is like starting fires in order to be paid to put them out.
As bin Laden once said: "This is not jihad. Its business."
According to the Wall Street Journal (28), increases in U.S. defense spending, or any war that might be launched because of the actions of Osama bin laden, would directly "benefit Osama's family. If the United States boosts defense spending in its quest to stop Saudi dissident Osama bin Laden's alleged terrorist activities, his family may be the unexpected beneficiary."
In 1996, Osama bin Laden, the business man, was sent to Afghanistan.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 4:23 am
PART 2 OF 2
THE SAUDIS & CIA SEND BIN LADEN ON A MISSION
In 1996, as election season began in earnest in the United States, Osama bin Laden received emissaries from the Saudi royal family (22). He was summoned from Sudan. Osama had a new mission. He was to travel to Afghanistan and ingratiate himself with the Taliban.
The official story is that the United States and the Saudi royal family asked the government of Sudan to expel Osama bin Laden. What has not been explained, however, is why?
According to Prince Bandar: "We sent people to him from his family, and we tried to reason with him" (22).
Osama bin Laden, in addition to his many business ventures and economic projects, was also providing funds for the establishment of training camps and guesthouses for Islamic militants. Why Prince Bandar and the Saudi royals found this objectionable, is not clear, as they and other leading Saudi families were providing funds to the same Islamic "terrorists."
Nevertheless, because they were unable to "reason with him," the Saudis and the U.S. had him expelled to Afghanistan.
But again, why?
What was to stop Osama from establishing training camps and guesthouses for Islamic militants in Afghanistan?
Or was that the goal?
Conventional wisdom proclaims that he left the Sudan because the Saudis issued an arrest warrant for him.
Prince Bandar says that is not true (22), and that the Saudis never considered Osama to be a threat. Bandar further admits that the Saudis had no interest in arresting Osama, even though the government of Sudan apparently offered him up.
Arrest Osama? Certainly not. According to Bandar, even after the events of 9/11, if Osama were to return to Saudi Arabia, "He's welcome," he would be "welcome if he comes" (22).
Likewise, U.S. officials declined any interest in arresting Osama. As will be detailed in chapter 13, the British secret service in fact quashed an international arrest warrant for bin Laden that had been issued by Libya.
It was important that Osama leave the Sudan, and that he not be arrested.
Some intelligence officials found this curious. As one later remarked: "We kidnap minor drug czars and bring them back in burlap bags. Somebody didn't want this to happen" (31).
Thus we should not be surprised that permission was granted for Osama to fly out of the Sudan, and to freely soar over Saudi airspace, after which he arrived in Afghanistan and began buying influence.
Again, why Afghanistan?
Is it because the Taliban, in 1996, were on their way to establishing a pure Islamic state?
Was it because the Taliban might someday pose a fundamentalist threat to Pakistan and the rulers of Saudi Arabia?
Was it because of those untapped oil reserves in the central Asian states north of Afghanistan?
Was it because an independent Afghanistan ruled by an independent minded Taliban, were not at all what the Saudis and the Pakistanis had in mind?
Or all of the above?
According to Prince Bandar, "the Taliban people double-crossed everybody. They double-crossed us and broke the oath they made in Mecca" (22).
The Taliban would not obey, and in 1996, Osama bin Laden was on his way.
Hamid Karzai, a CIA-sponsored "freedom fighter" and Afghanistan's first deputy foreign minister when Afghanistan was governed by the mujahideen, recalled that when Osama and his men showed up, so to did "the hidden hand of Pakistani intelligence" (33).
"The Taliban were good, honest people. They were connected to the madrassas in Quetta and Peshawar, and were my friends from the jihad against the Soviets. I had no reservations about helping them. I had a lot of money and weapons left over from the jihad. I also helped them with political legitimacy. It was only [later] that others began to appear at the meetings -- silent ones I did not recognize, people who took over the Taliban movement. That was the hidden hand of Pakistani intelligence" (33).
As detailed by Mohammed Khaksar, former Taliban deputy interior minister, and director of security, and as reported by the Washington Post, the Associated Press, and the BBC News (32) "Osama bin Laden" immediately began "buying the [Taliban] off with huge cash payments. Bin Laden freely distributed bundles of notes to officials." Indeed, it was not uncommon for bin Laden to hand out $50,000 and even $100,000 at a time. "He had the money in his pocket," Mr. Khaksar told the Washington Post. "Any time he wanted, he would just pull it out and give it to them."
Osama was not trusted, however, by Mohammed Khaksar, or Mohammed Omar. Both were suspicious of his motives.
In May 1998, when a Pakistan journalist arranged an interview with bin Laden, Mullah Omar became enraged. Although Osama's money was welcome, he was not trusted. In May of 1998, Mullah Omar issued a statement that bin Laden was not in Afghanistan "to conduct political or military activities."
Mohammed Khaksar, former Taliban deputy interior minister, told the Associated Press (32), that he feared Osama and Pakistan's powerful intelligence agency were trying to hijack the Islamic movement. He believed that the goals of bin laden and Pakistan had little to do with the spread of Islam, but that they had another agenda altogether. "Their promises were all lies. From the beginning, I was against [Osama] coming to Afghanistan. I felt our country would be destroyed."
Osama was dishing out more than cold cash, but propaganda. Osama preached about the need to create a pure Islamic state. He publicly castigated the United States for basing its troops in the holy lands of Arabia and criticized the royal family as "corrupt" and "hypocrites." In 1996 and again in 1998, Bin Laden issued his "Ladenese Epistle: Declaration of War," in which he publicly declared war on the U.S. and urged his Muslim brothers to "kill Americans." However, except for his brief public outburst against the Saudi royal family, in 1996 -- which we presume was designed to help establish his cover -- thereafter he described them as the injured party who were "helpless" against American aggression.
"For over seven years the United States has been occupying the lands of Islam in the holiest of places, the Arabian Peninsula, plundering its riches, dictating to its rulers, humiliating its people, terrorizing its neighbors and turning its bases in the Peninsula into a spearhead through which to fight the neighboring Muslim peoples."
"If some people have in the past argued about the fact of the occupation, all the people of the Peninsula have now acknowledged it. The best proof of this is the Americans' continuing aggression against the Iraqi people using the Peninsula as a staging post, even though all its rulers are against their territories being used to that end, but they are helpless."
"So here they come to annihilate what is left of this people and to humiliate their Muslim neighbors. The Americans' aims behind these wars are religious and economic, the aim is also to serve the Jews' petty state and divert attention from its occupation of Jerusalem and murder of Muslims there. The best proof of this is their eagerness to destroy Iraq, the strongest neighboring Arab state and their endeavor to fragment all the states of the region such as Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Sudan into paper statelets, and through their disunion and weakness to guarantee Israel's survival and the continuation of the brutal crusade occupation of the Peninsula."
"It is the individual duty for every Muslim to kill the Americans and their allies -- civilians and military -- it is an individual duty for every Muslim who can do it in any country in which it is possible to do it, in order to liberate the al-Aqsa Mosque and the holy mosque [Mecca] from their grip, and in order for their armies to move out of all the lands of Islam, defeated and unable to threaten any Muslim. This is in accordance with the words of Almighty God, 'and fight the pagans all together as they fight you all together,' and 'fight them until there is no more tumult or oppression, and there prevail justice and faith in God.'''
"We -- with God's help -- call on every Muslim who believes in God and wishes to be rewarded to comply with God's order to kill the Americans and plunder their money wherever and whenever they find it. We also call on Muslim ulema, leaders, youths, and soldiers to launch the raid on Satan's U.S. troops and the devil's supporters allying with them, and to displace those who are behind them so that they may learn a lesson."
Osama was an expert at propaganda. But he was not a leader (22).
As he admitted in a December 23, 1998, interview with Pakistani journalist Rahimullah Yusufzai: "My job is to inspire, to organize people. My job is to provoke people. I'm not doing it myself, but I'm preaching so that others will do it."
As summed up by Prince Bandar (22), "He uses the right sentences that he thinks could touch the sentiments of the public." But Osama bin Laden "wouldn't impress me as somebody who would be a leader for anything. He couldn't lead eight ducks across the street."
Likewise, according to Osama bin Laden's hand-picked biographer, Hamid Mir, Osama was not a leader, and he was certainly not the leader of al-Qaeda. The real leader was Egyptian radical Ayman al-Zawahiri, often misidentified as bin Laden's top lieutenant (34).
Similarly, others who dealt with Osama have ridiculed his so called leadership abilities.
No, Osama was not a leader. He had not been sent to Afghanistan to lead. He had been kicked out of the Sudan at the behest of the US/CIA and Saudi Arabia because he had a mission to perform.
THE US IMPORTS & TRAINS 9/11 HIJACKERS & TERRORISTS AT U.S. MILITARY BASES
In 1996, Osama bin Laden, at the request of the United States and Saudi Arabia, resettled in Afghanistan, where he then began ingratiating himself with the Taliban and making terrorist threats against America.
Likewise, in 1996, four Saudi citizens arrived in the United States where they began receiving "training at secure U.S. military installations" (35). Two were former Saudi Air Force pilots, and all four of these men, Saeed al-Ghamdi, Ahmad al-Nami, Ahmed al-Ghamdi, would later assist in the hijacking of four commercial jetliners on the morning of September 11, 2001.
As detailed in Newsweek magazine which gives their number as five (35): "Three of the hijackers listed their address on drivers licenses and car registrations as the Naval Air Station in Pensacola, Florida. The three [who received] training in Pensacola appear to be Saeed al-Ghamdi and Ahmad al-Nami, who were among the four men who commandeered United Airlines Flight 93. The third man, Ahmed Al-Ghamdi, helped highjack United Airlines Flight 75. Drivers licenses issued in 1996 and 1998 list the barracks as their residences. Another of the hijackers [received training] in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery, Ala. The fifth man received instruction at Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio, Tex."
Following the 9/11 tragedy, when contacted about these men, the Air Force offered a curiously worded denial: "Some of the FBI suspects had names similar to those used by foreign alumni of U.S. military courses. However, discrepancies in their biographical data, indicate we are probably not talking about the same people."
Probably not?
It was also suggested that some of the hijackers had stolen the identities of these five men. Why they would bother to perpetrate such a hoax is unclear, particularly in that the names given were in fact the names of five of the hijackers.
The FBI has been silent on the issue other than to issue a statement to the effect that "they are trying to sort through something complicated and difficult."
As revealed in court records (36) Ali Mohamed was yet another bin Laden operatives trained at a U.S. military installation. He was not only trained, but he became a lecturer at the United States Army's special-warfare school in Fort Bragg, North Carolina. And then, in 1989, while still in the U.S. Army, he traveled to and fought in Afghanistan where he also trained the mujahideen. Although the U.S. Army claims this illegal action was unauthorized, he was not disciplined, which is not entirely surprising as Ali Mohamed had been recruited by the CIA during the Reagan-Bush administration. Indeed, according to his defense attorneys, Mohamed was serving as a CIA-link to U.S.-sponsored covert training and arming of Afghan rebels. Ali Mohamed taught group survival techniques, map reading, how to fire automatic weapons and build booby traps with explosives (36,37).
In 1992, he again traveled to Afghanistan, and, according to Court records, he "also conducted intelligence training for al Qaeda." "I taught my trainees how to create cell structures that could be used for operations." In addition, he helped Osama bin Laden become established in the Sudan (36).
In 1994, he was again dispatched from the U.S. to help Osama bin Laden: "In 1994, after an attempt to assassinate Bin Laden, I went to the Sudan to train Bin Laden's bodyguards." After completing this mission, he reported to FBI agents (36).
Ali Mohamed also reported to the CIA. According to his neighbors in California, where he lived during the 1990s, everyone "took for granted that Mr. Mohamed was helping the Central Intelligence Agency in its proxy war against the Soviets in Afghanistan. At the time, the anti-Soviet jihad was a worldwide cause among Muslims. Everyone in the community knew he was working as a liaison between the CIA and the Afghan cause, and everyone was sympathetic" (37).
Indeed, for five years he was moving back and forth between the U.S. and Afghanistan, making contact with Osama bin Laden and collecting and providing information, as well as engaging in financial transactions on bin Laden's behalf -- and he reported all this activity to U.S. intelligence agents.
In 1995, he was given another important mission. He made arrangements and helped Osama's "lieutenant" al-Zawahiri to travel from Afghanistan to the United States (36,37).
When his connections to al-Qaeda were inadvertently and accidentally revealed, Ali Mohamed was arrested. However, he was then "held" with his permission for almost a year without charge, waved his right to a trial, pled guilty to five counts, but was never sentenced.
THE BIN LADEN BROTHERS IN THE USA
In 1995, two of Osama's brothers had also established themselves in the United States. In 1996, one of them, Abdullah bin Laden, had come to the attention of the FBI. FBI field agents were curious about the World Assembly of Muslim Youth (WAMY) -- a suspected terrorist organization which Abdullah bin Laden directed. India, for example, was claiming that WAMY was funding a terrorist organization that had conducted bombings in Kashmir. The Philippine's military accused WAMY of funding Muslim insurgency and terrorism. As detailed in the British newspaper, The Guardian (38) WAMY "was named as a discreet channel for public and private Saudi donations to hardline Islamic organizations. One of the recipients of its largesse has been the militant Students Islamic Movement of India, which has lent support to Pakistani-backed terrorists in Kashmir and seeks to set up an Islamic state in India."
WAMY was directed by Abdullah bin Laden who lived with his brother, Omar, in Falls Church, Virginia, which is right outside Washington, DC (39). They both lived just a few miles from WAMY.
The World Assembly of Muslim Youth was located at 5613 Leesburg Pike. Four of the 9/11 hijackers lived just three blocks down the street, at 5913 Leesburg Pike (39).
However, when FBI headquarters learned of the investigation being conducted by lower level FBI field operatives, it was called off (39).
Why?
A high placed intelligence official told the London Guardian (38): "there were always constraints on investigating the Saudis. There were particular investigations that were effectively killed."
Another U.S. intelligence agent told the BBC: "There is a hidden agenda at the very highest levels of our government" (39).
AL-QAEDA SETS UP SHOP IN THE USA
The FBI and CIA has known for years that bin Laden associates have been streaming into the United States. In fact, the CIA, State Department, and other agencies during and after the first Bush administration, made special arrangement to allow terrorists into this country under clandestine conditions.
In an interview broadcast by BBC News (40), Michael Springman, the former head of the American visa bureau in Jeddah, admitted that "while in Saudi Arabia I was repeatedly ordered by high level State Dept. officials to issue visas to unqualified applicants. I complained bitterly. I was met with silence. What I was protesting was, in reality, an effort to bring recruits, rounded up by Osama Bin Laden, to the US for terrorist training by the CIA."
Many of them received training, but then never left. Some left only to return to the U.S. in order to organize terrorist cells, conduct surveillance, and raise funds. At the time of the 9/11 hijackings, at least five hard core groups of al-Qaeda sympathizers were known to have been operating in the United States since 1996.
Some work as university professors. Some in restaurants as cooks. Yet others as cab drivers, such as Boston cab drivers, Nabil Almarabh and Raed Hijazi -- men directly linked to three of the hijackers and who may have acted as a conduit for the flow of money that helped fund the attack. Raed Hijazi is also a terrorist in his own right. He is accused of plotting to kill American tourists in Jordan, on January 1, 2000.
In cities in Florida, Massachusetts, California, and other communities scattered throughout the United States, al-Qaeda agents would meet together at homes late at night, plotting, formulating plans, discussing how best to kill innocent American people.
Al-Qaeda terrorist cells have also been identified in Santa Clara, California -- the heart of Silicon Valley, as well as Brooklyn, Tucson, Providence Rhode Island, Arlington Texas, South Florida, and Boston and surrounding Massachusetts towns (17,41). At least three of the hijackers lived in Massachusetts and two of them had obtained Massachusetts driver's licenses; Ahmed al-Ghamdi in Cambridge, and Saeed al-Ghamdi in Salem.
A number of groups established roots in the United States during the first Bush administration, in the early 1990s. Others arrived in 1996. Among the earliest arrivals: the 9/11/2001 hijackers.
Two of the 9/11 hijackers had been imported into the United States in 1990 and 1991. Ahmed Al-Ghamdi moved to Massachusetts in 1990. Hani Hanjour, arrived in New York on Oct. 3, 1991. Both 9/11 hijackers came to America from Saudi Arabia during the administration of George H.W. Bush (41).
In 1996, whereas five of the 9/11 hijackers may have been receiving training at U.S. military installations (35), Hani Hanjour began receiving pilot training at CRM Airline Training Center in Scottsdale, Arizona (41).
Two more hijackers, Saeed al-Ghamdi and Waleed al-Shehri arrived in 1993, and 1994. Waleed al-Shehri resided in Daytona Beach, Florida, and obtained a social security card in 1994. Mr. al-Shehri also had a pilot's license (41).
As noted, three other hijackers also resided in Florida, and in 1996 men with their names began receiving training at the Naval Air Station in Pensacola (35).
It is standard procedure for the CIA to recruit and then plant agents in a community with orders to blend in. Consider again al-Qaeda terrorist Ali Mohamed who was recruited by the CIA during the Reagan-Bush administration. Although Egyptian-born, he was granted U.S. citizenship and became a longtime Silicon Valley resident and an FBI and CIA informant. Ali Mohamed was provided "freedom to operate unchecked in the United States." In 1995, Ali Mohamed also assisted al-Zawahiri, a top al-Qaeda leader, to enter the United States to recruit volunteers and to raise funds (36,37).
Ali Mohamed also trained Osama bin Laden's bodyguards and helped plan the 1998 bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Kenya. However, for almost as long as he was a terrorist, Mohamed also was in contact with U.S. intelligence, and served as a U.S. government informant according to court records (36). Indeed, he even informed U.S. intelligence, in advance, about the plans to bomb the two U.S. embassies in Africa.
As noted, several of the 9/11 hijackers also established roots and sought to blend in with the community, as they waited for instructions to strike. Ali Mohamed even married an American woman, and lived with her for years in California.
This CIA-inspired policy was also adopted by al-Qaeda.
In preparing for the 1998 bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Kenya, al-Qaeda agents rented houses, married local women and lived in nearby communities for years prior to the attacks. These men also acted as spies. They gathered data and information on potential targets and helped to establish a local network that could help them commit their foul deeds.
Again, the same pattern was implemented in the U.S., both during the first Bush administration, and after he had been voted out of office. However, let us not be so foolish to believe that "out of office" means "out of power." The CIA is a power unto itself, and the CIA, for almost 50 years, has had George H.W. Bush's paw prints all over it.
FLORIDA: BUSH COUNTRY, HIJACKER HAVEN
Florida is "Bush country" and Florida was to become hijacker heaven (41). In July 2000, Marwan Al-Shehhi and Atta, who carried a Saudi passport, traveled from Germany to Florida. They told people they were "cousins."
Waleed al-Shehri and Saeed al-Ghamdi, shared an address in Daytona Beach. Waleed al-Shehri and his brother Wail also shared yet another address with a woman living in Hollywood, Florida. The woman, Ms. al-Shehri, was also on the FBI's "watch list."
Abdul Alomari rented a $1400-a-month pastel stucco house in Hollywood Florida. Ahmed al-Nami and Saeed al-Ghamdi, lived in a two-bedroom apartment numbered 1504, at the Delray Racquet Club.
The hijackers may have chosen Florida for a number of reasons, including the warm weather, and perhaps the chance to ogle decadent Western females as they pranced nearly naked in string bikinis on south Florida's famed white sand beaches.
All that sand, it may have reminded them of their own desert kingdoms.
They may have also believed they were less likely to stand out and draw attention in Florida, as compared, for example, to Vermont or South Dakota. Over 30,000 Muslims live in South Florida, the vast majority of whom are foreign-born. In fact, several of the hijackers had been living in Florida for years, including Mohald al-Shehri who owned a luxurious condo at a private golf club in Delray Beach.
The dark skinned Arabs may have also felt they would be less conspicuous because Florida is also the home of millions of dark skinned Latin peoples.
Also, Florida attracts a flood of tourists year round, over 70 million in 2000, and the fact that these men were jobless and without any obvious means of supporting themselves financially, but were nevertheless spending gobs of cash, would have gone virtually unnoticed. They would have easily blended in with the millions of other rich foreigners who come to the U.S. every year to stay, play and have fun.
Florida also has a unique status second only to California, and it has nothing to do with Florida oranges.
Florida has an incredible concentration of flight schools offering aviation instruction. Florida boasts more than 225 flying schools, including those sponsored or offered at Florida's public airports.
Because Florida is number 2, they try harder, and prior to the 9/11 tragedy, anyone who wanted to learn how to fly a jet in order to commit mass murder could easily obtain the requisite training -- no questions asked, other than: Show me the money. In Florida, training in aviation is a $1-billion-a-year industry.
And as many as 30% of the students are foreigners.
Florida was a perfect location for terrorists -- especially those in the service of the CIA (42,43). Indeed, the CIA has been using south Florida since at least 1960, when a CIA-operation coded named "JM/WAVE" was established in preparation for the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba. "Fronts, proprietaries, suppliers, transfer agents, conduits, dummy corporations, blind drops, detective agencies, law firms, electronic firms, airlines," and so on, including banks, were all hooked up into the "secret nervous system twitching to stimuli supplied by the cortex in Clandestine Services in Langley" (43).
Florida has also been Bush country since the 1950s. In 1959 George H.W. Bush began running his Zapata oil company from a headquarters located in Houston. However, he also spent a lot of time in Louisiana and Florida, where Zapata was drilling offshore for oil (27). Indeed, George H.W. Bush was not only spending time in Florida when the CIA set up "JM/WAVE", but in a 1963 FBI memo written by FBI Director, Hoover (44), there is reference to "Mr. George Bush of the CIA," and activities related to the "Miami, Florida, Office."
Florida is Bush country, and Jeb Bush, the son of George H.W. Bush, was governor of Florida when many of the 9/11 hijackers began arriving.
Fifteen of the 9/11 hijackers were Saudi citizens. Three of them may have received training in Florida, at U.S. military institutions, in 1996.
In 1996, not only were a number of 9/11 hijackers in the United States, but the Saudi government began making huge payments to Osama bin Laden and his al-Qaeda organization (42) -- funds which were used to buy influence and to finance terrorism in the United States.
Following the 1996 elections, President Bill Clinton was preparing to serve his final term in office.
Likewise, in 1996, the son of G.H.W. Bush, George Bush Jr. won a second term as governor of Texas, and was being groomed to make a run for the Presidency in 2000.
It was also in 1996 that Mohamed Atta, the ostensible leader of the September 11 hijackings, wrote in his diary that he had decided to become a martyr (41).
1996 was a key year.
A terrorist attack was being planned, with the United States as the target, and top officials in the CIA, FBI, and the Clinton and both Bush administrations knew about it (41).
_______________
Notes:
1). Washington Post, "Bush: Out of These Troubled Times ... a New World Order," 9/12/1990; Washington Post, "Bush's Talk of a 'New World Order:' Foreign Policy Tool or Mere Slogan?" 5/26/1991.
2). Phenomenology of Spirit; Philosophy of History; Science of Logic; The Philosophy of Right; by Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel.
3). The School of the Americas (SOA) at Fort Benning, Georgia, is notorious for training terrorists, torturers, and the future leaders of death squads, including SOA graduate Roberto D' Aubuisson who organized hundreds of right wing death squads which plagued Salvador during the Reagan-Bush administration. According to Human Rights Watch, in a report titled, "The Ties that Bind: Colombia and Military-Paramilitary Links:" numerous officers implicated in recent cases of torture and murder were graduates of the SOA. In Guatemala, numerous SOA graduates have been arrested for terrorist acts and murder, including Colonel Byron Disrael Lima Estrada who was recently arrested for the 1998 murder of Bishop Juan Gerardi. Gerardi was documenting the involvement of the SOA during Guatemala's thirty-year war and had written a report titled, "Guatemala: Nunca Mas," in which he detailed how SOA graduates had terrorized, tortured, and murdered untold civilians. Because the SOA is directly responsible for training terrorists, torturers and murderers, it has also been referred to as the "School of the Assassins." The SOA's reputation is so tarnished that administrators have decided to change its name to "The United States Defense Institute for Hemispheric Security Cooperation." Yet another terrorist training program was established when George H.W. Bush became CIA director, i.e. the International Military Education and Training (IMET) program, which funds training in "lethal" methods for foreign military personnel. In 1992, the U.S. was forced to suspend IMET training for Indonesia when graduates murdered hundreds of civilians and tortured two U.S. journalists.
4). Burton Hersh, "The Old Boys: The American Elite and the Origins of the CIA," Tree Farm Books, 2001. Christopher Simpson, "Blowback." T. H. Tetens, "The New Germany and the Old Nazis." John Stockwell, "The Secret Wars of the CIA." Speech given on 10/10/1987.
5). B. Raman, "Harkat-Ul-Mujahideen: An Update, HUM," Paper 42, March, 1999; Central Intelligence Agency, "Special National Intelligence Estimate 37-89, Afghanistan: The War in Perspective," November 1989; Peter Schweizer, "Victory -- The Reagan Administration's Secret Strategy that Hastened the Collapse of the Soviet Union."
6). Jason Burke, "Frankenstein the CIA created Mujahideen trained and funded by the US are among its deadliest foes," The Guardian, 1/17/ 1999. See also, Michael Parenti, "The Terrorism Trap: September 11 and Beyond." William Blum, "Rogue State: A Guide to the World's Only Superpower."
7). Earleen Fisher, "Rise of Taliban rooted in events of last 2 decades," Associated Press, 11/11/2001; Hamid Algar, "Wahhabism: A Critical Essay," Islamic Publications International, 2002.
8). Ibn Taymiyya, "Governance According to God's Law in Reforming Both the Ruler and his Flock."
9). Ahmed Rashid, Jihad: The Rise of Militant Islam in Central Asia," Yale Univ Press, 2002; Hamid Algar, "Wahhabism: A Critical Essay," Islamic Publications International, 2002. Robert Spencer, David Pryce-Jones, "Islam Unveiled: Disturbing Questions About the World's Fastest Growing Faith," Encounter Books, 2002; Stephen Schwartz, "The Two Faces of Islam," Double Day, 2002.
10). Rudolph Peters, "Jihad in Classical and Modern Islam," Markus Wiener Publishers, Princeton, 1996.
11). Sayed Qasim Reshtya, "The Price of Liberty: The Tragedy of Afghanistan," Bardi Editore, Roma Italy, 1984.
12). Peter Schweizer, "Victory -- The Reagan Administration's Secret Strategy that Hastened the Collapse of the Soviet Union."
13). Le Nouvel Observateur, 11/15-21/1998; Bill Blum, "Killing Hope."
14). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001.
15). Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993; James H. Hatfield, "Fortunate Son," St. Martins Press.
16). Earleen Fisher, "Rise of Taliban rooted in events of last 2 decades," Associated Press, 11/11/2001.
17). Sara Jess & Gabriel Beck, "John Walker Lindh, American Taliban," University Press, California, 2002.
18). Davis, Anthony. "Terrorism's Ground Zero; Afghan Camps Created a Muslim Brigade," Asiaweek, September 4, 1998.
19). Central Intelligence Agency, "Special National Intelligence Estimate 37-89, Afghanistan: The War in Perspective," November 1989.
20). B. Raman, "Harkat-Ul-Mujahideen: An Update, HUM," Paper 42, March, 1999.
21). John F. Bums, "New Afghan Rulers Impose Harsh Mores of the Islamic Code," New York Times, 10/1/1996; John F. Burns, "Stoning of Afghan Adulterers: Some Go to Take Part, Others Just Watch," New York Times, 11/3/1996.
22). PBS Frontline, Prince Bandar interview, 9/2001.
23). PBS Frontline, "About the bin Laden Family. Origins of the bin Laden Family," 2002.
24). PBS, Frontline, 2001; see also Peter Brewton, "Harken Energy: George W.'s Perfect Storm," 7/15/2002; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993; Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999.
25). Weaver, Mary Anne. "The Real bin Laden," The New Yorker, 1/24/2000
26). Department of Defense, "21st Century Complete Guide to the Gulf War, Operation Desert Shield and Desert Storm, from the Invasion by Iraq and Saddam Hussein to the Liberation of Kuwait, with Declassified Military and CIA Files," Department of Defense, Progressive Management, 2002.
27). Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review.
28). Daniel Golden et al. "Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank," Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001.
29). BBC News, 6/11/2001.
30). Robert Scheer, Making Money, the Bush Way," Los Angeles Times, 2/20/2002; Baltimore Chronicle, "Republican-controlled Carlyle Group poses serious Ethical Questions for Bush Presidents, but 'News' Media ignore it," 10/4/01; Jason Nisse, "Carlyle Group, Employer of Bush Sr., Profits from Massive Weapons Program Signed by Jr. which the Pentagon had advised be Canceled," Independent, 1/30/02.
31). Village Voice, 10/31/01; Washington Post, 10/3/01.
32). Washington Post, 11/30/2001; Associated Press, 6/10/2002; BBC News, 12/1/2001.
33). Richard D. Kaplan, The Lawless Frontier," 9/2000.
34). Christian Science Monitor, 10/31/2001.
35). Newsweek, 9/15/2001.
36). UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT, SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, v. ALI MOHAMED, New York, N.Y. October 20, 2000.
37). Peter Waldman, The Wall Street Journal, 11/26/2001; see also San Francisco Chronicle, 11/4/2001.
38). The Guardian, 11/7/2001.
39). BBC Newsnight, 6/11/2001; Guardian, 7/11/2001.
40). BBC New, Newsnight, Greg Palast, 6/11/2001.
41). Sara Jess, et al., "America Attacked," University Press, California, 10/11/2001; Joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-October, 2002.
42). Peter Kornbluh (Editor), "Bay of Pigs Declassified: The Secret CIA Report on the Invasion of Cuba, National Security Archive Documents Reader," New Press, 1998; James G. Blight & Peter Kornbluh (Editors), "Politics of Illusion: The Bay of Pigs Invasion Reexamined," Lynne Rienner Publishers, 1998. Syrokomsky, Vitaly, "International Terrorism and the CIA: Documents, Eyewitness Reports, Facts," Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1983.
43). Donald Freed, "Death in Washington," Westport Press, 1980.
41). "Date: November 29, 1963 To: Director Bureau of Intelligence and Research Department of State From: John Edgar Hoover, Director Subject: ASSASSINATION OF PRESIDENT JOHN F. KENNEDY NOVEMBER 22, 1963. Our Miami, Florida, Office ....The substance of the foregoing information was orally furnished to Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency ..."
42). New Yorker, 10/16/2001.
43). Sayed Qasim Reshtya, "The Price of Liberty: The Tragedy of Afghanistan," Bardi Editore, Roma Italy, 1984.
44). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001.
45). John Prados, "Afghanistan lessons from the Last War. U.S. Analysis of the Soviet War in Afghanistan: Declassified," 10/9/2001.
46). Central Intelligence Agency, "Special National Intelligence Estimate 37-89, Afghanistan: The War in Perspective," November 1989; Central Intelligence Agency, Directorate of Intelligence, Office of Political Analysis, "The Soviets and the Tribes of Southwest Asia," CIA Declassification Release, 9/23/1980.
47). PBS Frontline, 2001; Jean Charles Brisard & Guillaume Dasquie, "Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth."
THE SAUDIS & CIA SEND BIN LADEN ON A MISSION
In 1996, as election season began in earnest in the United States, Osama bin Laden received emissaries from the Saudi royal family (22). He was summoned from Sudan. Osama had a new mission. He was to travel to Afghanistan and ingratiate himself with the Taliban.
The official story is that the United States and the Saudi royal family asked the government of Sudan to expel Osama bin Laden. What has not been explained, however, is why?
According to Prince Bandar: "We sent people to him from his family, and we tried to reason with him" (22).
Osama bin Laden, in addition to his many business ventures and economic projects, was also providing funds for the establishment of training camps and guesthouses for Islamic militants. Why Prince Bandar and the Saudi royals found this objectionable, is not clear, as they and other leading Saudi families were providing funds to the same Islamic "terrorists."
Nevertheless, because they were unable to "reason with him," the Saudis and the U.S. had him expelled to Afghanistan.
But again, why?
What was to stop Osama from establishing training camps and guesthouses for Islamic militants in Afghanistan?
Or was that the goal?
Conventional wisdom proclaims that he left the Sudan because the Saudis issued an arrest warrant for him.
Prince Bandar says that is not true (22), and that the Saudis never considered Osama to be a threat. Bandar further admits that the Saudis had no interest in arresting Osama, even though the government of Sudan apparently offered him up.
Arrest Osama? Certainly not. According to Bandar, even after the events of 9/11, if Osama were to return to Saudi Arabia, "He's welcome," he would be "welcome if he comes" (22).
Likewise, U.S. officials declined any interest in arresting Osama. As will be detailed in chapter 13, the British secret service in fact quashed an international arrest warrant for bin Laden that had been issued by Libya.
It was important that Osama leave the Sudan, and that he not be arrested.
Some intelligence officials found this curious. As one later remarked: "We kidnap minor drug czars and bring them back in burlap bags. Somebody didn't want this to happen" (31).
Thus we should not be surprised that permission was granted for Osama to fly out of the Sudan, and to freely soar over Saudi airspace, after which he arrived in Afghanistan and began buying influence.
Again, why Afghanistan?
Is it because the Taliban, in 1996, were on their way to establishing a pure Islamic state?
Was it because the Taliban might someday pose a fundamentalist threat to Pakistan and the rulers of Saudi Arabia?
Was it because of those untapped oil reserves in the central Asian states north of Afghanistan?
Was it because an independent Afghanistan ruled by an independent minded Taliban, were not at all what the Saudis and the Pakistanis had in mind?
Or all of the above?
According to Prince Bandar, "the Taliban people double-crossed everybody. They double-crossed us and broke the oath they made in Mecca" (22).
The Taliban would not obey, and in 1996, Osama bin Laden was on his way.
Hamid Karzai, a CIA-sponsored "freedom fighter" and Afghanistan's first deputy foreign minister when Afghanistan was governed by the mujahideen, recalled that when Osama and his men showed up, so to did "the hidden hand of Pakistani intelligence" (33).
"The Taliban were good, honest people. They were connected to the madrassas in Quetta and Peshawar, and were my friends from the jihad against the Soviets. I had no reservations about helping them. I had a lot of money and weapons left over from the jihad. I also helped them with political legitimacy. It was only [later] that others began to appear at the meetings -- silent ones I did not recognize, people who took over the Taliban movement. That was the hidden hand of Pakistani intelligence" (33).
As detailed by Mohammed Khaksar, former Taliban deputy interior minister, and director of security, and as reported by the Washington Post, the Associated Press, and the BBC News (32) "Osama bin Laden" immediately began "buying the [Taliban] off with huge cash payments. Bin Laden freely distributed bundles of notes to officials." Indeed, it was not uncommon for bin Laden to hand out $50,000 and even $100,000 at a time. "He had the money in his pocket," Mr. Khaksar told the Washington Post. "Any time he wanted, he would just pull it out and give it to them."
Osama was not trusted, however, by Mohammed Khaksar, or Mohammed Omar. Both were suspicious of his motives.
In May 1998, when a Pakistan journalist arranged an interview with bin Laden, Mullah Omar became enraged. Although Osama's money was welcome, he was not trusted. In May of 1998, Mullah Omar issued a statement that bin Laden was not in Afghanistan "to conduct political or military activities."
Mohammed Khaksar, former Taliban deputy interior minister, told the Associated Press (32), that he feared Osama and Pakistan's powerful intelligence agency were trying to hijack the Islamic movement. He believed that the goals of bin laden and Pakistan had little to do with the spread of Islam, but that they had another agenda altogether. "Their promises were all lies. From the beginning, I was against [Osama] coming to Afghanistan. I felt our country would be destroyed."
Osama was dishing out more than cold cash, but propaganda. Osama preached about the need to create a pure Islamic state. He publicly castigated the United States for basing its troops in the holy lands of Arabia and criticized the royal family as "corrupt" and "hypocrites." In 1996 and again in 1998, Bin Laden issued his "Ladenese Epistle: Declaration of War," in which he publicly declared war on the U.S. and urged his Muslim brothers to "kill Americans." However, except for his brief public outburst against the Saudi royal family, in 1996 -- which we presume was designed to help establish his cover -- thereafter he described them as the injured party who were "helpless" against American aggression.
"For over seven years the United States has been occupying the lands of Islam in the holiest of places, the Arabian Peninsula, plundering its riches, dictating to its rulers, humiliating its people, terrorizing its neighbors and turning its bases in the Peninsula into a spearhead through which to fight the neighboring Muslim peoples."
"If some people have in the past argued about the fact of the occupation, all the people of the Peninsula have now acknowledged it. The best proof of this is the Americans' continuing aggression against the Iraqi people using the Peninsula as a staging post, even though all its rulers are against their territories being used to that end, but they are helpless."
"So here they come to annihilate what is left of this people and to humiliate their Muslim neighbors. The Americans' aims behind these wars are religious and economic, the aim is also to serve the Jews' petty state and divert attention from its occupation of Jerusalem and murder of Muslims there. The best proof of this is their eagerness to destroy Iraq, the strongest neighboring Arab state and their endeavor to fragment all the states of the region such as Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Sudan into paper statelets, and through their disunion and weakness to guarantee Israel's survival and the continuation of the brutal crusade occupation of the Peninsula."
"It is the individual duty for every Muslim to kill the Americans and their allies -- civilians and military -- it is an individual duty for every Muslim who can do it in any country in which it is possible to do it, in order to liberate the al-Aqsa Mosque and the holy mosque [Mecca] from their grip, and in order for their armies to move out of all the lands of Islam, defeated and unable to threaten any Muslim. This is in accordance with the words of Almighty God, 'and fight the pagans all together as they fight you all together,' and 'fight them until there is no more tumult or oppression, and there prevail justice and faith in God.'''
"We -- with God's help -- call on every Muslim who believes in God and wishes to be rewarded to comply with God's order to kill the Americans and plunder their money wherever and whenever they find it. We also call on Muslim ulema, leaders, youths, and soldiers to launch the raid on Satan's U.S. troops and the devil's supporters allying with them, and to displace those who are behind them so that they may learn a lesson."
"It is the duty of every Muslim to kill the Americans."
-- Osama bin Laden, 1998.
Osama was an expert at propaganda. But he was not a leader (22).
As he admitted in a December 23, 1998, interview with Pakistani journalist Rahimullah Yusufzai: "My job is to inspire, to organize people. My job is to provoke people. I'm not doing it myself, but I'm preaching so that others will do it."
As summed up by Prince Bandar (22), "He uses the right sentences that he thinks could touch the sentiments of the public." But Osama bin Laden "wouldn't impress me as somebody who would be a leader for anything. He couldn't lead eight ducks across the street."
Likewise, according to Osama bin Laden's hand-picked biographer, Hamid Mir, Osama was not a leader, and he was certainly not the leader of al-Qaeda. The real leader was Egyptian radical Ayman al-Zawahiri, often misidentified as bin Laden's top lieutenant (34).
Similarly, others who dealt with Osama have ridiculed his so called leadership abilities.
No, Osama was not a leader. He had not been sent to Afghanistan to lead. He had been kicked out of the Sudan at the behest of the US/CIA and Saudi Arabia because he had a mission to perform.
THE US IMPORTS & TRAINS 9/11 HIJACKERS & TERRORISTS AT U.S. MILITARY BASES
In 1996, Osama bin Laden, at the request of the United States and Saudi Arabia, resettled in Afghanistan, where he then began ingratiating himself with the Taliban and making terrorist threats against America.
Likewise, in 1996, four Saudi citizens arrived in the United States where they began receiving "training at secure U.S. military installations" (35). Two were former Saudi Air Force pilots, and all four of these men, Saeed al-Ghamdi, Ahmad al-Nami, Ahmed al-Ghamdi, would later assist in the hijacking of four commercial jetliners on the morning of September 11, 2001.
As detailed in Newsweek magazine which gives their number as five (35): "Three of the hijackers listed their address on drivers licenses and car registrations as the Naval Air Station in Pensacola, Florida. The three [who received] training in Pensacola appear to be Saeed al-Ghamdi and Ahmad al-Nami, who were among the four men who commandeered United Airlines Flight 93. The third man, Ahmed Al-Ghamdi, helped highjack United Airlines Flight 75. Drivers licenses issued in 1996 and 1998 list the barracks as their residences. Another of the hijackers [received training] in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery, Ala. The fifth man received instruction at Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio, Tex."
Following the 9/11 tragedy, when contacted about these men, the Air Force offered a curiously worded denial: "Some of the FBI suspects had names similar to those used by foreign alumni of U.S. military courses. However, discrepancies in their biographical data, indicate we are probably not talking about the same people."
Probably not?
It was also suggested that some of the hijackers had stolen the identities of these five men. Why they would bother to perpetrate such a hoax is unclear, particularly in that the names given were in fact the names of five of the hijackers.
The FBI has been silent on the issue other than to issue a statement to the effect that "they are trying to sort through something complicated and difficult."
As revealed in court records (36) Ali Mohamed was yet another bin Laden operatives trained at a U.S. military installation. He was not only trained, but he became a lecturer at the United States Army's special-warfare school in Fort Bragg, North Carolina. And then, in 1989, while still in the U.S. Army, he traveled to and fought in Afghanistan where he also trained the mujahideen. Although the U.S. Army claims this illegal action was unauthorized, he was not disciplined, which is not entirely surprising as Ali Mohamed had been recruited by the CIA during the Reagan-Bush administration. Indeed, according to his defense attorneys, Mohamed was serving as a CIA-link to U.S.-sponsored covert training and arming of Afghan rebels. Ali Mohamed taught group survival techniques, map reading, how to fire automatic weapons and build booby traps with explosives (36,37).
In 1992, he again traveled to Afghanistan, and, according to Court records, he "also conducted intelligence training for al Qaeda." "I taught my trainees how to create cell structures that could be used for operations." In addition, he helped Osama bin Laden become established in the Sudan (36).
In 1994, he was again dispatched from the U.S. to help Osama bin Laden: "In 1994, after an attempt to assassinate Bin Laden, I went to the Sudan to train Bin Laden's bodyguards." After completing this mission, he reported to FBI agents (36).
Ali Mohamed also reported to the CIA. According to his neighbors in California, where he lived during the 1990s, everyone "took for granted that Mr. Mohamed was helping the Central Intelligence Agency in its proxy war against the Soviets in Afghanistan. At the time, the anti-Soviet jihad was a worldwide cause among Muslims. Everyone in the community knew he was working as a liaison between the CIA and the Afghan cause, and everyone was sympathetic" (37).
Indeed, for five years he was moving back and forth between the U.S. and Afghanistan, making contact with Osama bin Laden and collecting and providing information, as well as engaging in financial transactions on bin Laden's behalf -- and he reported all this activity to U.S. intelligence agents.
In 1995, he was given another important mission. He made arrangements and helped Osama's "lieutenant" al-Zawahiri to travel from Afghanistan to the United States (36,37).
When his connections to al-Qaeda were inadvertently and accidentally revealed, Ali Mohamed was arrested. However, he was then "held" with his permission for almost a year without charge, waved his right to a trial, pled guilty to five counts, but was never sentenced.
THE BIN LADEN BROTHERS IN THE USA
In 1995, two of Osama's brothers had also established themselves in the United States. In 1996, one of them, Abdullah bin Laden, had come to the attention of the FBI. FBI field agents were curious about the World Assembly of Muslim Youth (WAMY) -- a suspected terrorist organization which Abdullah bin Laden directed. India, for example, was claiming that WAMY was funding a terrorist organization that had conducted bombings in Kashmir. The Philippine's military accused WAMY of funding Muslim insurgency and terrorism. As detailed in the British newspaper, The Guardian (38) WAMY "was named as a discreet channel for public and private Saudi donations to hardline Islamic organizations. One of the recipients of its largesse has been the militant Students Islamic Movement of India, which has lent support to Pakistani-backed terrorists in Kashmir and seeks to set up an Islamic state in India."
WAMY was directed by Abdullah bin Laden who lived with his brother, Omar, in Falls Church, Virginia, which is right outside Washington, DC (39). They both lived just a few miles from WAMY.
The World Assembly of Muslim Youth was located at 5613 Leesburg Pike. Four of the 9/11 hijackers lived just three blocks down the street, at 5913 Leesburg Pike (39).
However, when FBI headquarters learned of the investigation being conducted by lower level FBI field operatives, it was called off (39).
Why?
A high placed intelligence official told the London Guardian (38): "there were always constraints on investigating the Saudis. There were particular investigations that were effectively killed."
Another U.S. intelligence agent told the BBC: "There is a hidden agenda at the very highest levels of our government" (39).
AL-QAEDA SETS UP SHOP IN THE USA
The FBI and CIA has known for years that bin Laden associates have been streaming into the United States. In fact, the CIA, State Department, and other agencies during and after the first Bush administration, made special arrangement to allow terrorists into this country under clandestine conditions.
In an interview broadcast by BBC News (40), Michael Springman, the former head of the American visa bureau in Jeddah, admitted that "while in Saudi Arabia I was repeatedly ordered by high level State Dept. officials to issue visas to unqualified applicants. I complained bitterly. I was met with silence. What I was protesting was, in reality, an effort to bring recruits, rounded up by Osama Bin Laden, to the US for terrorist training by the CIA."
Many of them received training, but then never left. Some left only to return to the U.S. in order to organize terrorist cells, conduct surveillance, and raise funds. At the time of the 9/11 hijackings, at least five hard core groups of al-Qaeda sympathizers were known to have been operating in the United States since 1996.
Some work as university professors. Some in restaurants as cooks. Yet others as cab drivers, such as Boston cab drivers, Nabil Almarabh and Raed Hijazi -- men directly linked to three of the hijackers and who may have acted as a conduit for the flow of money that helped fund the attack. Raed Hijazi is also a terrorist in his own right. He is accused of plotting to kill American tourists in Jordan, on January 1, 2000.
In cities in Florida, Massachusetts, California, and other communities scattered throughout the United States, al-Qaeda agents would meet together at homes late at night, plotting, formulating plans, discussing how best to kill innocent American people.
Al-Qaeda terrorist cells have also been identified in Santa Clara, California -- the heart of Silicon Valley, as well as Brooklyn, Tucson, Providence Rhode Island, Arlington Texas, South Florida, and Boston and surrounding Massachusetts towns (17,41). At least three of the hijackers lived in Massachusetts and two of them had obtained Massachusetts driver's licenses; Ahmed al-Ghamdi in Cambridge, and Saeed al-Ghamdi in Salem.
A number of groups established roots in the United States during the first Bush administration, in the early 1990s. Others arrived in 1996. Among the earliest arrivals: the 9/11/2001 hijackers.
Two of the 9/11 hijackers had been imported into the United States in 1990 and 1991. Ahmed Al-Ghamdi moved to Massachusetts in 1990. Hani Hanjour, arrived in New York on Oct. 3, 1991. Both 9/11 hijackers came to America from Saudi Arabia during the administration of George H.W. Bush (41).
In 1996, whereas five of the 9/11 hijackers may have been receiving training at U.S. military installations (35), Hani Hanjour began receiving pilot training at CRM Airline Training Center in Scottsdale, Arizona (41).
Two more hijackers, Saeed al-Ghamdi and Waleed al-Shehri arrived in 1993, and 1994. Waleed al-Shehri resided in Daytona Beach, Florida, and obtained a social security card in 1994. Mr. al-Shehri also had a pilot's license (41).
As noted, three other hijackers also resided in Florida, and in 1996 men with their names began receiving training at the Naval Air Station in Pensacola (35).
It is standard procedure for the CIA to recruit and then plant agents in a community with orders to blend in. Consider again al-Qaeda terrorist Ali Mohamed who was recruited by the CIA during the Reagan-Bush administration. Although Egyptian-born, he was granted U.S. citizenship and became a longtime Silicon Valley resident and an FBI and CIA informant. Ali Mohamed was provided "freedom to operate unchecked in the United States." In 1995, Ali Mohamed also assisted al-Zawahiri, a top al-Qaeda leader, to enter the United States to recruit volunteers and to raise funds (36,37).
Ali Mohamed also trained Osama bin Laden's bodyguards and helped plan the 1998 bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Kenya. However, for almost as long as he was a terrorist, Mohamed also was in contact with U.S. intelligence, and served as a U.S. government informant according to court records (36). Indeed, he even informed U.S. intelligence, in advance, about the plans to bomb the two U.S. embassies in Africa.
As noted, several of the 9/11 hijackers also established roots and sought to blend in with the community, as they waited for instructions to strike. Ali Mohamed even married an American woman, and lived with her for years in California.
This CIA-inspired policy was also adopted by al-Qaeda.
In preparing for the 1998 bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Kenya, al-Qaeda agents rented houses, married local women and lived in nearby communities for years prior to the attacks. These men also acted as spies. They gathered data and information on potential targets and helped to establish a local network that could help them commit their foul deeds.
Again, the same pattern was implemented in the U.S., both during the first Bush administration, and after he had been voted out of office. However, let us not be so foolish to believe that "out of office" means "out of power." The CIA is a power unto itself, and the CIA, for almost 50 years, has had George H.W. Bush's paw prints all over it.
FLORIDA: BUSH COUNTRY, HIJACKER HAVEN
Florida is "Bush country" and Florida was to become hijacker heaven (41). In July 2000, Marwan Al-Shehhi and Atta, who carried a Saudi passport, traveled from Germany to Florida. They told people they were "cousins."
Waleed al-Shehri and Saeed al-Ghamdi, shared an address in Daytona Beach. Waleed al-Shehri and his brother Wail also shared yet another address with a woman living in Hollywood, Florida. The woman, Ms. al-Shehri, was also on the FBI's "watch list."
Abdul Alomari rented a $1400-a-month pastel stucco house in Hollywood Florida. Ahmed al-Nami and Saeed al-Ghamdi, lived in a two-bedroom apartment numbered 1504, at the Delray Racquet Club.
The hijackers may have chosen Florida for a number of reasons, including the warm weather, and perhaps the chance to ogle decadent Western females as they pranced nearly naked in string bikinis on south Florida's famed white sand beaches.
All that sand, it may have reminded them of their own desert kingdoms.
They may have also believed they were less likely to stand out and draw attention in Florida, as compared, for example, to Vermont or South Dakota. Over 30,000 Muslims live in South Florida, the vast majority of whom are foreign-born. In fact, several of the hijackers had been living in Florida for years, including Mohald al-Shehri who owned a luxurious condo at a private golf club in Delray Beach.
The dark skinned Arabs may have also felt they would be less conspicuous because Florida is also the home of millions of dark skinned Latin peoples.
Also, Florida attracts a flood of tourists year round, over 70 million in 2000, and the fact that these men were jobless and without any obvious means of supporting themselves financially, but were nevertheless spending gobs of cash, would have gone virtually unnoticed. They would have easily blended in with the millions of other rich foreigners who come to the U.S. every year to stay, play and have fun.
Florida also has a unique status second only to California, and it has nothing to do with Florida oranges.
Florida has an incredible concentration of flight schools offering aviation instruction. Florida boasts more than 225 flying schools, including those sponsored or offered at Florida's public airports.
Because Florida is number 2, they try harder, and prior to the 9/11 tragedy, anyone who wanted to learn how to fly a jet in order to commit mass murder could easily obtain the requisite training -- no questions asked, other than: Show me the money. In Florida, training in aviation is a $1-billion-a-year industry.
And as many as 30% of the students are foreigners.
Florida was a perfect location for terrorists -- especially those in the service of the CIA (42,43). Indeed, the CIA has been using south Florida since at least 1960, when a CIA-operation coded named "JM/WAVE" was established in preparation for the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba. "Fronts, proprietaries, suppliers, transfer agents, conduits, dummy corporations, blind drops, detective agencies, law firms, electronic firms, airlines," and so on, including banks, were all hooked up into the "secret nervous system twitching to stimuli supplied by the cortex in Clandestine Services in Langley" (43).
Florida has also been Bush country since the 1950s. In 1959 George H.W. Bush began running his Zapata oil company from a headquarters located in Houston. However, he also spent a lot of time in Louisiana and Florida, where Zapata was drilling offshore for oil (27). Indeed, George H.W. Bush was not only spending time in Florida when the CIA set up "JM/WAVE", but in a 1963 FBI memo written by FBI Director, Hoover (44), there is reference to "Mr. George Bush of the CIA," and activities related to the "Miami, Florida, Office."
Florida is Bush country, and Jeb Bush, the son of George H.W. Bush, was governor of Florida when many of the 9/11 hijackers began arriving.
Fifteen of the 9/11 hijackers were Saudi citizens. Three of them may have received training in Florida, at U.S. military institutions, in 1996.
In 1996, not only were a number of 9/11 hijackers in the United States, but the Saudi government began making huge payments to Osama bin Laden and his al-Qaeda organization (42) -- funds which were used to buy influence and to finance terrorism in the United States.
Following the 1996 elections, President Bill Clinton was preparing to serve his final term in office.
Likewise, in 1996, the son of G.H.W. Bush, George Bush Jr. won a second term as governor of Texas, and was being groomed to make a run for the Presidency in 2000.
It was also in 1996 that Mohamed Atta, the ostensible leader of the September 11 hijackings, wrote in his diary that he had decided to become a martyr (41).
1996 was a key year.
A terrorist attack was being planned, with the United States as the target, and top officials in the CIA, FBI, and the Clinton and both Bush administrations knew about it (41).
"You said that it is not true that we didn't know about these people? No, it's not true. It's not true. Everybody knew ... there was intelligence available that some of these people were taking flight school lessons in the United States ... And we had names, yes, all of us."
-- Prince Bandar, September, 2001 (22).
_______________
Notes:
1). Washington Post, "Bush: Out of These Troubled Times ... a New World Order," 9/12/1990; Washington Post, "Bush's Talk of a 'New World Order:' Foreign Policy Tool or Mere Slogan?" 5/26/1991.
2). Phenomenology of Spirit; Philosophy of History; Science of Logic; The Philosophy of Right; by Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel.
3). The School of the Americas (SOA) at Fort Benning, Georgia, is notorious for training terrorists, torturers, and the future leaders of death squads, including SOA graduate Roberto D' Aubuisson who organized hundreds of right wing death squads which plagued Salvador during the Reagan-Bush administration. According to Human Rights Watch, in a report titled, "The Ties that Bind: Colombia and Military-Paramilitary Links:" numerous officers implicated in recent cases of torture and murder were graduates of the SOA. In Guatemala, numerous SOA graduates have been arrested for terrorist acts and murder, including Colonel Byron Disrael Lima Estrada who was recently arrested for the 1998 murder of Bishop Juan Gerardi. Gerardi was documenting the involvement of the SOA during Guatemala's thirty-year war and had written a report titled, "Guatemala: Nunca Mas," in which he detailed how SOA graduates had terrorized, tortured, and murdered untold civilians. Because the SOA is directly responsible for training terrorists, torturers and murderers, it has also been referred to as the "School of the Assassins." The SOA's reputation is so tarnished that administrators have decided to change its name to "The United States Defense Institute for Hemispheric Security Cooperation." Yet another terrorist training program was established when George H.W. Bush became CIA director, i.e. the International Military Education and Training (IMET) program, which funds training in "lethal" methods for foreign military personnel. In 1992, the U.S. was forced to suspend IMET training for Indonesia when graduates murdered hundreds of civilians and tortured two U.S. journalists.
4). Burton Hersh, "The Old Boys: The American Elite and the Origins of the CIA," Tree Farm Books, 2001. Christopher Simpson, "Blowback." T. H. Tetens, "The New Germany and the Old Nazis." John Stockwell, "The Secret Wars of the CIA." Speech given on 10/10/1987.
5). B. Raman, "Harkat-Ul-Mujahideen: An Update, HUM," Paper 42, March, 1999; Central Intelligence Agency, "Special National Intelligence Estimate 37-89, Afghanistan: The War in Perspective," November 1989; Peter Schweizer, "Victory -- The Reagan Administration's Secret Strategy that Hastened the Collapse of the Soviet Union."
6). Jason Burke, "Frankenstein the CIA created Mujahideen trained and funded by the US are among its deadliest foes," The Guardian, 1/17/ 1999. See also, Michael Parenti, "The Terrorism Trap: September 11 and Beyond." William Blum, "Rogue State: A Guide to the World's Only Superpower."
7). Earleen Fisher, "Rise of Taliban rooted in events of last 2 decades," Associated Press, 11/11/2001; Hamid Algar, "Wahhabism: A Critical Essay," Islamic Publications International, 2002.
8). Ibn Taymiyya, "Governance According to God's Law in Reforming Both the Ruler and his Flock."
9). Ahmed Rashid, Jihad: The Rise of Militant Islam in Central Asia," Yale Univ Press, 2002; Hamid Algar, "Wahhabism: A Critical Essay," Islamic Publications International, 2002. Robert Spencer, David Pryce-Jones, "Islam Unveiled: Disturbing Questions About the World's Fastest Growing Faith," Encounter Books, 2002; Stephen Schwartz, "The Two Faces of Islam," Double Day, 2002.
10). Rudolph Peters, "Jihad in Classical and Modern Islam," Markus Wiener Publishers, Princeton, 1996.
11). Sayed Qasim Reshtya, "The Price of Liberty: The Tragedy of Afghanistan," Bardi Editore, Roma Italy, 1984.
12). Peter Schweizer, "Victory -- The Reagan Administration's Secret Strategy that Hastened the Collapse of the Soviet Union."
13). Le Nouvel Observateur, 11/15-21/1998; Bill Blum, "Killing Hope."
14). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001.
15). Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993; James H. Hatfield, "Fortunate Son," St. Martins Press.
16). Earleen Fisher, "Rise of Taliban rooted in events of last 2 decades," Associated Press, 11/11/2001.
17). Sara Jess & Gabriel Beck, "John Walker Lindh, American Taliban," University Press, California, 2002.
18). Davis, Anthony. "Terrorism's Ground Zero; Afghan Camps Created a Muslim Brigade," Asiaweek, September 4, 1998.
19). Central Intelligence Agency, "Special National Intelligence Estimate 37-89, Afghanistan: The War in Perspective," November 1989.
20). B. Raman, "Harkat-Ul-Mujahideen: An Update, HUM," Paper 42, March, 1999.
21). John F. Bums, "New Afghan Rulers Impose Harsh Mores of the Islamic Code," New York Times, 10/1/1996; John F. Burns, "Stoning of Afghan Adulterers: Some Go to Take Part, Others Just Watch," New York Times, 11/3/1996.
22). PBS Frontline, Prince Bandar interview, 9/2001.
23). PBS Frontline, "About the bin Laden Family. Origins of the bin Laden Family," 2002.
24). PBS, Frontline, 2001; see also Peter Brewton, "Harken Energy: George W.'s Perfect Storm," 7/15/2002; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993; Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999.
25). Weaver, Mary Anne. "The Real bin Laden," The New Yorker, 1/24/2000
26). Department of Defense, "21st Century Complete Guide to the Gulf War, Operation Desert Shield and Desert Storm, from the Invasion by Iraq and Saddam Hussein to the Liberation of Kuwait, with Declassified Military and CIA Files," Department of Defense, Progressive Management, 2002.
27). Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, "George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography," The Executive Intelligence Review.
28). Daniel Golden et al. "Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank," Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001.
29). BBC News, 6/11/2001.
30). Robert Scheer, Making Money, the Bush Way," Los Angeles Times, 2/20/2002; Baltimore Chronicle, "Republican-controlled Carlyle Group poses serious Ethical Questions for Bush Presidents, but 'News' Media ignore it," 10/4/01; Jason Nisse, "Carlyle Group, Employer of Bush Sr., Profits from Massive Weapons Program Signed by Jr. which the Pentagon had advised be Canceled," Independent, 1/30/02.
31). Village Voice, 10/31/01; Washington Post, 10/3/01.
32). Washington Post, 11/30/2001; Associated Press, 6/10/2002; BBC News, 12/1/2001.
33). Richard D. Kaplan, The Lawless Frontier," 9/2000.
34). Christian Science Monitor, 10/31/2001.
35). Newsweek, 9/15/2001.
36). UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT, SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, v. ALI MOHAMED, New York, N.Y. October 20, 2000.
37). Peter Waldman, The Wall Street Journal, 11/26/2001; see also San Francisco Chronicle, 11/4/2001.
38). The Guardian, 11/7/2001.
39). BBC Newsnight, 6/11/2001; Guardian, 7/11/2001.
40). BBC New, Newsnight, Greg Palast, 6/11/2001.
41). Sara Jess, et al., "America Attacked," University Press, California, 10/11/2001; Joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-October, 2002.
42). Peter Kornbluh (Editor), "Bay of Pigs Declassified: The Secret CIA Report on the Invasion of Cuba, National Security Archive Documents Reader," New Press, 1998; James G. Blight & Peter Kornbluh (Editors), "Politics of Illusion: The Bay of Pigs Invasion Reexamined," Lynne Rienner Publishers, 1998. Syrokomsky, Vitaly, "International Terrorism and the CIA: Documents, Eyewitness Reports, Facts," Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1983.
43). Donald Freed, "Death in Washington," Westport Press, 1980.
41). "Date: November 29, 1963 To: Director Bureau of Intelligence and Research Department of State From: John Edgar Hoover, Director Subject: ASSASSINATION OF PRESIDENT JOHN F. KENNEDY NOVEMBER 22, 1963. Our Miami, Florida, Office ....The substance of the foregoing information was orally furnished to Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency ..."
42). New Yorker, 10/16/2001.
43). Sayed Qasim Reshtya, "The Price of Liberty: The Tragedy of Afghanistan," Bardi Editore, Roma Italy, 1984.
44). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001.
45). John Prados, "Afghanistan lessons from the Last War. U.S. Analysis of the Soviet War in Afghanistan: Declassified," 10/9/2001.
46). Central Intelligence Agency, "Special National Intelligence Estimate 37-89, Afghanistan: The War in Perspective," November 1989; Central Intelligence Agency, Directorate of Intelligence, Office of Political Analysis, "The Soviets and the Tribes of Southwest Asia," CIA Declassification Release, 9/23/1980.
47). PBS Frontline, 2001; Jean Charles Brisard & Guillaume Dasquie, "Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth."
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 4:24 am
PART 1 OF 2
Chapter 10: BUSH, FBI & CIA & SABOTAGE PRE-9-11 INVESTIGATIONS
FBI/CIA Agents Working for Bin Laden?
The Bush administration and high ranking members of the FBI and CIA, have claimed that it is impossible for the CIA to plant or recruit spies from within terrorist organizations such as al- Qaeda. That differences of language, religion, and ethnicity, make recruitment impossible. American spies would "stand out like a sore thumb" and would be killed and eliminated by "evil doers."
Thus, saith the Bush team, we are deaf, dumb, and blind as to what takes place within these organizations as they are nearly impossible to penetrate. And, the corporate-controlled American mass media repeats these absurdities despite even recent and well publicized evidence to the contrary; e.g. John Walker Lindh and Jose Padilla.
Jose Padilla, for example, is not Arabic. He is not from Afghanistan. He was born in Puerto Rico and raised right here in the United States. Nor does he have a Muslim religious background or heritage. For much of his youth he was the member of a notorious Chicago-based gang. He was a punk. A "gang banger" who had been implicated in a gangland murder when he was 13. He had been arrested in 1991, after a road-rage shooting incident (1).
As he approached his 30th birthday, Jose Padilla, became interested in Islam. He became a Muslim and took a Muslim name, Abdullah al-Muhajir. In 1998, Jose Padilla journeyed to Pakistan in search of authentic Islamic teaching, and to make contact and join up with Islamic gang bangers, al-Qaeda. According to the U.S. Justice Department, in March of 2002, Jose Padilla met with senior al-Qaeda operatives in Karachi, including Abu Zubaydah, a senior al-Qaeda commander. He also joined in discussions about the possibility of creating a radiological "dirty bomb."
He was arrested on May 8, 2002, after flying into Chicago's O'Hare airport from Pakistan.
Attorney General John Ashcroft has described Padilla, as an "al-Qaeda operative," and an "enemy combatant," thus stripping him of his legal and constitutional rights (1).
And yet, although a 31 year old Latino male, raised in the United States, was able to gain access to senior members of al- Qaeda. although he became involved in discussions of possible terrorist attacks on the U.S., the Bush administration wishes us to believe that it is nearly impossible to insert a spy into the al-Qaeda terrorist network.
And then there is John Walker Lindh (2). Although raised a Catholic from an affluent home, and despite having a father who once worked for the Justice Department, John Walker Lindh, a skinny, effeminate, "White boy" from Marin County, California, was readily accepted into the ranks of al-Qaeda. John Walker Lindh was in fact recruited while living in Marin County, and then twice traveled from the U.S. to Yemen -- a haven for al-Qaeda operatives. Following the October 2000 bombing of the USS Cole, Walker traveled from Yemen to Pakistan, where, like Jose Padilla, he met with terrorists directly associated with al-Qaeda. From Pakistan he journeyed to Afghanistan, where he met personally, on five different occasions, with Osama bin Laden. He even stayed at Osama bin Laden's guest house, and attended lectures delivered by Osama (2). John Walker Lindh was still in Afghanistan on 9/11/2001, and was made privy to ongoing plans for terrorist operations in the United States.
*******
The FBI, CIA, and Bush administration have repeatedly claimed the 9/11 attacks could not have been anticipated and could not have been prevented. When confronted with the incredible body of evidence indicating the CIA, FBI, and other intelligence agencies had more than enough evidence to conclude the obvious, the Bush White House, and the corporate controlled mass media have tried to explain that the terrorists had "slipped through the cracks."
We have been assured that U.S. intelligence agencies were so overwhelmed with information, and have been so restricted by restrictive and unnecessary laws, that they were unable penetrate al-Qaeda or "connect the dots."
The evidence indicates otherwise.
Several of the hijackers had been identified, and placed under surveillance by U.S. intelligence agencies prior to 9/11. Four of them were even identified, as potential hijackers, by a passenger, in August, who became alarmed by their "obvious" intentions, and this information was passed on from the FAA to the FBI.
*******
The CIA (and other US intelligence agencies) had first established a relationship with Osama bin Laden in the late 1970s (3). That relationship continued throughout the 1980s and 1990s and even into the year 2001, when he allegedly met with a CIA agent in Dubai in July (4) -- a city where 9/11 hijacker, Ziad al- Jarrah, was interviewed by the CIA seven months earlier (5).
The CIA (and other US intelligence agencies) had developed close working relationships with a number of men directly associated with bin Laden, and his al-Qaeda terrorist organization long before 9/11. In fact U.S. Intelligence agencies had a number of "agents who infiltrated al-Qaeda and its Taliban allies" (6). Mohammed Khaksar, the Taliban's deputy interior minister and intelligence chief, was a CIA informant (7). Because of this relationship, following the U.S. led attack on the Taliban, he defected and became a trusted member of the U.S. backed Northern Alliance.
As Khaksar later admitted to reporters, beginning in "1999" he "kept up a regular secret dialogue with [and] served as a clandestine contact for U.S. intelligence services while serving the Taliban and al-Qaeda. CIA agents disguised as journalists visited him to solicit inside information" (7).
Khaksar say that one of the reasons he began providing information to U.S. intelligence, is that he didn't trust bin laden and was suspicious of bin Laden's motives. He says he voiced his suspicions to other Taliban leaders that bin laden "would do something bad, and it will have a bad effect on Afghanistan" (7).
As detailed in court records. Ali Mohamed, an Egyptian-born U.S. citizen, was also a CIA spy and an FBI informant (8,9). Ali Mohamed trained Osama bin Laden's bodyguards, and was linked to the 1993 bombing of the World Trade center and the bombings of the U.S. embassies in Africa. He also helped al-Zawahiri, one of the leaders of al-Qaeda, enter the US with a fake passport in 1995, and tour U.S. mosques, raising money later funneled to al-Qaeda. Ali Mohamed also helped plan the 1998 bombing ofthe U.S. Embassy in Kenya. Ali Mohamed, however, was a U.S. government informant during his entire terrorist career. In fact, he was trained in the United States, at a U.S. military installation and then served as a CIA operative in Afghanistan.
He was not alone.
According to a report that appeared in Newsweek (10) "five of the alleged hijackers ... received training at secure U.S. military installations in the 1990s. Three of the hijackers listed their address on drivers licenses and car registrations as the Naval Air Station in Pensacola, Florida. Another of the alleged hijackers may have been trained in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery, Ala., said a high-ranking Pentagon official. The fifth man may have received language instruction at Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio, Tex. Both were former Saudi Air Force pilots who had come to the United States, according to the Pentagon source. The three foreign nationals training in Pensacola appear to be Saeed Alghamdi and Ahmad Alnami, who were among the four men who commandeered United Airlines Flight 93. The third man, Ahmed Alghamdi, helped highjack United Airlines Flight 75. Drivers licenses issued in 1996 and 1998 list the barracks as their residences."
After the 9/11 tragedy, Florida Democratic Senator Bob Nelson, upon reading these allegations fired off an indignant letter demanding an explanation from the FBI and John Ashcroft's Justice Department. The senator got nowhere. According to Senator Nelson's office, "In the wake of those reports we asked about the Pensacola Naval Air Station but we never got a definitive answer from the Justice Department" or "the FBI. Their response to date has been that they are trying to sort through something complicated and difficult."
Another 9/11 hijacker, Ziad al-Jarrah, also maintained a relationship with the CIA. Indeed, he met with CIA officials as recently as January of 2001, at which point he was debriefed.
As reported by CNN (5), "Jarrah had spent at least three weeks in January 2001, at an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan." Upon completing his terrorist training, the CIA, which had been monitoring his movements, requested that intelligence officials based in the United Arab Emirates question him about "his terrorist activities." According to CNN, the CIA had "Jarrah stopped at the airport in Dubai on January 30, 2001, after the CIA notified officials that he would be arriving from Pakistan on his way back to Europe."
The CIA questioned, debriefed, and then allowed him to return to Europe and from Europe to the United States.
On 9/11, Ziad al-Jarrah piloted the hijacked jet that crashed in Pennsylvania.
As was the case with the five 9/11 hijackers who were trained at U.S. military bases in the 1990s, the relationship between Ziad al-Jarrah and the CIA began in the 1990s.
In 1999, Ziad al-Jarrah, moved into a Hamburg apartment already shared by future 9/11 hijackers Mohammed Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi (11). In October, 1999, Ziad al-Jarrah, Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi, attended the wedding of al-Qaeda operative, Said Bahaji, a German-born Muslim of Moroccan descent. Also at the wedding: Mohammed Heidar Zammar, a known al-Qaeda recruiter (12).
This was all duly noted by the CIA (13).
On the morning of Nov. 29, 1999, U.S. Intelligence tracked and then followed Ziad al-Jarrah as he, Mohammed Atta, and Marwan Al-Shehhi left Germany, then boarded Turkish Airlines Flight 1662. In the company of another al-Qaeda operative also linked to Pakistan's intelligence service, bin al-Shibh, they flew from Istanbul to Karachi, Pakistan. These men remained under surveillance for several more days, and were then tracked to an al- Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan (13).
Atta, it is believed, was the leader of the four 9/11 hijacking teams. During a phone conversation that was taped by the CIA, al- Jarrah referred to Atta as "boss."
Based on information apparently supplied by al-Jarrah, or other spies within al-Qaeda, the CIA learned that Atta and the other men met with Osama bin laden and that Atta was treated as an honored guest (13). Subsequently Atta was tape recorded by the CIA discussing with another known terrorist, a forthcoming attack on the United States (14).
The three men did not return to Germany until February 2000, at which point they began using the internet to send and receive information from flight schools in the United States. Over 30 different schools were contacted (15). A Hamburg librarian later claimed she overhead al-Shehhi speaking of the World Trade Center and then boasting: "There will be thousands of dead. You will all think of me" (15).
Atta, al-Shehhi, and al-Jarrah were not the only 9/11 hijackers being closely monitored.
For example, we know that the FBI and CIA had also been observing two of the hijackers, Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf Alhazmi, during this same time period (16). The CIA and FBI knew the men were linked to al-Qaeda and had met with Osama bin Laden. The CIA and FBI also knew that al-Midhar's father-in-law ran an al-Qaeda safehouse in Yemen, and that he had acted in the past to relay messages between al-Qaeda operatives (17).
The CIA tracked Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi to Malaysia, where a high level al-Qaeda conference was to be held, in January 2000 (16). The CIA ordered Malaysian Intelligence to photograph the participants, which included a one-legged member of al-Qaeda Tawfiq Attash Khallad. Khallad was a top al-Qaeda lieutenant and the chief planner of the bombing of the USS Cole.
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were photographed talking with Khallad. After the meeting, Khallad is known to have provided funds, and to have paid for the plane tickets of al-Hazmi and AI- Midhar, to America (16).
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were also photographed talking with bin al-Shibh, the same man who had accompanied Atta, al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah to Afghanistan. Bin al- Shibh -- acting in concert with Pakistan's Intelligence Service (ISI) -- would later wire $115,000 to the Florida bank accounts of Atta and al-Shehhi (16), and an as yet undisclosed sum of cash to Zacarias Moussaoui (the so called "20th hijacker").
How did the CIA know of this meeting? There were multiple sources, one of which included listening in on intercepted phone calls made from a tapped-phone in al-Midhar's father-in-laws al-Qaeda safe house (17).
All this information, including the fact that Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi had entered the United States soon after attending an al-Qaeda conference in Malaysia, was gathered by the CIA and was passed on to the FBI's counterterrorism center at FBI headquarters in January 2000 (16).
And yet, for the next 18 months, both agencies permitted these two terrorists to move about freely and to hold meetings with at least six of the other hijackers, including Mohammed Atta and Hani Hanjour (16). Hanjour would later hijack American Airlines Flight 77.
These men did not fall through the cracks. The FBI and CIA knew they were dangerous. One unidentified FBI agent from the agency's New York office, said that he warned his superiors that "someone would die" unless the government more aggressively investigated the mysterious trail of al-Midhar (16). Instead, top level officials in the FBI and CIA allowed these men to go about their activities with impunity.
Like Atta and the others, Khalid AI-Midhar and Nawaf al- Hazmi rented apartments, obtained credit cards and driver's licenses, set up bank accounts, listed their real names in the San Diego phone book, and even took flying lessons, while under "surveillance" (11).
In fact, they moved into the home of Abduss Attar Sheikh -- an FBI informant! Abduss Attar Sheikh, a Muslim they met at a Mosque in San Diego, helped them open a bank account and get internet access, while simultaneously reporting this to the FBI (16,17). Local FBI agents even visited the home, on a regular basis, while al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were present!
These individuals had little fear of being arrested. On one occasion, May I, 2001, Nawaf al-Hazmi called police to report that someone tried to rob him. He later declined to press charges.
Several others 9/11 hijackers also came to the attention of the police, including Atta (11) and Ziad al-Jarrah -- both stopped for speeding (16).
Atta was also held and questioned at length when he arrived at the Miami International Airport in January, on a tourist visa. Atta boldly told immigration officials that he was in the United States for flight training. Even though any kind of training would have required a student or vocational education visa, someone intervened on Atta's behalf and they let him enter the country illegally.
As noted, although al-Midhar and al-Hazmi were on a special "watch list" and were known to be associating with terrorists, they were allowed free entry into the U.S. (II, 16). In fact, even when al-Midhar left the U.S. to travel in the Middle East and Southeast Asia, and although he had been videotaped meeting with one of the suspects in the Oct. 12, 2000 terrorist attack of the USS Cole, he was able to renew his visa after it had expired. He returned to the United States, unchallenged, on July 4, 2001.
Likewise, Atta, al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah, were allowed to undergo pilot training, and to move about the country, and to meet with many of the other hijackers, and to board and then hijack American commercial jet liners and crash them into the World Trade Center.
Mohammed Atta, Al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah were not overlooked. They did not fall between the cracks.
Mohammed Atta, the 9/11 ring leader had been of special interest for years (11). His movements were tracked by the CIA, he was followed and photographed, and we know that even some of his phone conversations were tape recorded by the CIA and the National Security Agency (16).
Atta was well known to U.S. Intelligence. He had been implicated in previous terrorists attacks against Israel. He and his "cousin" Marwan, had been linked by German authorities to Islamic extremists and the bin Laden organization. He had been photographed allegedly meeting with a senior Iraqi intelligence officer, in April 2001, by the Czechoslovakian Intelligence Services -- information that was turned over to the CIA (11,16).
And then, after coming to this country, Mohammed Atta repeatedly drew attention to himself, driving recklessly without a license and getting a speeding ticket, getting drunk in public, making anti-American statements, spending money lavishly though the had no source of income, and failing to appear in court which resulted in the issuing of an arrest warrant (11). In fact, in July 2001, he was stopped again by police in Delray Beach, for speeding. And, although a warrant for his arrest had been issued in a neighboring county for failing to appear in court the officer let him go for reasons that have not been explained. And he did all this while being closely monitored by the CIA and FBI.
Atta was arrogant and supremely confident with no fear of being apprehended or arrested.
The behavior of Atta, Khalid al-Midhar, Nawaf al-Hazmi, and others, the fact that none of these men seemed to have any concern about U.S. authorities, raises the possibility that they were being shielded by those who were watching them. It raises the possibility that they knew they were being protected by those who made it possible for them and the other 9/11 hijackers to enter the country.
Consider, again the case of Ali Mohamed (8,9). Ali had been trained at the United States Army's special-warfare school in Fort Bragg, where he learned how to create terrorist cell structures that could be used for terrorist operations. And, with the blessing of the CIA, he taught all that he had learned to al-Qaeda operatives including group survival techniques, map reading, how to fire automatic weapons and build booby traps with explosives. He regularly reported to the FBI and CIA. However, when he was arrested after it was inadvertently revealed that he was linked to the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, and the October 1998 bombings of the U.S. embassies, he was such an important double agent that Federal officials came to his rescue. Thus we discover that he waved a trial and pled guilty to five counts, in October of 2000, and was never sentenced!
Ali Mohamed was being protected because he was an undercover CIA/FBI operative. He was protected by top officials in the FBI and CIA even though they knew he was involved in terrorist activities and assisting those who were planning to kill and who had killed Americans (18). He was protected because he was a double agent who informed U.S. Intelligence in advance of these these attacks, which top officials in the FBI and CIA then allowed to take place.
In 1999, a National Security Council staffer working for the Clinton administration, met with FBI officials at the White House and pointed out that Ayman al-Zawahiri, had visited the United States on a fund-raising trip (19) -- a trip arranged by Ali Mohamed (8,9). He then asked: "'Did you know that?" The FBI officials nodded warily. 'Well,' the staffer continued, 'if he was here, someone was handling his travel and arranging his meetings and someone was giving him money. Do you know who these people are? Do you have them covered? There are cells here and we need to know about them.' 'Yeah, yeah, we know. Don't worry about it,''' the F.B.I. officials replied. According to Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon, the director and the senior director for counterterrorism on the security council staff during the Clinton administration, what these FBI officials were saying was: Back off (19).
Ali Mohamed was protected.
The behavior of al-Hazmi, al-Midhar, Mohammed Atta, and many of the other 9/11 hijackers, the fact that they made no attempt to conceal their actions or whereabouts, and the ease at which they were able to leave and reenter the country, suggests that they had no reason to be concerned about being caught, because they knew they were being protected. Atta in fact took seven international trips, some of which were to Afghanistan and Saudi Arabia, and had no problem reentering the United States.
Mohammed Atta drank too much, drove too fast, flashed large wads of cash, and made anti-American statements while taking flying lessons, because he felt he was protected.
These individuals had so little fear of being arrested, they felt so protected, that they were even willing to drive recklessly, and in the case of Nawaf al-Hazmi, make calls to the police. Nawaf al-Hazmi, using his real name, even filed a police report, on May I, of an attempted robbery. Atta and Ziad al-Jarrah had both been stopped, and ticketed for speeding, and then failed to show up in court -- thus inviting an arrest.
They had no fear of arrest. They had no fear of being identified as terrorists.
They were being protected.
Protected by what? Allah, or by the CIA and FBI?
On August I, actor James Woods, while a passenger on a flight from Boston to Los Angeles, became alarmed by the behavior of four men who he thought were intending on hijacking the plane. As he explained during a February 2002, television interview on Fox TV's O'Reilly Factor, the possibility that these men were planning a hijacking "would have been blatantly obvious to the most casual observer." Mr. Woods states that he informed one of the pilots, pointed out the four men, and that a report was filed by the flight crew in early August, and that the report went directly to the FAA regarding the suspicious behavior of the four men.
According to Mr. Woods, he contacted the FBI, following the 9/11 hijacking, and was "told unofficially ... that all four of them were terrorists involved" in the 9/11 attack. Woods was also told, however, that he should keep the details secret because of national security.
Hence, in August, four of the 9-11 hijackers had been identified as possible hijackers, and yet the FBI did nothing.
The men were being protected.
What we also know -- and as has been reported in the Wall Street Journal (20) and other publications (21) -- is that the Bush family and the Carlyle Group was in business with the bin Laden family. We also know that George H.W. Bush had stayed, as an honored guest, at the bin Laden palace. We know that after his son, George W. was elected President, that Bush Jr., Colin Powell, and National Security Advisor, Condaleezza Rice were receiving detailed phone calls from G.H.W. Bush -- a man who was in power when Osama bin Laden was first recruited, and who -- like the bin- Ladens and other Saudis -- stood to make an incredible sum of money if a terrorist attack on the United States was followed by a war on Afghanistan (22) and then Iraq.
And we know that George H.W. Bush, the former director of the CIA, had been with the agency since at least the early 1960s (23). And we know, no one ever really leaves the CIA -- certainly not G.H.W. Bush.
We also know that the Bush family were linked to the Nazis, that businesses directed by Prescott Bush were seized for violating the Trading with the Enemy Act, and that George H.W. Bush has been linked to terrorist atrocities throughout the world.
And then there is the Carlyle Group, which, like the Bush family is in business with the bin Ladens. There are so many ex- CIA agents on the payroll of Carlyle, that some have likened it to a CIA-front organization.
Thus we suspect that even after George Bush Sr. had been voted out of office, his hands, and the hands of his associates, were probably still wrapped tightly around the throat of the CIA, and no doubt the FBI-Intelligence organizations which actively sabotaged any meaningful investigation into al-Qaeda, bin Laden, or his terrorist operatives in the United states. Indeed, top FBI and CIA officials continued to hinder the efforts of lower ranking FBI agents, in the months, days, and even hours before the 9/11 tragedy (24,25,26,27,28).
Consider, again the Carlyle Group. Frank Carlucci is a former deputy CIA director, Bush is a former CIA director, and it has been said that dozens of former CIA agents are on the Carlyle payroll. The Carlyle Group expected to profit handsomely, and it has profited handsomely from the "war on terrorism" -- a war that would not have begun if al-Qaeda had been stopped.
According to Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon (19), when they and other Clinton staffers, including President Clinton, attempted to force the CIA and FBI to take action against bin Laden and al-Qaeda, and the terrorist threat they believed loomed on the horizon, the C.I.A., F.B.I. and even the military were uncooperative.
Likewise, when Clinton sought to utilize the unmanned Predator drone, to find al-Qaeda targets and fire missiles at them, George Tenet of the CIA as well as the Air Force refused to cooperate, arguing that assassination would be a bad policy. The FBI was uncooperative in the extreme (19,24,25,26,27,28).
GEORGE W. BUSH IS ELECTED PRESIDENT: THE COVER UP BEGINS
In January of 2001, in the first week after being sworn into office, the Bush team ordered the FBI and all intelligence agencies to "back off' investigations involving bin Laden and the Saudis.
Before Bush came into office there were several dozen analysts assigned to two operational units focused on Osama bin Laden and radical fundamentalists groups. After Bush came to power, these individuals were reassigned. In consequence, the F.B.I. had only one analyst working on strategic assessments of al-Qaeda (16).
In addition, the Bush team and National Security advisor, Ms. Condoleezza Rice, killed all plans, provided by the outgoing Clinton administration, to launch a major initiative to take on and destroy bin Laden's al-Qaeda organization.
Specifically, in January of 2001, in the waning days of the Clinton administration, Clinton National Security Adviser, Sandy Berger, called a National Security meeting, the purpose of which was to brief incoming National Security advisor, Condoleezza Rice, and her staff, including her deputy, Stephen Hadley, about the menace of bin Laden and al-Qaeda.
''I'm coming to this briefing" Berger told Rice, "to underscore how important I think this subject is. I believe that the Bush administration will spend more time on terrorism generally, and on al-Qaeda specifically, than any other subject."
During that meeting, which took place in the White House Situation Room, Rice and her deputy, were given a detailed "plan" outlining a major initiative to take on and destroy bin Laden's al- Qaeda organization. These included plans to arrest the leaders of all al-Qaeda terrorist cells and those providing financial aid to bin Laden, and to "eliminate" bin Laden's "sanctuary" in Afghanistan.
The Bush team wasn't interested and disregarded these recommendations. Instead they began ordering top FBI officials to slow down or halt all investigations into bin Laden or his Saudi connections. It was being made clear to all concerned that absolutely no action would be taken on any information regarding a terrorist threats posed by bin Laden or al-Qaeda.
Later, after 9/11 and when questioned by reporters, Rice (through a spokeswoman) claimed she had no recollection of such a meeting. Her top aids also denied ever receiving any such document or plan. Thus Rice, and therefore, the Bush administration would have us believe that they took absolutely no action because no one had given them a plan and because they didn't know bin Laden was such a threat.
"Never did we realize that the enemy was so well organized ..." Bush whined.
Right. And the cow jumped over the moon.
Indeed, the Bush team not only shifted the focus from al- Qaeda, bin Laden, and the Saudis, but ordered FBI and all intelligence agencies to "back off' investigations involving the bin Laden family and any links between Saudi Arabia and terrorism (26).
For example, in an interview broadcast by BBC News Newsnight (25), Michael Wildes, a former U.S. Attorney representing a Saudi diplomat, states that when he attempted to hand deliver documents which directly implicated Saudi citizens in financing terrorism, the FBI "refused" to accept them. Although lower level FBI agents wanted to examine the documents, they had been told that anything linking the Saudis to terrorism, was not to be explored.
It was not just documents, but terrorist activity that was not to be explored. Consider, for example, the case of Zacarias Moussaoui.
ZACARIAS MOUSSAOUI
In late August 2000, the FBI received repeated and insistent warnings from managers ofthe Pan Am International Flight School in Eagan, Minnesota about an Arab who was requesting training in a Boeing 747 simulator (11,24).
The Arab, Zacarias Moussaoui, only wanted to learn how to steer the jet and had no interest in learning about landings or takeoffs. "He just wanted to learn to steer the plane, which was very odd" (11).
This "odd" man, Zacarias Moussaoui, was arrested on August 17, for overstaying his visa. Because he was a French citizen, and based on the information received from the flight school, FBI field agents contacted French intelligence officials and were informed that Zacarias Moussaoui was a suspected terrorist and a fanatical believer in Islam (24).
This is the same Moussaoui, who, like Atta, received money transfers from al-Qaeda operative, bin al-Shibh. Moussaoui arrived in the United States with $35,0001n cash. On Aug. I and Aug. 3 bin al-Shibh wired him an additional $14,0001n money orders (16).
FBI officials also noted a "spike" in the cell phone usage of Mr. Atta, immediately after the arrest of Moussaoui (16).
Later, that evening, after he had been taken into custody, FBI agents were told by an informant that Moussaoui believed it was "acceptable to kill civilians who harm Muslims" and that it was a high honor to die as a "martyr" in such attacks (11).
Minnesota FBI agents were convinced that Moussaoui was a terrorist and a direct threat to the United States, and that he was planning to possibly hijack a commercial jet in a terrorist attack. After compiling an alarming amount of evidence, they contacted FBI headquarters as well as the head of the bureau's Radical Fundamentalist Unit, David Frasca. This is the same David Frasca who was sent information from Phoenix about Islamic extremists with terrorist connections and who were seeking to learn how to steer but not land commercial jetliners.
FBI headquarters and the Radical Fundamentalist Unit immediately acted to "block" and "deliberately" prevent the Minnesota FBI office from continuing its investigation (24).
As related by 21-year FBI veteran, Coleen Rowley, agents at the Minnesota FBI office began making "desperate" attempts to obtain cooperation from FBI headquarters who instead were "deliberately thwarting" any investigation. The Minnesota office in fact became so worried and frustrated by the inexplicable barriers they were encountering, that they contacted the CIA directly about Moussaoui.
The CIA reacted at once. FBI headquarters was informed, and the agents of the Minnesota FBI field office were reprimanded in no uncertain terms.
According to Rowley (24): "When, in a desperate 11th-hour measure to bypass the FBI HQ roadblock, the Minneapolis division undertook to directly notify the CIA's counterterrorist center, FBI HQ personnel chastised the Minneapolis agents."
The message was clear: "Hands off Moussaoui."
FBI headquarters did not just put a stop to the investigation, they sabotaged it in no uncertain terms. Top officials in the FBI in fact rewrote the Minnesota agents' request for search warrants and permission to conduct additional surveillance, removing important information, and altering it in such a fashion that it became a "joke."
As recalled by Agent Coleen Rowley, Minnesota agents became so frustrated by the inexplicable roadblocks erected that some even suggested that FBI headquarters was an "accomplice" to Osama bin Laden's efforts to attack the United States.
"Accomplice?"
Inexplicably, and contrary to normal protocol, the FBI officials also failed to inform the Minnesota or Phoenix office that both had come up with similar cases and had similar suspicions.
Kenneth Williams, an FBI agent in Phoenix had concluded a painstaking investigation and had uncovered detailed information that linked a number of Middle Eastern flight students to Osama bin Laden and to a radical British Islamic group, Al-Muhajiroun. Al-Muhajiroun is dedicated to the establishment of a global Muslim state through Islamic terror and the overthrow and destruction of all non-Islamic governments. Moreover, he discovered that one of the flight school students had communicated with Abu Zubaydah, one of bin Laden's top aides (16).
In July, Williams sent FBI headquarters a detailed report warning that Osama bin Laden's followers may be training in U.S. flight schools. He further reported that they had been inquiring about airport security, and that they may be planning to hijack commercial jetliners. Williams strongly urged that the FBI should canvass all flight schools in the United States to identify students with possible terrorist ties.
William's reported land on Ashcroft's desk in August. Ashcroft, the FBI, and the Bush administration, however, wish us to believe that the evidence did not seem credible, that Williams was just pursuing "a hunch."
"This was not a vague hunch," an unnamed congressional source told the Associated Press. "He was doing a case on these guys. He put in all the history about this pattern of radical Muslims and Osama (having) links to Arizona. He talked about fatwas (religious edicts) targeting U.S. airports. He noted that one guy was asking about airport security -- that's specific information, not guesswork. The memo was very specific. It named names," the official said.
In fact, two of the flight school students mentioned in William's report had direct links to al-Qaeda, and a third student had communicated by phone with Abu Zubaydah, a leader of al-Qaeda -- a phone call that was allegedly monitored by the CIA. Abu Zubaydah played a major role in organizing the 9/11 attacks and helped run a number of aI-Qaeda terrorist training camps.
William's five page report also included references to a "fatwa" issued by a man named Bakri, also known as Omar Bakri Fostok. Bakri had received a faxed letter from an al-Qaeda operative in Afghanistan, intercepted and copied by the CIA, which explicitly stated (16): "Bring down their airliners."
Ashcroft, however, claims that he never passed the information on to President Bush as he didn't think it was important.
Likewise, according to Ms. Hill of the joint House Senate Intelligence Committee, FBI personnel who reviewed Williams memo found it "speculative and not particularly significant." Ms. Hill also noted, however, that these same FBI agents knew that some flight students affiliated with bin Laden, were undergoing flight training in the United States, but they believed Osama's men were intending to fly goods and personnel in Afghanistan.
What?
They knew al-Qaeda was in the United States, taking flight lessons?
Of course they knew. That's the point. Although they knew, they not only let this flight training continue, but when informed that an al-Qaeda terrorist, Moussaoui, was in this country, and that he might be part of a plot to attack the World Trade Center with hijacked aircraft, top FBI officials sabotaged any further investigation (24). Indeed, one of the FBI agents who was thwarted by headquarters in fact warned he was trying to stop an attack on the "World Trade Center." His warning was dismissed.
Likewise, top officials in the CIA also conspired with top FBI officials to prevent any further investigation into Moussaoui (24). CIA officials falsely claimed they had no information linking him to terrorism. The CIA went to great lengths to dismiss the significance of the information provided by France's intelligence agencies. According to the CIA, the information provided by France did not provide "conclusive proof" of Moussaoui's ties to terrorism and thus any further investigation and any attempt to get a search warrant to examine Moussaoui's personal computer, should not be allowed.
But isn't that the purpose of conducting an investigation? To gather information?
Not according to FBI and CIA headquarters. Not when it comes to al-Qaeda. Not when it comes to an impending attack on the United States.
The Minnesota FBI field office would not back down. They made a second call to France. Their suspicions were again confirmed.
The FBI agents of Minnesota then rewrote their warrants and resubmitted them to headquarters. A supervisor in the Minnesota even followed up with a desperate phone call to FBI headquarters where he pleaded and then warned that they were trying to stop terrorists who planned "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center" (24).
FBI headquarters responded angrily: "That's not going to happen."
The request for a warrant met the same fate as the first. Like the five-page report from Phoenix agent Kenneth Williams, top FBI officials considered the Moussaoui case closed. The Minnesota FBI field office was ordered to back off.
After 9/11 when Moussaoui's computer was finally examined, direct evidence linking him to the other hijackers and al-Qaeda was discovered. He has since been charged as being the "20th hijacker."
However, when FBI Director Robert Mueller was asked why Moussaoui's background and computer were not thoroughly investigated prior to 9/11, he responded, as is his custom, by dissembling. According to Mueller: The FBI did everything in its power to determine if Moussaoui was part of a terrorist plot; a brazen falsity which in turn triggered a detailed letter from Special Agent and Minneapolis Chief Division Counsel (and an FBI division legal advisor for 12 years) Coleen M. Rowley. Rowley indirectly accused Mueller and the FBI of a "coverup " for "political reasons." She went on to note that other agents were accusing FBI headquarters of "deliberate" sabotage. "Jokes were actually made that the key FBIHQ personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden," she said.
Chapter 10: BUSH, FBI & CIA & SABOTAGE PRE-9-11 INVESTIGATIONS
FBI/CIA Agents Working for Bin Laden?
The Bush administration and high ranking members of the FBI and CIA, have claimed that it is impossible for the CIA to plant or recruit spies from within terrorist organizations such as al- Qaeda. That differences of language, religion, and ethnicity, make recruitment impossible. American spies would "stand out like a sore thumb" and would be killed and eliminated by "evil doers."
Thus, saith the Bush team, we are deaf, dumb, and blind as to what takes place within these organizations as they are nearly impossible to penetrate. And, the corporate-controlled American mass media repeats these absurdities despite even recent and well publicized evidence to the contrary; e.g. John Walker Lindh and Jose Padilla.
Jose Padilla, for example, is not Arabic. He is not from Afghanistan. He was born in Puerto Rico and raised right here in the United States. Nor does he have a Muslim religious background or heritage. For much of his youth he was the member of a notorious Chicago-based gang. He was a punk. A "gang banger" who had been implicated in a gangland murder when he was 13. He had been arrested in 1991, after a road-rage shooting incident (1).
As he approached his 30th birthday, Jose Padilla, became interested in Islam. He became a Muslim and took a Muslim name, Abdullah al-Muhajir. In 1998, Jose Padilla journeyed to Pakistan in search of authentic Islamic teaching, and to make contact and join up with Islamic gang bangers, al-Qaeda. According to the U.S. Justice Department, in March of 2002, Jose Padilla met with senior al-Qaeda operatives in Karachi, including Abu Zubaydah, a senior al-Qaeda commander. He also joined in discussions about the possibility of creating a radiological "dirty bomb."
He was arrested on May 8, 2002, after flying into Chicago's O'Hare airport from Pakistan.
Attorney General John Ashcroft has described Padilla, as an "al-Qaeda operative," and an "enemy combatant," thus stripping him of his legal and constitutional rights (1).
And yet, although a 31 year old Latino male, raised in the United States, was able to gain access to senior members of al- Qaeda. although he became involved in discussions of possible terrorist attacks on the U.S., the Bush administration wishes us to believe that it is nearly impossible to insert a spy into the al-Qaeda terrorist network.
And then there is John Walker Lindh (2). Although raised a Catholic from an affluent home, and despite having a father who once worked for the Justice Department, John Walker Lindh, a skinny, effeminate, "White boy" from Marin County, California, was readily accepted into the ranks of al-Qaeda. John Walker Lindh was in fact recruited while living in Marin County, and then twice traveled from the U.S. to Yemen -- a haven for al-Qaeda operatives. Following the October 2000 bombing of the USS Cole, Walker traveled from Yemen to Pakistan, where, like Jose Padilla, he met with terrorists directly associated with al-Qaeda. From Pakistan he journeyed to Afghanistan, where he met personally, on five different occasions, with Osama bin Laden. He even stayed at Osama bin Laden's guest house, and attended lectures delivered by Osama (2). John Walker Lindh was still in Afghanistan on 9/11/2001, and was made privy to ongoing plans for terrorist operations in the United States.
*******
The FBI, CIA, and Bush administration have repeatedly claimed the 9/11 attacks could not have been anticipated and could not have been prevented. When confronted with the incredible body of evidence indicating the CIA, FBI, and other intelligence agencies had more than enough evidence to conclude the obvious, the Bush White House, and the corporate controlled mass media have tried to explain that the terrorists had "slipped through the cracks."
We have been assured that U.S. intelligence agencies were so overwhelmed with information, and have been so restricted by restrictive and unnecessary laws, that they were unable penetrate al-Qaeda or "connect the dots."
The evidence indicates otherwise.
Several of the hijackers had been identified, and placed under surveillance by U.S. intelligence agencies prior to 9/11. Four of them were even identified, as potential hijackers, by a passenger, in August, who became alarmed by their "obvious" intentions, and this information was passed on from the FAA to the FBI.
*******
The CIA (and other US intelligence agencies) had first established a relationship with Osama bin Laden in the late 1970s (3). That relationship continued throughout the 1980s and 1990s and even into the year 2001, when he allegedly met with a CIA agent in Dubai in July (4) -- a city where 9/11 hijacker, Ziad al- Jarrah, was interviewed by the CIA seven months earlier (5).
The CIA (and other US intelligence agencies) had developed close working relationships with a number of men directly associated with bin Laden, and his al-Qaeda terrorist organization long before 9/11. In fact U.S. Intelligence agencies had a number of "agents who infiltrated al-Qaeda and its Taliban allies" (6). Mohammed Khaksar, the Taliban's deputy interior minister and intelligence chief, was a CIA informant (7). Because of this relationship, following the U.S. led attack on the Taliban, he defected and became a trusted member of the U.S. backed Northern Alliance.
As Khaksar later admitted to reporters, beginning in "1999" he "kept up a regular secret dialogue with [and] served as a clandestine contact for U.S. intelligence services while serving the Taliban and al-Qaeda. CIA agents disguised as journalists visited him to solicit inside information" (7).
Khaksar say that one of the reasons he began providing information to U.S. intelligence, is that he didn't trust bin laden and was suspicious of bin Laden's motives. He says he voiced his suspicions to other Taliban leaders that bin laden "would do something bad, and it will have a bad effect on Afghanistan" (7).
As detailed in court records. Ali Mohamed, an Egyptian-born U.S. citizen, was also a CIA spy and an FBI informant (8,9). Ali Mohamed trained Osama bin Laden's bodyguards, and was linked to the 1993 bombing of the World Trade center and the bombings of the U.S. embassies in Africa. He also helped al-Zawahiri, one of the leaders of al-Qaeda, enter the US with a fake passport in 1995, and tour U.S. mosques, raising money later funneled to al-Qaeda. Ali Mohamed also helped plan the 1998 bombing ofthe U.S. Embassy in Kenya. Ali Mohamed, however, was a U.S. government informant during his entire terrorist career. In fact, he was trained in the United States, at a U.S. military installation and then served as a CIA operative in Afghanistan.
He was not alone.
According to a report that appeared in Newsweek (10) "five of the alleged hijackers ... received training at secure U.S. military installations in the 1990s. Three of the hijackers listed their address on drivers licenses and car registrations as the Naval Air Station in Pensacola, Florida. Another of the alleged hijackers may have been trained in strategy and tactics at the Air War College in Montgomery, Ala., said a high-ranking Pentagon official. The fifth man may have received language instruction at Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio, Tex. Both were former Saudi Air Force pilots who had come to the United States, according to the Pentagon source. The three foreign nationals training in Pensacola appear to be Saeed Alghamdi and Ahmad Alnami, who were among the four men who commandeered United Airlines Flight 93. The third man, Ahmed Alghamdi, helped highjack United Airlines Flight 75. Drivers licenses issued in 1996 and 1998 list the barracks as their residences."
After the 9/11 tragedy, Florida Democratic Senator Bob Nelson, upon reading these allegations fired off an indignant letter demanding an explanation from the FBI and John Ashcroft's Justice Department. The senator got nowhere. According to Senator Nelson's office, "In the wake of those reports we asked about the Pensacola Naval Air Station but we never got a definitive answer from the Justice Department" or "the FBI. Their response to date has been that they are trying to sort through something complicated and difficult."
Another 9/11 hijacker, Ziad al-Jarrah, also maintained a relationship with the CIA. Indeed, he met with CIA officials as recently as January of 2001, at which point he was debriefed.
As reported by CNN (5), "Jarrah had spent at least three weeks in January 2001, at an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan." Upon completing his terrorist training, the CIA, which had been monitoring his movements, requested that intelligence officials based in the United Arab Emirates question him about "his terrorist activities." According to CNN, the CIA had "Jarrah stopped at the airport in Dubai on January 30, 2001, after the CIA notified officials that he would be arriving from Pakistan on his way back to Europe."
The CIA questioned, debriefed, and then allowed him to return to Europe and from Europe to the United States.
On 9/11, Ziad al-Jarrah piloted the hijacked jet that crashed in Pennsylvania.
As was the case with the five 9/11 hijackers who were trained at U.S. military bases in the 1990s, the relationship between Ziad al-Jarrah and the CIA began in the 1990s.
In 1999, Ziad al-Jarrah, moved into a Hamburg apartment already shared by future 9/11 hijackers Mohammed Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi (11). In October, 1999, Ziad al-Jarrah, Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi, attended the wedding of al-Qaeda operative, Said Bahaji, a German-born Muslim of Moroccan descent. Also at the wedding: Mohammed Heidar Zammar, a known al-Qaeda recruiter (12).
This was all duly noted by the CIA (13).
On the morning of Nov. 29, 1999, U.S. Intelligence tracked and then followed Ziad al-Jarrah as he, Mohammed Atta, and Marwan Al-Shehhi left Germany, then boarded Turkish Airlines Flight 1662. In the company of another al-Qaeda operative also linked to Pakistan's intelligence service, bin al-Shibh, they flew from Istanbul to Karachi, Pakistan. These men remained under surveillance for several more days, and were then tracked to an al- Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan (13).
Atta, it is believed, was the leader of the four 9/11 hijacking teams. During a phone conversation that was taped by the CIA, al- Jarrah referred to Atta as "boss."
Based on information apparently supplied by al-Jarrah, or other spies within al-Qaeda, the CIA learned that Atta and the other men met with Osama bin laden and that Atta was treated as an honored guest (13). Subsequently Atta was tape recorded by the CIA discussing with another known terrorist, a forthcoming attack on the United States (14).
The three men did not return to Germany until February 2000, at which point they began using the internet to send and receive information from flight schools in the United States. Over 30 different schools were contacted (15). A Hamburg librarian later claimed she overhead al-Shehhi speaking of the World Trade Center and then boasting: "There will be thousands of dead. You will all think of me" (15).
Atta, al-Shehhi, and al-Jarrah were not the only 9/11 hijackers being closely monitored.
For example, we know that the FBI and CIA had also been observing two of the hijackers, Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf Alhazmi, during this same time period (16). The CIA and FBI knew the men were linked to al-Qaeda and had met with Osama bin Laden. The CIA and FBI also knew that al-Midhar's father-in-law ran an al-Qaeda safehouse in Yemen, and that he had acted in the past to relay messages between al-Qaeda operatives (17).
The CIA tracked Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi to Malaysia, where a high level al-Qaeda conference was to be held, in January 2000 (16). The CIA ordered Malaysian Intelligence to photograph the participants, which included a one-legged member of al-Qaeda Tawfiq Attash Khallad. Khallad was a top al-Qaeda lieutenant and the chief planner of the bombing of the USS Cole.
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were photographed talking with Khallad. After the meeting, Khallad is known to have provided funds, and to have paid for the plane tickets of al-Hazmi and AI- Midhar, to America (16).
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were also photographed talking with bin al-Shibh, the same man who had accompanied Atta, al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah to Afghanistan. Bin al- Shibh -- acting in concert with Pakistan's Intelligence Service (ISI) -- would later wire $115,000 to the Florida bank accounts of Atta and al-Shehhi (16), and an as yet undisclosed sum of cash to Zacarias Moussaoui (the so called "20th hijacker").
How did the CIA know of this meeting? There were multiple sources, one of which included listening in on intercepted phone calls made from a tapped-phone in al-Midhar's father-in-laws al-Qaeda safe house (17).
All this information, including the fact that Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi had entered the United States soon after attending an al-Qaeda conference in Malaysia, was gathered by the CIA and was passed on to the FBI's counterterrorism center at FBI headquarters in January 2000 (16).
And yet, for the next 18 months, both agencies permitted these two terrorists to move about freely and to hold meetings with at least six of the other hijackers, including Mohammed Atta and Hani Hanjour (16). Hanjour would later hijack American Airlines Flight 77.
These men did not fall through the cracks. The FBI and CIA knew they were dangerous. One unidentified FBI agent from the agency's New York office, said that he warned his superiors that "someone would die" unless the government more aggressively investigated the mysterious trail of al-Midhar (16). Instead, top level officials in the FBI and CIA allowed these men to go about their activities with impunity.
Like Atta and the others, Khalid AI-Midhar and Nawaf al- Hazmi rented apartments, obtained credit cards and driver's licenses, set up bank accounts, listed their real names in the San Diego phone book, and even took flying lessons, while under "surveillance" (11).
In fact, they moved into the home of Abduss Attar Sheikh -- an FBI informant! Abduss Attar Sheikh, a Muslim they met at a Mosque in San Diego, helped them open a bank account and get internet access, while simultaneously reporting this to the FBI (16,17). Local FBI agents even visited the home, on a regular basis, while al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were present!
These individuals had little fear of being arrested. On one occasion, May I, 2001, Nawaf al-Hazmi called police to report that someone tried to rob him. He later declined to press charges.
Several others 9/11 hijackers also came to the attention of the police, including Atta (11) and Ziad al-Jarrah -- both stopped for speeding (16).
Atta was also held and questioned at length when he arrived at the Miami International Airport in January, on a tourist visa. Atta boldly told immigration officials that he was in the United States for flight training. Even though any kind of training would have required a student or vocational education visa, someone intervened on Atta's behalf and they let him enter the country illegally.
As noted, although al-Midhar and al-Hazmi were on a special "watch list" and were known to be associating with terrorists, they were allowed free entry into the U.S. (II, 16). In fact, even when al-Midhar left the U.S. to travel in the Middle East and Southeast Asia, and although he had been videotaped meeting with one of the suspects in the Oct. 12, 2000 terrorist attack of the USS Cole, he was able to renew his visa after it had expired. He returned to the United States, unchallenged, on July 4, 2001.
Likewise, Atta, al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah, were allowed to undergo pilot training, and to move about the country, and to meet with many of the other hijackers, and to board and then hijack American commercial jet liners and crash them into the World Trade Center.
Mohammed Atta, Al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah were not overlooked. They did not fall between the cracks.
Mohammed Atta, the 9/11 ring leader had been of special interest for years (11). His movements were tracked by the CIA, he was followed and photographed, and we know that even some of his phone conversations were tape recorded by the CIA and the National Security Agency (16).
Atta was well known to U.S. Intelligence. He had been implicated in previous terrorists attacks against Israel. He and his "cousin" Marwan, had been linked by German authorities to Islamic extremists and the bin Laden organization. He had been photographed allegedly meeting with a senior Iraqi intelligence officer, in April 2001, by the Czechoslovakian Intelligence Services -- information that was turned over to the CIA (11,16).
And then, after coming to this country, Mohammed Atta repeatedly drew attention to himself, driving recklessly without a license and getting a speeding ticket, getting drunk in public, making anti-American statements, spending money lavishly though the had no source of income, and failing to appear in court which resulted in the issuing of an arrest warrant (11). In fact, in July 2001, he was stopped again by police in Delray Beach, for speeding. And, although a warrant for his arrest had been issued in a neighboring county for failing to appear in court the officer let him go for reasons that have not been explained. And he did all this while being closely monitored by the CIA and FBI.
Atta was arrogant and supremely confident with no fear of being apprehended or arrested.
The behavior of Atta, Khalid al-Midhar, Nawaf al-Hazmi, and others, the fact that none of these men seemed to have any concern about U.S. authorities, raises the possibility that they were being shielded by those who were watching them. It raises the possibility that they knew they were being protected by those who made it possible for them and the other 9/11 hijackers to enter the country.
Consider, again the case of Ali Mohamed (8,9). Ali had been trained at the United States Army's special-warfare school in Fort Bragg, where he learned how to create terrorist cell structures that could be used for terrorist operations. And, with the blessing of the CIA, he taught all that he had learned to al-Qaeda operatives including group survival techniques, map reading, how to fire automatic weapons and build booby traps with explosives. He regularly reported to the FBI and CIA. However, when he was arrested after it was inadvertently revealed that he was linked to the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, and the October 1998 bombings of the U.S. embassies, he was such an important double agent that Federal officials came to his rescue. Thus we discover that he waved a trial and pled guilty to five counts, in October of 2000, and was never sentenced!
Ali Mohamed was being protected because he was an undercover CIA/FBI operative. He was protected by top officials in the FBI and CIA even though they knew he was involved in terrorist activities and assisting those who were planning to kill and who had killed Americans (18). He was protected because he was a double agent who informed U.S. Intelligence in advance of these these attacks, which top officials in the FBI and CIA then allowed to take place.
In 1999, a National Security Council staffer working for the Clinton administration, met with FBI officials at the White House and pointed out that Ayman al-Zawahiri, had visited the United States on a fund-raising trip (19) -- a trip arranged by Ali Mohamed (8,9). He then asked: "'Did you know that?" The FBI officials nodded warily. 'Well,' the staffer continued, 'if he was here, someone was handling his travel and arranging his meetings and someone was giving him money. Do you know who these people are? Do you have them covered? There are cells here and we need to know about them.' 'Yeah, yeah, we know. Don't worry about it,''' the F.B.I. officials replied. According to Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon, the director and the senior director for counterterrorism on the security council staff during the Clinton administration, what these FBI officials were saying was: Back off (19).
Ali Mohamed was protected.
The behavior of al-Hazmi, al-Midhar, Mohammed Atta, and many of the other 9/11 hijackers, the fact that they made no attempt to conceal their actions or whereabouts, and the ease at which they were able to leave and reenter the country, suggests that they had no reason to be concerned about being caught, because they knew they were being protected. Atta in fact took seven international trips, some of which were to Afghanistan and Saudi Arabia, and had no problem reentering the United States.
Mohammed Atta drank too much, drove too fast, flashed large wads of cash, and made anti-American statements while taking flying lessons, because he felt he was protected.
These individuals had so little fear of being arrested, they felt so protected, that they were even willing to drive recklessly, and in the case of Nawaf al-Hazmi, make calls to the police. Nawaf al-Hazmi, using his real name, even filed a police report, on May I, of an attempted robbery. Atta and Ziad al-Jarrah had both been stopped, and ticketed for speeding, and then failed to show up in court -- thus inviting an arrest.
They had no fear of arrest. They had no fear of being identified as terrorists.
They were being protected.
Protected by what? Allah, or by the CIA and FBI?
On August I, actor James Woods, while a passenger on a flight from Boston to Los Angeles, became alarmed by the behavior of four men who he thought were intending on hijacking the plane. As he explained during a February 2002, television interview on Fox TV's O'Reilly Factor, the possibility that these men were planning a hijacking "would have been blatantly obvious to the most casual observer." Mr. Woods states that he informed one of the pilots, pointed out the four men, and that a report was filed by the flight crew in early August, and that the report went directly to the FAA regarding the suspicious behavior of the four men.
According to Mr. Woods, he contacted the FBI, following the 9/11 hijacking, and was "told unofficially ... that all four of them were terrorists involved" in the 9/11 attack. Woods was also told, however, that he should keep the details secret because of national security.
Hence, in August, four of the 9-11 hijackers had been identified as possible hijackers, and yet the FBI did nothing.
The men were being protected.
What we also know -- and as has been reported in the Wall Street Journal (20) and other publications (21) -- is that the Bush family and the Carlyle Group was in business with the bin Laden family. We also know that George H.W. Bush had stayed, as an honored guest, at the bin Laden palace. We know that after his son, George W. was elected President, that Bush Jr., Colin Powell, and National Security Advisor, Condaleezza Rice were receiving detailed phone calls from G.H.W. Bush -- a man who was in power when Osama bin Laden was first recruited, and who -- like the bin- Ladens and other Saudis -- stood to make an incredible sum of money if a terrorist attack on the United States was followed by a war on Afghanistan (22) and then Iraq.
And we know that George H.W. Bush, the former director of the CIA, had been with the agency since at least the early 1960s (23). And we know, no one ever really leaves the CIA -- certainly not G.H.W. Bush.
We also know that the Bush family were linked to the Nazis, that businesses directed by Prescott Bush were seized for violating the Trading with the Enemy Act, and that George H.W. Bush has been linked to terrorist atrocities throughout the world.
And then there is the Carlyle Group, which, like the Bush family is in business with the bin Ladens. There are so many ex- CIA agents on the payroll of Carlyle, that some have likened it to a CIA-front organization.
Thus we suspect that even after George Bush Sr. had been voted out of office, his hands, and the hands of his associates, were probably still wrapped tightly around the throat of the CIA, and no doubt the FBI-Intelligence organizations which actively sabotaged any meaningful investigation into al-Qaeda, bin Laden, or his terrorist operatives in the United states. Indeed, top FBI and CIA officials continued to hinder the efforts of lower ranking FBI agents, in the months, days, and even hours before the 9/11 tragedy (24,25,26,27,28).
Consider, again the Carlyle Group. Frank Carlucci is a former deputy CIA director, Bush is a former CIA director, and it has been said that dozens of former CIA agents are on the Carlyle payroll. The Carlyle Group expected to profit handsomely, and it has profited handsomely from the "war on terrorism" -- a war that would not have begun if al-Qaeda had been stopped.
According to Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon (19), when they and other Clinton staffers, including President Clinton, attempted to force the CIA and FBI to take action against bin Laden and al-Qaeda, and the terrorist threat they believed loomed on the horizon, the C.I.A., F.B.I. and even the military were uncooperative.
Likewise, when Clinton sought to utilize the unmanned Predator drone, to find al-Qaeda targets and fire missiles at them, George Tenet of the CIA as well as the Air Force refused to cooperate, arguing that assassination would be a bad policy. The FBI was uncooperative in the extreme (19,24,25,26,27,28).
GEORGE W. BUSH IS ELECTED PRESIDENT: THE COVER UP BEGINS
In January of 2001, in the first week after being sworn into office, the Bush team ordered the FBI and all intelligence agencies to "back off' investigations involving bin Laden and the Saudis.
Before Bush came into office there were several dozen analysts assigned to two operational units focused on Osama bin Laden and radical fundamentalists groups. After Bush came to power, these individuals were reassigned. In consequence, the F.B.I. had only one analyst working on strategic assessments of al-Qaeda (16).
In addition, the Bush team and National Security advisor, Ms. Condoleezza Rice, killed all plans, provided by the outgoing Clinton administration, to launch a major initiative to take on and destroy bin Laden's al-Qaeda organization.
Specifically, in January of 2001, in the waning days of the Clinton administration, Clinton National Security Adviser, Sandy Berger, called a National Security meeting, the purpose of which was to brief incoming National Security advisor, Condoleezza Rice, and her staff, including her deputy, Stephen Hadley, about the menace of bin Laden and al-Qaeda.
''I'm coming to this briefing" Berger told Rice, "to underscore how important I think this subject is. I believe that the Bush administration will spend more time on terrorism generally, and on al-Qaeda specifically, than any other subject."
During that meeting, which took place in the White House Situation Room, Rice and her deputy, were given a detailed "plan" outlining a major initiative to take on and destroy bin Laden's al- Qaeda organization. These included plans to arrest the leaders of all al-Qaeda terrorist cells and those providing financial aid to bin Laden, and to "eliminate" bin Laden's "sanctuary" in Afghanistan.
The Bush team wasn't interested and disregarded these recommendations. Instead they began ordering top FBI officials to slow down or halt all investigations into bin Laden or his Saudi connections. It was being made clear to all concerned that absolutely no action would be taken on any information regarding a terrorist threats posed by bin Laden or al-Qaeda.
Later, after 9/11 and when questioned by reporters, Rice (through a spokeswoman) claimed she had no recollection of such a meeting. Her top aids also denied ever receiving any such document or plan. Thus Rice, and therefore, the Bush administration would have us believe that they took absolutely no action because no one had given them a plan and because they didn't know bin Laden was such a threat.
"Never did we realize that the enemy was so well organized ..." Bush whined.
Right. And the cow jumped over the moon.
Indeed, the Bush team not only shifted the focus from al- Qaeda, bin Laden, and the Saudis, but ordered FBI and all intelligence agencies to "back off' investigations involving the bin Laden family and any links between Saudi Arabia and terrorism (26).
For example, in an interview broadcast by BBC News Newsnight (25), Michael Wildes, a former U.S. Attorney representing a Saudi diplomat, states that when he attempted to hand deliver documents which directly implicated Saudi citizens in financing terrorism, the FBI "refused" to accept them. Although lower level FBI agents wanted to examine the documents, they had been told that anything linking the Saudis to terrorism, was not to be explored.
It was not just documents, but terrorist activity that was not to be explored. Consider, for example, the case of Zacarias Moussaoui.
ZACARIAS MOUSSAOUI
In late August 2000, the FBI received repeated and insistent warnings from managers ofthe Pan Am International Flight School in Eagan, Minnesota about an Arab who was requesting training in a Boeing 747 simulator (11,24).
The Arab, Zacarias Moussaoui, only wanted to learn how to steer the jet and had no interest in learning about landings or takeoffs. "He just wanted to learn to steer the plane, which was very odd" (11).
This "odd" man, Zacarias Moussaoui, was arrested on August 17, for overstaying his visa. Because he was a French citizen, and based on the information received from the flight school, FBI field agents contacted French intelligence officials and were informed that Zacarias Moussaoui was a suspected terrorist and a fanatical believer in Islam (24).
This is the same Moussaoui, who, like Atta, received money transfers from al-Qaeda operative, bin al-Shibh. Moussaoui arrived in the United States with $35,0001n cash. On Aug. I and Aug. 3 bin al-Shibh wired him an additional $14,0001n money orders (16).
FBI officials also noted a "spike" in the cell phone usage of Mr. Atta, immediately after the arrest of Moussaoui (16).
Later, that evening, after he had been taken into custody, FBI agents were told by an informant that Moussaoui believed it was "acceptable to kill civilians who harm Muslims" and that it was a high honor to die as a "martyr" in such attacks (11).
Minnesota FBI agents were convinced that Moussaoui was a terrorist and a direct threat to the United States, and that he was planning to possibly hijack a commercial jet in a terrorist attack. After compiling an alarming amount of evidence, they contacted FBI headquarters as well as the head of the bureau's Radical Fundamentalist Unit, David Frasca. This is the same David Frasca who was sent information from Phoenix about Islamic extremists with terrorist connections and who were seeking to learn how to steer but not land commercial jetliners.
FBI headquarters and the Radical Fundamentalist Unit immediately acted to "block" and "deliberately" prevent the Minnesota FBI office from continuing its investigation (24).
As related by 21-year FBI veteran, Coleen Rowley, agents at the Minnesota FBI office began making "desperate" attempts to obtain cooperation from FBI headquarters who instead were "deliberately thwarting" any investigation. The Minnesota office in fact became so worried and frustrated by the inexplicable barriers they were encountering, that they contacted the CIA directly about Moussaoui.
The CIA reacted at once. FBI headquarters was informed, and the agents of the Minnesota FBI field office were reprimanded in no uncertain terms.
According to Rowley (24): "When, in a desperate 11th-hour measure to bypass the FBI HQ roadblock, the Minneapolis division undertook to directly notify the CIA's counterterrorist center, FBI HQ personnel chastised the Minneapolis agents."
The message was clear: "Hands off Moussaoui."
FBI headquarters did not just put a stop to the investigation, they sabotaged it in no uncertain terms. Top officials in the FBI in fact rewrote the Minnesota agents' request for search warrants and permission to conduct additional surveillance, removing important information, and altering it in such a fashion that it became a "joke."
As recalled by Agent Coleen Rowley, Minnesota agents became so frustrated by the inexplicable roadblocks erected that some even suggested that FBI headquarters was an "accomplice" to Osama bin Laden's efforts to attack the United States.
"Accomplice?"
Inexplicably, and contrary to normal protocol, the FBI officials also failed to inform the Minnesota or Phoenix office that both had come up with similar cases and had similar suspicions.
Kenneth Williams, an FBI agent in Phoenix had concluded a painstaking investigation and had uncovered detailed information that linked a number of Middle Eastern flight students to Osama bin Laden and to a radical British Islamic group, Al-Muhajiroun. Al-Muhajiroun is dedicated to the establishment of a global Muslim state through Islamic terror and the overthrow and destruction of all non-Islamic governments. Moreover, he discovered that one of the flight school students had communicated with Abu Zubaydah, one of bin Laden's top aides (16).
In July, Williams sent FBI headquarters a detailed report warning that Osama bin Laden's followers may be training in U.S. flight schools. He further reported that they had been inquiring about airport security, and that they may be planning to hijack commercial jetliners. Williams strongly urged that the FBI should canvass all flight schools in the United States to identify students with possible terrorist ties.
William's reported land on Ashcroft's desk in August. Ashcroft, the FBI, and the Bush administration, however, wish us to believe that the evidence did not seem credible, that Williams was just pursuing "a hunch."
"This was not a vague hunch," an unnamed congressional source told the Associated Press. "He was doing a case on these guys. He put in all the history about this pattern of radical Muslims and Osama (having) links to Arizona. He talked about fatwas (religious edicts) targeting U.S. airports. He noted that one guy was asking about airport security -- that's specific information, not guesswork. The memo was very specific. It named names," the official said.
In fact, two of the flight school students mentioned in William's report had direct links to al-Qaeda, and a third student had communicated by phone with Abu Zubaydah, a leader of al-Qaeda -- a phone call that was allegedly monitored by the CIA. Abu Zubaydah played a major role in organizing the 9/11 attacks and helped run a number of aI-Qaeda terrorist training camps.
William's five page report also included references to a "fatwa" issued by a man named Bakri, also known as Omar Bakri Fostok. Bakri had received a faxed letter from an al-Qaeda operative in Afghanistan, intercepted and copied by the CIA, which explicitly stated (16): "Bring down their airliners."
Ashcroft, however, claims that he never passed the information on to President Bush as he didn't think it was important.
Likewise, according to Ms. Hill of the joint House Senate Intelligence Committee, FBI personnel who reviewed Williams memo found it "speculative and not particularly significant." Ms. Hill also noted, however, that these same FBI agents knew that some flight students affiliated with bin Laden, were undergoing flight training in the United States, but they believed Osama's men were intending to fly goods and personnel in Afghanistan.
What?
They knew al-Qaeda was in the United States, taking flight lessons?
Of course they knew. That's the point. Although they knew, they not only let this flight training continue, but when informed that an al-Qaeda terrorist, Moussaoui, was in this country, and that he might be part of a plot to attack the World Trade Center with hijacked aircraft, top FBI officials sabotaged any further investigation (24). Indeed, one of the FBI agents who was thwarted by headquarters in fact warned he was trying to stop an attack on the "World Trade Center." His warning was dismissed.
Likewise, top officials in the CIA also conspired with top FBI officials to prevent any further investigation into Moussaoui (24). CIA officials falsely claimed they had no information linking him to terrorism. The CIA went to great lengths to dismiss the significance of the information provided by France's intelligence agencies. According to the CIA, the information provided by France did not provide "conclusive proof" of Moussaoui's ties to terrorism and thus any further investigation and any attempt to get a search warrant to examine Moussaoui's personal computer, should not be allowed.
But isn't that the purpose of conducting an investigation? To gather information?
Not according to FBI and CIA headquarters. Not when it comes to al-Qaeda. Not when it comes to an impending attack on the United States.
The Minnesota FBI field office would not back down. They made a second call to France. Their suspicions were again confirmed.
The FBI agents of Minnesota then rewrote their warrants and resubmitted them to headquarters. A supervisor in the Minnesota even followed up with a desperate phone call to FBI headquarters where he pleaded and then warned that they were trying to stop terrorists who planned "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center" (24).
FBI headquarters responded angrily: "That's not going to happen."
The request for a warrant met the same fate as the first. Like the five-page report from Phoenix agent Kenneth Williams, top FBI officials considered the Moussaoui case closed. The Minnesota FBI field office was ordered to back off.
After 9/11 when Moussaoui's computer was finally examined, direct evidence linking him to the other hijackers and al-Qaeda was discovered. He has since been charged as being the "20th hijacker."
However, when FBI Director Robert Mueller was asked why Moussaoui's background and computer were not thoroughly investigated prior to 9/11, he responded, as is his custom, by dissembling. According to Mueller: The FBI did everything in its power to determine if Moussaoui was part of a terrorist plot; a brazen falsity which in turn triggered a detailed letter from Special Agent and Minneapolis Chief Division Counsel (and an FBI division legal advisor for 12 years) Coleen M. Rowley. Rowley indirectly accused Mueller and the FBI of a "coverup " for "political reasons." She went on to note that other agents were accusing FBI headquarters of "deliberate" sabotage. "Jokes were actually made that the key FBIHQ personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden," she said.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 4:25 am
PART 2 OF 2
THE ROWLEY MEMO: FBI SABOTAGES AL-QAEDA INVESTIGATION
After Mueller -- an accused cover up artist -- repeatedly made false statements about the FBI's handling of pre-9/11 investigations into al-Qaeda terrorists, Ms. Rowley essentially called Mueller a liar.
Specifically, in her 13 page letter to Mueller, dated. May 21, 2002, Rowley wrote: "I feel at this point that I have to put my concerns in writing concerning the important topic of the FBI's response to evidence of terrorist activity in the United States prior to September II thoThe issues are fundamentally ones of INTEGRITY and go to the heart of the FBI's law enforcement mission and mandate. I have deep concerns that a delicate and subtle shading/ skewing of facts by you and others at the highest levels of FBI management has occurred and is occurring. I have heard ... your Congressional testimony and public comments. I feel that certain facts ... have ... been omitted, downplayed, glossed over and/or mischaracterized in an effort to avoid or minimize personal and/or institutional embarrassment on the part of the FBI and/or perhaps even for improper political reasons."
"The Minneapolis agents who responded to the call about Moussaoui's flight training identified him as a terrorist threat from a very early point. Within days of Moussaoui's arrest ... French Intelligence Service confirmed his affiliations with radical fundamentalist Islamic groups and activities connected to Osama Bin Laden ... [Minneapolis agents] became desperate to search the computer lap top that had been taken from Moussaoui as well as conduct a more thorough search of his personal effects. The Minneapolis agents' initial thought was to obtain a criminal search warrant, but in order to do so, they needed to get FBI Headquarters' (FBIHQ's) approval in order to ask for DOJ OIPR's approval... FBIHQ personnel disputed with the Minneapolis agents the existence of probable cause. The two possible criminal violations initially identified by Minneapolis Agents were violations of Title 18 United States Code Section 2332b (Acts of terrorism transcending national boundaries, which, notably, includes "creating a substantial risk of serious bodily injury to any other person by destroying or damaging any structure, conveyance, or other real or personal property within the United States or by attempting or conspiring to destroy or damage any structure, conveyance, or other real or personal property within the United States") and Section 32 (Destruction of aircraft or aircraft facilities). It is obvious, from my firsthand knowledge of the events and the detailed documentation that exists, that the agents in Minneapolis who were closest to the action and in the best position to gauge the situation locally, did fully appreciate the terrorist risk/danger posed by Moussaoui and his possible co-conspirators even prior to September 11th. Even without knowledge of the Phoenix communication (and any number of other additional intelligence communications that FBIHQ personnel were privy to in their central coordination roles), the Minneapolis agents appreciated the risk. So I think it's very hard for the FBI to offer the "20-20 hindsight" justification for its failure to act! FBI Supervisory Special Agent (SSA) who was the one most involved in the Moussaoui maner ... seemed to have been consistently, almost deliberately thwarting the Minneapolis FBI agents' efforts."
"Even after the [9/ 11] attacks had begun, the SSA in question was still attempting to block the search of Moussaoui's computer, characterizing the World Trade Center attacks as a mere coincidence with Minneapolis' prior suspicions about Moussaoui ... The fact is that key FBIHQ personnel whose job it was to assist and coordinate with field division agents on terrorism investigations and the obtaining and use of FISA searches (and who theoretically were privy to many more sources of intelligence information than field division agents), continued to, almost inexplicably, throw up roadblocks and undermine Minneapolis' by-now desperate efforts to obtain a FISA search warrant, long after the French intelligence service provided its information and probable cause became clear. HQ personnel brought up almost ridiculous questions in their apparent efforts to undermine the probable cause. When, in a desperate 11th hour measure to bypass the FBIHQ roadblock, the Minneapolis Division undertook to directly notify the CIA's Counter Terrorist Center (CTC), FBIHQ personnel actually chastised the Minneapolis agents for making the direct notification without their approval! ... the FBIHQ SSA deliberately further undercut the FISA effort by not adding the further intelligence information which he had promised to add that supported Moussaoui 's foreign power connection and making several changes in the wording of the information that had been provided by the Minneapolis Agent ... These events [are] characterized in one Minneapolis agent's e-mail as FBIHQ is "setting this up for failure." The process of allowing the FBI supervisors to make changes in affidavits is itself fundamentally wrong."
"I do find it odd that (to my knowledge) no inquiry whatsoever was launched of the relevant FBIHQ personnel's actions ... Despite FBI leaders' full knowledge of all the items mentioned herein (and probably more that I'm unaware of), the SSA, his unit chief, and other involved HQ personnel were allowed to stay in their positions and, what's worse, occupy critical positions in the FBI's SIOC Command Center post September 11th. (The SSA in question actually received a promotion some months afterward!)
"In the day or two following September 11th, you, Director Mueller, made the statement to the effect that if the FBI had only had any advance warning of the attacks, we (meaning the FBI), may have been able to take some action to prevent the tragedy. I and others in the Minneapolis Office, immediately sought to reach you ... in order to quickly make you aware of the background of the Moussaoui investigation and forewarn you so that your public statements could be accordingly modified. When such statements from you and other FBI officials continued, we thought that somehow you had not received the message and we made further efforts. Finally when similar comments were made weeks later, in Assistant Director Caruso's congressional testimony in response to the first public leaks about Moussaoui we faced the sad realization that the remarks indicated someone, possibly with your approval, had decided to circle the wagons at FBIHQ in an apparent effort to protect the FBI from embarrassment and the relevant FBI officials from scrutiny."
"Everything I have seen and heard about the FBI's official stance and the FBI's internal preparations in anticipation of further congressional inquiry, had, unfortunately, confirmed my worst suspicions in this regard. The official statement is now to the effect that even if the FBI had followed up on the Phoenix lead to conduct checks of flight schools and the Minneapolis request to search Moussaoui's personal effects and laptop, nothing would have changed and such actions certainly could not have prevented the terrorist attacks and resulting loss of life. With all due respect, this statement is as bad as the first! I don't know how you or anyone at FBI Headquarters, no matter how much genius or prescience you may possess, could so blithely make this affirmation without anything to back the opinion up than your stature as FBI Director. It's at least possible we could have gotten lucky and uncovered one or two more of the terrorists in flight training prior to September 11th, just as Moussaoui was discovered. There is, therefore at least some chance that discovery of other terrorist pilots prior to September 11th may have limited the September 11th attacks and resulting loss of life."
"I think your statements demonstrate a rush to judgment to protect the FBI at all costs. I think you have also not been completely honest about some of the true reasons for the FBI's pre- September 11th failures ...."
"During the early aftermath of September 11th, when I happened to be recounting the pre-September 11th events concerning the Moussaoui investigation to other FBI personnel in other divisions or in FBIHQ, almost everyone's first question was "Why? -- Why would an FBI agent(s) deliberately sabotage a case? (I know I shouldn't be flippant about this, but jokes were actually made that the key FBIHQ personnel had to be spies or moles, like Robert Hansen, who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden to have so undercut Minneapolis' effort ..." Coleen M. Rowley Special Agent and Minneapolis Chief Division Counsel.
LIES, LIES & MORE LIES:
The FBI and Bush team spin doctors have tried to contain public and congressional outrage by claiming that Rowley is well meaning but mistaken. Although admitting that maybe in the future they "should do things a little bit differently" these officials have falsely claimed that it was highly unlikely that the warrants sought by the Minneapolis FBI office would have been granted. For example, the FBI repeated the false claim that the information provided by the French was too sketchy to justify a search warrant.
However, one senior French intelligence officer told Time magazine that the FBI was given "everything they needed" to understand that Moussaoui was linked to Islamic terrorist groups, and that Moussaoui posed a significant danger. "Even a neophyte working in some remote comer of Florida, would have understood the threat based on what was sent."
The FBI also claims they did not pursue the Zaccarias Moussaoui investigation because they knew they would run into a brick wall of opposition from the special federal court dealing with intelligence spying.
Yet, that explanation, too, is a falsehood.
As reported in the June 3, 2002, edition of the New York Times, 100% of the 1,491 applications to the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, by federal police agencies requesting authorization to wiretap phones was granted. Since 1991, 12,658 out of 12,661 requests have been approved.
The truth is: The FBI, CIA, and Bush administration knew since July that commercial jets would be hijacked by Islamic extremists directly linked to al-Qaeda and Osama bin Laden. This startling fact, including that Bush knew that al-Qaeda planned on hijacking commercial jet liners, was even confirmed by Bush's White House spokesman, Ari Fleischer: "The president was also provided information about bin Laden wanting to engage in hijacking in the traditional pre-9-11 sense, not for the use of suicide bombing."
They even knew the day on which these attacks would occur.
Although George W. Bush may claim that "Had I known that the enemy was going to use airplanes to kill on that fateful morning, I would have done everything in my power to protect the American people," the facts suggest that he and his administration did everything in their power to sabotage and block any meaningful investigation by FBI field agents, thus insuring that the attack would be a spectacular success.
JOHN O'NEILL: THE COVER UP CONTINUES
As has been well established, Saudi Arabia, the Saudi royal family, the bin Ladens, and a number of Saudi Arabia's richest families have also provided millions of dollars in aid to bin Laden and his terrorist network (28,29).
Instead of focusing on bin Laden or the Saudi connection to terrorism, the Bush team targeted John O'Neill. John O'Neill was the principle agent, and Deputy Director in charge of the FBI's National Security Division, specializing in terrorism. He commanded over 100 experienced agents and was an expert on bin Laden and al-Qaeda. In 1995, O'Neill orchestrated the arrest of Ramzi Yousef, who was apprehended in Pakistan. Ramzi Yousef was directly responsible for the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center.
According to former FBI director Louis Freeh "O'Neill was the paramount, most knowledgeable agent we had in the FBI, probably in the government, with respect to counterintelligence matters."
O'Neill had become obsessed with the belief that bin Laden was planning an attack on the United States (29): "No longer is it just the fear of being attacked by international terrorist organizations -- attacks against Americans and American interests overseas. A lot of these groups now have the capability and the support infrastructure in the United States to attack us here if they choose to do so."
By the Spring of 2001, O'Neil began to suspect than an attack was imminent. He also believed that the FBI and his own offices were not receiving sufficient cooperation and support from the Bush White House (29).
By late Spring, he and his boss, Assistant FBI Director Barry Mawn, began pleading with John Ashcroft's Justice Department, begging for more funding and for more agents. The acting director of the FBI, Pickard, took up their cause, providing Ashcroft's Justice Department with a point by point detailed request for a $50 million infusion of cash for the bureau's counterterrorism program.
Ashcroft, and thus the Bush White House, turned them down. In August, direct appeals were made to Ashcroft, emphasizing a growing belief that the United States was in imminent danger of a terrorist attack by bin Laden's al-Qaeda. Ashcroft's reply was a defiant: "no."
It was more than "no." Ashcroft proposed a $65 million cut in counterterrorism grants (30).
O'Neill was outraged and disgusted by the roadblocks erected by the Bush administration. He repeatedly complained that the oil lobby who make up President Bush's entourage, were sabotaging his efforts to investigate al-Qaeda and bin Laden (31). The Bush administration, O'Neill believed, had taken a "hand's off" approach, because the Bush family and members of his administration were doing business with Saudis who were providing financial backing to al-Qaeda.
John O'Neil was convinced that "All the answers, everything needed to dismantle Osama bin Laden's organization can be found in Saudi Arabia."
The Bush administration, however, would not allow the Saudi connection to be explored.
And why is that?
The Bush family and members of both Bush administrations have business relationships with the Saudi royal family, and the number one factor in the Bush administration's hand's off policy, O'Neill believed, was the Saudi connection. O'Neill also thought that his investigation and that of other FBI agents was being stymied because the Bush family and members of both administration, were involved in negotiating a secret deal involving oil and that some of the Saudis the Bush clan had partnered with, were actively involved in the exportation of terrorism (29).
Indeed, according to The Council on Foreign Relations (10/ 17/2002): "The Saudis Fund Al Qaeda. It is worth stating clearly and unambiguously what official U.S. government spokespersons have not. For years, individuals and charities based in Saudi Arabia have been the most important source of funds for al Qaeda."
Consider, for example, Bush-pal, Prince Bandar bin Sultan, the Saudi ambassador to the United States. The Saudi government and Bandar's wife, Princess Haifa al-Faisal, were making regular monthly payments and provided over $100,000.000, each, to Osama Bassnan, a Saudi agent who met with and made arrangements for Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaq al-Hazmi, to settle in San Diego. Osama Bassnan even paid their rent.
The payments from the Saudi government and the Saudi royal family began in 1998 or 1999, and continued up until the 9/11 hijackings. Likewise, Osama Bassnan maintained his relationship with Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaq al-Hazmi up until the weeks prior to 9/11.
The FBI knew of this monetary arrangement, but then covered it up. The Bush administration not only covered it up, but when Newsweek magazine learned of these payments, in late November of 2002, Osama Bassnan was immediately "deported" back to Saudi Arabia, thus making it impossible for the press or any investigative body, to question him.
And then there is Saudi banker, Khaled bin Mahfouz, who has invested millions of dollars in the Carlyle Group, a well-connected Washington investment bank and defense consortium, whose director is former CIA-deputy director and Reagan-Bush Secretary of Defense, Frank Carlucci. George H.W. Bush is a consultant to the Carlyle Group, and his son (now President) George W. Bush has "received high fees as director of [Caterair] a subsidiary of Carlyle" (25). Khaled bin Mahfouz has been accused of funneling tens of millions of dollars each year into the bank accounts of Osama bin Laden.
In August of 2002, Khaled bin Mahfouz, along with 3 Saudi princes, was named in a trillion dollar lawsuit filed by families of some of the victims of the 9/11/2001 terrorist attack on America.
The Bush administration, in turn, is attempting to fight that suit, and have it thrown out of court in order to protect his Saudi friends, and in particular, the Saudi royal family who also helped fund the 9/11 hijackers.
And as has been repeatedly stressed and documented in this book, the Bush family has also been in business and was still in business with the bin Laden family -- as was the Carlyle Group on the morning of 9-11.
As detailed by reporters for the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times, Frank Carlucci, the director of Carlyle, as well as other former Bush administration officials, such as former Secretary of State James Baker who is also on the Carlyle payroll, have "made repeated pilgrimages to the bin Laden family's headquarters in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia." In fact, according to the London Observor and other sources, they were meeting with at least one of the bin Ladens on the morning of 9/11.
Thus we should not be surprised that after the Bush administration took over in January of 2001, U.S intelligence agencies had been told to 'back off' from investigations involving the Bin Laden family, the Saudi royals, and possible Saudi links" to terrorism (27).
As summed up by BBC reporter, Greg Palast (25) the Bush administration "wanted to keep the pro-American Saudi royal family in control of the world's biggest oil spigot, even at the price of turning a blind eye to any terrorist connection. Intelligence agencies were told to "back off' investigating the Bin Ladens and Saudi royals."
According to O'Neill (29): "The main obstacles to investigate Islamic terrorism were US oil corporate interests, and the role played by Saudi Arabia in it."
In fact, even the joint Senate and House committee examining so called "intelligence failures" leading up to 9/11 concluded, in a draft report issued on 11/22/2001, that the CIA and FBI did not pursue leads which would have linked the terrorists to the government of Saudi Arabia.
From the perspective of the Bush administration, however, it was not al-Qaeda, the Saudis, or the bin Ladens who were a threat. John O'Neill, Osama bin Laden's main antagonist from within the FBI was a threat. It was increasingly made clear that he was to stand down and cease and desist from pursing his single minded obsession with bin Laden and al-Qaeda. The message was: Hands off al-Qaeda. Hands off bin Laden.
Numerous other FBI agents were receiving the same clear message.
On September 11,2001, one week after quitting the FBI in absolute disgust, John O'Neill was murdered. He was killed, on his first day on the job, as chief of security at the World Trade Center -- a building he was convinced would be attacked by terrorists.
*******
Fifteen of the 19 hijackers were from Saudi Arabia. The bin Laden family call Saudi Arabia their home. George H.W. Bush and members of his administration, are in business with the bin Laden family as well as many of the leading families of Saudi Arabia, including the Saudi royal family, who in turn are linked to terrorism.
The Bush administration, and the American mass media, wish us to believe that Osama bin Laden has no contact with his family -- for if he were that would be embarrassing since George H.W. Bush is not only in business with the bin Laden family, but has stayed at their palace, as recently as 2000 (31). As noted, two Bush associates, Frank Carlucci and James Baker, were meeting with one or more of the bin Laden brothers on the morning of 9/11 (32).
The bin Laden family is a direct link to Osama bin Laden.
Indeed, phone calls between Osama and his brothers and his mother, have been intercepted by U.S. Intelligence agencies (33). As detailed in the book, Body of Secrets, by National Security Agency expert James Bamford, and as reported in the Baltimore Sun and the San Antonio Express-News (33), bin Laden has been repeatedly tape recorded by the CIA and National Security Agency, talking with family members, including his mother. As reported by the San Antonio Express-News (33) and according to Yossef Bodansky, director of the House Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, "Osama maintains connections" with several of his brothers.
It is precisely because of these links between the bin Laden family, the Bush family, and Osama bin Laden, that in the days immediately following the 9/11 terrorist attacks, although all commercial and private planes were grounded, George W. Bush personally approved the getaway of II members of the bin Laden family. The bin Laden's were allowed to escape justice and the United States and to fly back to Saudi Arabia where they could not be questioned.
George W. Bush and his administration did everything in their power to covertly sabotage any meaningful investigation that would have uncovered the 9/11 plot to hijack commercial jetliners and then slam them into the World Trade Center. Since 9/11 the cover up has continued.
It is our belief that the Bush administration and their cronies, covertly sabotaged these investigative efforts in order to allow the 9/11 attack to take place. We believe that top officials in the current and past Bush administration, did so for personal, financial, and political gain, to justify a war with Afghanistan and then Iraq, and because they were in business and trying to do business with people who kill Americans.
_______________
Notes:
1). BBC News, "Profile: Jose Padilla," 6/11/2002; Time Magazine, 6/16/2002.
2). Sara Jess & Gabriel Beck, "John Walker Lindh: American Taliban," University Press, California, 2002.
3). Le Figaro 10/31/2001;
4). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001; Radio France International, 11/1/2001. See also, United Press International, 11/1/2001.
5). CNN, 8/1/2002.
6). USA Today, 6/4/2002.
7). The Washington Post, 11/30/2001; Khilafah.com, 11/30/2001.
8). United States District Court, Southern District of New York, "United States of America v Ali Mohamed."
9). Peter Waldman, The Wall Street Journal, 11/26/2001.
10). Newsweek, 9/15/2001.
11). Sara Jess, et al., "American Attacked," University Press, California, 10/11/2001.
12). John Ashcroft, Press Conference, 10/23/2001.
13). Investigators have claimed (09/10/2002) that they somehow pieced this information together, and only recently came to these conclusions. However, some of this information, was made available to the authors of the book, America Attacked (by Sara Jess et al.,) and was mentioned in this book, which was published on October 11, 2001; see also, BBC News, "Atta Trained in Afghanistan" 2 8/24/2002; Douglas Waller, "Was Hijack 'Ringleader' in Bin Laden Orbit?" Time Magazine, 10/5/ 2001; CBS New, 9/13/2002.
14). On his last call to Germany, Atta alerted his friend Bin-al-shibh that a date for the attack had been selected, using the code words "Two sticks, a dash and a cake with a stick down," meaning 11/9 or September II. Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
15). Kay Nehm, German Federal Prosecutor, News Conference, 8/ 29/2002.
16). Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-October 2002.
17). Oliver Schrom, Die Zeit, 10/2/2002
18). According to his attorney, Ali Mohamed was never sentenced. When asked, on November 5, 2002, to clarify if Ali Mohamed was out on bail, or if he had been set free, or was in a government protection program, the attorney refused to comment. When asked if Ali Mohamed had never been sentenced because he was an undercover CIA agent, the attorney stated he couldn't talk about that issue, and ended the conversation.
19). Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon, "The Age of Sacred Terror, Random House, 2002.
20). Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001; Daniel Golden et at. "Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank," Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001.
21). Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993; James H. Hatfield, "Fortunate Son," St. Martins Press.
22). Robert Scheer, Making Money, the Bush Way," Los Angeles Times, 2/20/2002; Baltimore Chronicle, "Republican-controlled Carlyle Group poses serious Ethical Questions for Bush Presidents, but 'News' Media ignore it," 10/4/01; Jason Nisse, "Carlyle Group, Employer of Bush Sr., Profits from Massive Weapons Program Signed by Jr. which the Pentagon had advised be Canceled," Independent, 1/30/02.
23). Joseph McBride, '''George Bush,' CIA Operative," The Nation, 6/16/1988.
24). Coleen M. Rowley, Memo to Mueller, 6/21/2002.
25). BBC News Newsnight, 6/11/2001.
26). BBC News Newsnight, 11/7/2001.
27). The Guardian, 11/7/2001.
28). Kenneth Damm, the U.S. Deputy Secretary of Treasury testified in Congress, in May of 2002, that the Saudi-based AI-Haramain Charity and a number of other Saudi-connected charities have abused its funds to finance terrorism. As detailed by Ben Barber, The Washington Times, 5/7/2002, "The Saudi government gave $135 million in.... 16 months to" fund terrorism. The money goes to a list of 13 charities, and seven of them fund Hamas," which the State Department lists as a terrorist organization. As detailed in The Washington Times, 8/24/2002, another Saudi charity, Al-Haramain also uses "its funds to finance terrorism.
29). Charles Brisard & Guillaume Dasquie, "bin Laden: Hidden Truth."
30). Don Van Natta Jr. and David Johnston, "FBI's bureaucracy led to inaction, insiders say. A decade's changes in mission and structure created paralytic fear of risk," New York Times, 6/2/2002.
31). Leslie Wayne, "The Carlyle Group Elder Bush in Big G.O.P. Cast Toiling for Top Equity," New York Times, 3/5/2001.
32). The Observer, "Dark heart of the American dream," 6/16/2002.
33). James Bamford, "Body of Secrets;" Baltimore Sun, 4/24/2001; San Antonio Express-News, 9/14/2001.
THE ROWLEY MEMO: FBI SABOTAGES AL-QAEDA INVESTIGATION
After Mueller -- an accused cover up artist -- repeatedly made false statements about the FBI's handling of pre-9/11 investigations into al-Qaeda terrorists, Ms. Rowley essentially called Mueller a liar.
Specifically, in her 13 page letter to Mueller, dated. May 21, 2002, Rowley wrote: "I feel at this point that I have to put my concerns in writing concerning the important topic of the FBI's response to evidence of terrorist activity in the United States prior to September II thoThe issues are fundamentally ones of INTEGRITY and go to the heart of the FBI's law enforcement mission and mandate. I have deep concerns that a delicate and subtle shading/ skewing of facts by you and others at the highest levels of FBI management has occurred and is occurring. I have heard ... your Congressional testimony and public comments. I feel that certain facts ... have ... been omitted, downplayed, glossed over and/or mischaracterized in an effort to avoid or minimize personal and/or institutional embarrassment on the part of the FBI and/or perhaps even for improper political reasons."
"The Minneapolis agents who responded to the call about Moussaoui's flight training identified him as a terrorist threat from a very early point. Within days of Moussaoui's arrest ... French Intelligence Service confirmed his affiliations with radical fundamentalist Islamic groups and activities connected to Osama Bin Laden ... [Minneapolis agents] became desperate to search the computer lap top that had been taken from Moussaoui as well as conduct a more thorough search of his personal effects. The Minneapolis agents' initial thought was to obtain a criminal search warrant, but in order to do so, they needed to get FBI Headquarters' (FBIHQ's) approval in order to ask for DOJ OIPR's approval... FBIHQ personnel disputed with the Minneapolis agents the existence of probable cause. The two possible criminal violations initially identified by Minneapolis Agents were violations of Title 18 United States Code Section 2332b (Acts of terrorism transcending national boundaries, which, notably, includes "creating a substantial risk of serious bodily injury to any other person by destroying or damaging any structure, conveyance, or other real or personal property within the United States or by attempting or conspiring to destroy or damage any structure, conveyance, or other real or personal property within the United States") and Section 32 (Destruction of aircraft or aircraft facilities). It is obvious, from my firsthand knowledge of the events and the detailed documentation that exists, that the agents in Minneapolis who were closest to the action and in the best position to gauge the situation locally, did fully appreciate the terrorist risk/danger posed by Moussaoui and his possible co-conspirators even prior to September 11th. Even without knowledge of the Phoenix communication (and any number of other additional intelligence communications that FBIHQ personnel were privy to in their central coordination roles), the Minneapolis agents appreciated the risk. So I think it's very hard for the FBI to offer the "20-20 hindsight" justification for its failure to act! FBI Supervisory Special Agent (SSA) who was the one most involved in the Moussaoui maner ... seemed to have been consistently, almost deliberately thwarting the Minneapolis FBI agents' efforts."
"Even after the [9/ 11] attacks had begun, the SSA in question was still attempting to block the search of Moussaoui's computer, characterizing the World Trade Center attacks as a mere coincidence with Minneapolis' prior suspicions about Moussaoui ... The fact is that key FBIHQ personnel whose job it was to assist and coordinate with field division agents on terrorism investigations and the obtaining and use of FISA searches (and who theoretically were privy to many more sources of intelligence information than field division agents), continued to, almost inexplicably, throw up roadblocks and undermine Minneapolis' by-now desperate efforts to obtain a FISA search warrant, long after the French intelligence service provided its information and probable cause became clear. HQ personnel brought up almost ridiculous questions in their apparent efforts to undermine the probable cause. When, in a desperate 11th hour measure to bypass the FBIHQ roadblock, the Minneapolis Division undertook to directly notify the CIA's Counter Terrorist Center (CTC), FBIHQ personnel actually chastised the Minneapolis agents for making the direct notification without their approval! ... the FBIHQ SSA deliberately further undercut the FISA effort by not adding the further intelligence information which he had promised to add that supported Moussaoui 's foreign power connection and making several changes in the wording of the information that had been provided by the Minneapolis Agent ... These events [are] characterized in one Minneapolis agent's e-mail as FBIHQ is "setting this up for failure." The process of allowing the FBI supervisors to make changes in affidavits is itself fundamentally wrong."
"I do find it odd that (to my knowledge) no inquiry whatsoever was launched of the relevant FBIHQ personnel's actions ... Despite FBI leaders' full knowledge of all the items mentioned herein (and probably more that I'm unaware of), the SSA, his unit chief, and other involved HQ personnel were allowed to stay in their positions and, what's worse, occupy critical positions in the FBI's SIOC Command Center post September 11th. (The SSA in question actually received a promotion some months afterward!)
"In the day or two following September 11th, you, Director Mueller, made the statement to the effect that if the FBI had only had any advance warning of the attacks, we (meaning the FBI), may have been able to take some action to prevent the tragedy. I and others in the Minneapolis Office, immediately sought to reach you ... in order to quickly make you aware of the background of the Moussaoui investigation and forewarn you so that your public statements could be accordingly modified. When such statements from you and other FBI officials continued, we thought that somehow you had not received the message and we made further efforts. Finally when similar comments were made weeks later, in Assistant Director Caruso's congressional testimony in response to the first public leaks about Moussaoui we faced the sad realization that the remarks indicated someone, possibly with your approval, had decided to circle the wagons at FBIHQ in an apparent effort to protect the FBI from embarrassment and the relevant FBI officials from scrutiny."
"Everything I have seen and heard about the FBI's official stance and the FBI's internal preparations in anticipation of further congressional inquiry, had, unfortunately, confirmed my worst suspicions in this regard. The official statement is now to the effect that even if the FBI had followed up on the Phoenix lead to conduct checks of flight schools and the Minneapolis request to search Moussaoui's personal effects and laptop, nothing would have changed and such actions certainly could not have prevented the terrorist attacks and resulting loss of life. With all due respect, this statement is as bad as the first! I don't know how you or anyone at FBI Headquarters, no matter how much genius or prescience you may possess, could so blithely make this affirmation without anything to back the opinion up than your stature as FBI Director. It's at least possible we could have gotten lucky and uncovered one or two more of the terrorists in flight training prior to September 11th, just as Moussaoui was discovered. There is, therefore at least some chance that discovery of other terrorist pilots prior to September 11th may have limited the September 11th attacks and resulting loss of life."
"I think your statements demonstrate a rush to judgment to protect the FBI at all costs. I think you have also not been completely honest about some of the true reasons for the FBI's pre- September 11th failures ...."
"During the early aftermath of September 11th, when I happened to be recounting the pre-September 11th events concerning the Moussaoui investigation to other FBI personnel in other divisions or in FBIHQ, almost everyone's first question was "Why? -- Why would an FBI agent(s) deliberately sabotage a case? (I know I shouldn't be flippant about this, but jokes were actually made that the key FBIHQ personnel had to be spies or moles, like Robert Hansen, who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden to have so undercut Minneapolis' effort ..." Coleen M. Rowley Special Agent and Minneapolis Chief Division Counsel.
LIES, LIES & MORE LIES:
The FBI and Bush team spin doctors have tried to contain public and congressional outrage by claiming that Rowley is well meaning but mistaken. Although admitting that maybe in the future they "should do things a little bit differently" these officials have falsely claimed that it was highly unlikely that the warrants sought by the Minneapolis FBI office would have been granted. For example, the FBI repeated the false claim that the information provided by the French was too sketchy to justify a search warrant.
However, one senior French intelligence officer told Time magazine that the FBI was given "everything they needed" to understand that Moussaoui was linked to Islamic terrorist groups, and that Moussaoui posed a significant danger. "Even a neophyte working in some remote comer of Florida, would have understood the threat based on what was sent."
The FBI also claims they did not pursue the Zaccarias Moussaoui investigation because they knew they would run into a brick wall of opposition from the special federal court dealing with intelligence spying.
Yet, that explanation, too, is a falsehood.
As reported in the June 3, 2002, edition of the New York Times, 100% of the 1,491 applications to the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, by federal police agencies requesting authorization to wiretap phones was granted. Since 1991, 12,658 out of 12,661 requests have been approved.
The truth is: The FBI, CIA, and Bush administration knew since July that commercial jets would be hijacked by Islamic extremists directly linked to al-Qaeda and Osama bin Laden. This startling fact, including that Bush knew that al-Qaeda planned on hijacking commercial jet liners, was even confirmed by Bush's White House spokesman, Ari Fleischer: "The president was also provided information about bin Laden wanting to engage in hijacking in the traditional pre-9-11 sense, not for the use of suicide bombing."
They even knew the day on which these attacks would occur.
Although George W. Bush may claim that "Had I known that the enemy was going to use airplanes to kill on that fateful morning, I would have done everything in my power to protect the American people," the facts suggest that he and his administration did everything in their power to sabotage and block any meaningful investigation by FBI field agents, thus insuring that the attack would be a spectacular success.
JOHN O'NEILL: THE COVER UP CONTINUES
As has been well established, Saudi Arabia, the Saudi royal family, the bin Ladens, and a number of Saudi Arabia's richest families have also provided millions of dollars in aid to bin Laden and his terrorist network (28,29).
Instead of focusing on bin Laden or the Saudi connection to terrorism, the Bush team targeted John O'Neill. John O'Neill was the principle agent, and Deputy Director in charge of the FBI's National Security Division, specializing in terrorism. He commanded over 100 experienced agents and was an expert on bin Laden and al-Qaeda. In 1995, O'Neill orchestrated the arrest of Ramzi Yousef, who was apprehended in Pakistan. Ramzi Yousef was directly responsible for the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center.
According to former FBI director Louis Freeh "O'Neill was the paramount, most knowledgeable agent we had in the FBI, probably in the government, with respect to counterintelligence matters."
O'Neill had become obsessed with the belief that bin Laden was planning an attack on the United States (29): "No longer is it just the fear of being attacked by international terrorist organizations -- attacks against Americans and American interests overseas. A lot of these groups now have the capability and the support infrastructure in the United States to attack us here if they choose to do so."
By the Spring of 2001, O'Neil began to suspect than an attack was imminent. He also believed that the FBI and his own offices were not receiving sufficient cooperation and support from the Bush White House (29).
By late Spring, he and his boss, Assistant FBI Director Barry Mawn, began pleading with John Ashcroft's Justice Department, begging for more funding and for more agents. The acting director of the FBI, Pickard, took up their cause, providing Ashcroft's Justice Department with a point by point detailed request for a $50 million infusion of cash for the bureau's counterterrorism program.
Ashcroft, and thus the Bush White House, turned them down. In August, direct appeals were made to Ashcroft, emphasizing a growing belief that the United States was in imminent danger of a terrorist attack by bin Laden's al-Qaeda. Ashcroft's reply was a defiant: "no."
It was more than "no." Ashcroft proposed a $65 million cut in counterterrorism grants (30).
O'Neill was outraged and disgusted by the roadblocks erected by the Bush administration. He repeatedly complained that the oil lobby who make up President Bush's entourage, were sabotaging his efforts to investigate al-Qaeda and bin Laden (31). The Bush administration, O'Neill believed, had taken a "hand's off" approach, because the Bush family and members of his administration were doing business with Saudis who were providing financial backing to al-Qaeda.
John O'Neil was convinced that "All the answers, everything needed to dismantle Osama bin Laden's organization can be found in Saudi Arabia."
The Bush administration, however, would not allow the Saudi connection to be explored.
And why is that?
The Bush family and members of both Bush administrations have business relationships with the Saudi royal family, and the number one factor in the Bush administration's hand's off policy, O'Neill believed, was the Saudi connection. O'Neill also thought that his investigation and that of other FBI agents was being stymied because the Bush family and members of both administration, were involved in negotiating a secret deal involving oil and that some of the Saudis the Bush clan had partnered with, were actively involved in the exportation of terrorism (29).
Indeed, according to The Council on Foreign Relations (10/ 17/2002): "The Saudis Fund Al Qaeda. It is worth stating clearly and unambiguously what official U.S. government spokespersons have not. For years, individuals and charities based in Saudi Arabia have been the most important source of funds for al Qaeda."
Consider, for example, Bush-pal, Prince Bandar bin Sultan, the Saudi ambassador to the United States. The Saudi government and Bandar's wife, Princess Haifa al-Faisal, were making regular monthly payments and provided over $100,000.000, each, to Osama Bassnan, a Saudi agent who met with and made arrangements for Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaq al-Hazmi, to settle in San Diego. Osama Bassnan even paid their rent.
The payments from the Saudi government and the Saudi royal family began in 1998 or 1999, and continued up until the 9/11 hijackings. Likewise, Osama Bassnan maintained his relationship with Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaq al-Hazmi up until the weeks prior to 9/11.
The FBI knew of this monetary arrangement, but then covered it up. The Bush administration not only covered it up, but when Newsweek magazine learned of these payments, in late November of 2002, Osama Bassnan was immediately "deported" back to Saudi Arabia, thus making it impossible for the press or any investigative body, to question him.
And then there is Saudi banker, Khaled bin Mahfouz, who has invested millions of dollars in the Carlyle Group, a well-connected Washington investment bank and defense consortium, whose director is former CIA-deputy director and Reagan-Bush Secretary of Defense, Frank Carlucci. George H.W. Bush is a consultant to the Carlyle Group, and his son (now President) George W. Bush has "received high fees as director of [Caterair] a subsidiary of Carlyle" (25). Khaled bin Mahfouz has been accused of funneling tens of millions of dollars each year into the bank accounts of Osama bin Laden.
In August of 2002, Khaled bin Mahfouz, along with 3 Saudi princes, was named in a trillion dollar lawsuit filed by families of some of the victims of the 9/11/2001 terrorist attack on America.
The Bush administration, in turn, is attempting to fight that suit, and have it thrown out of court in order to protect his Saudi friends, and in particular, the Saudi royal family who also helped fund the 9/11 hijackers.
And as has been repeatedly stressed and documented in this book, the Bush family has also been in business and was still in business with the bin Laden family -- as was the Carlyle Group on the morning of 9-11.
As detailed by reporters for the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times, Frank Carlucci, the director of Carlyle, as well as other former Bush administration officials, such as former Secretary of State James Baker who is also on the Carlyle payroll, have "made repeated pilgrimages to the bin Laden family's headquarters in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia." In fact, according to the London Observor and other sources, they were meeting with at least one of the bin Ladens on the morning of 9/11.
Thus we should not be surprised that after the Bush administration took over in January of 2001, U.S intelligence agencies had been told to 'back off' from investigations involving the Bin Laden family, the Saudi royals, and possible Saudi links" to terrorism (27).
As summed up by BBC reporter, Greg Palast (25) the Bush administration "wanted to keep the pro-American Saudi royal family in control of the world's biggest oil spigot, even at the price of turning a blind eye to any terrorist connection. Intelligence agencies were told to "back off' investigating the Bin Ladens and Saudi royals."
According to O'Neill (29): "The main obstacles to investigate Islamic terrorism were US oil corporate interests, and the role played by Saudi Arabia in it."
In fact, even the joint Senate and House committee examining so called "intelligence failures" leading up to 9/11 concluded, in a draft report issued on 11/22/2001, that the CIA and FBI did not pursue leads which would have linked the terrorists to the government of Saudi Arabia.
From the perspective of the Bush administration, however, it was not al-Qaeda, the Saudis, or the bin Ladens who were a threat. John O'Neill, Osama bin Laden's main antagonist from within the FBI was a threat. It was increasingly made clear that he was to stand down and cease and desist from pursing his single minded obsession with bin Laden and al-Qaeda. The message was: Hands off al-Qaeda. Hands off bin Laden.
Numerous other FBI agents were receiving the same clear message.
On September 11,2001, one week after quitting the FBI in absolute disgust, John O'Neill was murdered. He was killed, on his first day on the job, as chief of security at the World Trade Center -- a building he was convinced would be attacked by terrorists.
*******
Fifteen of the 19 hijackers were from Saudi Arabia. The bin Laden family call Saudi Arabia their home. George H.W. Bush and members of his administration, are in business with the bin Laden family as well as many of the leading families of Saudi Arabia, including the Saudi royal family, who in turn are linked to terrorism.
The Bush administration, and the American mass media, wish us to believe that Osama bin Laden has no contact with his family -- for if he were that would be embarrassing since George H.W. Bush is not only in business with the bin Laden family, but has stayed at their palace, as recently as 2000 (31). As noted, two Bush associates, Frank Carlucci and James Baker, were meeting with one or more of the bin Laden brothers on the morning of 9/11 (32).
The bin Laden family is a direct link to Osama bin Laden.
Indeed, phone calls between Osama and his brothers and his mother, have been intercepted by U.S. Intelligence agencies (33). As detailed in the book, Body of Secrets, by National Security Agency expert James Bamford, and as reported in the Baltimore Sun and the San Antonio Express-News (33), bin Laden has been repeatedly tape recorded by the CIA and National Security Agency, talking with family members, including his mother. As reported by the San Antonio Express-News (33) and according to Yossef Bodansky, director of the House Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, "Osama maintains connections" with several of his brothers.
It is precisely because of these links between the bin Laden family, the Bush family, and Osama bin Laden, that in the days immediately following the 9/11 terrorist attacks, although all commercial and private planes were grounded, George W. Bush personally approved the getaway of II members of the bin Laden family. The bin Laden's were allowed to escape justice and the United States and to fly back to Saudi Arabia where they could not be questioned.
George W. Bush and his administration did everything in their power to covertly sabotage any meaningful investigation that would have uncovered the 9/11 plot to hijack commercial jetliners and then slam them into the World Trade Center. Since 9/11 the cover up has continued.
It is our belief that the Bush administration and their cronies, covertly sabotaged these investigative efforts in order to allow the 9/11 attack to take place. We believe that top officials in the current and past Bush administration, did so for personal, financial, and political gain, to justify a war with Afghanistan and then Iraq, and because they were in business and trying to do business with people who kill Americans.
_______________
Notes:
1). BBC News, "Profile: Jose Padilla," 6/11/2002; Time Magazine, 6/16/2002.
2). Sara Jess & Gabriel Beck, "John Walker Lindh: American Taliban," University Press, California, 2002.
3). Le Figaro 10/31/2001;
4). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001; Radio France International, 11/1/2001. See also, United Press International, 11/1/2001.
5). CNN, 8/1/2002.
6). USA Today, 6/4/2002.
7). The Washington Post, 11/30/2001; Khilafah.com, 11/30/2001.
8). United States District Court, Southern District of New York, "United States of America v Ali Mohamed."
9). Peter Waldman, The Wall Street Journal, 11/26/2001.
10). Newsweek, 9/15/2001.
11). Sara Jess, et al., "American Attacked," University Press, California, 10/11/2001.
12). John Ashcroft, Press Conference, 10/23/2001.
13). Investigators have claimed (09/10/2002) that they somehow pieced this information together, and only recently came to these conclusions. However, some of this information, was made available to the authors of the book, America Attacked (by Sara Jess et al.,) and was mentioned in this book, which was published on October 11, 2001; see also, BBC News, "Atta Trained in Afghanistan" 2 8/24/2002; Douglas Waller, "Was Hijack 'Ringleader' in Bin Laden Orbit?" Time Magazine, 10/5/ 2001; CBS New, 9/13/2002.
14). On his last call to Germany, Atta alerted his friend Bin-al-shibh that a date for the attack had been selected, using the code words "Two sticks, a dash and a cake with a stick down," meaning 11/9 or September II. Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
15). Kay Nehm, German Federal Prosecutor, News Conference, 8/ 29/2002.
16). Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-October 2002.
17). Oliver Schrom, Die Zeit, 10/2/2002
18). According to his attorney, Ali Mohamed was never sentenced. When asked, on November 5, 2002, to clarify if Ali Mohamed was out on bail, or if he had been set free, or was in a government protection program, the attorney refused to comment. When asked if Ali Mohamed had never been sentenced because he was an undercover CIA agent, the attorney stated he couldn't talk about that issue, and ended the conversation.
19). Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon, "The Age of Sacred Terror, Random House, 2002.
20). Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001; Daniel Golden et at. "Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank," Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001.
21). Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993; James H. Hatfield, "Fortunate Son," St. Martins Press.
22). Robert Scheer, Making Money, the Bush Way," Los Angeles Times, 2/20/2002; Baltimore Chronicle, "Republican-controlled Carlyle Group poses serious Ethical Questions for Bush Presidents, but 'News' Media ignore it," 10/4/01; Jason Nisse, "Carlyle Group, Employer of Bush Sr., Profits from Massive Weapons Program Signed by Jr. which the Pentagon had advised be Canceled," Independent, 1/30/02.
23). Joseph McBride, '''George Bush,' CIA Operative," The Nation, 6/16/1988.
24). Coleen M. Rowley, Memo to Mueller, 6/21/2002.
25). BBC News Newsnight, 6/11/2001.
26). BBC News Newsnight, 11/7/2001.
27). The Guardian, 11/7/2001.
28). Kenneth Damm, the U.S. Deputy Secretary of Treasury testified in Congress, in May of 2002, that the Saudi-based AI-Haramain Charity and a number of other Saudi-connected charities have abused its funds to finance terrorism. As detailed by Ben Barber, The Washington Times, 5/7/2002, "The Saudi government gave $135 million in.... 16 months to" fund terrorism. The money goes to a list of 13 charities, and seven of them fund Hamas," which the State Department lists as a terrorist organization. As detailed in The Washington Times, 8/24/2002, another Saudi charity, Al-Haramain also uses "its funds to finance terrorism.
29). Charles Brisard & Guillaume Dasquie, "bin Laden: Hidden Truth."
30). Don Van Natta Jr. and David Johnston, "FBI's bureaucracy led to inaction, insiders say. A decade's changes in mission and structure created paralytic fear of risk," New York Times, 6/2/2002.
31). Leslie Wayne, "The Carlyle Group Elder Bush in Big G.O.P. Cast Toiling for Top Equity," New York Times, 3/5/2001.
32). The Observer, "Dark heart of the American dream," 6/16/2002.
33). James Bamford, "Body of Secrets;" Baltimore Sun, 4/24/2001; San Antonio Express-News, 9/14/2001.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 4:28 am
PART 1 OF 2
Chapter 11: 9-11: BUSH KNEW & ALLOWED IT TO HAPPEN
*******
Despite their denials, high ranking officials in the FBI and CIA have known for years that men directly linked to al-Qaeda were receiving pilot training at U.S. schools in the United States. And, they have known since 1993, that the World Trade Center was a primary target. The FBI knew, because they, and the Bush administration, played a direct role in making the 1993 bombing and the attacks of 9/11/2001, possible.
Indeed, as detailed and documented in Part I of this text, the Bush gang have been partnering with terrorists for decades, using murderers, rapists, gangsters, and the like, in innumerable operations which were designed to increase the power and wealth of the Bush clan and their associates. It was only a matter of time before America and American citizens would also be targeted.
As documented in Part I, the Bush family even partnered with the Nazis, and maintained that partnership after Hitler declared war on the United States. For the Bush clan, it was business as usual. War is good for business, and if Americans are killed, then what of it, so long as in the end the Bush family and their associates make money and increase their power.
In 1990, George H.W. Bush and his administration -- which included Dick Cheney, Condoleezza Rice, and 300 other individuals who would 10 years later become part of the administration of his son -- began laying the ground work for the first major terrorist attack ever on U.S. soil. That attack took place in 1993 when the World Trade Center was first bombed.
The Bush team intended to blame the 1993 attack on Saddam Hussein -- when in fact the true culprits were the good friends and business partners of Bush and gang: the Saudis and the Pakistanis.
Indeed, just as the Bush family and their associates have partnered with the bin Laden family and a number of Saudis and Pakistanis who helped finance the 9/11 attack, George H.W. Bush, his CIA and FBI, the Saudis and Pakistanis were also linked to the 1993 World Trade Center bombers.
******
As detailed in court records, books, newspaper and magazine articles (1,2,3), Mahmud Abouhalima, Mohammad Salameh, and Rarnzi Yousef, spent several months planning the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. They fashioned their bomb using $3,000 worth of common ingredients.
The bomb was loaded into a rented Ryder van and then transported from Jersey City, through the Holland Tunnel, into Manhattan. The van with its massive bomb ready to go off, was left in an underground parking garage beneath the World Trade Center.
The terrorists were convinced they were about to murder 50,000 Americans.
Then they ran.
Yousef didn't remain in New York to savor the "triumph." He immediately grabbed a flight at John F. Kennedy Airport, flew to Frankfurt Germany and then made his way to Afghanistan -- what would eventually become the home base of al-Qaeda and bin Laden.
Abouhalima was too excited to flee. Instead he went to Tower Records in downtown Manhattan and waited patiently in the classical music section for the apocalypse.
Mohammad Salameh also waited and watched.
And then, the bomb exploded.
Although the World Trade Center shook and trembled, it did not collapse.
Although thousands were injured, only six people were killed.
The terrorists were angered and embittered.
They had failed.
Mohammad Salameh was so disgusted by the results, he felt so cheated, that he disobeyed orders and returned to the Ryder truck rental office in Jersey City.
He wanted his money back.
He demanded that his deposit on the van be returned.
He was immediately arrested.
Four suspects went on trial on September 13, 1993, and it lasted 6 months. Over 204 witnesses came forward and the prosecution presented more than 1,000 pieces of evidence. The defendants were convicted on March 4, 1994, in federal court on all 38 counts against them and all four were sentenced to 240 years in prison.
Two years later, master terrorist Ramzi Yousef who had helped to plan the bombing, was apprehended in Pakistan (2).
Following his capture, when FBI agents flew fugitive Ramzi Yousef back to New York to face justice, he glanced down at the World Trade Center and frowned.
"See," an FBI agent said as he pointed out the twin skyscrapers from the helicopter. "The Twin Towers are still standing."
Yousef replied, "They wouldn't be if I had enough money and explosives."
*******
Ramzi Yousef has an interesting history. After the 1993 World Trade Center bombing he continued his campaign of terror. He bombed an Iranian Shiit shrine -- the Shiit religion and Islamic shrines being an anathema to the Sunni-Wahhabi sect and the Saudi royal family, which help fund his terror spree (2). He also tried to kill Benazir Bhutto -- the enemy of the Pakistani Intelligence Service. Benazir Bhutto, being a women, was also unacceptable to many of the ruling Islamic elite, in Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and other Muslim countries. Thus she had to go.
It is also alleged that he planned to assassinate the Pope and President Clinton, as well as bomb and destroy 11 airliners over the Pacific Ocean (2).
FBI agents dubbed Yousef "an evil genius."
According to Neil Herman, the FBI Supervisory Special Agent who led the New York Joint Terrorist Task Force (2): "Yousef was a pretty unique person. He liked the bar scene, he liked women, he liked moving around. Yousef was very good. He was well trained, very clever. He'll certainly be ranked right up there with the all-timers. Even to this day, he is a very shadowy figure that we really don't know that much about, even after all that's been done and all that's been investigated on him."
Yes, but who trained him?
Pakistani Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto blamed the United States and the CIA, which she accused of financing Pakistan's radical Muslim clerics and terrorist groups.
That the CIA was training and funding terrorists, in Pakistan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, including Osama bin Laden, is a well established fact (4). Indeed, according to Osama bin Laden (5): "I created my first [military] camps, where these volunteers underwent training led by Pakistani and American officers. The arms were supplied by the Americans and the money by the Saudis."
That the CIA was also training terrorists to conduct terrorist operations against the United States, is yet another unpleasant fact -- as detailed in this book.
Thus we should not be surprised to discover that the plan to bomb the World Trade Center, in 1993, has the FBI's and the CIA's fingers prints all over it.
"The Arab bombers in the [1993 World Trade Center bombing] case, who were tied to Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, received their training during the Afghan War from mujahideen groups trained and supplied by the CIA. The Sheik had been closely allied with Gulbaddin Hekmatyar, leader of one of the most radical anti- American elements of the Afghan mujahideen, and the one most favored by U.S. intelligence" (6).
Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, a man described as a "valuable" CIA "asset" (7) was summoned to the United States in July, 1990, during the Presidency of George H. W. Bush. He arrived in New York, via Saudi Arabia on "a tourist visa issued by an undercover agent of the CIA" (7).
Sheik Omar had been associated with the CIA for at least two decades, and possibly since the early 1960s. In 1979, his relationship with U.S. intelligence agencies and Pakistani intelligence officials became formalized. He had been chosen to help coordinate and unify the various mujahideen groups who were fighting against the Soviet backed regime in Afghanistan, and who had also been fighting among themselves.
The blind Sheik was a Muslim cleric. Like Osama bin Laden who had also began working with the CIA during the same period, he was an expert at propaganda and in providing direction to others by preaching holy war. CIA and Special Forces officers based in Pakistan, considered him a "valuable asset" (7,8).
While in Afghanistan during the "jihad," he once said: "I have never asked Allah for anything. But I am under a great disadvantage now. If only Allah could give me eyes for a couple of years, or for a couple of hours, so I could fight in the jihad!"
The administration of George H.W. Bush offered the Sheik the opportunity to conduct his "jihad" in the United States. Initially, "his primary purpose was to set up a U.S. infrastructure, a funding mechanism, and an organizational base for militant Islamic groups" (7,8). However, unbeknownst to the Sheik, once he arrived in the U.S., the CIA/FBI made arrangements for his entourage to be penetrated by informers -- men who would urge the Sheik and his followers, or Islamic groups he was associated with, to bomb New York landmarks (9).
One of those Islamic groups had been led by EI Sayyid Nosair.
In November of 1990, EI Sayyid Nosair, or members of his circle, shot and killed Rabbi Meir Kahane, a right-wing Jewish-hate monger and leader of the Jewish Defense League. Nosair was convicted and jailed in 1991.
In 1992, as the presidential election year kicked into high gear, and as Clinton began to overtake president George Bush in the polls, the FBI, via an undercover, FBI-informant, Emad Salem, began urging Sheik Omar and EI Sayyid Nosair's group, to bomb New York landmarks.
El Sayyid Nosair was, however, a small time thinker. El Sayyid Nosair suggested to Emad Salem, that they should use "pipe bombs" to extract revenge.
Salem, who was working for the FBI, offered to make the bombs (2). He also, apparently, at the urgings of the FBI, suggested that El Sayyid Nosair should think big, and that various New York landmarks, such as the World Trade Center would be a tempting target. Of course, to really make an impact, that would require more than a pipebomb.
The plot, however, fell apart, when the FBI asked Salem to play an even more active role, and to wear a body wire and to testify in a trial, following the bombing. He refused.
Enter Ramzi Yousef.
In Gov. Exhibit 55119-E , in the trial of Shaykh Omar et. al. (8) an FBI-informant. identified as "NY 28214-CW-C." detailed a conversation he had with Mahmoud Abu Halima -- one of the men convicted of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. "Mahmoud advised NY 28214-CW-C in connection with the World Trade Center that the planned act was not as big as what subsequently occurred. Mahmoud informed that Ramzi Yousef showed up on the scene and brought a number of individuals together and escalated the initial plot. Mahmoud stated that Rarnzi Yousef used himself and others involved with the Trade Center blast as pawns and then immediately after the blast left the country."
Hence, when the plot fell apart, because an FBI-agent/ informant refused to participate further, Ramzi Yousef arrived on the scene and took his place.
Rarnzi Ahmed Yousef, the alleged mastermind of the World Trade Center bombing, appears to have been funded by Pakistan's Intelligence Service (ISI), and the Saudis via Muhammad Jamal Khalifa, bin Laden's brother-in-law (2).
THE ISI
The ISI has had a long-standing relationship with al-Qaeda, and used al-Qaeda camps in Afghanistan to train and conduct covert terrorist operations against other countries (10), As noted, after the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, Ramzi Yousef, returned to Afghanistan. He would also frequently travel to Pakistan.
During the Reagan-Bush administrations, "while the C.I.A. supplied money and weapons, it was the ISI that moved them into Afghanistan. The Americans relied almost entirely on the Pakistani service to allocate the weapons to the rebel leaders, and the senior C.I.A. officials involved developed close relations with their counterparts" (10). It was more than a close relationship. The CIA sought to control the ISI.
In the early 1990s, ISI director, Hameed Gul, complained that he was removed as director, because the "Bush administration was demanding that the agency be placed at the disposal of the Americans, as if it were a mercenary force" (10).
The campaign to remove Gul began in 1992. He was eventually removed and replaced by someone that the Bush administration felt they could work with, Lt. General Asad Durrani who is now Ambassador to Saudi Arabia.
The ISI, although having maintained a long relationship with the Reagan-Bush administrations, was, in 1993, hostile to the Clinton administration- -- s was the Pentagon and American military establishment as they viewed Clinton as a draft dodger. As noted, Ramzi Ahmed Yousef sought to assassinate Clinton. Likewise, because the ISI was also believed to be hostile to Clinton, the "Secret Service adamantly opposed a planned trip by President Clinton to Pakistan out of concern for his safety" (10).
In 1993, Pakistan's ISI was funding terrorist operations not only in Afghanistan, but in India and America (11):
"Former Pakistan Prime Minister Narwaz Sharif alleged that his Army Chief of Staff, General Aslam Beg, and General Asad Durrani, head of the Inter Service Intelligence agency, had informed him, while he was in office, that the Pakistani Army and ISI planned to conduct covert acts of terrorism in other countries" (12).
The World Trade Center was bombed on February 26, 1993. Two weeks later, there was a series of world trade center bombings, this time, in India. And just as the ISI was implicated in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, the ISI was directly implicated "in the bombings that devastated central Bombay on March 12, 1993, killing over 300 people" (12). Lt. General Asad Durrani was in charge of the ISI when these bombings occurred.
Again, let us recall that Lt. General Asad Durrani had been placed at the head of the ISI at the urgings of the Bush administration and CIA, in the early 1990s, and was thus head of the ISI in 1993 (13).
Coincidentally, yet another ISI General is linked to the second attack on the World Trade Center. Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad became a "US approved appointee" of the ISI, in 1999 (14) and was still head of the ISI on the morning of 9/11/2001.
ISI director, General Mahmoud Ahmad also just happened to be in the U.S. when the 9/11 attacks occurred (15,16,17).
Ahmad arrived on 9/4/2001 and had a series of meetings with his counterparts at the CIA and the Pentagon and at the State Department both before and after the attacks on the WTC (15,16). According to the New York Times (16), "he happened to be here on a regular visit of consultations."
Just an innocent little visit, we are told.
In fact, ISI director, General Mahmoud Ahmad was having breakfast with Sen. Bob Graham (D-Fla.) and Rep. Porter Goss (R-Fla.) when the 9/11 attacks occurred (17). Graham and Goss (a veteran of the CIA) were later appointed co-chairmen in charge of the commission to investigate the events and intelligence failures behind September 11, 2001 attack on the Pentagon and World Trade Center (WTC).
Yet another coincidence, it was subsequently revealed by India's intelligence agencies, that ISI director General Mahmoud Ahmad had ordered his aide, Ahmad Vmar Sheik, to wire $100,000. to Mohammed Atta, the leader of the 9/11 hijackings (18). Although the corporate controlled U.S. media have tried to obfuscate the revelation, by trying to imply that the ISI was not directly involved, General Ahmad was forced to step down from the ISI soon after this charge was made. Naturally, the Bush administration and the FBI and CIA have shown no interest in questioning him much less arresting him.
Even if we accept the clumsy attempts of the corporate controlled American media to dissociate General Ahmad from the 9/ 11 attacks, the fact nevertheless remains that the ISI has been funding terrorists and al-Qaeda for years -- as even the New York Tunes admits (10).
Thus, the ISl's General Ahmad, whose ISI, is linked to al- Qaeda and bin Laden, was meeting with his CIA and Pentagon counterparts, as well as the chairmen of the Senate and House Intelligence Committees on the day of and in the days just before and after al-Qaeda terrorists attacked the WTC and Pentagon, on September 11, 2001.
And, of course, that's just a coincidence. Nothing suspicious about that. No siree.
*******
Immediately following the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, the Justice Department issued a "gag order" ordering all agencies to remain silent and not speak to reporters. Nevertheless, one reporter got a question in. The reporter wanted to know if it was true the FBI had advance notice of the bombing, but let the bombing go forth, for as yet unspecified reasons.
The same questions would arise following the 9/11 attack.
Of course there was advanced knowledge of the 1993 bombing, as was revealed in court documents (8) and as was also alleged by the New York Times (3). The FBI had several informants working on the inside, one of whom, at the request of the FBI, offered to make the bomb, and who suggested possible targets. Indeed, there are allegations that the FBI was providing funds, equipment, supplies, support and training to the actual perpetrators. According to tapes of conversations made by one informant, the contents of some of which were revealed in court and also reported by the New York Times, the FBI had planned on "building the bomb with a phony powder and grabbing the people who were involved in it." After the 1993 bombing, the informant also went on to say: "Guys, now you saw this bomb went off and you both know that we could avoid that."
Several months later, Sheik Omar, a Saudi- ISI- and CIA-financed cleric was arrested in connection with the February, 1993, World Trade Center bombing, and for conspiring to attack several New York landmarks. Rahman and nine others were convicted on October 1, 1995.
*******
The 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center was eventually blamed on al-Qaeda and Osama bin Laden -- and as detailed in pervious chapters, Osama bin Laden had been working with the CIA since 1978 or 1979.
It is bin Laden's association with the CIA which might explain why "the Pentagon gave permission" for the sale of a commercial jet to a bin Laden representative, in 1993. "The plane had a range of around 1500 miles -- close to the distance between Boston and Los Angeles -- and it was purchased in Arizona. One of bin Laden's main men in America was Essan Al-Ridi, who worked as a flight instructor in Texas. He was contacted that year by Wadih El-Hage -- who was later jailed for his part in the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Africa which killed 244 people -- and asked to help buy jets" (19).
"The deal went through for about $250,000, and bin Laden offered Al-Ridi a job as a pilot. The plane was bought at the 'bone yard' in Tucson, Arizona -- the local name for the storage unit at the Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Centre at the Davis- Monthan Air Force Base where retired aircraft are kept. The US military, therefore, sold the plane to bin Laden -- and it was the Pentagon which gave permission for the aircraft to leave the base" (19).
"The plane was flown out of the US to bin Laden's base, at that time, in Khartoum in Sudan. America aided bin Laden ... This aircraft was used to transport the missiles from Pakistan which killed American special forces in Somalia" (19).
Presumably the CIA and the Pentagon did not know the bin Laden and al-Qaeda were planning to target U.S. special forces in Somalia -- that is, unless they were trying to embarrass Clinton. However, in 1993, they did know that the World Trade Center was the number one target of terrorists, including al-Qaeda.
*******
U.S. officials have known since 1993 that the World Trade Center was at the top of al-Qaeda's list of potential targets of terrorism. Indeed, New York City and the Trade Center were attacked in 1993 and 2001 for some of the same reasons.
For one, New York is believed to be a "Jewish city."
Two, New York city and the World Trade Center were heavily populated. The World Trade Center was a city in-itself, with offices that could house over 50,000 people. Terrorists knew that if the World Trade Center could be destroyed, there would be an enormous and devastating loss of life.
Three, New York is one of the most recognizable cities in the world. It is thus one of the most recognizable and memorable targets. It would make for a prestigious trophy.
Four, the World Trade Center, the heartbeat of lower Manhattan, was viewed as a symbol of America's wealth. To strike at the World Trade Center, would be a slap across the face of America's powerful financial elite.
Years after the 1993 bombing, despite their denials, the FBI, the CIA and Bush administration officials knew that a major target for a second terrorist attack was still the World Trade Center.
The World Trade Center was an obvious target whose destruction would strike terror into the hearts of America, generate incredible publicity, and draw hundreds of new recruits eager to join a successful cause. The attack could also be used as a campaign gimmick by the Republicans to increase their power, as a lever to increase defense spending, thus benefiting the Bush-connected Carlyle group, and as an excuse to go to war, first in Afghanistan, and then in Iraq where the world's second largest oil reserves can be found.
As is the case in the 1993 attack, the evidence indicates that top officials in the FBI and CIA, also had foreknowledge of the 9/ 11/2001 attack. Indeed, they and the Bush administration not knew in advanced, they welcomed the attack and thus allowed it to happen.
THE FBI & CIA KNEW FOR YEARS
Despite their denials, the FBI and CIA had known for many years that men with links to bin Laden and his organization were attending U.S. flight schools. And, they had known since 1995 that Islamic terrorists were planning on hijacking U.S. commercial airlines and crash them into U.S. cities.
For example, in 1995 and 1996, the FBI learned that al-Qaeda associate, Abdul Hakim Murad and two other men, had received flight training at four different flight schools in the U.S. during the early 1990s: Coastal Aviation, Richmor Aviation, Schenectady flight school and Alpha Tango Flying Services in San Antonio. Murad was in fact recruited by Ramzi Ahmed Yousef, the al-Qaeda operative who had plotted and carried out the 1993 World Trade Center bombing (20). Murad was subsequently convicted of plotting to crash a suicide plane into CIA headquarters and blow up a dozen U.S. commercial jetliners over the Pacific.
Specifically, it was determined in 1996, that Yousef and Murad had been plotting to train and deploy five-man terrorist teams who were to hijack and bomb 12 different commercial jetliners, including Northwest Airlines, Delta Air Lines, and United Airlines. Some of the hijacked jets were to be crashed into U.S. cities, including New York and Washington (2,20).
As detailed in a Jan. 20, 1995, report issued by the Manila police, Murad had attended flight schools in New York, Texas, California and North Carolina. He earned a commercial pilot's license. As he explained to authorities, it was his intention to "board any American commercial aircraft pretending to be an ordinary passenger. Then he will hijack said aircraft, control its cockpit and dive it at the C.LA. headquarters. There will be no bomb or any explosive that he will use in its execution. It is simply a suicidal mission that he is very much willing to execute." U.S. government prosecutors described the plot as "one of the most hideous crimes anyone ever conceived."
According to the Washington Post, "Since 1996, the FBI had been developing evidence that international terrorists were using US flight schools to learn to fly jumbo jets" (21).
In 1996, the FBI again received information that Arab pilots were plotting with Pakistani terrorists to plant bombs on a number of U.S. airliners, and that terrorists were planning on using crop-dusters and other planes for a suicide attack from the air during the Summer Olympic Games in Atlanta. U.S. Customs Service jets and Black Hawk helicopters were deployed, during the games, to intercept any suspicious aircraft (22).
In October of 1996, FBI agents in Phoenix were informed by an undercover agent, Harry Ellen, that a number of Arab extremists at a local mosque were receiving aviation training. Ellen was alarmed and informed the Phoenix office "that it would be terrible if the bad guys were able to gain this kind of access to airplanes, flight training and crop dusters. You really ought to look at this, it's an interesting mix of people."
Indeed, one of the bad guys may have been Hanji Hanjour, one of the September II hijackers. Hanjour was living in Phoenix in 1996, and taking flight lessons at two different local schools: Professional Pilot Training and Cockpit Resource Management. Yet another suspected terrorist, Lotti Raissi, was also in Phoenix, and later was briefly jailed in Britain on suspicion of training some of the 9/11 terrorists (23).
In 1998, there was additional evidence that terrorists trained as pilots were planning an attack on the U.S. Numerous references to pilot training and flight schools were discovered in documents uncovered during the investigation of the terrorists who had committed the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania (24).
Two participants in the 1998 bombings, who subsequently turned government informant, also informed the FBI that they and other men directly linked with bin Laden had received pilot training.
For example, Essam al-Ridi, had taken classes at the Ed Boardman Aviation School in Fort Worth. L'Houssaine Kerchtou, admitted that bin Laden had sent him to a flight school in Nairobi (24,25,26).
In addition. the FBI learned that one of bin Laden's associates, Ihab Ali Nawawi, received flight training at Airman Flight School in Norman, Oklahoma. This same Ihab Ali Nawawi was linked to the 1998 embassy bombings.
According to Ms. Hill, in reviewing evidence before the House and Senate Intelligence Committees, investigating 9/11 intelligence lapses, the FBI received yet another report in late 1998, that al-Qaeda or a related terrorist organization was planning to bring students to the United States to train at flight schools. Their purpose was to obtain skills that would enable them to use the planes as weapons.
In 1999 an analysis prepared for U.S. intelligence explicitly warned that Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda organization might hijack a commercial jet and then crash it into public and government buildings: "Suicide bomber(s) belonging to al-Qaeda's Martyrdom Battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives (C-4 and semtex) into the Pentagon, the headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or the White House."
In 1999, and as detailed in court records (27), the FBI learned that Ihab Mohammed Ali, a suspected coconspirator in the 1998 U.S. Embassy bombings in Africa, had received pilot training in Norman, Oklahoma. Ali, the FBI learned, had received detailed briefings from an al-Qaeda operative, on the lingo of American air traffic control procedures, i.e. what to say and how to say it, so that he could pretend to be the designated pilot following a hijacking.
In November of 1999, U.S. Intelligence began tracking and then later followed Mohammed Atta, Ziad al-Jarrah, and Marwan Al-Shehhi as they traveled from Germany to bin Laden's camps in Afghanistan (28).
In December of 1999, an Algerian terrorist, Ahmed Ressam, was apprehended at the U.S.-Canadian border (29). Ressam had orders to assist in the bombing of Los Angeles International Airport during the millennium celebrations.
The plot was defeated when authorities were tipped that Ressam was going to enter Washington state from Canada in a car loaded with explosives.
Ressam was linked to bin laden.
Ressam took his orders from Haydar Abu Doha, who had close ties to bin Laden (29). Haydar Abu Doha, who was arrested after the 9/11 attack on terrorism conspiracy charges, is a key figure in bin Laden's network.
According to Federal prosecutors, in 1998, Haydar Abu Doha met with bin Laden in Afghanistan. The purpose of these meetings was "to discuss cooperation and coordination between al-Qaeda and a group of Algerian terrorists whose activities Abu Doha coordinated and oversaw."
Ressam was later provided a skeletal briefing of what was discussed in Afghanistan. Al-Qaeda was planning to carry out coordinated terrorist assaults on high profile American targets (29). Ressam was to take an active part in these attacks. He had also journeyed to Afghanistan to receive special training.
As part of a plea bargain, Ahmed agreed to provide FBI agents with details.
The special training he received in bin Laden's camps included urban warfare, assassination, sabotage, hijacking and the destruction of the U.S. infrastructure. Targets included airports, airlines, the financial markets and New York City. American airports and commercial jetliners would be used as weapons in the attack.
Bin Laden, he warned, would soon unleash an incomprehensible horror on the people of the United States (29).
During November/December of 1999, and January/February of 2000 U.S. Intelligence tracked and then followed Ziad al-Jarrah, Mohammed Atta, and Marwan al-Shehhi as they left Germany, then boarded Turkish Airlines Flight 1662. In the company of another al-Qaeda operative, bin al-Shibh, they flew from Istanbul to Karachi, Pakistan where they met with officials of the ISI. These men remained under surveillance for several more days, and were then tracked to an al-Qaeda training camp Afghanistan (30). Atta, it is believed, was the leader of the four 9/11 hijacking
teams. Based on information apparently supplied by al-Jarrah, or other spies within al-Qaeda, the CIA learned that Atta and the other men met with Osama bin laden and that Atta was treated as honored guest. Subsequently Atta was tape recorded by the CIA discussing with another known terrorist, a forthcoming attack on the United States. On his last call to Germany, in September of 2001, Atta alerted his friend Bin-al-Shibh that a date for the attack had been selected, using the code words "Two sticks, a dash and a cake with a stick down," meaning 11-9 or September 11 (31).
Following their visit in 1999, the three men did not return to Germany, until February 2000, at which point they began using the internet to send and receive information from flight schools in the United States. Over 30 different schools were contacted (32). A Hamburg librarian later claimed she overhead al-Shehhi speaking of the World Trade Center and then boasting: "There will be thousands of dead. You will all think of me" (32).
During January of 2000, the CIA tracked Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi to Malaysia, where a high level al-Qaeda conference was to be held (33). The CIA ordered Malaysian Intelligence to photograph the participants, which included a one-legged member of al-Qaeda, Tawfiq Attash Khallad. Khallad was a top bin Laden lieutenant and the chief planner of the bombing of the USS Cole.
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were photographed talking with Khallad. After the meeting, Khallad provided funds, and paid for the plane tickets of al-Hazmi and al-Midhar, to America (33).
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were also photographed talking with bin al-Shibh, the same man who had accompanied Atta, al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah to Afghanistan. Bin al-Shibh would later wire $115,000 to the Florida bank accounts of Atta and Al-Shehhi (33), and an as yet undisclosed sum of cash to Zacarias Moussaoui (the so called "20th hijacker").
All this information, including the fact that Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi had entered the United States soon after attending an al-Qaeda conference in Malaysia, was passed on to the FBI's counterterrorism center at FBI headquarters in January 2000 (33). The plotters proceeded to carry out their activities unmolested, on the orders of FBI headquarters, much to the distress of FBI field operatives.
In fact, one unidentified FBI agent from the agency's New York office, speaking from behind a glass partition, said that he warned his superiors that "someone would die" unless the government more aggressively investigated the mysterious trail of al-Midhar (33).
Khalid al-Midhar would later take part in the 9/11 hijackings.
The FBI and CIA were again made aware of the possibility that terrorists linked to bin Laden might hijack jets and crash them into public buildings, early in 2000. Prior to the 2000 Olympic Games in Sydney, Australia, the FBI and CIA officials were consulted about the danger of "a fully loaded, fueled airliner crashing into the opening ceremony before a worldwide television audience," during the 2000 Olympic Games. Sydney police superintendent Paul McKinnon reported that Osama bin Laden was considered the number one threat. According to IOC officials plane-crash catastrophes have been incorporated into security planning for every Olympics since 1972. "That was our nightmare scenario" (34).
IOC officials again held detailed discussions with the FBI about the dangers of hijacked airlines crashing into buildings and crowded stadiums. These discussion were held in 2000/2001 in preparing security for the 2002 Winter Olympics in Salt Lake City (34).
On August 12, 2000, Italian police and U.S. Intelligence officials, using wiretaps, listened as a Yemeni al-Qaeda operative explained to an Egyptian operative based in Italy, about a massive strike against the enemies of Islam involving aircraft, an attack that "will be written about in all the newspapers of the world ...This will be one of those strikes that will never be forgotten ....This is a terrifying thing. This is a thing that will spread from south to north, from east to west: The person who came up with this program is a madman from a madhouse, a madman but a genius. He is fixated on this program; it will leave everyone turned to ice. In the future, listen to the news and remember these words: The danger in the airports .... in that country, the fire has been lit and is awaiting only the wind."
In January of 2001, Ziad al-Jarrah was tracked and then intercepted by CIA officials. As reported by CNN (35), "Jarrah had spent at least three weeks in January 2001 at an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan." Upon completing his terrorist training the CIA, which had been monitoring his movements, requested that intelligence officials based in the United Arab Emirates, Dubai, question him about "his terrorist activities." According to CNN (35), the CIA had "Jarrah stopped at the airport in Dubai on January 30, 2001, after the CIA notified officials that he would be arriving from Pakistan on his way back to Europe."
The CIA questioned, debriefed, and then allowed him to return to Europe and from Europe to the United States where he began taking flight training lessons.
On 9/11, Ziad al-Jarrah piloted the hijacked jet that crashed in Pennsylvania.
In February of 2001, the Federal Aviation Administration's annual report on Criminal Acts Against Aviation, warned that "bin Laden ... has both the motivation and the wherewithal to .... attack civil aviation. Bin Laden's anti-Western and anti-American attitudes make him and his followers a significant threat to civil aviation, particularly to US civil aviation."
In May, June and July of 2001, the Bush administration received specific and credible information indicating that commercial jetliners would soon be hijacked by Islamic terrorists. Specifically, in May and June, American intelligence intercepted a number of communications between al-Qaeda members. The upcoming attacks were repeatedly discussed. One al-Qaeda operative is quoted as stating that it would be more devastating than "Hiroshima" (33).
In June of 2001, Osama bin Laden openly boasted of a horrific attack that would soon take place in the United States.
In June, according to the German daily Frankfurter Algemeine Zeitung (36), German intelligence agencies, the BND, relying on information gleaned from an electronic eavesdropping system known as Echelon, warned the CIA that Middle Eastern terrorists were "planning to hijack commercial aircraft to use as weapons to attack important symbols of American culture."
In July, Kenneth Williams, an FBI agent in Phoenix concluded a painstaking investigation. He had uncovered detailed information that linked a number of Middle Eastern flight students to Osama bin Laden and to a radical British Islamic group, Al-Muhajiroun. Moreover, he discovered that one of the flight school students had communicated with Abu Zubaydah, one of al-Qaeda's senior leaders (33).
On July 10, Williams sent FBI headquarters a detailed report warning that Osama bin Laden's followers may be training in U.S. flight schools. He further reported that these men had been inquiring about airport security, and that they may be planning to hijack commercial jetliners. Williams strongly urged the FBI to canvass all flight schools in the United States and to identify students with possible terrorist ties.
On July 15, 2001, while receiving treatment for liver and renal dysfunction, at the American hospital in Dubai, Osama bin Laden was interviewed by a CIA agent. As detailed by United Press International (44), Radio France International (45) and Le Figaro (43), Bin Laden reportedly checked into the American Hospital on July 4, received dialysis and related treatment, and checked out on July 14. During his 10 day stay, bin Laden met with family members and a stream of local dignitaries, including a well known local CIA agent. These publications, citing French intelligence officials, claim that similar meetings had been taking place for years: "the CIA maintained contacts with bin Laden ...Those contacts didn't end after bin Laden moved to Afghanistan" (43).
According to French Intelligence officials, bin Laden provided "precise information" to the CIA about an imminent attack on the US" as well as details about an attack on the U.S. embassy in Paris which two weeks later resulted in the arrest of Djamel Beghal who later "confessed to receiving his orders from bin Laden" (44).
After the meeting with bin Laden, on July 15, the CIA agent was called back to the CIA's McLean, Virginia headquarters.
In July, National Security Advisor, Rice, and "terrorism czar" Richard Clarke, met with other security officials, and then issued a secret "super alert" warning that the U.S. would soon be attacked and that U.S. aircraft might be hijacked as part of a coordinated terrorist assault.
Attorney General, John Ashcroft took the warnings so seriously that on July 26, 2001, he broke with tradition and refused, from that day on, to ever again fly on any commercial jets.
When the Justice Dept. was questioned by CBS News correspondent Jim Stewart, about this unusual move, they issued a terse reply: Because of a "threat assessment" by the FBI. Yet when pressed by CBS, "neither the FBI nor the Justice Department... would identify what the threat was, when it was detected or who made it."
When Ashcroft was directly asked by reporters about the "threat" he replied with a straight face: "Frankly, I don't," know anything about it, he told reporters.
Are we supposed to believe that Ashcroft quit flying commercial and instead would only fly on a $1,600-plus per hour private G-3 Gulfstream, because of a "threat" that he knew nothing about?
Of course, the Bush administration, and the corporate controlled American mass media, would have us believe that it is absolutely preposterous that bin Laden would have met with a CIA agent. After all, he is an outcast who is even shunned by his family -- or so we are told. Indeed, if bin Laden wasn't an outcast, if he was in contact with the CIA and his family who stood to make a lot of money following 9/11, that would be embarrassing to the Bush administration given that Bush Sr. has stayed at the bin Laden palace, as recently as 2000 (40). In fact, Frank Carlucci, former assistant director of the CIA, held a meeting with at least one of the bin Laden brothers on the morning of 9/11/2001 (41). Frank Carlucci, who is closely plugged in to the current Bush administration, may have even held meetings with Osama bin Laden back when Frank was a deputy director of the CIA.
As detailed in previous chapters, Osama's association with the CIA and the U.S. began in the late 1970s and continued throughout the 1980s, where he served U.S. and Saudi interests in the proxy war with the Soviet Union in Afghanistan (38). In 1996, at the request of the U.S., and the Saudi government, he left the Sudan, and then flew to Afghanistan (38). Saudi Prince Bandar denies that an arrest warrant was ever issued for Osama bin Laden (39).
In 1996, Osama was still working with Western Intelligence and was given several assignments by British, Saudi, and U.S. Intelligence agencies, one of which included an assassination plot against Libyan leader, Colonel Gadaffi (39). As detailed by The Observer (39) "British intelligence paid large sums of money to an al-Qaeda cell in Libya in a doomed attempt to assassinate Colonel Gadaffi."
As noted, and as confirmed by Saudi Prince Bandar, the Saudi government never issued an arrest warrant for Osama bin Laden. As we independently confirmed, it was Libya which issued the warrant! However, British intelligence, in consultation with the CIA, quashed the "Interpol arrest warrant for bin Laden" issued by Libya (39).
We should also remember that Osama bin Laden is a business man.
As to Bush administration and corporate news accounts claiming there is no contact between Osama and his family, this is nonsense. Calls between him and his brothers and his mother, have been repeatedly intercepted by U.S. Intelligence agencies (42). Bin Laden has been repeatedly tape recorded by the CIA and National Security Agency, talking with family members, including his mother.
Moreover, bin Laden family members, including some of the Princes of the Saudi Royal family, have visited Osama in Afghanistan, and in Dubai of the United Arab Emirates (43), where Osama and his family, and the Saudis have banking and business interests.
It is precisely because it is so well known to all but the American public, that bin Laden regularly spends time in Dubai, on business, coupled with our knowledge of the close working relationship he has maintained in the past with the CIA, that we find reports that he met with a CIA agent in Dubai, in July, 2001, highly credible.
Again, and as will be detailed in chapters 12 and 13, Osama bin laden is not the leader of al-Qaeda. He is a business man, and his family, like the Bush family, like Prince Bandar, stood to make a lot of money following the 9/11 attacks.
*******
During the following weeks, and continuing up to the very day before 9/11, the Bush administration received an avalanche of warnings that commercial jets would be hijacked and slammed into U.S. cities, including New York and the World Trade Center.
In August of 2001, Israeli intelligence services, including the Mossad, became aware that al-Qaeda was planning a large-scale terror attack on America.
The Los Angeles Times subsequently discovered that Israel's Mossad had passed on warnings to U.S. officials that as many as 200 terrorists linked to al-Qaeda had slipped into the country and were preparing to launch a major assault on the United States.
"Everybody knew about a heightened alert, and knew that bin Laden was preparing a big attack," admitted an administration official on conditions of anonymity.
When asked by reporters if it was true that Israel had shared this frightening information with U.S. intelligence agencies, Mark Regev, Israel's ambassador to the United States reluctantly admitted that: "Israel routinely shares with the U.S. intelligence information concerning the field of counter terrorism. We also have been closely watching bin Laden and people were aware of the threat he poses."
After the September 11 assault, when confronted by newspaper reporters about this startling revelation, the CIA officially denied receiving advance warning: "That is utter nonsense," responded Bill Harlow, CIA spokesman.
CIA denials were seconded by senior Israeli government officials: "There was no specific information about the intention to carry out such an attack," the official said.
Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak, however, told the New York Times that his country's intelligence service also warned U.S. officials during the first days of August. They warned that al-Qaeda was in the advanced stages of an attack on America.
On August 1, actor James Woods, while a passenger on a flight from Boston to Los Angeles, became alarmed by the behavior of four men who he thought were intending on hijacking the plane. Later, it was determined that all four were among those who hijacked the 4 commercial jet liners on 9/11.
According to Mr. Woods, during a February 2002, television interview with Bill O'Reilly of Fox TV's O'Reilly Factor, " ....what made me suspicious of these four men ... would have been blatantly obvious to the most casual observer. I took it upon myself to go to the flight attendant and ask to speak to the pilot of the plane. The first officer came out. I reported to him that I felt that the four men .... I said I think they're going to hijack this plane .... I explained to him these details, which I've been asked to keep private ..."
Woods insists that a report was filed by the flight crew in early August, and that the report went directly to the FAA regarding the suspicious behavior of the four men.
It is standard procedure for the FAA to pass this information on to the FBI.
According to Mr. Woods, after he contacted the FBI, following the 9/11 hijacking, to see if the men he had been identified were in fact the hijackers, he had been cautioned to keep this information secret because it might compromise national security. However, the FBI agent he spoke to, informed him that "I have identified for sure two of them as two of the terrorists."
Woods then went on to say: "I've been told unofficially, not by the FBI, but by someone else in a higher level of government ... that all four of them were terrorists involved."
O'Reilly: "So it was basically a rehearsal, what these guys were doing?
Woods: "Right. But what's significant about this is that it was a rehearsal with four men."
Thus, in early August, four of the 9/11 hijackers had been identified as obviously planning to hijack a commercial jet! This information was passed on to the FBI.
On August 6, the CIA warned President Bush, in a detailed memo, that al-Qaeda was planning to hijack commercial jets.
In mid-August 2001, the FBI received repeated and insistent warnings from managers of the Pan Am International Flight School in Eagan, Minnesota about Zacarias Moussaoui, who was requesting training in a Boeing 747 simulator but who only wanted to learn how to steer the jet and had no interest in learning about landings or takeoffs (46,47).
On August 17, Zacarias Moussaoui was arrested. Based on the information received from the flight school, FBI field agents contacted French intelligence officials and were informed that Zacarias Moussaoui was a suspected terrorist and a fanatical believer in Islam (47). When FBI headquarters was contacted, high level officials then proceeded to block and "sabotage" any attempt to continue investigating Moussaoui. A supervisor in the Minnesota FBI field office warned FBI headquarters that they were trying to stop terrorists who are planning "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center" (47).
FBI headquarters responded angrily: "That's not going to happen."
Later, Special Agent and Minneapolis Chief Division Counsel Coleen M. Rowley, accused FBI director Mueller and the FBI of a "coverup " for "political reasons" and stated in a letter that other agents were accusing FBI headquarters of "deliberate" sabotage. "Jokes were actually made that the key FBIHQ personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden" (46).
In late August, Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered Russian intelligence to warn the U.S. government "in the strongest possible terms" of imminent attacks on airports and government buildings (48).
On September 7, the French Secret Service warned U.S. officials of an attack that was being orchestrated from Afghanistan (43). French officials were puzzled that the U.S. did not take the warnings seriously.
Between September 6-10, 2001 there was a dramatic and abnormal 600% increase in sales of put options on commercial air line stocks -- betting that the stock will go down (49,50). Over 4,700 put options were purchased on United Air Lines stock as opposed to only 396 call options (betting the stock will go up). On September 10, 200] over 4,500 put options were purchased on American Airlines as compared to 748 call options.
When purchasing Put options, one is buying, for a very minimal fee, the right to sell a stock, at a fixed price, for a limited time period. For example, if a stock is selling at $50.00 per share, one might buy the right to sell that stock at $45.00 per share. The right to sell the stock at this price, might cost $1.00 per share instead of $45.00 per share. If the stock goes up, one loses a dollar. But if the stock drops, say to $35.00, and if one has bought the equivalent of a thousand shares, for one thousand dollars, then by selling the stock at $45.00 per share (when its value is now $3S.(0) this would result in nearly a $10,000 profit. If one has purchased the equivalent of 10,000 shares, and the value drops by 50%, the profits would be staggering.
After 9/11, United Airlines and American Airlines stock dropped propitiously. The individual or individuals who had purchased those puts, stood to make hundreds of millions of dollars.
The Wall Street Journal reports (49) that 2,000 United Airlines put option were purchased through Deutschebank-Alex Brown on September 6, 2001. According to the magazine, Baron's (SO), another 2,500 puts purchased through Deutschebank were "split into 500 chunks each, directing each order to different U.S. exchanges around the country simultaneously."
Obviously, those purchasing these put options knew that their value would soar on 9/11.
Unusual stock trades are actively monitored, in real time, via highly advanced computer software programs, by U.S. and foreign Intelligence Services, including the FBI, CIA, and Justice Department. In this instance, we are supposed to believe that this activity went unnoticed.
For reasons that the Bush administration refuses to explain, the Security and Exchange Commission, the FBI, and the CIA, have been unable to determine who purchased these Put options.
It has been suggested that Deutschebank-Alex Brown, where many of these options were purchased, is either being uncooperative or it lost or misplaced any records that would shed light on the purchaser's identity -- which is a brazen absurdity, and which raises questions about Deutschebank-Alex Brown.
According to articles in the German news weekly Der Spiegel (51), the Asian Wall Street Journal (52), and Britain's The Guardian (53), the bin Laden family maintains a least 10 different accounts with Deutschebank, with a value of over $100 million dollars. Funds from some of these 10 accounts, German authorities suspect, have funded the terrorist activities of bin Laden's al-Qaeda.
The Deutschebank is also in business with the CIA. One month before 9/11, the Financial Times of Asia, Wire-Business Line (54), carried an article which directly linked Deutschebank to the CIA, as well as to unnamed individuals in Afghanistan.
The CIA connection is not a secret. As openly admitted by the CIA, that connection goes by the name of "Buzzy" Krongard. On March 26, 2001, "Buzzy" Krongard was named Executive Director of the CIA. "Buzzy" has an interesting history. He had been Chairman of the investment bank A.B. Brown which was acquired by Banker's Trust in 1997. Krongard then became Vice Chairman of Banker's Trust-AB Brown -- a banking company many, including Senator Carl Levin, have accused of being involved in money laundering. The same has been said of Deutschebank (54).
Just 32 days before the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, the Financial Times of Asia Wire-Business Line, published an article linking Deutschebank to the CIA, and to Pakistani and Afghani heroin smuggling. High level officials at Deutschebank were involved in money laundering of narcotics proceeds (54).
Deutschebank owns Banker's Trust-AB Brown, whose former chairman and vice-chairman is the current Executive Director of the CIA, "Buzzy" Krongard.
According to the CIA, "Mr. Krongard had previously worked in various capacities at Alex Brown Incorporated, the nation's oldest investment banking firm and assumed the additional duties of Chairman of the Board in 1994, and in September 1997, Mr. Krongard became Vice Chairman of the Board of Bankers Trust and served in such capacity until joining CIA."
On September 7, 2001, the French secret service warned the CIA of possible attacks, provided very precise information as to the targets, and revealed that the order to act would come from Afghanistan (43).
On September 9, 2001, the NSA intercepted a telephone call between Osama Bin Laden and his mother, Al Kalifa bin Laden, in which he said "In two days you're going to hear big news, and you're not going to hear from me for a while" (33)
On September to, 2001, the NSA overheard and tapped two phone calls from al-Qaeda operatives, one of whom said: "the match will be lit [begins] tomorrow" whereas in the second call it was stated: "Tomorrow is zero day" (33).
On Sept. 10, a group of top Pentagon officials suddenly canceled travel plans for the next morning, apparently because of security concerns.
On September 11, 2001, approximately two hours before the first jet struck the World Trade Center, employees of an Israeli company, Odigo, Inc. one of the world's largest instant messaging companies, with offices in New York, received warnings of an imminent attack on the WTC. Odigo, Inc., is headquartered in the city of Herzliyya, which is also the headquarters for the Israeli Institute for Counter Terrorism (55,56). "Officials at instant-messaging firm Odigo confirmed today that two employees received text messages warning of an attack on the World Trade Center two hours before terrorists crashed planes into the New York landmarks" (56).
In other words, everybody knew about the attack -- everybody, except the Bush administration.
Chapter 11: 9-11: BUSH KNEW & ALLOWED IT TO HAPPEN
"Key FBI Headquarters personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden,"
-- Coleen M. Rowley, FBI Special Agent & Chief Division Counsel.
*******
"I don't think anybody could have predicted that these people would take an airplane and slam it into the World Trade Center, take another one and slam it into the Pentagon, that they would try to use an airplane as a missile."
-- Condoleezza Rice, National Security Advisor, September, 2001.
"Terrorists ... plan .... to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center"
-- Minnesota FBI Supervisor, August, 2001.
Despite their denials, high ranking officials in the FBI and CIA have known for years that men directly linked to al-Qaeda were receiving pilot training at U.S. schools in the United States. And, they have known since 1993, that the World Trade Center was a primary target. The FBI knew, because they, and the Bush administration, played a direct role in making the 1993 bombing and the attacks of 9/11/2001, possible.
Indeed, as detailed and documented in Part I of this text, the Bush gang have been partnering with terrorists for decades, using murderers, rapists, gangsters, and the like, in innumerable operations which were designed to increase the power and wealth of the Bush clan and their associates. It was only a matter of time before America and American citizens would also be targeted.
As documented in Part I, the Bush family even partnered with the Nazis, and maintained that partnership after Hitler declared war on the United States. For the Bush clan, it was business as usual. War is good for business, and if Americans are killed, then what of it, so long as in the end the Bush family and their associates make money and increase their power.
In 1990, George H.W. Bush and his administration -- which included Dick Cheney, Condoleezza Rice, and 300 other individuals who would 10 years later become part of the administration of his son -- began laying the ground work for the first major terrorist attack ever on U.S. soil. That attack took place in 1993 when the World Trade Center was first bombed.
The Bush team intended to blame the 1993 attack on Saddam Hussein -- when in fact the true culprits were the good friends and business partners of Bush and gang: the Saudis and the Pakistanis.
Indeed, just as the Bush family and their associates have partnered with the bin Laden family and a number of Saudis and Pakistanis who helped finance the 9/11 attack, George H.W. Bush, his CIA and FBI, the Saudis and Pakistanis were also linked to the 1993 World Trade Center bombers.
******
As detailed in court records, books, newspaper and magazine articles (1,2,3), Mahmud Abouhalima, Mohammad Salameh, and Rarnzi Yousef, spent several months planning the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. They fashioned their bomb using $3,000 worth of common ingredients.
The bomb was loaded into a rented Ryder van and then transported from Jersey City, through the Holland Tunnel, into Manhattan. The van with its massive bomb ready to go off, was left in an underground parking garage beneath the World Trade Center.
The terrorists were convinced they were about to murder 50,000 Americans.
Then they ran.
Yousef didn't remain in New York to savor the "triumph." He immediately grabbed a flight at John F. Kennedy Airport, flew to Frankfurt Germany and then made his way to Afghanistan -- what would eventually become the home base of al-Qaeda and bin Laden.
Abouhalima was too excited to flee. Instead he went to Tower Records in downtown Manhattan and waited patiently in the classical music section for the apocalypse.
Mohammad Salameh also waited and watched.
And then, the bomb exploded.
Although the World Trade Center shook and trembled, it did not collapse.
Although thousands were injured, only six people were killed.
The terrorists were angered and embittered.
They had failed.
Mohammad Salameh was so disgusted by the results, he felt so cheated, that he disobeyed orders and returned to the Ryder truck rental office in Jersey City.
He wanted his money back.
He demanded that his deposit on the van be returned.
He was immediately arrested.
Four suspects went on trial on September 13, 1993, and it lasted 6 months. Over 204 witnesses came forward and the prosecution presented more than 1,000 pieces of evidence. The defendants were convicted on March 4, 1994, in federal court on all 38 counts against them and all four were sentenced to 240 years in prison.
Two years later, master terrorist Ramzi Yousef who had helped to plan the bombing, was apprehended in Pakistan (2).
Following his capture, when FBI agents flew fugitive Ramzi Yousef back to New York to face justice, he glanced down at the World Trade Center and frowned.
"See," an FBI agent said as he pointed out the twin skyscrapers from the helicopter. "The Twin Towers are still standing."
Yousef replied, "They wouldn't be if I had enough money and explosives."
*******
"Yes, I am a terrorist, and I'm proud of it."
-- Ramzi Yousef.
Ramzi Yousef has an interesting history. After the 1993 World Trade Center bombing he continued his campaign of terror. He bombed an Iranian Shiit shrine -- the Shiit religion and Islamic shrines being an anathema to the Sunni-Wahhabi sect and the Saudi royal family, which help fund his terror spree (2). He also tried to kill Benazir Bhutto -- the enemy of the Pakistani Intelligence Service. Benazir Bhutto, being a women, was also unacceptable to many of the ruling Islamic elite, in Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and other Muslim countries. Thus she had to go.
It is also alleged that he planned to assassinate the Pope and President Clinton, as well as bomb and destroy 11 airliners over the Pacific Ocean (2).
FBI agents dubbed Yousef "an evil genius."
According to Neil Herman, the FBI Supervisory Special Agent who led the New York Joint Terrorist Task Force (2): "Yousef was a pretty unique person. He liked the bar scene, he liked women, he liked moving around. Yousef was very good. He was well trained, very clever. He'll certainly be ranked right up there with the all-timers. Even to this day, he is a very shadowy figure that we really don't know that much about, even after all that's been done and all that's been investigated on him."
Yes, but who trained him?
Pakistani Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto blamed the United States and the CIA, which she accused of financing Pakistan's radical Muslim clerics and terrorist groups.
That the CIA was training and funding terrorists, in Pakistan, Afghanistan and elsewhere, including Osama bin Laden, is a well established fact (4). Indeed, according to Osama bin Laden (5): "I created my first [military] camps, where these volunteers underwent training led by Pakistani and American officers. The arms were supplied by the Americans and the money by the Saudis."
That the CIA was also training terrorists to conduct terrorist operations against the United States, is yet another unpleasant fact -- as detailed in this book.
Thus we should not be surprised to discover that the plan to bomb the World Trade Center, in 1993, has the FBI's and the CIA's fingers prints all over it.
"The Arab bombers in the [1993 World Trade Center bombing] case, who were tied to Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, received their training during the Afghan War from mujahideen groups trained and supplied by the CIA. The Sheik had been closely allied with Gulbaddin Hekmatyar, leader of one of the most radical anti- American elements of the Afghan mujahideen, and the one most favored by U.S. intelligence" (6).
Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, a man described as a "valuable" CIA "asset" (7) was summoned to the United States in July, 1990, during the Presidency of George H. W. Bush. He arrived in New York, via Saudi Arabia on "a tourist visa issued by an undercover agent of the CIA" (7).
Sheik Omar had been associated with the CIA for at least two decades, and possibly since the early 1960s. In 1979, his relationship with U.S. intelligence agencies and Pakistani intelligence officials became formalized. He had been chosen to help coordinate and unify the various mujahideen groups who were fighting against the Soviet backed regime in Afghanistan, and who had also been fighting among themselves.
The blind Sheik was a Muslim cleric. Like Osama bin Laden who had also began working with the CIA during the same period, he was an expert at propaganda and in providing direction to others by preaching holy war. CIA and Special Forces officers based in Pakistan, considered him a "valuable asset" (7,8).
While in Afghanistan during the "jihad," he once said: "I have never asked Allah for anything. But I am under a great disadvantage now. If only Allah could give me eyes for a couple of years, or for a couple of hours, so I could fight in the jihad!"
The administration of George H.W. Bush offered the Sheik the opportunity to conduct his "jihad" in the United States. Initially, "his primary purpose was to set up a U.S. infrastructure, a funding mechanism, and an organizational base for militant Islamic groups" (7,8). However, unbeknownst to the Sheik, once he arrived in the U.S., the CIA/FBI made arrangements for his entourage to be penetrated by informers -- men who would urge the Sheik and his followers, or Islamic groups he was associated with, to bomb New York landmarks (9).
One of those Islamic groups had been led by EI Sayyid Nosair.
In November of 1990, EI Sayyid Nosair, or members of his circle, shot and killed Rabbi Meir Kahane, a right-wing Jewish-hate monger and leader of the Jewish Defense League. Nosair was convicted and jailed in 1991.
In 1992, as the presidential election year kicked into high gear, and as Clinton began to overtake president George Bush in the polls, the FBI, via an undercover, FBI-informant, Emad Salem, began urging Sheik Omar and EI Sayyid Nosair's group, to bomb New York landmarks.
El Sayyid Nosair was, however, a small time thinker. El Sayyid Nosair suggested to Emad Salem, that they should use "pipe bombs" to extract revenge.
Salem, who was working for the FBI, offered to make the bombs (2). He also, apparently, at the urgings of the FBI, suggested that El Sayyid Nosair should think big, and that various New York landmarks, such as the World Trade Center would be a tempting target. Of course, to really make an impact, that would require more than a pipebomb.
The plot, however, fell apart, when the FBI asked Salem to play an even more active role, and to wear a body wire and to testify in a trial, following the bombing. He refused.
Enter Ramzi Yousef.
In Gov. Exhibit 55119-E , in the trial of Shaykh Omar et. al. (8) an FBI-informant. identified as "NY 28214-CW-C." detailed a conversation he had with Mahmoud Abu Halima -- one of the men convicted of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. "Mahmoud advised NY 28214-CW-C in connection with the World Trade Center that the planned act was not as big as what subsequently occurred. Mahmoud informed that Ramzi Yousef showed up on the scene and brought a number of individuals together and escalated the initial plot. Mahmoud stated that Rarnzi Yousef used himself and others involved with the Trade Center blast as pawns and then immediately after the blast left the country."
Hence, when the plot fell apart, because an FBI-agent/ informant refused to participate further, Ramzi Yousef arrived on the scene and took his place.
Rarnzi Ahmed Yousef, the alleged mastermind of the World Trade Center bombing, appears to have been funded by Pakistan's Intelligence Service (ISI), and the Saudis via Muhammad Jamal Khalifa, bin Laden's brother-in-law (2).
THE ISI
The ISI has had a long-standing relationship with al-Qaeda, and used al-Qaeda camps in Afghanistan to train and conduct covert terrorist operations against other countries (10), As noted, after the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, Ramzi Yousef, returned to Afghanistan. He would also frequently travel to Pakistan.
During the Reagan-Bush administrations, "while the C.I.A. supplied money and weapons, it was the ISI that moved them into Afghanistan. The Americans relied almost entirely on the Pakistani service to allocate the weapons to the rebel leaders, and the senior C.I.A. officials involved developed close relations with their counterparts" (10). It was more than a close relationship. The CIA sought to control the ISI.
In the early 1990s, ISI director, Hameed Gul, complained that he was removed as director, because the "Bush administration was demanding that the agency be placed at the disposal of the Americans, as if it were a mercenary force" (10).
The campaign to remove Gul began in 1992. He was eventually removed and replaced by someone that the Bush administration felt they could work with, Lt. General Asad Durrani who is now Ambassador to Saudi Arabia.
The ISI, although having maintained a long relationship with the Reagan-Bush administrations, was, in 1993, hostile to the Clinton administration- -- s was the Pentagon and American military establishment as they viewed Clinton as a draft dodger. As noted, Ramzi Ahmed Yousef sought to assassinate Clinton. Likewise, because the ISI was also believed to be hostile to Clinton, the "Secret Service adamantly opposed a planned trip by President Clinton to Pakistan out of concern for his safety" (10).
In 1993, Pakistan's ISI was funding terrorist operations not only in Afghanistan, but in India and America (11):
"Former Pakistan Prime Minister Narwaz Sharif alleged that his Army Chief of Staff, General Aslam Beg, and General Asad Durrani, head of the Inter Service Intelligence agency, had informed him, while he was in office, that the Pakistani Army and ISI planned to conduct covert acts of terrorism in other countries" (12).
The World Trade Center was bombed on February 26, 1993. Two weeks later, there was a series of world trade center bombings, this time, in India. And just as the ISI was implicated in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, the ISI was directly implicated "in the bombings that devastated central Bombay on March 12, 1993, killing over 300 people" (12). Lt. General Asad Durrani was in charge of the ISI when these bombings occurred.
Again, let us recall that Lt. General Asad Durrani had been placed at the head of the ISI at the urgings of the Bush administration and CIA, in the early 1990s, and was thus head of the ISI in 1993 (13).
Coincidentally, yet another ISI General is linked to the second attack on the World Trade Center. Lt. General Mahmoud Ahmad became a "US approved appointee" of the ISI, in 1999 (14) and was still head of the ISI on the morning of 9/11/2001.
ISI director, General Mahmoud Ahmad also just happened to be in the U.S. when the 9/11 attacks occurred (15,16,17).
Ahmad arrived on 9/4/2001 and had a series of meetings with his counterparts at the CIA and the Pentagon and at the State Department both before and after the attacks on the WTC (15,16). According to the New York Times (16), "he happened to be here on a regular visit of consultations."
Just an innocent little visit, we are told.
In fact, ISI director, General Mahmoud Ahmad was having breakfast with Sen. Bob Graham (D-Fla.) and Rep. Porter Goss (R-Fla.) when the 9/11 attacks occurred (17). Graham and Goss (a veteran of the CIA) were later appointed co-chairmen in charge of the commission to investigate the events and intelligence failures behind September 11, 2001 attack on the Pentagon and World Trade Center (WTC).
Yet another coincidence, it was subsequently revealed by India's intelligence agencies, that ISI director General Mahmoud Ahmad had ordered his aide, Ahmad Vmar Sheik, to wire $100,000. to Mohammed Atta, the leader of the 9/11 hijackings (18). Although the corporate controlled U.S. media have tried to obfuscate the revelation, by trying to imply that the ISI was not directly involved, General Ahmad was forced to step down from the ISI soon after this charge was made. Naturally, the Bush administration and the FBI and CIA have shown no interest in questioning him much less arresting him.
Even if we accept the clumsy attempts of the corporate controlled American media to dissociate General Ahmad from the 9/ 11 attacks, the fact nevertheless remains that the ISI has been funding terrorists and al-Qaeda for years -- as even the New York Tunes admits (10).
Thus, the ISl's General Ahmad, whose ISI, is linked to al- Qaeda and bin Laden, was meeting with his CIA and Pentagon counterparts, as well as the chairmen of the Senate and House Intelligence Committees on the day of and in the days just before and after al-Qaeda terrorists attacked the WTC and Pentagon, on September 11, 2001.
And, of course, that's just a coincidence. Nothing suspicious about that. No siree.
*******
Immediately following the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, the Justice Department issued a "gag order" ordering all agencies to remain silent and not speak to reporters. Nevertheless, one reporter got a question in. The reporter wanted to know if it was true the FBI had advance notice of the bombing, but let the bombing go forth, for as yet unspecified reasons.
The same questions would arise following the 9/11 attack.
Of course there was advanced knowledge of the 1993 bombing, as was revealed in court documents (8) and as was also alleged by the New York Times (3). The FBI had several informants working on the inside, one of whom, at the request of the FBI, offered to make the bomb, and who suggested possible targets. Indeed, there are allegations that the FBI was providing funds, equipment, supplies, support and training to the actual perpetrators. According to tapes of conversations made by one informant, the contents of some of which were revealed in court and also reported by the New York Times, the FBI had planned on "building the bomb with a phony powder and grabbing the people who were involved in it." After the 1993 bombing, the informant also went on to say: "Guys, now you saw this bomb went off and you both know that we could avoid that."
Several months later, Sheik Omar, a Saudi- ISI- and CIA-financed cleric was arrested in connection with the February, 1993, World Trade Center bombing, and for conspiring to attack several New York landmarks. Rahman and nine others were convicted on October 1, 1995.
*******
The 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center was eventually blamed on al-Qaeda and Osama bin Laden -- and as detailed in pervious chapters, Osama bin Laden had been working with the CIA since 1978 or 1979.
It is bin Laden's association with the CIA which might explain why "the Pentagon gave permission" for the sale of a commercial jet to a bin Laden representative, in 1993. "The plane had a range of around 1500 miles -- close to the distance between Boston and Los Angeles -- and it was purchased in Arizona. One of bin Laden's main men in America was Essan Al-Ridi, who worked as a flight instructor in Texas. He was contacted that year by Wadih El-Hage -- who was later jailed for his part in the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Africa which killed 244 people -- and asked to help buy jets" (19).
"The deal went through for about $250,000, and bin Laden offered Al-Ridi a job as a pilot. The plane was bought at the 'bone yard' in Tucson, Arizona -- the local name for the storage unit at the Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Centre at the Davis- Monthan Air Force Base where retired aircraft are kept. The US military, therefore, sold the plane to bin Laden -- and it was the Pentagon which gave permission for the aircraft to leave the base" (19).
"The plane was flown out of the US to bin Laden's base, at that time, in Khartoum in Sudan. America aided bin Laden ... This aircraft was used to transport the missiles from Pakistan which killed American special forces in Somalia" (19).
Presumably the CIA and the Pentagon did not know the bin Laden and al-Qaeda were planning to target U.S. special forces in Somalia -- that is, unless they were trying to embarrass Clinton. However, in 1993, they did know that the World Trade Center was the number one target of terrorists, including al-Qaeda.
*******
U.S. officials have known since 1993 that the World Trade Center was at the top of al-Qaeda's list of potential targets of terrorism. Indeed, New York City and the Trade Center were attacked in 1993 and 2001 for some of the same reasons.
For one, New York is believed to be a "Jewish city."
Two, New York city and the World Trade Center were heavily populated. The World Trade Center was a city in-itself, with offices that could house over 50,000 people. Terrorists knew that if the World Trade Center could be destroyed, there would be an enormous and devastating loss of life.
Three, New York is one of the most recognizable cities in the world. It is thus one of the most recognizable and memorable targets. It would make for a prestigious trophy.
Four, the World Trade Center, the heartbeat of lower Manhattan, was viewed as a symbol of America's wealth. To strike at the World Trade Center, would be a slap across the face of America's powerful financial elite.
Years after the 1993 bombing, despite their denials, the FBI, the CIA and Bush administration officials knew that a major target for a second terrorist attack was still the World Trade Center.
The World Trade Center was an obvious target whose destruction would strike terror into the hearts of America, generate incredible publicity, and draw hundreds of new recruits eager to join a successful cause. The attack could also be used as a campaign gimmick by the Republicans to increase their power, as a lever to increase defense spending, thus benefiting the Bush-connected Carlyle group, and as an excuse to go to war, first in Afghanistan, and then in Iraq where the world's second largest oil reserves can be found.
As is the case in the 1993 attack, the evidence indicates that top officials in the FBI and CIA, also had foreknowledge of the 9/ 11/2001 attack. Indeed, they and the Bush administration not knew in advanced, they welcomed the attack and thus allowed it to happen.
THE FBI & CIA KNEW FOR YEARS
"Terrorists ... plan .... to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center"
-- Minnesota FBI Supervisor, August, 2001.
"I don't think anybody could have predicted that these people would take an airplane and slam it into the World Trade Center."
-- Condoleezza Rice, National Security Advisor, September, 2001.
Despite their denials, the FBI and CIA had known for many years that men with links to bin Laden and his organization were attending U.S. flight schools. And, they had known since 1995 that Islamic terrorists were planning on hijacking U.S. commercial airlines and crash them into U.S. cities.
For example, in 1995 and 1996, the FBI learned that al-Qaeda associate, Abdul Hakim Murad and two other men, had received flight training at four different flight schools in the U.S. during the early 1990s: Coastal Aviation, Richmor Aviation, Schenectady flight school and Alpha Tango Flying Services in San Antonio. Murad was in fact recruited by Ramzi Ahmed Yousef, the al-Qaeda operative who had plotted and carried out the 1993 World Trade Center bombing (20). Murad was subsequently convicted of plotting to crash a suicide plane into CIA headquarters and blow up a dozen U.S. commercial jetliners over the Pacific.
Specifically, it was determined in 1996, that Yousef and Murad had been plotting to train and deploy five-man terrorist teams who were to hijack and bomb 12 different commercial jetliners, including Northwest Airlines, Delta Air Lines, and United Airlines. Some of the hijacked jets were to be crashed into U.S. cities, including New York and Washington (2,20).
As detailed in a Jan. 20, 1995, report issued by the Manila police, Murad had attended flight schools in New York, Texas, California and North Carolina. He earned a commercial pilot's license. As he explained to authorities, it was his intention to "board any American commercial aircraft pretending to be an ordinary passenger. Then he will hijack said aircraft, control its cockpit and dive it at the C.LA. headquarters. There will be no bomb or any explosive that he will use in its execution. It is simply a suicidal mission that he is very much willing to execute." U.S. government prosecutors described the plot as "one of the most hideous crimes anyone ever conceived."
According to the Washington Post, "Since 1996, the FBI had been developing evidence that international terrorists were using US flight schools to learn to fly jumbo jets" (21).
In 1996, the FBI again received information that Arab pilots were plotting with Pakistani terrorists to plant bombs on a number of U.S. airliners, and that terrorists were planning on using crop-dusters and other planes for a suicide attack from the air during the Summer Olympic Games in Atlanta. U.S. Customs Service jets and Black Hawk helicopters were deployed, during the games, to intercept any suspicious aircraft (22).
In October of 1996, FBI agents in Phoenix were informed by an undercover agent, Harry Ellen, that a number of Arab extremists at a local mosque were receiving aviation training. Ellen was alarmed and informed the Phoenix office "that it would be terrible if the bad guys were able to gain this kind of access to airplanes, flight training and crop dusters. You really ought to look at this, it's an interesting mix of people."
Indeed, one of the bad guys may have been Hanji Hanjour, one of the September II hijackers. Hanjour was living in Phoenix in 1996, and taking flight lessons at two different local schools: Professional Pilot Training and Cockpit Resource Management. Yet another suspected terrorist, Lotti Raissi, was also in Phoenix, and later was briefly jailed in Britain on suspicion of training some of the 9/11 terrorists (23).
In 1998, there was additional evidence that terrorists trained as pilots were planning an attack on the U.S. Numerous references to pilot training and flight schools were discovered in documents uncovered during the investigation of the terrorists who had committed the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania (24).
Two participants in the 1998 bombings, who subsequently turned government informant, also informed the FBI that they and other men directly linked with bin Laden had received pilot training.
For example, Essam al-Ridi, had taken classes at the Ed Boardman Aviation School in Fort Worth. L'Houssaine Kerchtou, admitted that bin Laden had sent him to a flight school in Nairobi (24,25,26).
In addition. the FBI learned that one of bin Laden's associates, Ihab Ali Nawawi, received flight training at Airman Flight School in Norman, Oklahoma. This same Ihab Ali Nawawi was linked to the 1998 embassy bombings.
According to Ms. Hill, in reviewing evidence before the House and Senate Intelligence Committees, investigating 9/11 intelligence lapses, the FBI received yet another report in late 1998, that al-Qaeda or a related terrorist organization was planning to bring students to the United States to train at flight schools. Their purpose was to obtain skills that would enable them to use the planes as weapons.
In 1999 an analysis prepared for U.S. intelligence explicitly warned that Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda organization might hijack a commercial jet and then crash it into public and government buildings: "Suicide bomber(s) belonging to al-Qaeda's Martyrdom Battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives (C-4 and semtex) into the Pentagon, the headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or the White House."
In 1999, and as detailed in court records (27), the FBI learned that Ihab Mohammed Ali, a suspected coconspirator in the 1998 U.S. Embassy bombings in Africa, had received pilot training in Norman, Oklahoma. Ali, the FBI learned, had received detailed briefings from an al-Qaeda operative, on the lingo of American air traffic control procedures, i.e. what to say and how to say it, so that he could pretend to be the designated pilot following a hijacking.
In November of 1999, U.S. Intelligence began tracking and then later followed Mohammed Atta, Ziad al-Jarrah, and Marwan Al-Shehhi as they traveled from Germany to bin Laden's camps in Afghanistan (28).
In December of 1999, an Algerian terrorist, Ahmed Ressam, was apprehended at the U.S.-Canadian border (29). Ressam had orders to assist in the bombing of Los Angeles International Airport during the millennium celebrations.
The plot was defeated when authorities were tipped that Ressam was going to enter Washington state from Canada in a car loaded with explosives.
Ressam was linked to bin laden.
Ressam took his orders from Haydar Abu Doha, who had close ties to bin Laden (29). Haydar Abu Doha, who was arrested after the 9/11 attack on terrorism conspiracy charges, is a key figure in bin Laden's network.
According to Federal prosecutors, in 1998, Haydar Abu Doha met with bin Laden in Afghanistan. The purpose of these meetings was "to discuss cooperation and coordination between al-Qaeda and a group of Algerian terrorists whose activities Abu Doha coordinated and oversaw."
Ressam was later provided a skeletal briefing of what was discussed in Afghanistan. Al-Qaeda was planning to carry out coordinated terrorist assaults on high profile American targets (29). Ressam was to take an active part in these attacks. He had also journeyed to Afghanistan to receive special training.
As part of a plea bargain, Ahmed agreed to provide FBI agents with details.
The special training he received in bin Laden's camps included urban warfare, assassination, sabotage, hijacking and the destruction of the U.S. infrastructure. Targets included airports, airlines, the financial markets and New York City. American airports and commercial jetliners would be used as weapons in the attack.
Bin Laden, he warned, would soon unleash an incomprehensible horror on the people of the United States (29).
During November/December of 1999, and January/February of 2000 U.S. Intelligence tracked and then followed Ziad al-Jarrah, Mohammed Atta, and Marwan al-Shehhi as they left Germany, then boarded Turkish Airlines Flight 1662. In the company of another al-Qaeda operative, bin al-Shibh, they flew from Istanbul to Karachi, Pakistan where they met with officials of the ISI. These men remained under surveillance for several more days, and were then tracked to an al-Qaeda training camp Afghanistan (30). Atta, it is believed, was the leader of the four 9/11 hijacking
teams. Based on information apparently supplied by al-Jarrah, or other spies within al-Qaeda, the CIA learned that Atta and the other men met with Osama bin laden and that Atta was treated as honored guest. Subsequently Atta was tape recorded by the CIA discussing with another known terrorist, a forthcoming attack on the United States. On his last call to Germany, in September of 2001, Atta alerted his friend Bin-al-Shibh that a date for the attack had been selected, using the code words "Two sticks, a dash and a cake with a stick down," meaning 11-9 or September 11 (31).
Following their visit in 1999, the three men did not return to Germany, until February 2000, at which point they began using the internet to send and receive information from flight schools in the United States. Over 30 different schools were contacted (32). A Hamburg librarian later claimed she overhead al-Shehhi speaking of the World Trade Center and then boasting: "There will be thousands of dead. You will all think of me" (32).
During January of 2000, the CIA tracked Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi to Malaysia, where a high level al-Qaeda conference was to be held (33). The CIA ordered Malaysian Intelligence to photograph the participants, which included a one-legged member of al-Qaeda, Tawfiq Attash Khallad. Khallad was a top bin Laden lieutenant and the chief planner of the bombing of the USS Cole.
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were photographed talking with Khallad. After the meeting, Khallad provided funds, and paid for the plane tickets of al-Hazmi and al-Midhar, to America (33).
Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi were also photographed talking with bin al-Shibh, the same man who had accompanied Atta, al-Shehhi, and Ziad al-Jarrah to Afghanistan. Bin al-Shibh would later wire $115,000 to the Florida bank accounts of Atta and Al-Shehhi (33), and an as yet undisclosed sum of cash to Zacarias Moussaoui (the so called "20th hijacker").
All this information, including the fact that Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi had entered the United States soon after attending an al-Qaeda conference in Malaysia, was passed on to the FBI's counterterrorism center at FBI headquarters in January 2000 (33). The plotters proceeded to carry out their activities unmolested, on the orders of FBI headquarters, much to the distress of FBI field operatives.
In fact, one unidentified FBI agent from the agency's New York office, speaking from behind a glass partition, said that he warned his superiors that "someone would die" unless the government more aggressively investigated the mysterious trail of al-Midhar (33).
Khalid al-Midhar would later take part in the 9/11 hijackings.
The FBI and CIA were again made aware of the possibility that terrorists linked to bin Laden might hijack jets and crash them into public buildings, early in 2000. Prior to the 2000 Olympic Games in Sydney, Australia, the FBI and CIA officials were consulted about the danger of "a fully loaded, fueled airliner crashing into the opening ceremony before a worldwide television audience," during the 2000 Olympic Games. Sydney police superintendent Paul McKinnon reported that Osama bin Laden was considered the number one threat. According to IOC officials plane-crash catastrophes have been incorporated into security planning for every Olympics since 1972. "That was our nightmare scenario" (34).
IOC officials again held detailed discussions with the FBI about the dangers of hijacked airlines crashing into buildings and crowded stadiums. These discussion were held in 2000/2001 in preparing security for the 2002 Winter Olympics in Salt Lake City (34).
On August 12, 2000, Italian police and U.S. Intelligence officials, using wiretaps, listened as a Yemeni al-Qaeda operative explained to an Egyptian operative based in Italy, about a massive strike against the enemies of Islam involving aircraft, an attack that "will be written about in all the newspapers of the world ...This will be one of those strikes that will never be forgotten ....This is a terrifying thing. This is a thing that will spread from south to north, from east to west: The person who came up with this program is a madman from a madhouse, a madman but a genius. He is fixated on this program; it will leave everyone turned to ice. In the future, listen to the news and remember these words: The danger in the airports .... in that country, the fire has been lit and is awaiting only the wind."
In January of 2001, Ziad al-Jarrah was tracked and then intercepted by CIA officials. As reported by CNN (35), "Jarrah had spent at least three weeks in January 2001 at an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan." Upon completing his terrorist training the CIA, which had been monitoring his movements, requested that intelligence officials based in the United Arab Emirates, Dubai, question him about "his terrorist activities." According to CNN (35), the CIA had "Jarrah stopped at the airport in Dubai on January 30, 2001, after the CIA notified officials that he would be arriving from Pakistan on his way back to Europe."
The CIA questioned, debriefed, and then allowed him to return to Europe and from Europe to the United States where he began taking flight training lessons.
On 9/11, Ziad al-Jarrah piloted the hijacked jet that crashed in Pennsylvania.
In February of 2001, the Federal Aviation Administration's annual report on Criminal Acts Against Aviation, warned that "bin Laden ... has both the motivation and the wherewithal to .... attack civil aviation. Bin Laden's anti-Western and anti-American attitudes make him and his followers a significant threat to civil aviation, particularly to US civil aviation."
In May, June and July of 2001, the Bush administration received specific and credible information indicating that commercial jetliners would soon be hijacked by Islamic terrorists. Specifically, in May and June, American intelligence intercepted a number of communications between al-Qaeda members. The upcoming attacks were repeatedly discussed. One al-Qaeda operative is quoted as stating that it would be more devastating than "Hiroshima" (33).
In June of 2001, Osama bin Laden openly boasted of a horrific attack that would soon take place in the United States.
In June, according to the German daily Frankfurter Algemeine Zeitung (36), German intelligence agencies, the BND, relying on information gleaned from an electronic eavesdropping system known as Echelon, warned the CIA that Middle Eastern terrorists were "planning to hijack commercial aircraft to use as weapons to attack important symbols of American culture."
In July, Kenneth Williams, an FBI agent in Phoenix concluded a painstaking investigation. He had uncovered detailed information that linked a number of Middle Eastern flight students to Osama bin Laden and to a radical British Islamic group, Al-Muhajiroun. Moreover, he discovered that one of the flight school students had communicated with Abu Zubaydah, one of al-Qaeda's senior leaders (33).
On July 10, Williams sent FBI headquarters a detailed report warning that Osama bin Laden's followers may be training in U.S. flight schools. He further reported that these men had been inquiring about airport security, and that they may be planning to hijack commercial jetliners. Williams strongly urged the FBI to canvass all flight schools in the United States and to identify students with possible terrorist ties.
On July 15, 2001, while receiving treatment for liver and renal dysfunction, at the American hospital in Dubai, Osama bin Laden was interviewed by a CIA agent. As detailed by United Press International (44), Radio France International (45) and Le Figaro (43), Bin Laden reportedly checked into the American Hospital on July 4, received dialysis and related treatment, and checked out on July 14. During his 10 day stay, bin Laden met with family members and a stream of local dignitaries, including a well known local CIA agent. These publications, citing French intelligence officials, claim that similar meetings had been taking place for years: "the CIA maintained contacts with bin Laden ...Those contacts didn't end after bin Laden moved to Afghanistan" (43).
According to French Intelligence officials, bin Laden provided "precise information" to the CIA about an imminent attack on the US" as well as details about an attack on the U.S. embassy in Paris which two weeks later resulted in the arrest of Djamel Beghal who later "confessed to receiving his orders from bin Laden" (44).
After the meeting with bin Laden, on July 15, the CIA agent was called back to the CIA's McLean, Virginia headquarters.
In July, National Security Advisor, Rice, and "terrorism czar" Richard Clarke, met with other security officials, and then issued a secret "super alert" warning that the U.S. would soon be attacked and that U.S. aircraft might be hijacked as part of a coordinated terrorist assault.
Attorney General, John Ashcroft took the warnings so seriously that on July 26, 2001, he broke with tradition and refused, from that day on, to ever again fly on any commercial jets.
When the Justice Dept. was questioned by CBS News correspondent Jim Stewart, about this unusual move, they issued a terse reply: Because of a "threat assessment" by the FBI. Yet when pressed by CBS, "neither the FBI nor the Justice Department... would identify what the threat was, when it was detected or who made it."
When Ashcroft was directly asked by reporters about the "threat" he replied with a straight face: "Frankly, I don't," know anything about it, he told reporters.
Are we supposed to believe that Ashcroft quit flying commercial and instead would only fly on a $1,600-plus per hour private G-3 Gulfstream, because of a "threat" that he knew nothing about?
Of course, the Bush administration, and the corporate controlled American mass media, would have us believe that it is absolutely preposterous that bin Laden would have met with a CIA agent. After all, he is an outcast who is even shunned by his family -- or so we are told. Indeed, if bin Laden wasn't an outcast, if he was in contact with the CIA and his family who stood to make a lot of money following 9/11, that would be embarrassing to the Bush administration given that Bush Sr. has stayed at the bin Laden palace, as recently as 2000 (40). In fact, Frank Carlucci, former assistant director of the CIA, held a meeting with at least one of the bin Laden brothers on the morning of 9/11/2001 (41). Frank Carlucci, who is closely plugged in to the current Bush administration, may have even held meetings with Osama bin Laden back when Frank was a deputy director of the CIA.
As detailed in previous chapters, Osama's association with the CIA and the U.S. began in the late 1970s and continued throughout the 1980s, where he served U.S. and Saudi interests in the proxy war with the Soviet Union in Afghanistan (38). In 1996, at the request of the U.S., and the Saudi government, he left the Sudan, and then flew to Afghanistan (38). Saudi Prince Bandar denies that an arrest warrant was ever issued for Osama bin Laden (39).
In 1996, Osama was still working with Western Intelligence and was given several assignments by British, Saudi, and U.S. Intelligence agencies, one of which included an assassination plot against Libyan leader, Colonel Gadaffi (39). As detailed by The Observer (39) "British intelligence paid large sums of money to an al-Qaeda cell in Libya in a doomed attempt to assassinate Colonel Gadaffi."
As noted, and as confirmed by Saudi Prince Bandar, the Saudi government never issued an arrest warrant for Osama bin Laden. As we independently confirmed, it was Libya which issued the warrant! However, British intelligence, in consultation with the CIA, quashed the "Interpol arrest warrant for bin Laden" issued by Libya (39).
We should also remember that Osama bin Laden is a business man.
As to Bush administration and corporate news accounts claiming there is no contact between Osama and his family, this is nonsense. Calls between him and his brothers and his mother, have been repeatedly intercepted by U.S. Intelligence agencies (42). Bin Laden has been repeatedly tape recorded by the CIA and National Security Agency, talking with family members, including his mother.
Moreover, bin Laden family members, including some of the Princes of the Saudi Royal family, have visited Osama in Afghanistan, and in Dubai of the United Arab Emirates (43), where Osama and his family, and the Saudis have banking and business interests.
It is precisely because it is so well known to all but the American public, that bin Laden regularly spends time in Dubai, on business, coupled with our knowledge of the close working relationship he has maintained in the past with the CIA, that we find reports that he met with a CIA agent in Dubai, in July, 2001, highly credible.
Again, and as will be detailed in chapters 12 and 13, Osama bin laden is not the leader of al-Qaeda. He is a business man, and his family, like the Bush family, like Prince Bandar, stood to make a lot of money following the 9/11 attacks.
*******
During the following weeks, and continuing up to the very day before 9/11, the Bush administration received an avalanche of warnings that commercial jets would be hijacked and slammed into U.S. cities, including New York and the World Trade Center.
In August of 2001, Israeli intelligence services, including the Mossad, became aware that al-Qaeda was planning a large-scale terror attack on America.
The Los Angeles Times subsequently discovered that Israel's Mossad had passed on warnings to U.S. officials that as many as 200 terrorists linked to al-Qaeda had slipped into the country and were preparing to launch a major assault on the United States.
"Everybody knew about a heightened alert, and knew that bin Laden was preparing a big attack," admitted an administration official on conditions of anonymity.
When asked by reporters if it was true that Israel had shared this frightening information with U.S. intelligence agencies, Mark Regev, Israel's ambassador to the United States reluctantly admitted that: "Israel routinely shares with the U.S. intelligence information concerning the field of counter terrorism. We also have been closely watching bin Laden and people were aware of the threat he poses."
After the September 11 assault, when confronted by newspaper reporters about this startling revelation, the CIA officially denied receiving advance warning: "That is utter nonsense," responded Bill Harlow, CIA spokesman.
CIA denials were seconded by senior Israeli government officials: "There was no specific information about the intention to carry out such an attack," the official said.
Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak, however, told the New York Times that his country's intelligence service also warned U.S. officials during the first days of August. They warned that al-Qaeda was in the advanced stages of an attack on America.
On August 1, actor James Woods, while a passenger on a flight from Boston to Los Angeles, became alarmed by the behavior of four men who he thought were intending on hijacking the plane. Later, it was determined that all four were among those who hijacked the 4 commercial jet liners on 9/11.
According to Mr. Woods, during a February 2002, television interview with Bill O'Reilly of Fox TV's O'Reilly Factor, " ....what made me suspicious of these four men ... would have been blatantly obvious to the most casual observer. I took it upon myself to go to the flight attendant and ask to speak to the pilot of the plane. The first officer came out. I reported to him that I felt that the four men .... I said I think they're going to hijack this plane .... I explained to him these details, which I've been asked to keep private ..."
Woods insists that a report was filed by the flight crew in early August, and that the report went directly to the FAA regarding the suspicious behavior of the four men.
It is standard procedure for the FAA to pass this information on to the FBI.
According to Mr. Woods, after he contacted the FBI, following the 9/11 hijacking, to see if the men he had been identified were in fact the hijackers, he had been cautioned to keep this information secret because it might compromise national security. However, the FBI agent he spoke to, informed him that "I have identified for sure two of them as two of the terrorists."
Woods then went on to say: "I've been told unofficially, not by the FBI, but by someone else in a higher level of government ... that all four of them were terrorists involved."
O'Reilly: "So it was basically a rehearsal, what these guys were doing?
Woods: "Right. But what's significant about this is that it was a rehearsal with four men."
Thus, in early August, four of the 9/11 hijackers had been identified as obviously planning to hijack a commercial jet! This information was passed on to the FBI.
On August 6, the CIA warned President Bush, in a detailed memo, that al-Qaeda was planning to hijack commercial jets.
In mid-August 2001, the FBI received repeated and insistent warnings from managers of the Pan Am International Flight School in Eagan, Minnesota about Zacarias Moussaoui, who was requesting training in a Boeing 747 simulator but who only wanted to learn how to steer the jet and had no interest in learning about landings or takeoffs (46,47).
On August 17, Zacarias Moussaoui was arrested. Based on the information received from the flight school, FBI field agents contacted French intelligence officials and were informed that Zacarias Moussaoui was a suspected terrorist and a fanatical believer in Islam (47). When FBI headquarters was contacted, high level officials then proceeded to block and "sabotage" any attempt to continue investigating Moussaoui. A supervisor in the Minnesota FBI field office warned FBI headquarters that they were trying to stop terrorists who are planning "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center" (47).
FBI headquarters responded angrily: "That's not going to happen."
Later, Special Agent and Minneapolis Chief Division Counsel Coleen M. Rowley, accused FBI director Mueller and the FBI of a "coverup " for "political reasons" and stated in a letter that other agents were accusing FBI headquarters of "deliberate" sabotage. "Jokes were actually made that the key FBIHQ personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden" (46).
In late August, Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered Russian intelligence to warn the U.S. government "in the strongest possible terms" of imminent attacks on airports and government buildings (48).
On September 7, the French Secret Service warned U.S. officials of an attack that was being orchestrated from Afghanistan (43). French officials were puzzled that the U.S. did not take the warnings seriously.
Between September 6-10, 2001 there was a dramatic and abnormal 600% increase in sales of put options on commercial air line stocks -- betting that the stock will go down (49,50). Over 4,700 put options were purchased on United Air Lines stock as opposed to only 396 call options (betting the stock will go up). On September 10, 200] over 4,500 put options were purchased on American Airlines as compared to 748 call options.
When purchasing Put options, one is buying, for a very minimal fee, the right to sell a stock, at a fixed price, for a limited time period. For example, if a stock is selling at $50.00 per share, one might buy the right to sell that stock at $45.00 per share. The right to sell the stock at this price, might cost $1.00 per share instead of $45.00 per share. If the stock goes up, one loses a dollar. But if the stock drops, say to $35.00, and if one has bought the equivalent of a thousand shares, for one thousand dollars, then by selling the stock at $45.00 per share (when its value is now $3S.(0) this would result in nearly a $10,000 profit. If one has purchased the equivalent of 10,000 shares, and the value drops by 50%, the profits would be staggering.
After 9/11, United Airlines and American Airlines stock dropped propitiously. The individual or individuals who had purchased those puts, stood to make hundreds of millions of dollars.
The Wall Street Journal reports (49) that 2,000 United Airlines put option were purchased through Deutschebank-Alex Brown on September 6, 2001. According to the magazine, Baron's (SO), another 2,500 puts purchased through Deutschebank were "split into 500 chunks each, directing each order to different U.S. exchanges around the country simultaneously."
Obviously, those purchasing these put options knew that their value would soar on 9/11.
Unusual stock trades are actively monitored, in real time, via highly advanced computer software programs, by U.S. and foreign Intelligence Services, including the FBI, CIA, and Justice Department. In this instance, we are supposed to believe that this activity went unnoticed.
For reasons that the Bush administration refuses to explain, the Security and Exchange Commission, the FBI, and the CIA, have been unable to determine who purchased these Put options.
It has been suggested that Deutschebank-Alex Brown, where many of these options were purchased, is either being uncooperative or it lost or misplaced any records that would shed light on the purchaser's identity -- which is a brazen absurdity, and which raises questions about Deutschebank-Alex Brown.
According to articles in the German news weekly Der Spiegel (51), the Asian Wall Street Journal (52), and Britain's The Guardian (53), the bin Laden family maintains a least 10 different accounts with Deutschebank, with a value of over $100 million dollars. Funds from some of these 10 accounts, German authorities suspect, have funded the terrorist activities of bin Laden's al-Qaeda.
The Deutschebank is also in business with the CIA. One month before 9/11, the Financial Times of Asia, Wire-Business Line (54), carried an article which directly linked Deutschebank to the CIA, as well as to unnamed individuals in Afghanistan.
The CIA connection is not a secret. As openly admitted by the CIA, that connection goes by the name of "Buzzy" Krongard. On March 26, 2001, "Buzzy" Krongard was named Executive Director of the CIA. "Buzzy" has an interesting history. He had been Chairman of the investment bank A.B. Brown which was acquired by Banker's Trust in 1997. Krongard then became Vice Chairman of Banker's Trust-AB Brown -- a banking company many, including Senator Carl Levin, have accused of being involved in money laundering. The same has been said of Deutschebank (54).
Just 32 days before the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, the Financial Times of Asia Wire-Business Line, published an article linking Deutschebank to the CIA, and to Pakistani and Afghani heroin smuggling. High level officials at Deutschebank were involved in money laundering of narcotics proceeds (54).
Deutschebank owns Banker's Trust-AB Brown, whose former chairman and vice-chairman is the current Executive Director of the CIA, "Buzzy" Krongard.
According to the CIA, "Mr. Krongard had previously worked in various capacities at Alex Brown Incorporated, the nation's oldest investment banking firm and assumed the additional duties of Chairman of the Board in 1994, and in September 1997, Mr. Krongard became Vice Chairman of the Board of Bankers Trust and served in such capacity until joining CIA."
On September 7, 2001, the French secret service warned the CIA of possible attacks, provided very precise information as to the targets, and revealed that the order to act would come from Afghanistan (43).
On September 9, 2001, the NSA intercepted a telephone call between Osama Bin Laden and his mother, Al Kalifa bin Laden, in which he said "In two days you're going to hear big news, and you're not going to hear from me for a while" (33)
On September to, 2001, the NSA overheard and tapped two phone calls from al-Qaeda operatives, one of whom said: "the match will be lit [begins] tomorrow" whereas in the second call it was stated: "Tomorrow is zero day" (33).
On Sept. 10, a group of top Pentagon officials suddenly canceled travel plans for the next morning, apparently because of security concerns.
On September 11, 2001, approximately two hours before the first jet struck the World Trade Center, employees of an Israeli company, Odigo, Inc. one of the world's largest instant messaging companies, with offices in New York, received warnings of an imminent attack on the WTC. Odigo, Inc., is headquartered in the city of Herzliyya, which is also the headquarters for the Israeli Institute for Counter Terrorism (55,56). "Officials at instant-messaging firm Odigo confirmed today that two employees received text messages warning of an attack on the World Trade Center two hours before terrorists crashed planes into the New York landmarks" (56).
In other words, everybody knew about the attack -- everybody, except the Bush administration.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
Re: AMERICA BETRAYED: BUSH, BIN LADEN & 9-11
by admin » Sat Aug 01, 2015 4:30 am
PART 2 OF 2
EVERYBODY KNEW EXCEPT BUSH?
Despite the overwhelming evidence to the contrary, the CIA, FBI, and the Bush administration have repeatedly denied having any advanced warning, even though. as we know, in July, Ashcroft became too frightened to fly on commercial jetliners.
"My view is that the information we now have do not indicate that there was a substantial likelihood of detecting this," Ashcroft said on ABC's "This Week."
"It's hard to envision a plot so devious as the one that they pulled off on 9/l1," Bush said in a January interview with NBC's Tom Brokaw. "Never did we realize that the enemy was so well organized."
"I don't think anybody could have predicted that ... they would try to use an airplane as a missile, a hijacked airplane as a missile," said National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice.
"We were unable to marry any information from investigations or the intelligence community that talked to their use of this expertise in the events that we saw unfold on the 11th," an administration official said.
Not only had the Bush administration received specific, detailed information, and innumerable warnings from a variety of sources, but they had been repeatedly warned that al-Qaeda was training pilots and planning to hijack commercial jetliners -- which is why Attorney General Ashcroft refused to ever step foot in a commercial jet again.
The Bush administration knew with absolute certainty there would be an attack. The claims to the otherwise are absurdities.
"We all predicted this," said Jerry Bremer, a former State Department terrorism expert and former chairman of a national commission on terrorism. "We had strategic warnings. This is not something the analysts missed."
As summed up by Larry Johnson, former deputy director of the State Department's office of counterterrorism, Bush, Ashcroft, and "Rice are foolish in saying that. Intelligence analysts are paid to imagine the unimaginable. That information was in their files, and if they weren't imagining it, that is a failure of intelligence and a failure of imagination."
Other former terrorism experts agreed. The warning signs were not only obvious but a 1999 analysis commissioned by The National Intelligence Agency and written for the CIA, predicted that Osama bin Laden would attack the U.S. "in a spectacular way. Suicide bombers belonging to al Qaeda's martyrdom battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives into the Pentagon headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency, or the White House," the report said.
When the credibility of these obvious Bush administration falsehoods were challenged, FBI director, Mueller, was willing to offer only the most feeble of excuses:
"We have to do a better job pulling these pieces together, analyzing them and disseminating them," Mueller told CBS's "Face the Nation."
Excuses, of course, are like assholes, and everyone in the Bush administration has one. Even some Republicans were not buying the Bush administration excuse-machine.
"They don't have any excuse because the information was in their lap and they didn't do anything to prevent it," said Sen. Richard Shelby of Alabama, the ranking Republican on the Senate Intelligence Committee, on NBC's "Meet the Press."
Finally, the truth, and from Republicans: The Bush administration knew in advance, "they had a veritable blueprint... and they didn't do anything to prevent it."
Even Bush's White House Spokesman, Ari Fleischer admitted that Bush knew in advance: "The president was provided information about bin Laden wanting to engage in hijacking."
Of course he knew.
However, he claims that although he knew, what he didn't know was that the planes would be used to kill people.
"Had I known that the enemy was going to use airplanes to kill on that fateful morning," Bush said, "I would have done everything in my power to protect the American people."
In other words, Bush has basically admitted that he knew that aircraft would be hijacked "on that fateful morning," but that he didn't know "the enemy was going to use airplanes to kill."
What the Bush White House also knew in advance, is that the nation was about to undergo yet another terrorist attack, this one involving military grade anthrax.
THE BUSH ADMINISTRATION TAKES CIPRO ON 9/11/2001
Top officials in the Bush administration began taking the anti-anthrax medication, Cipro, weeks before the first attack was made public, that is, on the morning of 9/11/2001 (57,58). "On the night of the September 11 attacks, the White House Medical Office dispensed Cipro to staff accompanying Vice President Dick Cheney as he was secreted off to the safety of Camp David, and told them it was a 'precaution,' according to one person directly involved" (57).
By taking Cipro on 9/11/2001, one week before the first anthrax was even mailed, and three weeks before the first anthrax attacks became public, the Bush White House has essentially "ducked before the bomb went off' thus demonstrating that they knew that an anthrax bomb had been planted and was about to go off. The Bush administration obviously had advanced knowledge that the anthrax attacks were about to begin and the manner in which the anthrax would be dispersed: that is, through the mail -- a dispersal method that would have put the White House at risk. Indeed, on October 16, twelve senate offices were forced to close due to fear of or actual contamination, and within days, the House, the Senate, and the Supreme Court shut down.
Of course the Bush administration knew in advance that an anthrax attack was in the works. Note that they did not take antidotes for smallpox or other biological weapons. Only anthrax.
The Bush administration not only knew in advance, they welcomed the fact that the American public would be terrorized, which is why they were careful to ensure that they, and they alone, would be protected.
BUSH UNLOCKS & OPENS DOOR TO TERRORISTS: AIR FORCE & FAA TOLD TO STAND DOWN
A super terrorist alert was issued in July of 2001, and there followed an avalanche of warnings, including those delivered by the French and the Presidents of Egypt and Russia. Inexplicably, in the midst of this super terrorist alert, the Bush administration began ordering the FAA and Air Force to step down and to relax their vigilance.
By the morning of 9/11, the step down was not just complete but was so relaxed it was in violation of all normal operating procedures. That morning, in direct contravention of established policy, only eight aircraft were assigned "ready" duty for air patrol for the entire continental United States. And, in direct contravention of established policy, none of the eight were military, and all were sitting on the ground. None of the eight planes were in the air that morning.
At 8: 13, on the morning of 9/11, the pilots of Flight 11 stopped responding to air traffic controllers. Flight 11 had been hijacked, and most certainly this had been communicated to controllers while the hijackings were in progress some minutes before. However, exactly what was said is unknown as the Bush administration refuses to release the tapes.
Seven minutes later, at 8:20, Flight 11 stopped transmitting its IFF beacon signal while over the Hudson River.
At 8:24, one of the hijackers accidentally activated the aircraft's radio instead of its public-address system, and then said: "We have some planes. Just stay quiet and you will be OK. We are returning to the airport. Nobody move."
An Air traffic controller then responded: "Who's trying to call me?" Then from Flight 11, "Everything will be OK. If you try to make any moves, you'll endanger yourself and the airplane. Just stay quiet."
At 8:25 Boston Air Traffic Control notifies several air traffic control centers that a hijack is in progress.
At 8:27, Betty Ong, a flight attendant on Flight 11, calls American Airlines reservations from the seat-back phone. "Two flight attendants had been stabbed," she said. "A passenger had his throat slashed and looked dead ... the hijackers ... had gotten into the cockpit."
Another 13 minutes go by, 26 have passed in total. In direct contravention of established policy, all interceptor craft were still on the ground. Neither the National Guard, the FAA, or the Air Force had responded.
At 8:40 Boston's air traffic control center notified NORAD's Northeast Air Defense Sector in Rome, N.Y. that Flight 11 has been hijacked.
At the same time, Flight 175 is in the process of being hijacked. Still, there is no response from NORAD et al.
At 8:42 Flight 175 veered from it's course over New Jersey.
At 8:43 the FAA notified NORAD that Flight 175 has been hijacked.
At 8:46 Flight 11 slams into the north tower of the World Trade Center.
Thirty three minutes (or more) have elapsed since Flight 11 was hijacked and all interceptor flights are still grounded.
For the last 30 years it has been standard FAA procedure to immediately scramble U.S. fighters to immediately intercept any errant or non-responsive aircraft.
For example, on October 25, 1999, when a jet carrying golfer Payne Stewart flew off course and toward the White House, it was intercepted 21 minutes later by two F-16s.
On July 16, 2002, two F-16s were dispatched and intercepted a transcontinental flight, within 17 minutes after being alerted that a group of entertainers from India on a flight to New York were getting boisterous and overly excited.
On the morning of 9/11, it was not until 8:46 that NORAD awakened from its slumber. Inexplicably, another six minutes passed, and then at 8:52 two F-15 fighters were finally scrambled from Otis Air National Guard Base in Massachusetts, 153 miles from New York in a failed effort to intercept the two hijacked planes.
Thus, we see that whereas it usually takes 17 to 21 minutes, on average, to intercept a plane after being notified of problems, on the morning of 9/11, it took 39 minutes before the military even put a single plane into the air, and only after the first jet struck the north tower.
The result of the Bush-ordered stand-down in the middle of a super terrorist alert, and this inexplicable delay in reaction on the morning of 9/11, was to allow all hijackings to proceed and to enable the hijackers to complete their mission and to maximize casualties.
DID THE FBI "GOOF"?
The CIA and FBI want us to believe that they "goofed." The Bush administration asks us to believe that unnecessary and restrictive laws, which prevent American intelligence agencies from looking at magazines, going to Mosques, or visiting websites on the internet, are the reasons for these "goof ups."
We are told that we have too much freedom, too many civil liberties, that there are too many laws protecting unnecessary "rights" and that it is these overly restrictive laws which have prevented the FBI and CIA from connecting the dots; and the corporate controlled American media repeats these absurdities unchallenged.
On the contrary, the reason top officials in the CIA, FBI, and Bush administration failed to connect the dots, is because they are the dots.
Indeed, the Bush family has been partnering with terrorists for decades, using murderers, rapists, gangsters, and the like, in innumerable operations which were designed to increase the power and wealth of the Bush clan and their associates.
The Bush family even partnered with the Nazis, and maintained that partnership after Hitler declared war on the United States and began killing Americans. For the Bush clan, it was business as usual. War is good for business, and if Americans are killed, then what of it, so long as in the end the Bush family makes money and increases their power.
In 1990, George H.W. Bush and his administration, began laying the ground work for the first major terrorist attack ever, on U.S. soil. That attack took place in 1993, when the World Trade Center was first bombed. Their intention was to blame the attack on Saddam Hussein (59), so as to justify war with Iraq during Bush's second term.
Unfortunately, for the Bush gang, they were unable to capitalized on the carnage, as Bush lost the 1992 elections. George H.W. Bush, his business partners, and the criminals that were part of his administration, would have to wait another 8 years to strike again, which they did, on 9/11/2001.
And just as the Bush gang originally planned to blame Saddam (57) and hide the involvement of their 1993 co-conspirators, Pakistan and Saudi Arabia, the Bush gang, post 9/11, has again followed the same recipe. Instead of going after those who financed the attack, Pakistan and Saudi Arabia, they have hidden and shifted the blame, away from their partners in crime, in order to target Afghanistan, and then Iraq -- and they have done so in order to reap the profits of war and to hide their own complicity.
THE COVER UP: THE GHOSTS OF NIXON'S PAST
"Key FBI HQ personnel... continued to, almost inexplicably, throw up roadblocks and undermine Minneapolis' desperate efforts ... to stop terrorists ...." who planned "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center."
After 9/11, there was a "Cover up."
"A shading/skewing of facts by you and others at the highest levels of FBI management has occurred. Facts ... have ... been omitted, downplayed, glossed over and/or mis-characterized in an effort to avoid personal and/or institutional embarrassment on the part of the FBI and/or ... for improper political reasons."
"Key FBI Headquarters personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden."
The words above are those an FBI supervisor, and Coleen M. Rowley, FBI Special Agent & Chief Division Counsel, used to describe the FBI and FBI Director Mueller in the weeks before and during the aftermath of 9/11.
Mr. Mueller, as Coleen M. Rowley's has pointed out, has also promoted and rewarded the top level FBI officials who sabotaged the efforts of the Minneapolis' FBI office, thus preventing them from investigating the "20th" hijacker.
Mr. Mueller is an accused "coverup" artist (60), who was brought into the Bush administration, and made FBI director, by Mr. George Bush. Mr. Mueller has a history of impeding justice, and covering up crimes committed by the Bush family and their associates (60). Mueller, was appointed by Mr. Bush for exactly that purpose.
The same is true of the November 2002, appointment of Mr. Henry Kissinger, as the new Chairman of the Commission to investigate so called intelligence failures leading up to 9/11. Kissinger is no fan of democracy, and has been implicated in a variety of crimes. For example, Mr. Kissinger was accused by Congress, of obstruction of justice. In 1975, Otis Pike's Select Committee on Intelligence Activities, issued a contempt of Congress citation against Henry Kissinger for his refusal to provide documentation of covert operations. Kissinger and gang thumbed their noses at Pike.
Obstruction of justice is the least of his crimes. Mr. Henry Kissinger, as detailed in chapter 5, is one of those responsible for the torture and murder of hundreds of thousands of women, men, and children in East Timor, East Asia, and Chile (61,62,63). Kissinger is also one of those responsible for the assassination of Chile's democratically elected president, Allende (63). Kissinger and gang not only had Allende murdered, but Chile's top general after he announced he would uphold Chile's constitution.
With Kissinger, Rumsfeld, and Cheney, George Bush had resurrected the ghosts of Nixon's past and the inner circle of an administration which engaged in a host of nefarious crimes and impeachable offenses. In fact, the last time Kissinger, Rumsfeld, and Cheney worked together in the same administration, criminal wrong doing became so rampant, a Vice-President and a President had to resign.
Instead, on December 13, 2002, Henry Kissinger resigned.
Despite the so far, successful cover-up of the Bush administration's involvement in the crimes of 9-11, there remains the possibility that the current president and vice-president might suffer the same fate as the last ones Kissinger, Rumsfeld and Cheney served.
WE CHARGE YOU WITH TREASON & MASS MURDER
We believe it is clear that the Bush administration knew of these planned hijackings in advance, and conspired to allow this tragedy to take place, in order to profit from it financially and politically.
For example, although the Bush administration was overwhelmed with an avalanche of detailed warnings of the upcoming hijackings, this same administration and top FBI officials repeatedly interfered with FBI agents, such as John O'Neil, including in particular those who were making "desperate efforts ... to stop terrorists ...." who planned "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." Some of these FBI agents accused officials at headquarters of being "spies or moles ... working for bin Laden."
After issuing a "Super Alert" in July this same Bush administration not only interfered with lower level FBI agents who were about to uncover the plot, but they ordered the FAA and the nation's military to stand down in the days before the 9/11 attack. The Bush administration essentially unlocked the door to our nation's security, and left it wide open.
The Bush family and Bush associates including the bin Ladens and the Saudi royal family, stand to make hundreds of millions of dollars in the aftermath of this tragedy. Indeed, these people are not only in business together, and some not only provided funds that ended up in the pockets of the hijackers, but they were holding high level meetings on the morning of 9-11.
Following 9-11, the Bush administration allowed the bin Ladens to escape back to Saudi Arabia, where they cannot be questioned (64). As explained by Prince Bandar, to CNN, in October of 2001, "His Majesty said it's not fair for these innocent people to be subjected to any harm. On the other hand, we understood the high emotions. So with the coordination with the FBI, we got them all out."
Likewise, Prince Bandar, and the Saudi government refused to allow the FBI to question the families of the 15 9/11 hijackers who were Saudi citizens. When it was discovered that the Saudi government and Bandar's wife, Princess Haifa al-Faisal, was making regular monthly payments and provided over $100,000.000 each, to Osama Bassnan -- a Saudi agent who in turn passed this money on to 9-11 hijackers, Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaq al- Hazmi -- Osama Bassnan was immediately "deported" back to Saudi Arabia, thus making it impossible for the press or any investigative body, to question him.
The Saudis are knee deep in terrorism which they support in the United States and other countries. For example, according to Israeli Intelligence estimates, in a single 18-month period, between 200 1and 2002, the Saudi government gave $135 million to the families of suicide bombers.
We believe the evidence is clear.
Members of the current and past Bush administrations are in business with and have been in business with men and governments which kill Americans. Members of the current and past Bush administrations, including President Bush, made it possible for the 9- 11 tragedy to take place, and they did so for personal and political gain.
The reason the FBI, CIA, and Bush administration failed to "Connect the Dots," is because they are the dots.
The only other alternative is to accept that the Bush administration, et al., are so incredibly incompetent, and so impossibly negligent, that they failed to take action and allowed this to happen out of foolishness and extreme stupidity. If that is the case, then this administration is so dumb that they pose a danger to themselves as well as the public.
We do not accept an explanation of criminal negligence.
Rather, based on the above and the wealth of facts detailed and documented in Part II of this book, we believe there is evidence sufficient to charge high ranking officials in the FBI, CIA, and Bush administration, with treason and the mass murder of nearly 3000 Americans on 9-11-2001.
We recommend the appointment of a special prosecutor and a new director of the FBI. We recommend Coleen M. Rowley, FBI Special Agent & Chief Division Counsel, as the ideal candidate to fill both posts.
If we allow these men to get away with this despicable crime, with the mass murder of 3000 Americans, no one will be safe again.
_______________
Notes:
1). Charles J. Shields, "The 1993 World Trade Center Bombing," Chelsea House, 2001; Peter Caram, The 1993 World Trade Center Bombing," Janus Publishing Company, 2001; Laurie Mylroie, "Study of Revenge: Saddam Hussein's Unfinished War Against America."
2). Simon Reeve, "The New Jackals: Ramzi Yousef, Osama bin Laden and the future of terrorism," Andre Deutsch publishers, 1999.
3). New York Times, Oct. 28, 1993.
4). Kurt Lohbeck, "Holy War, Unholy Victory: Eyewitness to the CIA's Secret War in Afghanistan," 1993; John Cooley, "Unholy Wars: Afghanistan, America and International Terrorism." According to Colley, a former journalist with the US ABC television network, Muslims were also recruited in the US for the mujahadin, and were sent to Camp Peary, the CIA's spy training camp in Virginia, where young Afghans, Arabs from Egypt and Jordan, and even some African-American "black Muslims" were taught "sabotage skills" as well as torture, interrogation, and terrorist techniques.
5). Reuters, 8/27/1995; France Soir, August, 1995.
6). William F. Jasper, " Islamic Extremists: U.S.-Financed, Enflamed, Seeking Revenge," The New American, 10/12/1998.
7). Mary Anne Weaver, "Blowback," The Atlantic Monthly; May 1998.
8). UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK vs Shaykh Abdul Rahman, et al.
9). Edward C. Coughlin, Jr., New Trends, January/February 1996.
10). James Risen & Judith Miller, "Pakistani Intelligence Had Links to Al Qaeda, U.S. Officials Say," 10/28/2002. The New York Times.
11). Hindustani Times, 11/411994;The New York Times, 10/28/2002.
12). United States Senate, "Senate Resolution 278 -- Relating to Pakistan, 10/7/1994.
13). Hindustani Times, 9/12/2001; The Times of India, 9/10/1999; The New York Times, 10/28/2002.
14). Christian Science Monitor. 9/3/1999.
15). Reuters, 9/13/2001.
16).The New York Times, 9/13/2001.
17). Scripps Howard News Service, 9/12/2001.
18).The Times of India, 10/9/2001; Agence France Press, 10/10/2001.
19).Neil Mackay The Sunday Herald, 9/16(2001; see also: United States v. Usama bin Laden et al., S (7) 98 Cr. 1023 (LBS), Sworn testimony of Essam Al-Ridi at the Southern District Court of New York, February 14, 2001; Deborah Feyerick & Phil Hirschkorn, "Witness Says He Bought Plane, Made Shipments for bin Laden," CNN, 2/14/2001.
20). Transcript from: Abdul Hakim Murad Interrogation by Philippines Police, January, 7, 1995; see also: Doug Struck, et al., ""Borderless Network of Terror, Bin Laden Followers Reach Across Globe," Washington Post, September 23; John Cooley, "Unholy Wars," New York, 2000.
21). Steve Fainaru & James V.Grimaldim "FBI Knew Terrorists Were Using Flight Schools," Washington Post, 9/23/2001.
22). Mark Fineman and Judy Pasternak, "Suicide Flights and Crop Dusters Considered Threats at '96 Olympics," Los Angeles Tunes, 11/17/2001.
23). Associated Press 5/3/2002
24). United States v. Usama bin Laden et al., Southern District Court of New York, 2001.
25). United States v. Usama bin Laden et al., S (7) 98 Cr. 1023 (LBS), Sworn testimony of Essam Al-Ridi at the Southern District Court of New York, 2/14/2001.
26). Deborah Feyerick & Phil Hirschkorn, "Witness Says He Bought Plane, Made Shipments for bin Laden," CNN, 2/14/2001; ABC News/ Primetime, "Strictly a Business Deal" Transcript: Osama Bin Laden's Pilot, Essam Al-Ridi, 7/2/2002.
27). United States District Court, Southern District of New York, "United States of America v Ali Mohamed."
28). CNN, 8/1/2002; see also, Magazine, 10/5/2001; CBS New, 9/13/ 2002.
29). United States District Court, Southern District of New York, "United States of America v Ahmed Ressam; United States District Court, Western District of Washington at Seattle, "United States of America v Ahmed Ressam, December, 1999.
30). BBC News, "Atta Trained in Afghanistan" 8/24/2002; Douglas Waller, "Was Hijack 'Ringleader' in Bin Laden Orbit?" Time Magazine, 10/ 5/2001; CBS New, 9/13/2002; Sara Jess, et al., "American Attacked," University Press, California, 10/11/2001.
31). CBS New, 9/13/2002; Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
32). Kay Nehm, German Federal Prosecutor, News Conference, 8/29/ 2002.
33). Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
34). Jacquelin Magnay, "Jet crash on stadium was Olympics nightmare," Sydney Morning Herald, 9/20/2001.
35). CNN, 8/1/2002.
36). Frankfurter Algemeine Zeitung, 9/14/2001.
37). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001; Peter Schweizer, "Victory -- The Reagan Administration's Secret Strategy that Hastened the Collapse of the Soviet Union."
38). PBS Frontline, Prince Bandar interview. 9/2001.
39). The Observer, 11/10/2002.
40). Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999; Daniel Golden et al. "Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank," Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001; Robert Scheer, Making Money, the Bush Way," Los Angeles Times, 2/20/2002; Baltimore Chronicle, "Republican-controlled Carlyle Group poses serious Ethical Questions for Bush Presidents, but 'News' Media ignore it," 10/4/01; Jason Nisse, "Carlyle Group, Employer of Bush Sr., Profits from Massive Weapons Program Signed by Jr. which the Pentagon had advised be Canceled," Independent, 1/30/02.
41). The Observer, "Dark heart of the American dream," 6/16/2002; see also, Leslie Wayne, "The Carlyle Group Elder Bush in Big G.O.P. Cast Toiling for Top Equity," New York Times, 3/5/2001.
42) James Bamford, "Body of Secrets;" Baltimore Sun, 4/24/2001; San Antonio Express-News, 9/14/2001.
43). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001.
44). United Press International, 11/1/2001.
45). Radio France International, 11/1/2001.
46). Coleen M. Rowley, Memo to Mueller, 6/21/2002.
47). Sara Jess et al., "America Attacked," University Press, California, 11/11/2001.
48). MS-NBC interview with Putin, 9/15/2001.
49). The Wall Street Journal, 10-19-2001.
50). Baron's 10/8/2001.
51). Der Spiegel, 9/27/2001.
52). Asian Wall Street Journal, 9/28/2000.
53). The Guardian, 10/1/2001.
54). Financial Times of Asia, Wire-Business Line, 8/10/2001.
55). Daniel Sieberg, CNN 9/28/01; Ha'aretz, 9/26/01.
56). Newsbytes, Brian McWilliams, 9/27/01.
57). Associated Press, "White House Mail Machine Has Anthrax," 10/ 23/2001.
58). Judicial Watch, 6/7/2002.
59). James Fox, the FBI's chief investigator into the February 26, 1993 bombing proposed that an Iraqi agent had masterminded the bombing. See also Laurie Mylroie, "Study of Revenge: Saddam Hussein's Unfinished War Against America."
60). Federation of American Scientists, "BCCI AND LAW ENFORCEMENT: The Justice Department;" Al Martin, "The Conspirators. Secrets of an Iran Contra Insider;" American Free Press, "New FBI Head Is Old Bush Cover-Up Man," 8/20/2001. See also: Alan Friedman, "The Neil Bush Bailout," Vanity Fair, October, 1990; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993.
61). Tim Weiner, "How the CIA Took Aim at Allende," New York Times, 9/12/1998; Paul M. Sweezy, "Revolution and Counter-Revolution in Chile," Monthly Review Press, 1974; Miguel Gonzalez Pino, et al., "Los mil dias de Allende II,," Santiago, Chile: Centro de Estudios Preblicos, 1997; Gonzalez Pino, "Allende concita atenci-n de la prensa mundial," La Tarde, 9/ 7/1970.
62). Embassy Jakarta Telegram 1579 to Secretary State, 6 December 1975 [Text of Ford-Kissinger-Suharto Discussion], Gerald R. Ford Library, Kissinger-Scowcroft Temporary Parallel File, BoxA3, Country File, Far East- Indonesia, State Department Telegrams 4/1/75-9/22/76; Enclosure to Document 3, State Department Briefing Paper, "Indonesia and East Timor," ca. 21 November 1975, National Archives, Record Group 59, Department of State Records, Executive Secretariat Briefing Books,1958-1976, Box 227, President Ford's Visit to the Far East - Indonesia Nov-Dec. 1975; Ford, Kissinger and the Indonesian Invasion, 1975-76; National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 62 Edited by William Burr and Michael L. Evans December 6, 2001.
63). Kissinger Orders Allende's Murder: "CIA, Operating Guidance Cable on Coup Plotting, October 16, 1970." In this cable, Thomas Karamessines, CIA deputy director, conveys Kissinger's orders to Henry Hecksher, CIA station chief in Santiago, and includes the following statements: "It is firm and continuing policy that Allende be overthrown by a coup." The "operating guidance" is to hide the "American hand." The CIA is instructed to ignore any orders which are not consistent with this guidance cable. "CIA, Memorandum of Conversation of Meeting with Henry Kissinger, Thomas Karamessines, and Alexander Haig, October IS, 1970." This Memorandum includes a discussion of covert plans promoting a coup in Chile, and the overthrow of Allende, known as "Track II." Kissinger orders the CIA to "continue keeping the pressure on every Allende weak spot in sight."
64). Bryon York, "The bin Ladens' Great Escape. How the U.S. helped Osama's family leave the country after 9/11," National Review, 9/11/2002; London Telegraph, "My brother Osama," 12/16/2001. The plane was chartered by the Saudi government, and the excuse for the great escape from the U.S. to Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, was that bin Laden family members were afraid they might suffer retribution. With the help of the FBI, a chartered aircraft picked up family members in Los Angeles, Horida, Boston, and Washington, D.C.
EVERYBODY KNEW EXCEPT BUSH?
Despite the overwhelming evidence to the contrary, the CIA, FBI, and the Bush administration have repeatedly denied having any advanced warning, even though. as we know, in July, Ashcroft became too frightened to fly on commercial jetliners.
"My view is that the information we now have do not indicate that there was a substantial likelihood of detecting this," Ashcroft said on ABC's "This Week."
"It's hard to envision a plot so devious as the one that they pulled off on 9/l1," Bush said in a January interview with NBC's Tom Brokaw. "Never did we realize that the enemy was so well organized."
"I don't think anybody could have predicted that ... they would try to use an airplane as a missile, a hijacked airplane as a missile," said National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice.
"We were unable to marry any information from investigations or the intelligence community that talked to their use of this expertise in the events that we saw unfold on the 11th," an administration official said.
Not only had the Bush administration received specific, detailed information, and innumerable warnings from a variety of sources, but they had been repeatedly warned that al-Qaeda was training pilots and planning to hijack commercial jetliners -- which is why Attorney General Ashcroft refused to ever step foot in a commercial jet again.
The Bush administration knew with absolute certainty there would be an attack. The claims to the otherwise are absurdities.
"We all predicted this," said Jerry Bremer, a former State Department terrorism expert and former chairman of a national commission on terrorism. "We had strategic warnings. This is not something the analysts missed."
As summed up by Larry Johnson, former deputy director of the State Department's office of counterterrorism, Bush, Ashcroft, and "Rice are foolish in saying that. Intelligence analysts are paid to imagine the unimaginable. That information was in their files, and if they weren't imagining it, that is a failure of intelligence and a failure of imagination."
Other former terrorism experts agreed. The warning signs were not only obvious but a 1999 analysis commissioned by The National Intelligence Agency and written for the CIA, predicted that Osama bin Laden would attack the U.S. "in a spectacular way. Suicide bombers belonging to al Qaeda's martyrdom battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives into the Pentagon headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency, or the White House," the report said.
When the credibility of these obvious Bush administration falsehoods were challenged, FBI director, Mueller, was willing to offer only the most feeble of excuses:
"We have to do a better job pulling these pieces together, analyzing them and disseminating them," Mueller told CBS's "Face the Nation."
Excuses, of course, are like assholes, and everyone in the Bush administration has one. Even some Republicans were not buying the Bush administration excuse-machine.
"They don't have any excuse because the information was in their lap and they didn't do anything to prevent it," said Sen. Richard Shelby of Alabama, the ranking Republican on the Senate Intelligence Committee, on NBC's "Meet the Press."
"I don't believe any longer that it's a matter of connecting the dots. I think they had a veritable blueprint and we want to know why they didn't act on it."
-- Republican Senator Arlen Specter, 6/6/2002.
Finally, the truth, and from Republicans: The Bush administration knew in advance, "they had a veritable blueprint... and they didn't do anything to prevent it."
"Of course President Bush knew about the impending attacks on America. He did nothing to warn the American people because he needed this war on terrorism. His daddy had Saddam and he needed Osama. His presidency was going nowhere. He wasn't elected by the American people, but placed into the Oval Office by the conservative Supreme Court. The economy was sliding into the usual Republican pits and he needed something on which to hang his presidency ... This guy is a joke. What is sleazy and contemptible is the President of the United States not telling the American people what he knows for political gain."
-- Air Force Lt. Col. Steve Butler, Monterey Herald (5/26/02).
Even Bush's White House Spokesman, Ari Fleischer admitted that Bush knew in advance: "The president was provided information about bin Laden wanting to engage in hijacking."
Of course he knew.
However, he claims that although he knew, what he didn't know was that the planes would be used to kill people.
"Had I known that the enemy was going to use airplanes to kill on that fateful morning," Bush said, "I would have done everything in my power to protect the American people."
In other words, Bush has basically admitted that he knew that aircraft would be hijacked "on that fateful morning," but that he didn't know "the enemy was going to use airplanes to kill."
What the Bush White House also knew in advance, is that the nation was about to undergo yet another terrorist attack, this one involving military grade anthrax.
THE BUSH ADMINISTRATION TAKES CIPRO ON 9/11/2001
Top officials in the Bush administration began taking the anti-anthrax medication, Cipro, weeks before the first attack was made public, that is, on the morning of 9/11/2001 (57,58). "On the night of the September 11 attacks, the White House Medical Office dispensed Cipro to staff accompanying Vice President Dick Cheney as he was secreted off to the safety of Camp David, and told them it was a 'precaution,' according to one person directly involved" (57).
By taking Cipro on 9/11/2001, one week before the first anthrax was even mailed, and three weeks before the first anthrax attacks became public, the Bush White House has essentially "ducked before the bomb went off' thus demonstrating that they knew that an anthrax bomb had been planted and was about to go off. The Bush administration obviously had advanced knowledge that the anthrax attacks were about to begin and the manner in which the anthrax would be dispersed: that is, through the mail -- a dispersal method that would have put the White House at risk. Indeed, on October 16, twelve senate offices were forced to close due to fear of or actual contamination, and within days, the House, the Senate, and the Supreme Court shut down.
"We believe that the White House knew or had reason to know that an anthrax attack was imminent or under way."
-- Larry Klayman, Chairman of Judicial Watch (58).
Of course the Bush administration knew in advance that an anthrax attack was in the works. Note that they did not take antidotes for smallpox or other biological weapons. Only anthrax.
The Bush administration not only knew in advance, they welcomed the fact that the American public would be terrorized, which is why they were careful to ensure that they, and they alone, would be protected.
BUSH UNLOCKS & OPENS DOOR TO TERRORISTS: AIR FORCE & FAA TOLD TO STAND DOWN
A super terrorist alert was issued in July of 2001, and there followed an avalanche of warnings, including those delivered by the French and the Presidents of Egypt and Russia. Inexplicably, in the midst of this super terrorist alert, the Bush administration began ordering the FAA and Air Force to step down and to relax their vigilance.
By the morning of 9/11, the step down was not just complete but was so relaxed it was in violation of all normal operating procedures. That morning, in direct contravention of established policy, only eight aircraft were assigned "ready" duty for air patrol for the entire continental United States. And, in direct contravention of established policy, none of the eight were military, and all were sitting on the ground. None of the eight planes were in the air that morning.
At 8: 13, on the morning of 9/11, the pilots of Flight 11 stopped responding to air traffic controllers. Flight 11 had been hijacked, and most certainly this had been communicated to controllers while the hijackings were in progress some minutes before. However, exactly what was said is unknown as the Bush administration refuses to release the tapes.
Seven minutes later, at 8:20, Flight 11 stopped transmitting its IFF beacon signal while over the Hudson River.
At 8:24, one of the hijackers accidentally activated the aircraft's radio instead of its public-address system, and then said: "We have some planes. Just stay quiet and you will be OK. We are returning to the airport. Nobody move."
An Air traffic controller then responded: "Who's trying to call me?" Then from Flight 11, "Everything will be OK. If you try to make any moves, you'll endanger yourself and the airplane. Just stay quiet."
At 8:25 Boston Air Traffic Control notifies several air traffic control centers that a hijack is in progress.
At 8:27, Betty Ong, a flight attendant on Flight 11, calls American Airlines reservations from the seat-back phone. "Two flight attendants had been stabbed," she said. "A passenger had his throat slashed and looked dead ... the hijackers ... had gotten into the cockpit."
Another 13 minutes go by, 26 have passed in total. In direct contravention of established policy, all interceptor craft were still on the ground. Neither the National Guard, the FAA, or the Air Force had responded.
At 8:40 Boston's air traffic control center notified NORAD's Northeast Air Defense Sector in Rome, N.Y. that Flight 11 has been hijacked.
At the same time, Flight 175 is in the process of being hijacked. Still, there is no response from NORAD et al.
At 8:42 Flight 175 veered from it's course over New Jersey.
At 8:43 the FAA notified NORAD that Flight 175 has been hijacked.
At 8:46 Flight 11 slams into the north tower of the World Trade Center.
Thirty three minutes (or more) have elapsed since Flight 11 was hijacked and all interceptor flights are still grounded.
For the last 30 years it has been standard FAA procedure to immediately scramble U.S. fighters to immediately intercept any errant or non-responsive aircraft.
For example, on October 25, 1999, when a jet carrying golfer Payne Stewart flew off course and toward the White House, it was intercepted 21 minutes later by two F-16s.
On July 16, 2002, two F-16s were dispatched and intercepted a transcontinental flight, within 17 minutes after being alerted that a group of entertainers from India on a flight to New York were getting boisterous and overly excited.
On the morning of 9/11, it was not until 8:46 that NORAD awakened from its slumber. Inexplicably, another six minutes passed, and then at 8:52 two F-15 fighters were finally scrambled from Otis Air National Guard Base in Massachusetts, 153 miles from New York in a failed effort to intercept the two hijacked planes.
Thus, we see that whereas it usually takes 17 to 21 minutes, on average, to intercept a plane after being notified of problems, on the morning of 9/11, it took 39 minutes before the military even put a single plane into the air, and only after the first jet struck the north tower.
The result of the Bush-ordered stand-down in the middle of a super terrorist alert, and this inexplicable delay in reaction on the morning of 9/11, was to allow all hijackings to proceed and to enable the hijackers to complete their mission and to maximize casualties.
DID THE FBI "GOOF"?
The CIA and FBI want us to believe that they "goofed." The Bush administration asks us to believe that unnecessary and restrictive laws, which prevent American intelligence agencies from looking at magazines, going to Mosques, or visiting websites on the internet, are the reasons for these "goof ups."
We are told that we have too much freedom, too many civil liberties, that there are too many laws protecting unnecessary "rights" and that it is these overly restrictive laws which have prevented the FBI and CIA from connecting the dots; and the corporate controlled American media repeats these absurdities unchallenged.
On the contrary, the reason top officials in the CIA, FBI, and Bush administration failed to connect the dots, is because they are the dots.
Indeed, the Bush family has been partnering with terrorists for decades, using murderers, rapists, gangsters, and the like, in innumerable operations which were designed to increase the power and wealth of the Bush clan and their associates.
The Bush family even partnered with the Nazis, and maintained that partnership after Hitler declared war on the United States and began killing Americans. For the Bush clan, it was business as usual. War is good for business, and if Americans are killed, then what of it, so long as in the end the Bush family makes money and increases their power.
In 1990, George H.W. Bush and his administration, began laying the ground work for the first major terrorist attack ever, on U.S. soil. That attack took place in 1993, when the World Trade Center was first bombed. Their intention was to blame the attack on Saddam Hussein (59), so as to justify war with Iraq during Bush's second term.
Unfortunately, for the Bush gang, they were unable to capitalized on the carnage, as Bush lost the 1992 elections. George H.W. Bush, his business partners, and the criminals that were part of his administration, would have to wait another 8 years to strike again, which they did, on 9/11/2001.
And just as the Bush gang originally planned to blame Saddam (57) and hide the involvement of their 1993 co-conspirators, Pakistan and Saudi Arabia, the Bush gang, post 9/11, has again followed the same recipe. Instead of going after those who financed the attack, Pakistan and Saudi Arabia, they have hidden and shifted the blame, away from their partners in crime, in order to target Afghanistan, and then Iraq -- and they have done so in order to reap the profits of war and to hide their own complicity.
THE COVER UP: THE GHOSTS OF NIXON'S PAST
"Key FBI HQ personnel... continued to, almost inexplicably, throw up roadblocks and undermine Minneapolis' desperate efforts ... to stop terrorists ...." who planned "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center."
After 9/11, there was a "Cover up."
"A shading/skewing of facts by you and others at the highest levels of FBI management has occurred. Facts ... have ... been omitted, downplayed, glossed over and/or mis-characterized in an effort to avoid personal and/or institutional embarrassment on the part of the FBI and/or ... for improper political reasons."
"Key FBI Headquarters personnel had to be spies or moles .. who were actually working for Osama Bin Laden."
The words above are those an FBI supervisor, and Coleen M. Rowley, FBI Special Agent & Chief Division Counsel, used to describe the FBI and FBI Director Mueller in the weeks before and during the aftermath of 9/11.
Mr. Mueller, as Coleen M. Rowley's has pointed out, has also promoted and rewarded the top level FBI officials who sabotaged the efforts of the Minneapolis' FBI office, thus preventing them from investigating the "20th" hijacker.
Mr. Mueller is an accused "coverup" artist (60), who was brought into the Bush administration, and made FBI director, by Mr. George Bush. Mr. Mueller has a history of impeding justice, and covering up crimes committed by the Bush family and their associates (60). Mueller, was appointed by Mr. Bush for exactly that purpose.
The same is true of the November 2002, appointment of Mr. Henry Kissinger, as the new Chairman of the Commission to investigate so called intelligence failures leading up to 9/11. Kissinger is no fan of democracy, and has been implicated in a variety of crimes. For example, Mr. Kissinger was accused by Congress, of obstruction of justice. In 1975, Otis Pike's Select Committee on Intelligence Activities, issued a contempt of Congress citation against Henry Kissinger for his refusal to provide documentation of covert operations. Kissinger and gang thumbed their noses at Pike.
Obstruction of justice is the least of his crimes. Mr. Henry Kissinger, as detailed in chapter 5, is one of those responsible for the torture and murder of hundreds of thousands of women, men, and children in East Timor, East Asia, and Chile (61,62,63). Kissinger is also one of those responsible for the assassination of Chile's democratically elected president, Allende (63). Kissinger and gang not only had Allende murdered, but Chile's top general after he announced he would uphold Chile's constitution.
With Kissinger, Rumsfeld, and Cheney, George Bush had resurrected the ghosts of Nixon's past and the inner circle of an administration which engaged in a host of nefarious crimes and impeachable offenses. In fact, the last time Kissinger, Rumsfeld, and Cheney worked together in the same administration, criminal wrong doing became so rampant, a Vice-President and a President had to resign.
Instead, on December 13, 2002, Henry Kissinger resigned.
Despite the so far, successful cover-up of the Bush administration's involvement in the crimes of 9-11, there remains the possibility that the current president and vice-president might suffer the same fate as the last ones Kissinger, Rumsfeld and Cheney served.
WE CHARGE YOU WITH TREASON & MASS MURDER
We believe it is clear that the Bush administration knew of these planned hijackings in advance, and conspired to allow this tragedy to take place, in order to profit from it financially and politically.
For example, although the Bush administration was overwhelmed with an avalanche of detailed warnings of the upcoming hijackings, this same administration and top FBI officials repeatedly interfered with FBI agents, such as John O'Neil, including in particular those who were making "desperate efforts ... to stop terrorists ...." who planned "to take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." Some of these FBI agents accused officials at headquarters of being "spies or moles ... working for bin Laden."
After issuing a "Super Alert" in July this same Bush administration not only interfered with lower level FBI agents who were about to uncover the plot, but they ordered the FAA and the nation's military to stand down in the days before the 9/11 attack. The Bush administration essentially unlocked the door to our nation's security, and left it wide open.
The Bush family and Bush associates including the bin Ladens and the Saudi royal family, stand to make hundreds of millions of dollars in the aftermath of this tragedy. Indeed, these people are not only in business together, and some not only provided funds that ended up in the pockets of the hijackers, but they were holding high level meetings on the morning of 9-11.
Following 9-11, the Bush administration allowed the bin Ladens to escape back to Saudi Arabia, where they cannot be questioned (64). As explained by Prince Bandar, to CNN, in October of 2001, "His Majesty said it's not fair for these innocent people to be subjected to any harm. On the other hand, we understood the high emotions. So with the coordination with the FBI, we got them all out."
Likewise, Prince Bandar, and the Saudi government refused to allow the FBI to question the families of the 15 9/11 hijackers who were Saudi citizens. When it was discovered that the Saudi government and Bandar's wife, Princess Haifa al-Faisal, was making regular monthly payments and provided over $100,000.000 each, to Osama Bassnan -- a Saudi agent who in turn passed this money on to 9-11 hijackers, Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaq al- Hazmi -- Osama Bassnan was immediately "deported" back to Saudi Arabia, thus making it impossible for the press or any investigative body, to question him.
The Saudis are knee deep in terrorism which they support in the United States and other countries. For example, according to Israeli Intelligence estimates, in a single 18-month period, between 200 1and 2002, the Saudi government gave $135 million to the families of suicide bombers.
We believe the evidence is clear.
Members of the current and past Bush administrations are in business with and have been in business with men and governments which kill Americans. Members of the current and past Bush administrations, including President Bush, made it possible for the 9- 11 tragedy to take place, and they did so for personal and political gain.
The reason the FBI, CIA, and Bush administration failed to "Connect the Dots," is because they are the dots.
The only other alternative is to accept that the Bush administration, et al., are so incredibly incompetent, and so impossibly negligent, that they failed to take action and allowed this to happen out of foolishness and extreme stupidity. If that is the case, then this administration is so dumb that they pose a danger to themselves as well as the public.
We do not accept an explanation of criminal negligence.
Rather, based on the above and the wealth of facts detailed and documented in Part II of this book, we believe there is evidence sufficient to charge high ranking officials in the FBI, CIA, and Bush administration, with treason and the mass murder of nearly 3000 Americans on 9-11-2001.
We recommend the appointment of a special prosecutor and a new director of the FBI. We recommend Coleen M. Rowley, FBI Special Agent & Chief Division Counsel, as the ideal candidate to fill both posts.
If we allow these men to get away with this despicable crime, with the mass murder of 3000 Americans, no one will be safe again.
_______________
Notes:
1). Charles J. Shields, "The 1993 World Trade Center Bombing," Chelsea House, 2001; Peter Caram, The 1993 World Trade Center Bombing," Janus Publishing Company, 2001; Laurie Mylroie, "Study of Revenge: Saddam Hussein's Unfinished War Against America."
2). Simon Reeve, "The New Jackals: Ramzi Yousef, Osama bin Laden and the future of terrorism," Andre Deutsch publishers, 1999.
3). New York Times, Oct. 28, 1993.
4). Kurt Lohbeck, "Holy War, Unholy Victory: Eyewitness to the CIA's Secret War in Afghanistan," 1993; John Cooley, "Unholy Wars: Afghanistan, America and International Terrorism." According to Colley, a former journalist with the US ABC television network, Muslims were also recruited in the US for the mujahadin, and were sent to Camp Peary, the CIA's spy training camp in Virginia, where young Afghans, Arabs from Egypt and Jordan, and even some African-American "black Muslims" were taught "sabotage skills" as well as torture, interrogation, and terrorist techniques.
5). Reuters, 8/27/1995; France Soir, August, 1995.
6). William F. Jasper, " Islamic Extremists: U.S.-Financed, Enflamed, Seeking Revenge," The New American, 10/12/1998.
7). Mary Anne Weaver, "Blowback," The Atlantic Monthly; May 1998.
8). UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK vs Shaykh Abdul Rahman, et al.
9). Edward C. Coughlin, Jr., New Trends, January/February 1996.
10). James Risen & Judith Miller, "Pakistani Intelligence Had Links to Al Qaeda, U.S. Officials Say," 10/28/2002. The New York Times.
11). Hindustani Times, 11/411994;The New York Times, 10/28/2002.
12). United States Senate, "Senate Resolution 278 -- Relating to Pakistan, 10/7/1994.
13). Hindustani Times, 9/12/2001; The Times of India, 9/10/1999; The New York Times, 10/28/2002.
14). Christian Science Monitor. 9/3/1999.
15). Reuters, 9/13/2001.
16).The New York Times, 9/13/2001.
17). Scripps Howard News Service, 9/12/2001.
18).The Times of India, 10/9/2001; Agence France Press, 10/10/2001.
19).Neil Mackay The Sunday Herald, 9/16(2001; see also: United States v. Usama bin Laden et al., S (7) 98 Cr. 1023 (LBS), Sworn testimony of Essam Al-Ridi at the Southern District Court of New York, February 14, 2001; Deborah Feyerick & Phil Hirschkorn, "Witness Says He Bought Plane, Made Shipments for bin Laden," CNN, 2/14/2001.
20). Transcript from: Abdul Hakim Murad Interrogation by Philippines Police, January, 7, 1995; see also: Doug Struck, et al., ""Borderless Network of Terror, Bin Laden Followers Reach Across Globe," Washington Post, September 23; John Cooley, "Unholy Wars," New York, 2000.
21). Steve Fainaru & James V.Grimaldim "FBI Knew Terrorists Were Using Flight Schools," Washington Post, 9/23/2001.
22). Mark Fineman and Judy Pasternak, "Suicide Flights and Crop Dusters Considered Threats at '96 Olympics," Los Angeles Tunes, 11/17/2001.
23). Associated Press 5/3/2002
24). United States v. Usama bin Laden et al., Southern District Court of New York, 2001.
25). United States v. Usama bin Laden et al., S (7) 98 Cr. 1023 (LBS), Sworn testimony of Essam Al-Ridi at the Southern District Court of New York, 2/14/2001.
26). Deborah Feyerick & Phil Hirschkorn, "Witness Says He Bought Plane, Made Shipments for bin Laden," CNN, 2/14/2001; ABC News/ Primetime, "Strictly a Business Deal" Transcript: Osama Bin Laden's Pilot, Essam Al-Ridi, 7/2/2002.
27). United States District Court, Southern District of New York, "United States of America v Ali Mohamed."
28). CNN, 8/1/2002; see also, Magazine, 10/5/2001; CBS New, 9/13/ 2002.
29). United States District Court, Southern District of New York, "United States of America v Ahmed Ressam; United States District Court, Western District of Washington at Seattle, "United States of America v Ahmed Ressam, December, 1999.
30). BBC News, "Atta Trained in Afghanistan" 8/24/2002; Douglas Waller, "Was Hijack 'Ringleader' in Bin Laden Orbit?" Time Magazine, 10/ 5/2001; CBS New, 9/13/2002; Sara Jess, et al., "American Attacked," University Press, California, 10/11/2001.
31). CBS New, 9/13/2002; Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
32). Kay Nehm, German Federal Prosecutor, News Conference, 8/29/ 2002.
33). Confirmed, by the joint House and Senate Intelligence Committees, United States Congress, June-September 2002.
34). Jacquelin Magnay, "Jet crash on stadium was Olympics nightmare," Sydney Morning Herald, 9/20/2001.
35). CNN, 8/1/2002.
36). Frankfurter Algemeine Zeitung, 9/14/2001.
37). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001; Peter Schweizer, "Victory -- The Reagan Administration's Secret Strategy that Hastened the Collapse of the Soviet Union."
38). PBS Frontline, Prince Bandar interview. 9/2001.
39). The Observer, 11/10/2002.
40). Wall Street Journal, "Vetting the Frontrunners: From Oil to Baseball to the Governor's Mansion," 9/28/1999; Daniel Golden et al. "Bin Laden Family Could Profit From a Jump In Defense Spending Due to Ties to U.S. Bank," Wall Street Journal, 9/27/2001; Robert Scheer, Making Money, the Bush Way," Los Angeles Times, 2/20/2002; Baltimore Chronicle, "Republican-controlled Carlyle Group poses serious Ethical Questions for Bush Presidents, but 'News' Media ignore it," 10/4/01; Jason Nisse, "Carlyle Group, Employer of Bush Sr., Profits from Massive Weapons Program Signed by Jr. which the Pentagon had advised be Canceled," Independent, 1/30/02.
41). The Observer, "Dark heart of the American dream," 6/16/2002; see also, Leslie Wayne, "The Carlyle Group Elder Bush in Big G.O.P. Cast Toiling for Top Equity," New York Times, 3/5/2001.
42) James Bamford, "Body of Secrets;" Baltimore Sun, 4/24/2001; San Antonio Express-News, 9/14/2001.
43). Le Figaro, 10/31/2001.
44). United Press International, 11/1/2001.
45). Radio France International, 11/1/2001.
46). Coleen M. Rowley, Memo to Mueller, 6/21/2002.
47). Sara Jess et al., "America Attacked," University Press, California, 11/11/2001.
48). MS-NBC interview with Putin, 9/15/2001.
49). The Wall Street Journal, 10-19-2001.
50). Baron's 10/8/2001.
51). Der Spiegel, 9/27/2001.
52). Asian Wall Street Journal, 9/28/2000.
53). The Guardian, 10/1/2001.
54). Financial Times of Asia, Wire-Business Line, 8/10/2001.
55). Daniel Sieberg, CNN 9/28/01; Ha'aretz, 9/26/01.
56). Newsbytes, Brian McWilliams, 9/27/01.
57). Associated Press, "White House Mail Machine Has Anthrax," 10/ 23/2001.
58). Judicial Watch, 6/7/2002.
59). James Fox, the FBI's chief investigator into the February 26, 1993 bombing proposed that an Iraqi agent had masterminded the bombing. See also Laurie Mylroie, "Study of Revenge: Saddam Hussein's Unfinished War Against America."
60). Federation of American Scientists, "BCCI AND LAW ENFORCEMENT: The Justice Department;" Al Martin, "The Conspirators. Secrets of an Iran Contra Insider;" American Free Press, "New FBI Head Is Old Bush Cover-Up Man," 8/20/2001. See also: Alan Friedman, "The Neil Bush Bailout," Vanity Fair, October, 1990; Jonathan Beaty & S.C. Gwynne, "The Outlaw Bank: A Wild Ride Into the Secret Heart of BCCI," Random House, 1993.
61). Tim Weiner, "How the CIA Took Aim at Allende," New York Times, 9/12/1998; Paul M. Sweezy, "Revolution and Counter-Revolution in Chile," Monthly Review Press, 1974; Miguel Gonzalez Pino, et al., "Los mil dias de Allende II,," Santiago, Chile: Centro de Estudios Preblicos, 1997; Gonzalez Pino, "Allende concita atenci-n de la prensa mundial," La Tarde, 9/ 7/1970.
62). Embassy Jakarta Telegram 1579 to Secretary State, 6 December 1975 [Text of Ford-Kissinger-Suharto Discussion], Gerald R. Ford Library, Kissinger-Scowcroft Temporary Parallel File, BoxA3, Country File, Far East- Indonesia, State Department Telegrams 4/1/75-9/22/76; Enclosure to Document 3, State Department Briefing Paper, "Indonesia and East Timor," ca. 21 November 1975, National Archives, Record Group 59, Department of State Records, Executive Secretariat Briefing Books,1958-1976, Box 227, President Ford's Visit to the Far East - Indonesia Nov-Dec. 1975; Ford, Kissinger and the Indonesian Invasion, 1975-76; National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 62 Edited by William Burr and Michael L. Evans December 6, 2001.
63). Kissinger Orders Allende's Murder: "CIA, Operating Guidance Cable on Coup Plotting, October 16, 1970." In this cable, Thomas Karamessines, CIA deputy director, conveys Kissinger's orders to Henry Hecksher, CIA station chief in Santiago, and includes the following statements: "It is firm and continuing policy that Allende be overthrown by a coup." The "operating guidance" is to hide the "American hand." The CIA is instructed to ignore any orders which are not consistent with this guidance cable. "CIA, Memorandum of Conversation of Meeting with Henry Kissinger, Thomas Karamessines, and Alexander Haig, October IS, 1970." This Memorandum includes a discussion of covert plans promoting a coup in Chile, and the overthrow of Allende, known as "Track II." Kissinger orders the CIA to "continue keeping the pressure on every Allende weak spot in sight."
64). Bryon York, "The bin Ladens' Great Escape. How the U.S. helped Osama's family leave the country after 9/11," National Review, 9/11/2002; London Telegraph, "My brother Osama," 12/16/2001. The plane was chartered by the Saudi government, and the excuse for the great escape from the U.S. to Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, was that bin Laden family members were afraid they might suffer retribution. With the help of the FBI, a chartered aircraft picked up family members in Los Angeles, Horida, Boston, and Washington, D.C.
- admin
- Site Admin
- Posts: 36188
- Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am
31 posts
• Page 2 of 4 • 1, 2, 3, 4
Who is online
Users browsing this forum: No registered users and 2 guests